Executive Jeweller executivejeweler http://executivejeweller.info/index.php?title=Main_Page MediaWiki 1.33.1 first-letter Media Special Talk User User talk Executive Jeweller Executive Jeweller talk File File talk MediaWiki MediaWiki talk Template Template talk Help Help talk Category Category talk Gadget Gadget talk Gadget definition Gadget definition talk 0 1 1 2011-04-05T21:07:34Z MediaWiki default 0 wikitext text/x-wiki '''MediaWiki has been successfully installed.''' Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. == Getting started == * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] 2 1 2011-04-06T02:06:02Z Executive 1 adding basic sections to main page wikitext text/x-wiki [Documentation] - Manuals, adding new workstations, and other instructional documentation [Downloads] - Files that were formerly on the FTP site, as well as a few new downloads [Getting Started] - Basic information for initial setup of software, peripherals, and beginning to use the software [Glossary] - Defining various terms that are used throughout the software and accompanying documentation [Hardware] - Recommended hardware, as well as resources for specific peripherals [Known Bugs] - Listing of known issues with the software [Troubleshooting] - Error messages and possible resolutions [Versions] - Release notes and change logs for various versions == Getting started == Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] 3 2 2011-04-06T02:06:44Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Documentation]] - Manuals, adding new workstations, and other instructional documentation [[Downloads]] - Files that were formerly on the FTP site, as well as a few new downloads [[Getting Started]] - Basic information for initial setup of software, peripherals, and beginning to use the software [[Glossary]] - Defining various terms that are used throughout the software and accompanying documentation [[Hardware]] - Recommended hardware, as well as resources for specific peripherals [[Known Bugs]] - Listing of known issues with the software [[Troubleshooting]] - Error messages and possible resolutions [[Versions]] - Release notes and change logs for various versions == Getting started == Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] 4 3 2011-04-06T02:07:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Documentation]] - Manuals, adding new workstations, and other instructional documentation [[Downloads]] - Files that were formerly on the FTP site, as well as a few new downloads [[Getting Started]] - Basic information for initial setup of software, peripherals, and beginning to use the software [[Glossary]] - Defining various terms that are used throughout the software and accompanying documentation [[Hardware]] - Recommended hardware, as well as resources for specific peripherals [[Known Bugs]] - Listing of known issues with the software [[Troubleshooting]] - Error messages and possible resolutions [[Versions]] - Release notes and change logs for various versions == Getting started == Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] 0 2 5 2011-04-06T02:10:59Z Executive 1 Created page with "--Executive Manuals-- [[2008 Executive Manual]] [[2008 Executive Reports Manual]] --Knowledge Base-- [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] ..." wikitext text/x-wiki --Executive Manuals-- [[2008 Executive Manual]] [[2008 Executive Reports Manual]] --Knowledge Base-- [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 6 5 2011-04-06T02:14:55Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[2008 Executive Manual]] [[2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 7 6 2011-04-06T15:38:33Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf]] [[file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 12 7 2011-04-06T17:20:50Z Executive 1 /* Executive Manuals */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|2008 Executive Manual]] [[file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 13 12 2011-04-06T17:24:21Z Executive 1 /* Executive Manuals */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[2008 Executive Manual|file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf]] [[file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 14 13 2011-04-06T17:25:51Z Executive 1 /* Executive Manuals */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[Image:ExecutiveManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf]] [[file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 15 14 2011-04-06T17:30:02Z Executive 1 /* Executive Manuals */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[Image:ExecutiveManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf]] [[Image:ExecutiveManual.png]] [[file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 16 15 2011-04-06T17:31:52Z Executive 1 /* Executive Manuals */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[Image:ExecutiveManual.png|Documentation]] [[Image:ExecutiveManual.png]] [[file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 17 16 2011-04-06T17:35:08Z Executive 1 /* Executive Manuals */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.png|Documentation]] [[image:ExecutiveManual.png]] [[file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 18 17 2011-04-06T17:38:39Z Executive 1 /* Executive Manuals */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.png|Documentation]] [[image:ExecutiveManual.PNG]] [[file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 19 18 2011-04-06T17:39:37Z Executive 1 /* Executive Manuals */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.PNG|link=file:2008ExecutiveReports.pdf]] [[image:ExecutiveManual.PNG]] [[file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 20 19 2011-04-06T17:42:12Z Executive 1 /* Executive Manuals */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.PNG|link=file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|2008 Executive Manual]] [[image:ExecutiveReportsManual.PNG|link=file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 21 20 2011-04-06T17:47:23Z Executive 1 /* Executive Manuals */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.PNG|link=2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|2008 Executive Manual]] [[image:ExecutiveReportsManual.PNG|link=file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 22 21 2011-04-06T17:47:51Z Executive 1 /* Executive Manuals */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.PNG|link=file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|2008 Executive Manual]] [[image:ExecutiveReportsManual.PNG|link=file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 23 22 2011-04-06T18:31:53Z Executive 1 /* Executive Manuals */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.PNG|link=file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|frame|2008 Executive Manual]] [[image:ExecutiveReportsManual.PNG|link=file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|frame|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 24 23 2011-04-06T18:33:14Z Executive 1 /* Executive Manuals */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.PNG|link=file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|frame|none|2008 Executive Manual]] [[image:ExecutiveReportsManual.PNG|link=file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|frame|none|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 25 24 2011-04-06T18:36:39Z Executive 1 /* Executive Manuals */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.PNG|link=file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|frame|left|2008 Executive Manual]] [[image:ExecutiveReportsManual.PNG|link=file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|frame|center|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 26 25 2011-04-06T18:38:13Z Executive 1 /* Executive Manuals */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.PNG|link=file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Manual|2008 Executive Manual]] [[image:ExecutiveReportsManual.PNG|link=file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Reports Manual|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 30 26 2011-04-06T18:54:26Z Executive 1 /* Executive Manuals */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Manual|2008 Executive Manual]] [[image:ExecutiveReportsManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Reports Manual|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] 6 5 10 2011-04-06T15:42:14Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 6 11 2011-04-06T17:17:04Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 7 27 2011-04-06T18:43:48Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 28 27 2011-04-06T18:44:21Z Executive 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:ExecutiveManual.png]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki 31 28 2011-04-06T19:14:40Z Executive 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:ExecutiveManual.png]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki 6 8 29 2011-04-06T18:46:16Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 32 29 2011-04-06T19:14:48Z Executive 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:ExecutiveReportsManual.png]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki 0 9 33 2011-04-06T20:23:55Z Executive 1 These instructions are only valid for new installations with the 08 Installer package. Existing stores should refer to [Adding Workstations] for help with installing Executive on new computers. wikitext text/x-wiki &nbsp;{info}These instructions are only valid for new installations with the 08 Installer package. Existing stores should refer to [Adding Workstations] for help with installing Executive on new computers.{info} h3.Server Setup <br>* Download the ??08Server.exe file from the link above. Save it to the C:\ drive on your computer. <br>* Double click and hit install. It will extract the files, then launches the Access2003 Installer (follow the wizard to install MS Access Runtime). <br>* Copy the Shortcuts (Executive and ExecutiveMaintenance) from the C:\Executive\Desktop folder and paste them on the desktop. <br>* Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder <br>* If you do not have MS Office Installed on this workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the Graphic Filters for Office. h4.If Installing Multiple Workstations <br>* Navigate to C:\Executive folder, right click on the server folder and click Properties. <br>* Click the sharing tab, and share this folder as server. <br>* Under Permissions share this folder with Everyone with Full Control. h4.Compacting Data <br>Executive Maintenance is your compacting program, run it and compact the data each day (early morning or night work best) when nobody else is in the program to ensure the integrity of your datafile. If it gives an error, you may need to restore from your latest clean backup as the datafile needs to be looked at. If you have any questions about compacting, please refer to [Compacting Data]. h3.Workstation Setup (for setting up additional workstations other than server) <br>* From the workstation, Right click on My Computer and click Map Network Drive. <br>* Choose the X:\ drive, and browse to find the server folder on the server. The path should be similar to //servername/server<br>* Clicking finish should bring up the folder X:\, which should have the ExecutiveData, ExecutiveSetup, ToLocation files, Images and MC08Client.exe inside. <br>* Copy MC08Client.exe to the local C:\ drive and double click to extract. <br>* Install the 2003Runtime when prompted. <br>* Copy the Executive shortcuts from C:\Executive\Desktop and paste them on the desktop. <br>* Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder <br>* If you do not have MS Office Installed on the workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the [Graphic Filters|Downloads^Grphflt.exe] for Office. You'll then need to do the workstation setup for each additional computer you'd like to run Executive on. h3.Manuals <br>I've included PDF copies of the Executive Manuals ([Documentation^2008ExecutiveManual.pdf] and [Documentation^2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf]) in the install package. They are accessible at C:\Executive\server\ folder on the server, and at X:\ on the workstations. These are very helpful for getting up to speed quickly with Executive and it's features. h3.Backups<br>Using some sort of back up system is highly recommended. You should be backing up the contents of C:\Executive\Server\ (most importantly the *executivedata.mdb* file) regularly in case of hard drive failure, etc. Please refer to [Backups] for more information. 34 33 2011-04-06T20:24:24Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {info}These instructions are only valid for new installations with the 08 Installer package. Existing stores should refer to [Adding Workstations] for help with installing Executive on new computers.{info} h3.Server Setup * Download the ??08Server.exe file from the link above. Save it to the C:\ drive on your computer. * Double click and hit install. It will extract the files, then launches the Access2003 Installer (follow the wizard to install MS Access Runtime). * Copy the Shortcuts (Executive and ExecutiveMaintenance) from the C:\Executive\Desktop folder and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on this workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the Graphic Filters for Office. h4.If Installing Multiple Workstations * Navigate to C:\Executive folder, right click on the server folder and click Properties. * Click the sharing tab, and share this folder as server. * Under Permissions share this folder with Everyone with Full Control. h4.Compacting Data Executive Maintenance is your compacting program, run it and compact the data each day (early morning or night work best) when nobody else is in the program to ensure the integrity of your datafile. If it gives an error, you may need to restore from your latest clean backup as the datafile needs to be looked at. If you have any questions about compacting, please refer to [Compacting Data]. h3.Workstation Setup (for setting up additional workstations other than server) * From the workstation, Right click on My Computer and click Map Network Drive. * Choose the X:\ drive, and browse to find the server folder on the server. The path should be similar to //servername/server * Clicking finish should bring up the folder X:\, which should have the ExecutiveData, ExecutiveSetup, ToLocation files, Images and MC08Client.exe inside. * Copy MC08Client.exe to the local C:\ drive and double click to extract. * Install the 2003Runtime when prompted. * Copy the Executive shortcuts from C:\Executive\Desktop and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on the workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the [Graphic Filters|Downloads^Grphflt.exe] for Office. You'll then need to do the workstation setup for each additional computer you'd like to run Executive on. h3.Manuals I've included PDF copies of the Executive Manuals ([Documentation^2008ExecutiveManual.pdf] and [Documentation^2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf]) in the install package. They are accessible at C:\Executive\server\ folder on the server, and at X:\ on the workstations. These are very helpful for getting up to speed quickly with Executive and it's features. h3.Backups Using some sort of back up system is highly recommended. You should be backing up the contents of C:\Executive\Server\ (most importantly the *executivedata.mdb* file) regularly in case of hard drive failure, etc. Please refer to [Backups] for more information. 35 34 2011-04-06T20:32:16Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{info|These instructions are only valid for new installations with the 08 Installer package. Existing stores should refer to [Adding Workstations] for help with installing Executive on new computers.}} h3.Server Setup * Download the ??08Server.exe file from the link above. Save it to the C:\ drive on your computer. * Double click and hit install. It will extract the files, then launches the Access2003 Installer (follow the wizard to install MS Access Runtime). * Copy the Shortcuts (Executive and ExecutiveMaintenance) from the C:\Executive\Desktop folder and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on this workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the Graphic Filters for Office. h4.If Installing Multiple Workstations * Navigate to C:\Executive folder, right click on the server folder and click Properties. * Click the sharing tab, and share this folder as server. * Under Permissions share this folder with Everyone with Full Control. h4.Compacting Data Executive Maintenance is your compacting program, run it and compact the data each day (early morning or night work best) when nobody else is in the program to ensure the integrity of your datafile. If it gives an error, you may need to restore from your latest clean backup as the datafile needs to be looked at. If you have any questions about compacting, please refer to [Compacting Data]. h3.Workstation Setup (for setting up additional workstations other than server) * From the workstation, Right click on My Computer and click Map Network Drive. * Choose the X:\ drive, and browse to find the server folder on the server. The path should be similar to //servername/server * Clicking finish should bring up the folder X:\, which should have the ExecutiveData, ExecutiveSetup, ToLocation files, Images and MC08Client.exe inside. * Copy MC08Client.exe to the local C:\ drive and double click to extract. * Install the 2003Runtime when prompted. * Copy the Executive shortcuts from C:\Executive\Desktop and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on the workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the [Graphic Filters|Downloads^Grphflt.exe] for Office. You'll then need to do the workstation setup for each additional computer you'd like to run Executive on. h3.Manuals I've included PDF copies of the Executive Manuals ([Documentation^2008ExecutiveManual.pdf] and [Documentation^2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf]) in the install package. They are accessible at C:\Executive\server\ folder on the server, and at X:\ on the workstations. These are very helpful for getting up to speed quickly with Executive and it's features. h3.Backups Using some sort of back up system is highly recommended. You should be backing up the contents of C:\Executive\Server\ (most importantly the *executivedata.mdb* file) regularly in case of hard drive failure, etc. Please refer to [Backups] for more information. 10 13 39 2011-04-06T21:17:25Z Executive 1 Created page with "<div class="noprint" style="float:center; border:1px solid blue;width:200px;background-color:#FFF;padding:3px;"> [[Image:infoicon.jpg|left|80px]] {{{{{{1}}}}}} </div> <noinclude>..." wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="noprint" style="float:center; border:1px solid blue;width:200px;background-color:#FFF;padding:3px;"> [[Image:infoicon.jpg|left|80px]] {{{{{{1}}}}}} </div> <noinclude> {{Languages|Template:Thankyou}} [[Category:Template examples|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 40 39 2011-04-06T21:18:54Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="noprint" style="float:center; border:1px solid blue;width:200px;background-color:#FFF;padding:3px;"> [[Image:infoicon.jpg|left|80px]] {{{1}}} </div> <noinclude> [[Category:Template examples|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 41 40 2011-04-06T21:19:39Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="noprint" style="float:center; border:1px solid blue;width:200px;background-color:#FFF;padding:3px;"> [[Image:infoicon.jpg|left|80px|]] {{{1}}} </div> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 42 41 2011-04-06T21:20:11Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="noprint" style="float:center; border:1px solid blue;width:200px;background-color:#FFF;padding:3px;"> [[Image:Infoicon.png|left|80px|]] {{{1}}} </div> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 43 42 2011-04-06T21:20:54Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="noprint" style="float:center; border:1px solid blue;width:800px;background-color:#FFF;padding:3px;"> [[Image:Infoicon.png|left|80px|]] {{{1}}} </div> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 44 43 2011-04-06T21:30:26Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="noprint" style="float:center; border:1px solid blue;width:800px;background-color:#FFF;padding:3px;"> [[Image:Infoicon.png|left|80px|Info]] {{{1}}} </div> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 45 44 2011-04-06T21:32:19Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="noprint" style="float:center; border:1px solid blue;width:800px;background-color:#FFF;padding:3px;"> [[Image:Infoicon.png]] {{{1}}} </div> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 49 45 2011-04-06T21:37:00Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="noprint" style="float:center; border:1px solid blue;width:800px;background-color:#FFF;padding:3px;"> [[Image:Infoicons.png]] {{{1}}} </div> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 50 49 2011-04-06T21:39:11Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="noprint" style="float:center; border:0px;width:800px;background-color:#E8ECF6;padding:3px;"> [[Image:Infoicons.png]] {{{1}}} </div> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 51 50 2011-04-06T21:40:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="noprint" style="float:center; border:0px;width:800px;background-color:#E8ECF6;padding:3px;"> <div class="noprint" style="left; border:0px;width:50px;background-color:#E8ECF6;padding:3px;">[[Image:Infoicons.png]]</div> {{{1}}} </div> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 52 51 2011-04-06T21:41:05Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="noprint" style="float:center; border:0px;width:800px;background-color:#E8ECF6;padding:3px;"> <table><tr><td>[[Image:Infoicons.png]]</td><td> {{{1}}}</td></table> </div> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 53 52 2011-04-06T21:41:29Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="noprint" style="float:center; border:0px;width:800px;background-color:#E8ECF6;padding:3px;"> <table><tr><td>[[Image:Infoicons.png]]</td><td> {{{1}}}</td></tr></table> </div> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 54 53 2011-04-06T21:42:11Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="noprint" style="float:center; border:0px;width:800px;background-color:#E8ECF6;padding:3px;"> <table class="noprint" style="float:center; border:0px;width:800px;background-color:#E8ECF6;padding:5px;"><tr><td>[[Image:Infoicons.png]]</td><td> {{{1}}}</td></tr></table> </div> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 55 54 2011-04-06T21:43:02Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <table class="noprint" style="border:0px;width:800px;background-color:#E8ECF6;padding:5px;"><tr><td> [[Image:Infoicons.png]]</td><td> {{{1}}} </td></tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 6 14 46 2011-04-06T21:35:14Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 15 47 2011-04-06T21:35:34Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 16 48 2011-04-06T21:35:34Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 10 13 56 55 2011-04-06T21:43:54Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <table style="border:0px;width:80%;background-color:#E8ECF6;padding:10px;"><tr><td> [[Image:Infoicons.png]]</td><td>{{{1}}}</td> </tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 59 56 2011-04-06T22:18:54Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <table style="border:0px;width:80%;background-color:#F3F3F3;padding:10px;"><tr><td> [[Image:Infoicons.png]]</td><td>{{{1}}}</td> </tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 60 59 2011-04-06T22:20:03Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <table style="border:0px;width:80%;background-color:#E8ECF6;padding:10px;"><tr><td> [[Image:Infoicons.png]]</td><td>{{{1}}}</td> </tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 0 9 57 35 2011-04-06T21:44:54Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{info|These instructions are only valid for new installations with the 08 Installer package. Existing stores should refer to [Adding Workstations] for help with installing Executive on new computers.}} ==Server Setup== * Download the ??08Server.exe file from the link above. Save it to the C:\ drive on your computer. * Double click and hit install. It will extract the files, then launches the Access2003 Installer (follow the wizard to install MS Access Runtime). * Copy the Shortcuts (Executive and ExecutiveMaintenance) from the C:\Executive\Desktop folder and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on this workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the Graphic Filters for Office. ===If Installing Multiple Workstations=== * Navigate to C:\Executive folder, right click on the server folder and click Properties. * Click the sharing tab, and share this folder as server. * Under Permissions share this folder with Everyone with Full Control. ===Compacting Data=== Executive Maintenance is your compacting program, run it and compact the data each day (early morning or night work best) when nobody else is in the program to ensure the integrity of your datafile. If it gives an error, you may need to restore from your latest clean backup as the datafile needs to be looked at. If you have any questions about compacting, please refer to [Compacting Data]. ==Workstation Setup== (for setting up additional workstations other than server) * From the workstation, Right click on My Computer and click Map Network Drive. * Choose the X:\ drive, and browse to find the server folder on the server. The path should be similar to //servername/server * Clicking finish should bring up the folder X:\, which should have the ExecutiveData, ExecutiveSetup, ToLocation files, Images and MC08Client.exe inside. * Copy MC08Client.exe to the local C:\ drive and double click to extract. * Install the 2003Runtime when prompted. * Copy the Executive shortcuts from C:\Executive\Desktop and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on the workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the [Graphic Filters|Downloads^Grphflt.exe] for Office. You'll then need to do the workstation setup for each additional computer you'd like to run Executive on. ==Manuals== I've included PDF copies of the Executive Manuals ([Documentation^2008ExecutiveManual.pdf] and [Documentation^2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf]) in the install package. They are accessible at C:\Executive\server\ folder on the server, and at X:\ on the workstations. These are very helpful for getting up to speed quickly with Executive and it's features. h3.Backups Using some sort of back up system is highly recommended. You should be backing up the contents of C:\Executive\Server\ (most importantly the *executivedata.mdb* file) regularly in case of hard drive failure, etc. Please refer to [Backups] for more information. 58 57 2011-04-06T21:45:37Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{info|These instructions are only valid for new installations with the 08 Installer package. Existing stores should refer to [Adding Workstations] for help with installing Executive on new computers.}} ==Server Setup== * Download the ??08Server.exe file from the link above. Save it to the C:\ drive on your computer. * Double click and hit install. It will extract the files, then launches the Access2003 Installer (follow the wizard to install MS Access Runtime). * Copy the Shortcuts (Executive and ExecutiveMaintenance) from the C:\Executive\Desktop folder and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on this workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the Graphic Filters for Office. ===If Installing Multiple Workstations=== * Navigate to C:\Executive folder, right click on the server folder and click Properties. * Click the sharing tab, and share this folder as server. * Under Permissions share this folder with Everyone with Full Control. ===Compacting Data=== Executive Maintenance is your compacting program, run it and compact the data each day (early morning or night work best) when nobody else is in the program to ensure the integrity of your datafile. If it gives an error, you may need to restore from your latest clean backup as the datafile needs to be looked at. If you have any questions about compacting, please refer to [Compacting Data]. ==Workstation Setup (for setting up additional workstations other than server)== * From the workstation, Right click on My Computer and click Map Network Drive. * Choose the X:\ drive, and browse to find the server folder on the server. The path should be similar to //servername/server * Clicking finish should bring up the folder X:\, which should have the ExecutiveData, ExecutiveSetup, ToLocation files, Images and MC08Client.exe inside. * Copy MC08Client.exe to the local C:\ drive and double click to extract. * Install the 2003Runtime when prompted. * Copy the Executive shortcuts from C:\Executive\Desktop and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on the workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the [Graphic Filters|Downloads^Grphflt.exe] for Office. You'll then need to do the workstation setup for each additional computer you'd like to run Executive on. ==Manuals== I've included PDF copies of the Executive Manuals ([Documentation^2008ExecutiveManual.pdf] and [Documentation^2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf]) in the install package. They are accessible at C:\Executive\server\ folder on the server, and at X:\ on the workstations. These are very helpful for getting up to speed quickly with Executive and it's features. h3.Backups Using some sort of back up system is highly recommended. You should be backing up the contents of C:\Executive\Server\ (most importantly the *executivedata.mdb* file) regularly in case of hard drive failure, etc. Please refer to [Backups] for more information. 61 58 2011-04-06T22:25:50Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{info|These instructions are only valid for new installations with the 08 Installer package. Existing stores should refer to [[Adding Workstations]] for help with installing Executive on new computers.}} ==Server Setup== * Download the ??08Server.exe file from the link above. Save it to the C:\ drive on your computer. * Double click and hit install. It will extract the files, then launches the Access2003 Installer (follow the wizard to install MS Access Runtime). * Copy the Shortcuts (Executive and ExecutiveMaintenance) from the C:\Executive\Desktop folder and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on this workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the Graphic Filters for Office. ===If Installing Multiple Workstations=== * Navigate to C:\Executive folder, right click on the server folder and click Properties. * Click the sharing tab, and share this folder as server. * Under Permissions share this folder with Everyone with Full Control. ===Compacting Data=== Executive Maintenance is your compacting program, run it and compact the data each day (early morning or night work best) when nobody else is in the program to ensure the integrity of your datafile. If it gives an error, you may need to restore from your latest clean backup as the datafile needs to be looked at. If you have any questions about compacting, please refer to [[Compacting Data]]. ==Workstation Setup (for setting up additional workstations other than server)== * From the workstation, Right click on My Computer and click Map Network Drive. * Choose the X:\ drive, and browse to find the server folder on the server. The path should be similar to //servername/server * Clicking finish should bring up the folder X:\, which should have the ExecutiveData, ExecutiveSetup, ToLocation files, Images and MC08Client.exe inside. * Copy MC08Client.exe to the local C:\ drive and double click to extract. * Install the 2003Runtime when prompted. * Copy the Executive shortcuts from C:\Executive\Desktop and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on the workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the [[Graphic Filters|Downloads^Grphflt.exe]] for Office. You'll then need to do the workstation setup for each additional computer you'd like to run Executive on. ==Manuals== I've included PDF copies of the Executive Manuals ([[Documentation^2008ExecutiveManual.pdf]] and [[Documentation^2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf]]) in the install package. They are accessible at C:\Executive\server\ folder on the server, and at X:\ on the workstations. These are very helpful for getting up to speed quickly with Executive and it's features. h3.Backups Using some sort of back up system is highly recommended. You should be backing up the contents of C:\Executive\Server\ (most importantly the *executivedata.mdb* file) regularly in case of hard drive failure, etc. Please refer to [[Backups]] for more information. 62 61 2011-04-06T22:30:48Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{info|These instructions are only valid for new installations with the 08 Installer package. Existing stores should refer to [[Adding Workstations]] for help with installing Executive on new computers.}} {{warn}} {{note}} ==Server Setup== * Download the ??08Server.exe file from the link above. Save it to the C:\ drive on your computer. * Double click and hit install. It will extract the files, then launches the Access2003 Installer (follow the wizard to install MS Access Runtime). * Copy the Shortcuts (Executive and ExecutiveMaintenance) from the C:\Executive\Desktop folder and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on this workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the Graphic Filters for Office. ===If Installing Multiple Workstations=== * Navigate to C:\Executive folder, right click on the server folder and click Properties. * Click the sharing tab, and share this folder as server. * Under Permissions share this folder with Everyone with Full Control. ===Compacting Data=== Executive Maintenance is your compacting program, run it and compact the data each day (early morning or night work best) when nobody else is in the program to ensure the integrity of your datafile. If it gives an error, you may need to restore from your latest clean backup as the datafile needs to be looked at. If you have any questions about compacting, please refer to [[Compacting Data]]. ==Workstation Setup (for setting up additional workstations other than server)== * From the workstation, Right click on My Computer and click Map Network Drive. * Choose the X:\ drive, and browse to find the server folder on the server. The path should be similar to //servername/server * Clicking finish should bring up the folder X:\, which should have the ExecutiveData, ExecutiveSetup, ToLocation files, Images and MC08Client.exe inside. * Copy MC08Client.exe to the local C:\ drive and double click to extract. * Install the 2003Runtime when prompted. * Copy the Executive shortcuts from C:\Executive\Desktop and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on the workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the [[Graphic Filters|Downloads^Grphflt.exe]] for Office. You'll then need to do the workstation setup for each additional computer you'd like to run Executive on. ==Manuals== I've included PDF copies of the Executive Manuals ([[Documentation^2008ExecutiveManual.pdf]] and [[Documentation^2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf]]) in the install package. They are accessible at C:\Executive\server\ folder on the server, and at X:\ on the workstations. These are very helpful for getting up to speed quickly with Executive and it's features. h3.Backups Using some sort of back up system is highly recommended. You should be backing up the contents of C:\Executive\Server\ (most importantly the *executivedata.mdb* file) regularly in case of hard drive failure, etc. Please refer to [[Backups]] for more information. 66 62 2011-04-06T22:34:51Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{info|These instructions are only valid for new installations with the 08 Installer package. Existing stores should refer to [[Adding Workstations]] for help with installing Executive on new computers.}} ==Server Setup== * Download the ??08Server.exe file from the link above. Save it to the C:\ drive on your computer. * Double click and hit install. It will extract the files, then launches the Access2003 Installer (follow the wizard to install MS Access Runtime). * Copy the Shortcuts (Executive and ExecutiveMaintenance) from the C:\Executive\Desktop folder and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on this workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the Graphic Filters for Office. ===If Installing Multiple Workstations=== * Navigate to C:\Executive folder, right click on the server folder and click Properties. * Click the sharing tab, and share this folder as server. * Under Permissions share this folder with Everyone with Full Control. ===Compacting Data=== Executive Maintenance is your compacting program, run it and compact the data each day (early morning or night work best) when nobody else is in the program to ensure the integrity of your datafile. If it gives an error, you may need to restore from your latest clean backup as the datafile needs to be looked at. If you have any questions about compacting, please refer to [[Compacting Data]]. ==Workstation Setup (for setting up additional workstations other than server)== * From the workstation, Right click on My Computer and click Map Network Drive. * Choose the X:\ drive, and browse to find the server folder on the server. The path should be similar to //servername/server * Clicking finish should bring up the folder X:\, which should have the ExecutiveData, ExecutiveSetup, ToLocation files, Images and MC08Client.exe inside. * Copy MC08Client.exe to the local C:\ drive and double click to extract. * Install the 2003Runtime when prompted. * Copy the Executive shortcuts from C:\Executive\Desktop and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on the workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the [[Graphic Filters|Downloads^Grphflt.exe]] for Office. You'll then need to do the workstation setup for each additional computer you'd like to run Executive on. ==Manuals== I've included PDF copies of the Executive Manuals ([[Documentation^2008ExecutiveManual.pdf]] and [[Documentation^2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf]]) in the install package. They are accessible at C:\Executive\server\ folder on the server, and at X:\ on the workstations. These are very helpful for getting up to speed quickly with Executive and it's features. h3.Backups Using some sort of back up system is highly recommended. You should be backing up the contents of C:\Executive\Server\ (most importantly the *executivedata.mdb* file) regularly in case of hard drive failure, etc. Please refer to [[Backups]] for more information. 67 66 2011-04-06T22:51:55Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{info|These instructions are only valid for new installations with the 08 Installer package. Existing stores should refer to [[Adding Workstations]] for help with installing Executive on new computers.}} ==Server Setup== * Download the ??08Server.exe file from the link above. Save it to the C:\ drive on your computer. * Double click and hit install. It will extract the files, then launches the Access2003 Installer (follow the wizard to install MS Access Runtime). * Copy the Shortcuts (Executive and ExecutiveMaintenance) from the C:\Executive\Desktop folder and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on this workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the Graphic Filters for Office. ===If Installing Multiple Workstations=== * Navigate to C:\Executive folder, right click on the server folder and click Properties. * Click the sharing tab, and share this folder as server. * Under Permissions share this folder with Everyone with Full Control. ===Compacting Data=== Executive Maintenance is your compacting program, run it and compact the data each day (early morning or night work best) when nobody else is in the program to ensure the integrity of your datafile. If it gives an error, you may need to restore from your latest clean backup as the datafile needs to be looked at. If you have any questions about compacting, please refer to [[Compacting Data]]. ==Workstation Setup (for setting up additional workstations other than server)== * From the workstation, Right click on My Computer and click Map Network Drive. * Choose the X:\ drive, and browse to find the server folder on the server. The path should be similar to //servername/server * Clicking finish should bring up the folder X:\, which should have the ExecutiveData, ExecutiveSetup, ToLocation files, Images and MC08Client.exe inside. * Copy MC08Client.exe to the local C:\ drive and double click to extract. * Install the 2003Runtime when prompted. * Copy the Executive shortcuts from C:\Executive\Desktop and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on the workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the [[Graphic Filters|Downloads^Grphflt.exe]] for Office. You'll then need to do the workstation setup for each additional computer you'd like to run Executive on. ==Manuals== I've included PDF copies of the Executive Manuals ([[Documentation^2008ExecutiveManual.pdf]] and [[Documentation^2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf]]) in the install package. They are accessible at C:\Executive\server\ folder on the server, and at X:\ on the workstations. These are very helpful for getting up to speed quickly with Executive and it's features. ==Backups== Using some sort of back up system is highly recommended. You should be backing up the contents of C:\Executive\Server\ (most importantly the *executivedata.mdb* file) regularly in case of hard drive failure, etc. Please refer to [[Backups]] for more information. 68 67 2011-04-06T22:52:46Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{info|These instructions are only valid for new installations with the 08 Installer package. Existing stores should refer to [[Adding Workstations]] for help with installing Executive on new computers.}} ==Server Setup== * Download the ??08Server.exe file from the link above. Save it to the C:\ drive on your computer. * Double click and hit install. It will extract the files, then launches the Access2003 Installer (follow the wizard to install MS Access Runtime). * Copy the Shortcuts (Executive and ExecutiveMaintenance) from the C:\Executive\Desktop folder and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on this workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the Graphic Filters for Office. ===If Installing Multiple Workstations=== * Navigate to C:\Executive folder, right click on the server folder and click Properties. * Click the sharing tab, and share this folder as server. * Under Permissions share this folder with Everyone with Full Control. ===Compacting Data=== Executive Maintenance is your compacting program, run it and compact the data each day (early morning or night work best) when nobody else is in the program to ensure the integrity of your datafile. If it gives an error, you may need to restore from your latest clean backup as the datafile needs to be looked at. If you have any questions about compacting, please refer to [[Compacting Data]]. ==Workstation Setup (for setting up additional workstations other than server)== * From the workstation, Right click on My Computer and click Map Network Drive. * Choose the X:\ drive, and browse to find the server folder on the server. The path should be similar to //servername/server * Clicking finish should bring up the folder X:\, which should have the ExecutiveData, ExecutiveSetup, ToLocation files, Images and MC08Client.exe inside. * Copy MC08Client.exe to the local C:\ drive and double click to extract. * Install the 2003Runtime when prompted. * Copy the Executive shortcuts from C:\Executive\Desktop and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on the workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the [[Graphic Filters|Downloads^Grphflt.exe]] for Office. You'll then need to do the workstation setup for each additional computer you'd like to run Executive on. ==Manuals== I've included PDF copies of the Executive Manuals ([[Documentation^2008ExecutiveManual.pdf]] and [[Documentation^2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf]]) in the install package. They are accessible at C:\Executive\server\ folder on the server, and at X:\ on the workstations. These are very helpful for getting up to speed quickly with Executive and it's features. ==Backups== Using some sort of back up system is highly recommended. You should be backing up the contents of C:\Executive\Server\ (most importantly the '''executivedata.mdb''' file) regularly in case of hard drive failure, etc. Please refer to [[Backups]] for more information. 10 17 63 2011-04-06T22:32:02Z Executive 1 Created page with "<table style="border:0px;width:80%;background-color:#E8B266;padding:10px;"><tr><td> [[Image:Noteicons.png]]</td><td>{{{1}}}</td> </tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Not..." wikitext text/x-wiki <table style="border:0px;width:80%;background-color:#E8B266;padding:10px;"><tr><td> [[Image:Noteicons.png]]</td><td>{{{1}}}</td> </tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 77 63 2011-04-07T02:17:25Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <table style="border:0px;width:80%;background-color:#FEC97D;padding:10px;"><tr><td> [[Image:Noteicons.png]]</td><td>{{{1}}}</td> </tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 81 77 2011-04-07T02:20:52Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <table style="border:0px;width:80%;background-color:#FEDBA7;padding:10px;"><tr><td> [[Image:Noteicons.png]]</td><td>{{{1}}}</td> </tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 10 18 64 2011-04-06T22:33:21Z Executive 1 Created page with "<table style="border:0px;width:80%;background-color:#FF8585;padding:10px;"><tr><td> [[Image:Warnicons.png]]</td><td>{{{1}}}</td> </tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Not..." wikitext text/x-wiki <table style="border:0px;width:80%;background-color:#FF8585;padding:10px;"><tr><td> [[Image:Warnicons.png]]</td><td>{{{1}}}</td> </tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 65 64 2011-04-06T22:33:50Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <table style="border:0px;width:80%;background-color:#FF8585;padding:10px;"><tr><td> [[Image:Warningicons.png]]</td><td>{{{1}}}</td> </tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 78 65 2011-04-07T02:18:02Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <table style="border:0px;width:80%;background-color:#FEC97D;padding:10px;"><tr><td> [[Image:Warningicons.png]]</td><td>{{{1}}}</td> </tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 79 78 2011-04-07T02:18:27Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <table style="border:0px;width:80%;background-color:#FFDFDF;padding:10px;"><tr><td> [[Image:Warningicons.png]]</td><td>{{{1}}}</td> </tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 80 79 2011-04-07T02:19:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <table style="border:0px;width:80%;background-color:#FFC8C8;padding:10px;"><tr><td> [[Image:Warningicons.png]]</td><td>{{{1}}}</td> </tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 0 19 69 2011-04-06T23:04:18Z Executive 1 Created page with "==Installing New Workstations== To Install Executive on a new workstation, first find an existing workstation (not the server) that will have a similar setup as the new workstati..." wikitext text/x-wiki ==Installing New Workstations== To Install Executive on a new workstation, first find an existing workstation (not the server) that will have a similar setup as the new workstation. ===On the Existing Workstation=== * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Find the ''Executive'' folder. Right Click and Copy it. * Navigate to your shared folder in ''My Computer'' (generally the X:\ drive). * Right click and create a New Folder, and name it _todays date_ (so it's easy to find later on). * Open the new folder, and Right Click and Paste. The _Executive_ folder should copy itself over. * From the Desktop, Right Click and Copy the Executive Shortcut. Paste it into the _today's date_ folder as well. * Open _My Computer_ and make note of your shared drive's details. ** For Example, if it says ''Executive on Server1 (X:\)'', the shared folder's name is '''Executive''', the server's name is '''Server1''', and the drive is mapped as '''X:''' ** Write this information down, as you will need it for mapping the shared drive on the new workstation. ===On the New Workstation=== ====Mapping the Shared Drive==== * Right Click on _My Computer_ and choose _Map Network Drive_ * Choose the same drive letter that the old workstation used. * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' !mapdrive.PNG! ====Copying the Executive Folder==== * Once the shared drive is mapped, it generally opens in a new window (you can manually open it from ''My Computer'' otherwise) * Find the ''today's date'' folder, and open it. * Right Click on the Executive Shortcut file and copy it. Paste it to the Desktop. Return to the ''today's date'' folder. * Right Click on the _Executive_ folder and Copy it. * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (_C:/Program Files/_ for the 2007 Version). * Right Click and Paste. This should create a new Executive Folder. ====Installing Access Runtime==== * Click [here|Downloads^2003Runtime.exe] to download the Access Runtime installer. Save it to your Desktop. * When it is finished downloading, Double Click the file and choose Install. This will create a new ''2003Runtime'' folder on the Desktop. * Open the new ''2003Runtime'' folder. * Double click ''ACCESSRT.MSI'' (it will look like this: !ACCESSRT-MSI-IMG.PNG|width=50px!) * Follow the Access Installer Wizard, until it is finished. ====Testing Executive==== * Now that everything is set up, double click on the Executive Shortcut from the Desktop to launch Executive. ** The first time you launch the program, you will need to click _Yes_ when prompted to 'Block Unsafe Expressions'. This is only required on the first startup. ** If using 64 bit Windows, the shortcut path and Reports Startup path will need to be updated to include (x86) in the Program Files section for MS Access. * If Executive loads without any error messages, try finding a Sale to make sure the data is being found. * Printers must be installed, and Printer Setup will need to be completed unless everything is the exact same as the old workstation's printers. * If Microsoft Office isn't installed, Graphic Filters might need to be installed before being able to view images. See [Graphic Filters|Downloads#Graphic Filters] for help installing these using the [Grphflt.exe|Downloads^Grphflt.exe] installer. * Download [Memcpy.dll|Downloads^Memcpy.dll] from [Downloads|Downloads#Memcpy.dll] and place it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder (this enables file browsing, such as for images). 70 69 2011-04-06T23:06:16Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki To Install Executive on a new workstation, first find an existing workstation (not the server) that will have a similar setup as the new workstation. ==On the Existing Workstation== * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Find the ''Executive'' folder. Right Click and Copy it. * Navigate to your shared folder in ''My Computer'' (generally the X:\ drive). * Right click and create a New Folder, and name it _todays date_ (so it's easy to find later on). * Open the new folder, and Right Click and Paste. The _Executive_ folder should copy itself over. * From the Desktop, Right Click and Copy the Executive Shortcut. Paste it into the _today's date_ folder as well. * Open _My Computer_ and make note of your shared drive's details. ** For Example, if it says ''Executive on Server1 (X:\)'', the shared folder's name is '''Executive''', the server's name is '''Server1''', and the drive is mapped as '''X:''' ** Write this information down, as you will need it for mapping the shared drive on the new workstation. ==On the New Workstation== ===Mapping the Shared Drive=== * Right Click on _My Computer_ and choose _Map Network Drive_ * Choose the same drive letter that the old workstation used. * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' !mapdrive.PNG! ===Copying the Executive Folder=== * Once the shared drive is mapped, it generally opens in a new window (you can manually open it from ''My Computer'' otherwise) * Find the ''today's date'' folder, and open it. * Right Click on the Executive Shortcut file and copy it. Paste it to the Desktop. Return to the ''today's date'' folder. * Right Click on the _Executive_ folder and Copy it. * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (_C:/Program Files/_ for the 2007 Version). * Right Click and Paste. This should create a new Executive Folder. ===Installing Access Runtime=== * Click [[here|Downloads^2003Runtime.exe]] to download the Access Runtime installer. Save it to your Desktop. * When it is finished downloading, Double Click the file and choose Install. This will create a new ''2003Runtime'' folder on the Desktop. * Open the new ''2003Runtime'' folder. * Double click ''ACCESSRT.MSI'' (it will look like this: !ACCESSRT-MSI-IMG.PNG|width=50px!) * Follow the Access Installer Wizard, until it is finished. ===Testing Executive=== * Now that everything is set up, double click on the Executive Shortcut from the Desktop to launch Executive. ** The first time you launch the program, you will need to click _Yes_ when prompted to 'Block Unsafe Expressions'. This is only required on the first startup. ** If using 64 bit Windows, the shortcut path and Reports Startup path will need to be updated to include (x86) in the Program Files section for MS Access. * If Executive loads without any error messages, try finding a Sale to make sure the data is being found. * Printers must be installed, and Printer Setup will need to be completed unless everything is the exact same as the old workstation's printers. * If Microsoft Office isn't installed, Graphic Filters might need to be installed before being able to view images. See [[Graphic Filters|Downloads#Graphic Filters]] for help installing these using the [[Grphflt.exe|Downloads^Grphflt.exe]] installer. * Download [[Memcpy.dll|Downloads^Memcpy.dll]] from [[Downloads|Downloads#Memcpy.dll]] and place it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder (this enables file browsing, such as for images). 0 20 71 2011-04-07T02:05:19Z Executive 1 Created page with "Your data file needs to be compacted daily to reduce the risk of corrupted data. * To open ExecutiveMaintenance, double click on the icon, Press OK. * Click on the Compact Data ..." wikitext text/x-wiki Your data file needs to be compacted daily to reduce the risk of corrupted data. * To open ExecutiveMaintenance, double click on the icon, Press OK. * Click on the Compact Data button. * Keep the program open until you see a message pop up saying Compact Complete. ** *If an error message is shown, the data file may be corrupt and needs to be repaired before use. Continuing to use a damaged file can lead to data loss and compound the damage. Please restore from your latest clean backup (ensure that the backup compacts fine before using it)* * Press OK on the message. * Exit the Executive Maintenance program by clicking on the X in the top right corner. A message will pop up asking "Are you sure you want to Quit?" Click Yes to exit or No to continue using the program. h3.Linking to the Data File To configure Executive Maintenance to compact the data file, click File Location. Under Data, choose the path of the ExecutiveData.mdb file. Exit and compact to confirm the path is correct. {{warn|If you do not have an operational Executive Maintenance program, please see the downloads page.}} {{note|Executive Maintenance is only used in the 07 and 08 versions}} 72 71 2011-04-07T02:06:40Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Your data file needs to be compacted daily to reduce the risk of corrupted data. * To open ExecutiveMaintenance, double click on the icon, Press OK. * Click on the Compact Data button. * Keep the program open until you see a message pop up saying Compact Complete. ** *If an error message is shown, the data file may be corrupt and needs to be repaired before use. Continuing to use a damaged file can lead to data loss and compound the damage. Please restore from your latest clean backup (ensure that the backup compacts fine before using it)* * Press OK on the message. * Exit the Executive Maintenance program by clicking on the X in the top right corner. A message will pop up asking "Are you sure you want to Quit?" Click Yes to exit or No to continue using the program. ==Linking to the Data File== To configure Executive Maintenance to compact the data file, click File Location. Under Data, choose the path of the ExecutiveData.mdb file. Exit and compact to confirm the path is correct. If you do not have an operational Executive Maintenance program, please see the [[Download]] page. Once it is downloaded, follow the above instructions for linking to the data. {{note|Executive Maintenance is only used in the 07 and 08 versions}} 73 72 2011-04-07T02:07:50Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Your data file needs to be compacted daily to reduce the risk of corrupted data. * To open ExecutiveMaintenance, double click on the icon, Press OK. * Click on the Compact Data button. * Keep the program open until you see a message pop up saying Compact Complete. ** '''If an error message is shown, the data file may be corrupt and needs to be repaired before use. Continuing to use a damaged file can lead to data loss and compound the damage. Please restore from your latest clean backup (ensure that the backup compacts fine before using it)''' * Press OK on the message. * Exit the Executive Maintenance program by clicking on the X in the top right corner. A message will pop up asking "Are you sure you want to Quit?" Click Yes to exit or No to continue using the program. ==Linking to the Data File== To configure Executive Maintenance to compact the data file, click File Location. Under Data, choose the path of the ExecutiveData.mdb file. Exit and compact to confirm the path is correct. If you do not have an operational Executive Maintenance program, please see the [[Download]] page. Once it is downloaded, follow the above instructions for linking to the data. Executive Maintenance is only used in the 07 and 08 versions, so if you are on an older version, you can find a compacting shortcut as part of your original installation. 0 21 74 2011-04-07T02:09:25Z Executive 1 Created page with "It is crucial to make regular backups, in case of loss of the primary data source. Data loss could be due to data corruption, hard drive failure, damage due to disaster or theft,..." wikitext text/x-wiki It is crucial to make regular backups, in case of loss of the primary data source. Data loss could be due to data corruption, hard drive failure, damage due to disaster or theft, etc. It is recommended to speak with your hardware supplier for further information on instituting a reliable method of backing up your data. ==Files== * The ExecutiveData.mdb file (generally in the server's shared folder) '''must''' be backed up regularly (see below for more suggestions). This file contains all program data, and cannot be replaced in case of data corruption or loss without a usable backup. * The Images folder (generally in the server's shared folder) should be backed up occasionally, to ensure that if loss occurs, only a limited amount of images will need to be retaken. * The ExecutiveSetup.mdb file (generally in the server's shared folder) should be backed up when setup details are changed. It holds a small amount of customized setup data, but could be replaced with a default copy if absolutely necessary. * Other Executive files, such as the front ends and system images can be replaced in case of loss, but can be backed up if possible to ensure the system can be quickly restored. ==Onsite and Offsite Backups== Backups should be regularly stored both onsite and offsite, in case of loss at one location. Offsite backups could be in the form of an online backup, or a physical backup that is taken offsite. ==Automation== Backups should be automated, to ensure that it is done regularly. Both automated scripts and software solutions can be used to automate backups. ==Redundancy== Making backups using multiple methods ensures that you are prepared in case of failure by one method. This could include backing up to both an external hard drive as well as a tape drive, or simply using a USB flash drive for a weekly backup in conjunction with your regular method. ==Timing== It is best to schedule backups regularly, and to back up data when it is not being used (such as at night). It's also recommended to keep multiple backups, just in case of data corruption that is not immediately identified. ===Backup Schedule=== * Monday-Friday should each have their own backup folder/tape, in case you need to restore from a few days ago due to corruption issues. Overwriting the same file daily is not recommended, it's best to cycle daily backups each week to ensure a week's worth of separate backups are retained. Daily backups could include as little as only the ExecutiveData.mdb file. * Monthly backups could be used to create full snapshots, with both the ExecutiveData.mdb, ExecutiveSetup.mdb, and Images folders being backed up. ===Examples=== There are many possible configurations, using a variety of methods. Below are examples of two popular methods, and schedules for creating redundant, automated backups with offsite capabilities. ====Tape Backup==== * If using tape backups, have 7 tapes. Use 1 as a monthly, use the 5 as Monday-Friday. Use the additional tape as a Swap for the Thursday tape. Each Friday, bring in the offsite Thursday tape, and swap it for the current Thursday tape, keeping the other Thursday tape offsite until swapping it again the next week. ====Flash Drive/External Hard Drive==== * If using flash drives/external hard drives, have 3. Alternate 2 as daily backups, and keep the extra one offsite. Swap the offsite with Thursday's backup every Friday, so that one is always offsite. Try to alternate each day, so that each drive is used evenly. * Backups could be stored in M-F folders, so that each flash drive/external hard drive would have a full weekly backup, further increasing redundancy. ** For example, have HD's 1, 2, and 3. ** Week A, HD3 will be offsite. Use HD1 M,W,F. Use HD2 T,TH. On Friday, bring in HD3 and take HD2 offsite. ** Week B, HD2 will be offsite. Use HD3 M,W,F. Use HD1 T,TH. On Friday, bring in HD2 and take HD1 offsite. ** Week C, HD1 will be offsite. Use HD2 M,W,F. Use HD3 T,TH. On Friday, bring in HD1 and take HD3 offsite. 4 22 75 2011-04-07T02:12:54Z Executive 1 Created page with "Support for Executive Jeweller will be discontinued as of August 31, 2011. While our recommendation is to explore new software and transition while the software is still support..." wikitext text/x-wiki Support for Executive Jeweller will be discontinued as of August 31, 2011. While our recommendation is to explore new software and transition while the software is still supported, it is understood that this may not be possible in all cases. Be sure to contact support to discuss any concerns that you may have, to ensure that it is a smooth transition and that you have everything you need to run your day to day business from a software perspective. 0 23 76 2011-04-07T02:15:28Z Executive 1 Created page with "{{note|Upon the expiry of support, the FTP site will no longer be active and data will not be repaired, so please ensure you have proper [[Backups]] to restore from.}} ==FTP Upl..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{note|Upon the expiry of support, the FTP site will no longer be active and data will not be repaired, so please ensure you have proper [[Backups]] to restore from.}} ==FTP Uploading Data Instructions== # Ensure nobody else is currently in Executive while working with your data. # Open My Computer. Navigate to the location of your executivedata.mdb file (at (SHARED DRIVE)\executivedata.mdb) # To Zip the file, right click the executivedata.mdb file and choose Send To -> Compressed Zip Folder. # If asked if you would like to overwrite an existing file, choose Yes. # Find and select the executivedata.zip file, right click on it, and copy it. # Open up another window of My Computer. # In the Address bar in My Computer, type in ftp://knar:knar_pwd@ftp.knar.com/CompanyName # Right click and Paste the executivedata.zip file here. # After waiting for the file to upload, you will see the executivedata.zip file has been uploaded to the FTP site. ===Uploading ExecutiveSetup (Required for Upgrades)=== # On your tag printing workstation, open My Computer, navigate to the location of your executivesetup.mdb file, which is likely at C:\Program Files\Executive. # Copy executivesetup.mdb and paste it on the FTP site. If your data is being repaired or updated, you must now stay out of your data once it has been uploaded as any changes will be lost. {{info|If you aren't sure where to find your data file, go to Maintenance-System-Link Data. This will show the paths for all linked files, including ExecutiveData.mdb and ExecutiveSetup.mdb}} 82 76 2011-04-07T02:22:28Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{note|Upon the [[Executive Jeweller:Current events|expiry of support]], the FTP site will no longer be active and data will not be repaired, so please ensure you have proper [[Backups]] to restore from.}} ==FTP Uploading Data Instructions== # Ensure nobody else is currently in Executive while working with your data. # Open My Computer. Navigate to the location of your executivedata.mdb file (at (SHARED DRIVE)\executivedata.mdb) # To Zip the file, right click the executivedata.mdb file and choose Send To -> Compressed Zip Folder. # If asked if you would like to overwrite an existing file, choose Yes. # Find and select the executivedata.zip file, right click on it, and copy it. # Open up another window of My Computer. # In the Address bar in My Computer, type in ftp://knar:knar_pwd@ftp.knar.com/CompanyName # Right click and Paste the executivedata.zip file here. # After waiting for the file to upload, you will see the executivedata.zip file has been uploaded to the FTP site. ===Uploading ExecutiveSetup (Required for Upgrades)=== # On your tag printing workstation, open My Computer, navigate to the location of your executivesetup.mdb file, which is likely at C:\Program Files\Executive. # Copy executivesetup.mdb and paste it on the FTP site. If your data is being repaired or updated, you must now stay out of your data once it has been uploaded as any changes will be lost. {{info|If you aren't sure where to find your data file, go to Maintenance-System-Link Data. This will show the paths for all linked files, including ExecutiveData.mdb and ExecutiveSetup.mdb}} 0 24 83 2011-04-07T02:23:30Z Executive 1 Created page with "==Report Types== There are 4 Exports available in Executive: * Customer * Top Customer * Sales * Inventory ===Export Steps=== To export a Customer List report (Sales, Inventory,..." wikitext text/x-wiki ==Report Types== There are 4 Exports available in Executive: * Customer * Top Customer * Sales * Inventory ===Export Steps=== To export a Customer List report (Sales, Inventory, and Top Customer reports follow the same procedure): * Go to Reports->Customer->Customer, and select your filtering criteria. * Choose option Export to Text File. ** (Note: Choosing the Export to Text File is it's own option, and is not used in conjunction with other reports) * Click on the Print icon in the bottom left corner, and it should alert you that a file has been exported to the specified location. By default, this file is saved in C:\Executive, and this one is named Customer.txt. * Open MS Excel, and choose open. * Navigate to the directory the file is saved in, choose to view files of type 'text' at the bottom of the file selection box, then select and open the text file. This will open up a wizard for importing text files to Excel. ** On the first screen, make sure 'Delimited' is selected and click next. ** On the second screen, check the box beside 'Comma' and click next. ** On the final screen, make sure the default column data format is 'General'. ** Click Finish, and your customers should be exported and properly formatted for Excel. * You can then go through and sort/edit this spreadsheet however you'd like. Make sure to save it as an Excel file when you are finished, as it may try to re-save as a text file again. ==Access Exports== There is also the ability to export regular reports, by previewing them and choosing Export->Excel File. As this is an Access export to Excel, instead of an Executive specific [csv|Comma-separated_values@Wikipedia] export, the file formatting is not controlled, and may need some editing. It's advised to use the Executive Exports whenever possible. 84 83 2011-04-07T02:24:27Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Report Types== There are 4 Exports available in Executive: * Customer * Top Customer * Sales * Inventory ===Export Steps=== To export a Customer List report (Sales, Inventory, and Top Customer reports follow the same procedure): * Go to Reports->Customer->Customer, and select your filtering criteria. * Choose option Export to Text File. ** (Note: Choosing the Export to Text File is it's own option, and is not used in conjunction with other reports) * Click on the Print icon in the bottom left corner, and it should alert you that a file has been exported to the specified location. By default, this file is saved in C:\Executive, and this one is named Customer.txt. * Open MS Excel, and choose open. * Navigate to the directory the file is saved in, choose to view files of type 'text' at the bottom of the file selection box, then select and open the text file. This will open up a wizard for importing text files to Excel. ** On the first screen, make sure 'Delimited' is selected and click next. ** On the second screen, check the box beside 'Comma' and click next. ** On the final screen, make sure the default column data format is 'General'. ** Click Finish, and your customers should be exported and properly formatted for Excel. * You can then go through and sort/edit this spreadsheet however you'd like. Make sure to save it as an Excel file when you are finished, as it may try to re-save as a text file again. ==Access Exports== There is also the ability to export regular reports, by previewing them and choosing Export->Excel File. As this is an Access export to Excel, instead of an Executive specific CSV export, the file formatting is not controlled, and may need some editing. It's advised to use the Executive CSV Exports whenever possible. 0 25 85 2011-04-07T02:27:15Z Executive 1 Created page with "{{info|If you use First Nations Exemptions on HST, you can continue using GST and PST as separate taxes, to allow easier exemption. They can just be re-labeled fHST and pHST.}} ..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{info|If you use First Nations Exemptions on HST, you can continue using GST and PST as separate taxes, to allow easier exemption. They can just be re-labeled fHST and pHST.}} Harmonized Sales Tax (HST) will be coming into effect in Ontario and British Columbia as of July 1, 2010. To help ensure a seamless transition from GST/PST to the combined HST, here are a few things to be aware of regarding HST in Executive. ==Setting up HST in Executive using Tax 3== To set up HST, go to Maintenance-System-Tax Setup-Taxes. We recommend making Tax 1 (PST) and Tax 2 (GST) Inactive, and setting Tax 3 to HST with the correct rate (13% for Ontario, 12% for British Columbia). This allows you to make GST active as Tax 2 if necessary (for example: sales to provinces not covered by HST, if applicable). {{warn|The tips below assume that you are using Tax 3 for HST. If you instead change Tax 1 to HST instead of PST, any Returns/Reports mentioned below that still reference the original PST rates will be adversely affected, as some PST transactions will be mixed in the the HST transactions in the Daily Tax Report #10 that could cause confusion, and may cause PST to be calculated with the wrong rate.}} ===Layaways=== Executive will keep the original GST/PST rates from the time of layaway creation. Since layaways do not become final, taxable sales until they are fully paid, any layaways that were created before July 1, 2010 may need to be returned on June 30, 2010 and reissued on July 1, 2010 using HST as the sole tax. {{note|Please consult your accountant or tax authority if you have any questions regarding taxation on partially paid layaways, or on any items that were not taxed with both GST and PST to see how they should be reissued with HST.}} ===Returns=== Executive will keep the original GST/PST rates from the time of the original sale as part of the return. When you are returning the item on or after July 1, 2010 that was purchased before July 1, 2010, the HST box will not be checked off and the PST/GST boxes will not be visible but are still checked off (as evidence by the subtotal/total). The Daily Report #10 will work much the same, with the Total reflecting the GST/PST for that day, but with only the HST column visible on the report as it is the only active tax. If you need to see the GST/PST columns instead of just the totals, you could make those taxes active temporarily for the purpose of running the report. ===Product Default Taxes=== By default, new products are assigned the active taxes at the time of creation. Since you will be using Tax 3 for HST, this was not active when the items were created, and therefore will not be applied to each item by default. {{info|We provided an update utility that you can download and run to update your product taxes. This was made available to download before June 30th, 2010, and details were sent out on that date regarding download links and usage.}} ===Service Tax=== To apply HST to various Services, you can go to Maintenance-System-Tax Setup-Service Tax Setup and assign HST to Labour/Materials based on Service Department. GST/PST settings will not be carried over to HST, so HST is not assigned to services until this is completed. ===Tax Exemptions=== If any customer profiles need to be marked as HST Exempt, this can be done from the customer profile the same way that it worked with GST/PST. {{note|Past GST/PST Exemptions may work differently with HST, so please consult your accountant or a tax authority for further details on exemptions.}} ===Multiple Location Stores=== If your store has more than one location, you will need to update the taxes at Maintenance-System-Tax Setup in each location. Service Taxes will also need to be redone in each location. The Product Default Taxes will only need to be updated in the first store, and changes will be applied to additional locations during regular importing/exporting (so you should do an import/export after updating to ensure the other stores are updated as well). {{note|If your store has multiple locations, but they are not connected via importing/exporting, they are considered individual stores and will need to be updated individually.}} {{warning|We provide this document for information purposes only, as we are not tax professionals. Please refer to your accountant or tax authority for complete rules and guidelines for HST in your province.}} 86 85 2011-04-07T02:27:43Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{info|If you use First Nations Exemptions on HST, you can continue using GST and PST as separate taxes, to allow easier exemption. They can just be re-labeled fHST and pHST.}} Harmonized Sales Tax (HST) will be coming into effect in Ontario and British Columbia as of July 1, 2010. To help ensure a seamless transition from GST/PST to the combined HST, here are a few things to be aware of regarding HST in Executive. ==Setting up HST in Executive using Tax 3== To set up HST, go to Maintenance-System-Tax Setup-Taxes. We recommend making Tax 1 (PST) and Tax 2 (GST) Inactive, and setting Tax 3 to HST with the correct rate (13% for Ontario, 12% for British Columbia). This allows you to make GST active as Tax 2 if necessary (for example: sales to provinces not covered by HST, if applicable). {{warn|The tips below assume that you are using Tax 3 for HST. If you instead change Tax 1 to HST instead of PST, any Returns/Reports mentioned below that still reference the original PST rates will be adversely affected, as some PST transactions will be mixed in the the HST transactions in the Daily Tax Report #10 that could cause confusion, and may cause PST to be calculated with the wrong rate.}} ===Layaways=== Executive will keep the original GST/PST rates from the time of layaway creation. Since layaways do not become final, taxable sales until they are fully paid, any layaways that were created before July 1, 2010 may need to be returned on June 30, 2010 and reissued on July 1, 2010 using HST as the sole tax. {{note|Please consult your accountant or tax authority if you have any questions regarding taxation on partially paid layaways, or on any items that were not taxed with both GST and PST to see how they should be reissued with HST.}} ===Returns=== Executive will keep the original GST/PST rates from the time of the original sale as part of the return. When you are returning the item on or after July 1, 2010 that was purchased before July 1, 2010, the HST box will not be checked off and the PST/GST boxes will not be visible but are still checked off (as evidence by the subtotal/total). The Daily Report #10 will work much the same, with the Total reflecting the GST/PST for that day, but with only the HST column visible on the report as it is the only active tax. If you need to see the GST/PST columns instead of just the totals, you could make those taxes active temporarily for the purpose of running the report. ===Product Default Taxes=== By default, new products are assigned the active taxes at the time of creation. Since you will be using Tax 3 for HST, this was not active when the items were created, and therefore will not be applied to each item by default. {{info|We provided an update utility that you can download and run to update your product taxes. This was made available to download before June 30th, 2010, and details were sent out on that date regarding download links and usage.}} ===Service Tax=== To apply HST to various Services, you can go to Maintenance-System-Tax Setup-Service Tax Setup and assign HST to Labour/Materials based on Service Department. GST/PST settings will not be carried over to HST, so HST is not assigned to services until this is completed. ===Tax Exemptions=== If any customer profiles need to be marked as HST Exempt, this can be done from the customer profile the same way that it worked with GST/PST. {{note|Past GST/PST Exemptions may work differently with HST, so please consult your accountant or a tax authority for further details on exemptions.}} ===Multiple Location Stores=== If your store has more than one location, you will need to update the taxes at Maintenance-System-Tax Setup in each location. Service Taxes will also need to be redone in each location. The Product Default Taxes will only need to be updated in the first store, and changes will be applied to additional locations during regular importing/exporting (so you should do an import/export after updating to ensure the other stores are updated as well). {{note|If your store has multiple locations, but they are not connected via importing/exporting, they are considered individual stores and will need to be updated individually.}} {{warn|We provide this document for information purposes only, as we are not tax professionals. Please refer to your accountant or tax authority for complete rules and guidelines for HST in your province.}} 0 26 87 2011-04-07T02:31:12Z Executive 1 Created page with "When a new Executive update is released, the Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) file may need to be replaced on each workstation to complete the upgrade. The following i..." wikitext text/x-wiki When a new Executive update is released, the Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) file may need to be replaced on each workstation to complete the upgrade. The following instructions outline the steps required to update the front end files. This may also be the case if you have a corrupted front end file, and need to replace it with a clean front end file (or one off of a working computer}. ==Download Latest Files== Front End files for most of the 07/08 revisions can be found on the [Updates] page and are available for download. Choose to Save the file to your shared server folder. You may want to create a new folder for the update such as ''Executive 08-01-29 FE'' (where 08.01.29 is the version number of the update). Save the file here, and double click it to extract it after installation for .exe files, or unzip it for .zip files. ==Updating Workstations== Each workstation will need to be updated with the new front end files. One way to save time is to link the files on the first workstation, then copy those linked files to the remaining workstations (assuming that all workstations use the same mapped drives and linking). ===First Workstation=== Open Executive, and go to Maintenance-System-Link Data. Write down your linkings for each of the applicable files. Below is an example of common linkings, but it may differ depending on your drive mappings. Also check your version by going to Help-Version, so that you can verify afterwards that the Executive (and/or ExecutiveReports) version has been updated. ====Sample Executive.mdb Linking Paths==== || File || Path || | ExecutivePrinterSetup | C:\Executive\ExecutivePrinterSetup.mdb | | ExecutiveReports | C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb | | ExecutiveData | X:\ExecutiveData.mdb | | ExecutiveSetup | X:\ExecutiveSetup.mdb | | ToLocation1 | X:\ToLocation1.mdb | | ToLocationOther | X:\ToLocationOther.mdb | There should be 6 lines to link in Executive, if you have more/less please replace the Front end file again as it may be corrupted. ====Sample ExecutiveReports.mdb Linking Paths==== || File || Path || | ExecutiveData | X:\ExecutiveData.mdb | | ExecutiveSetup | X:\ExecutiveSetup.mdb | There should be 2 lines to link in Reports, if you have more/less please replace the Front end file again as it may be corrupted. ===Updating Files=== # Open My Computer and navigate to your shared folder, and into the server's ''08-01-29 FE'' folder. # Copy the Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) file and paste it into the C:\Executive\ folder (C:\Program Files\Executive for 07 Version). # Open Executive, go to Maintenance-System-Link Data and change all the paths to match the ones you copied down earlier. # When the paths are correct, hit OK to link the data. # If you also need to link Executive Reports, go to reports and link from Maintenance-Link Data. Once the data is linked on the first workstation, go to this workstation's C:\Executive\ folder. Copy Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) and paste them into your shared ''08-01-29 FE'' folder. These will then be used for updating remaining workstations. {{note|To check that everything is linked properly, go to Sales-Find a Sale and make sure today's sales are showing. You can also go to Help-Version to make sure the Executive Version number has been updated to the latest version.}} ===Remaining Workstations=== After the first workstation is completed, you can use the pre-linked files on the remaining workstations and update them individually. # Open My Computer and navigate to your shared folder, and into the server's ''08-01-29 FE'' folder. # Copy the Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) file and paste it into the C:\Executive\ folder (C:\Program Files\Executive for 07 Version). {{note|To check that everything is linked properly, go to Sales-Find a Sale and make sure today's sales are showing. You can also go to Help-Version to make sure the Executive Version number has been updated to the latest version.}} 88 87 2011-04-07T02:32:24Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki When a new Executive update is released, the Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) file may need to be replaced on each workstation to complete the upgrade. The following instructions outline the steps required to update the front end files. This may also be the case if you have a corrupted front end file, and need to replace it with a clean front end file. ==Download Latest Files== Front End files for most of the 07/08 revisions can be found on the [[Updates]] page and are available for download. An easier method would be to copy the Executive.mdb file from a working computer, as you would not have to link the paths. Choose to Save the file to your shared server folder. You may want to create a new folder for the update such as ''Executive 08-01-29 FE'' (where 08.01.29 is the version number of the update). Save the file here, and double click it to extract it after installation for .exe files, or unzip it for .zip files. ==Updating Workstations== Each workstation will need to be updated with the new front end files. One way to save time is to link the files on the first workstation, then copy those linked files to the remaining workstations (assuming that all workstations use the same mapped drives and linking). ===First Workstation=== Open Executive, and go to Maintenance-System-Link Data. Write down your linkings for each of the applicable files. Below is an example of common linkings, but it may differ depending on your drive mappings. Also check your version by going to Help-Version, so that you can verify afterwards that the Executive (and/or ExecutiveReports) version has been updated. ====Sample Executive.mdb Linking Paths==== || File || Path || | ExecutivePrinterSetup | C:\Executive\ExecutivePrinterSetup.mdb | | ExecutiveReports | C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb | | ExecutiveData | X:\ExecutiveData.mdb | | ExecutiveSetup | X:\ExecutiveSetup.mdb | | ToLocation1 | X:\ToLocation1.mdb | | ToLocationOther | X:\ToLocationOther.mdb | There should be 6 lines to link in Executive, if you have more/less please replace the Front end file again as it may be corrupted. ====Sample ExecutiveReports.mdb Linking Paths==== || File || Path || | ExecutiveData | X:\ExecutiveData.mdb | | ExecutiveSetup | X:\ExecutiveSetup.mdb | There should be 2 lines to link in Reports, if you have more/less please replace the Front end file again as it may be corrupted. ===Updating Files=== # Open My Computer and navigate to your shared folder, and into the server's ''08-01-29 FE'' folder. # Copy the Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) file and paste it into the C:\Executive\ folder (C:\Program Files\Executive for 07 Version). # Open Executive, go to Maintenance-System-Link Data and change all the paths to match the ones you copied down earlier. # When the paths are correct, hit OK to link the data. # If you also need to link Executive Reports, go to reports and link from Maintenance-Link Data. Once the data is linked on the first workstation, go to this workstation's C:\Executive\ folder. Copy Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) and paste them into your shared ''08-01-29 FE'' folder. These will then be used for updating remaining workstations. {{note|To check that everything is linked properly, go to Sales-Find a Sale and make sure today's sales are showing. You can also go to Help-Version to make sure the Executive Version number has been updated to the latest version.}} ===Remaining Workstations=== After the first workstation is completed, you can use the pre-linked files on the remaining workstations and update them individually. # Open My Computer and navigate to your shared folder, and into the server's ''08-01-29 FE'' folder. # Copy the Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) file and paste it into the C:\Executive\ folder (C:\Program Files\Executive for 07 Version). {{note|To check that everything is linked properly, go to Sales-Find a Sale and make sure today's sales are showing. You can also go to Help-Version to make sure the Executive Version number has been updated to the latest version.}} 89 88 2011-04-07T02:41:29Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki When a new Executive update is released, the Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) file may need to be replaced on each workstation to complete the upgrade. The following instructions outline the steps required to update the front end files. This may also be the case if you have a corrupted front end file, and need to replace it with a clean front end file. ==Download Latest Files== Front End files for most of the 07/08 revisions can be found on the [[Updates]] page and are available for download. An easier method would be to copy the Executive.mdb file from a working computer, as you would not have to link the paths. Choose to Save the file to your shared server folder. You may want to create a new folder for the update such as ''Executive 08-01-29 FE'' (where 08.01.29 is the version number of the update). Save the file here, and double click it to extract it after installation for .exe files, or unzip it for .zip files. ==Updating Workstations== Each workstation will need to be updated with the new front end files. One way to save time is to link the files on the first workstation, then copy those linked files to the remaining workstations (assuming that all workstations use the same mapped drives and linking). ===First Workstation=== Open Executive, and go to Maintenance-System-Link Data. Write down your linkings for each of the applicable files. Below is an example of common linkings, but it may differ depending on your drive mappings. Also check your version by going to Help-Version, so that you can verify afterwards that the Executive (and/or ExecutiveReports) version has been updated. ====Sample Executive.mdb Linking Paths==== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| File !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Path |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutivePrinterSetup |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| C:\Executive\ExecutivePrinterSetup.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutiveReports |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutiveData |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ExecutiveData.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutiveSetup |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ExecutiveSetup.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ToLocation1 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ToLocation1.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ToLocationOther |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ToLocationOther.mdb |} There should be 6 lines to link in Executive, if you have more/less please replace the Front end file again as it may be corrupted. ====Sample ExecutiveReports.mdb Linking Paths==== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| File !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Path |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutiveData |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ExecutiveData.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutiveSetup |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ExecutiveSetup.mdb |} There should be 2 lines to link in Reports, if you have more/less please replace the Front end file again as it may be corrupted. ===Updating Files=== # Open My Computer and navigate to your shared folder, and into the server's ''08-01-29 FE'' folder. # Copy the Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) file and paste it into the C:\Executive\ folder (C:\Program Files\Executive for 07 Version). # Open Executive, go to Maintenance-System-Link Data and change all the paths to match the ones you copied down earlier. # When the paths are correct, hit OK to link the data. # If you also need to link Executive Reports, go to reports and link from Maintenance-Link Data. Once the data is linked on the first workstation, go to this workstation's C:\Executive\ folder. Copy Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) and paste them into your shared ''08-01-29 FE'' folder. These will then be used for updating remaining workstations. {{note|To check that everything is linked properly, go to Sales-Find a Sale and make sure today's sales are showing. You can also go to Help-Version to make sure the Executive Version number has been updated to the latest version.}} ===Remaining Workstations=== After the first workstation is completed, you can use the pre-linked files on the remaining workstations and update them individually. # Open My Computer and navigate to your shared folder, and into the server's ''08-01-29 FE'' folder. # Copy the Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) file and paste it into the C:\Executive\ folder (C:\Program Files\Executive for 07 Version). {{note|To check that everything is linked properly, go to Sales-Find a Sale and make sure today's sales are showing. You can also go to Help-Version to make sure the Executive Version number has been updated to the latest version.}} 90 89 2011-04-07T02:41:59Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki When a new Executive update is released, the Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) file may need to be replaced on each workstation to complete the upgrade. The following instructions outline the steps required to update the front end files. This may also be the case if you have a corrupted front end file, and need to replace it with a clean front end file. ==Download Latest Files== Front End files for most of the 07/08 revisions can be found on the [[Updates]] page and are available for download. An easier method would be to copy the Executive.mdb file from a working computer, as you would not have to link the paths. Choose to Save the file to your shared server folder. You may want to create a new folder for the update such as ''Executive 08-01-29 FE'' (where 08.01.29 is the version number of the update). Save the file here, and double click it to extract it after installation for .exe files, or unzip it for .zip files. ==Updating Workstations== Each workstation will need to be updated with the new front end files. One way to save time is to link the files on the first workstation, then copy those linked files to the remaining workstations (assuming that all workstations use the same mapped drives and linking). ===First Workstation=== Open Executive, and go to Maintenance-System-Link Data. Write down your linkings for each of the applicable files. Below is an example of common linkings, but it may differ depending on your drive mappings. Also check your version by going to Help-Version, so that you can verify afterwards that the Executive (and/or ExecutiveReports) version has been updated. ====Sample Executive.mdb Linking Paths==== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| File !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Path |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutivePrinterSetup |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| C:\Executive\ExecutivePrinterSetup.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutiveReports |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutiveData |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ExecutiveData.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutiveSetup |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ExecutiveSetup.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ToLocation1 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ToLocation1.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ToLocationOther |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ToLocationOther.mdb |} There should be 6 lines to link in Executive, if you have more/less please replace the Front end file again as it may be corrupted. ====Sample ExecutiveReports.mdb Linking Paths==== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| File !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Path |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutiveData |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ExecutiveData.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutiveSetup |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ExecutiveSetup.mdb |} There should be 2 lines to link in Reports, if you have more/less please replace the Front end file again as it may be corrupted. ===Updating Files=== # Open My Computer and navigate to your shared folder, and into the server's ''08-01-29 FE'' folder. # Copy the Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) file and paste it into the C:\Executive\ folder (C:\Program Files\Executive for 07 Version). # Open Executive, go to Maintenance-System-Link Data and change all the paths to match the ones you copied down earlier. # When the paths are correct, hit OK to link the data. # If you also need to link Executive Reports, go to reports and link from Maintenance-Link Data. Once the data is linked on the first workstation, go to this workstation's C:\Executive\ folder. Copy Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) and paste them into your shared ''08-01-29 FE'' folder. These will then be used for updating remaining workstations. {{note|To check that everything is linked properly, go to Sales-Find a Sale and make sure today's sales are showing. You can also go to Help-Version to make sure the Executive Version number has been updated to the latest version.}} ===Remaining Workstations=== After the first workstation is completed, you can use the pre-linked files on the remaining workstations and update them individually. # Open My Computer and navigate to your shared folder, and into the server's ''08-01-29 FE'' folder. # Copy the Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) file and paste it into the C:\Executive\ folder (C:\Program Files\Executive for 07 Version). 0 27 91 2011-04-07T02:43:57Z Executive 1 Created page with "==Full Receipt List== Account Payment Receipt (3 Inch) Account Payment Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Account Payment Receipt (Full) Account Payment Receipt (Half) Account Payment Recei..." wikitext text/x-wiki ==Full Receipt List== Account Payment Receipt (3 Inch) Account Payment Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Account Payment Receipt (Full) Account Payment Receipt (Half) Account Payment Receipt (Half 2) Appraisal Certificate (2 Images) Appraisal Certificate (4 Images) Appraisal Cover Letter Customer Correspondence Customer Label Customer Profile Custom Item Printout Employee List Employee Profile Gift Card (Add Money) Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Card (Add Money) Receipt (Half) Gift Card (Add Money) Receipt (Half 2) Gift Card Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Card Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Card Receipt (Half) Gift Card Receipt (Half 2) Gift Card Return Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Card Return Receipt (Half) Gift Card Return Receipt (Half 2) Gift Certificate Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Certificate Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Certificate Receipt (Half) Gift Certificate Receipt (Half 2) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (Half) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (Half 2) Gift Registry Entire List Gift Registry Entire List (Images) Gift Registry Remaining List Gift Registry Remaining List (Images) Insurance Quote Inventory Reconciliations Packing Slip (Invoice) Invoice (3 Inch) Invoice (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Enclosure (3 Inch) Invoice Gift Receipt (3 Inch) Account Payment Sales Receipt (3 Inch) Account Payment Sales Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Full) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Full - Copy) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Half) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Half 2) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Half - Copy) Invoice (Full) Invoice (Full - Copy) Invoice Gift Receipt (Full) Invoice (Full - Images) Invoice (Half) Invoice (Half 2) Invoice Gift Receipt (Half 2) Invoice Gift Receipt (Half) Insufficient Inventory Report (3 Inch) Karat List Memorandum Order Memorandum Report Memorandum Report (Images) Metal Colour List Metal Material List Special Order Paid Out Receipt (3 Inch) Paid Out Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) PO Received Purchase Order Product Category List Product Department List Product Group List Product Image Printout Product Inventory Note Product Mark Down List Reconcile - Auto Differences List Reconcile - Auto Differences List (Images) Reconcile - Auto Scanned List Appraisal - Retail Replacement Certificate Sales List (Images) Supplier Instructions Service Estimate Service Instructions Job Bag Receipt (3 Inch) Job Bag Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Job Bag Receipt (Full) Job Bag Receipt (Half 2) Service Printout Service Task Category List Service Task Department List Service Task Group List Service Task Labour Category Service Task Labour Department Service Task Labour Group Service Task Report SKU History Stone Clarity List Stone Colour List Stone Ct List Stone Cut List Stone Material List Stone Shape List Rattail Tag List (Images) Time Clock Report Transfer Report ==Usage== From within the Maintenance-System-Receipts menu, you can use Receipt Copies to select how many copies of each you would like to print, Printer Setup-Specific Printer Setup to choose which printer each receipt should be sent to (beneficial for 3 Inch Receipts), and Customer Receipt Type to choose the default size (Full Page, Half, Half 2 (2 per page), or 3 Inch). See [[Sample Receipts]] for PDFs of selected receipts. 92 91 2011-04-07T02:45:00Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Full Receipt List== Account Payment Receipt (3 Inch) Account Payment Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Account Payment Receipt (Full) Account Payment Receipt (Half) Account Payment Receipt (Half 2) Appraisal Certificate (2 Images) Appraisal Certificate (4 Images) Appraisal Cover Letter Customer Correspondence Customer Label Customer Profile Custom Item Printout Employee List Employee Profile Gift Card (Add Money) Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Card (Add Money) Receipt (Half) Gift Card (Add Money) Receipt (Half 2) Gift Card Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Card Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Card Receipt (Half) Gift Card Receipt (Half 2) Gift Card Return Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Card Return Receipt (Half) Gift Card Return Receipt (Half 2) Gift Certificate Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Certificate Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Certificate Receipt (Half) Gift Certificate Receipt (Half 2) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (Half) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (Half 2) Gift Registry Entire List Gift Registry Entire List (Images) Gift Registry Remaining List Gift Registry Remaining List (Images) Insurance Quote Inventory Reconciliations Packing Slip (Invoice) Invoice (3 Inch) Invoice (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Enclosure (3 Inch) Invoice Gift Receipt (3 Inch) Account Payment Sales Receipt (3 Inch) Account Payment Sales Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Full) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Full - Copy) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Half) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Half 2) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Half - Copy) Invoice (Full) Invoice (Full - Copy) Invoice Gift Receipt (Full) Invoice (Full - Images) Invoice (Half) Invoice (Half 2) Invoice Gift Receipt (Half 2) Invoice Gift Receipt (Half) Insufficient Inventory Report (3 Inch) Karat List Memorandum Order Memorandum Report Memorandum Report (Images) Metal Colour List Metal Material List Special Order Paid Out Receipt (3 Inch) Paid Out Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) PO Received Purchase Order Product Category List Product Department List Product Group List Product Image Printout Product Inventory Note Product Mark Down List Reconcile - Auto Differences List Reconcile - Auto Differences List (Images) Reconcile - Auto Scanned List Appraisal - Retail Replacement Certificate Sales List (Images) Supplier Instructions Service Estimate Service Instructions Job Bag Receipt (3 Inch) Job Bag Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Job Bag Receipt (Full) Job Bag Receipt (Half 2) Service Printout Service Task Category List Service Task Department List Service Task Group List Service Task Labour Category Service Task Labour Department Service Task Labour Group Service Task Report SKU History Stone Clarity List Stone Colour List Stone Ct List Stone Cut List Stone Material List Stone Shape List Rattail Tag List (Images) Time Clock Report Transfer Report ==Usage== From within the Maintenance-System-Receipts menu, you can use Receipt Copies to select how many copies of each you would like to print, Printer Setup-Specific Printer Setup to choose which printer each receipt should be sent to (beneficial for 3 Inch Receipts), and Customer Receipt Type to choose the default size (Full Page, Half, Half 2 (2 per page), or 3 Inch). See [[Sample Receipts]] for PDFs of selected receipts. 0 28 93 2011-04-07T02:47:19Z Executive 1 Created page with "Below is a sampling of receipts from Executive, representing the Full Page, 3 Inch, and Half2 styles of receipts. Please see [[Receipt List]] for a full listing of available rec..." wikitext text/x-wiki Below is a sampling of receipts from Executive, representing the Full Page, 3 Inch, and Half2 styles of receipts. Please see [[Receipt List]] for a full listing of available receipts. h3.Account Payment Receipts * [[Account Payment - Full.pdf]] * [[Account Payment - 3 Inch.pdf]] * [[Account Payment - Half2.pdf]] h3.Invoice Receipts * [[Invoice - Full.pdf]] * [[Invoice - 3 Inch.pdf]] * [[Invoice - Half2.pdf]] h3.Service Receipts * [[Service Receipt - Full.pdf]] * [[Service Receipt - 3 Inch.pdf]] * [[Service Receipt - Half2.pdf]] h3.Memorandum and Purchase Order Receipts * [[Memorandum Order Form.pdf]] * [[Memorandums.pdf]] * [[Purchase Orders.pdf]] 94 93 2011-04-07T02:47:35Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Below is a sampling of receipts from Executive, representing the Full Page, 3 Inch, and Half2 styles of receipts. Please see [[Receipt List]] for a full listing of available receipts. ==Account Payment Receipts== * [[Account Payment - Full.pdf]] * [[Account Payment - 3 Inch.pdf]] * [[Account Payment - Half2.pdf]] ==Invoice Receipts== * [[Invoice - Full.pdf]] * [[Invoice - 3 Inch.pdf]] * [[Invoice - Half2.pdf]] ==Service Receipts== * [[Service Receipt - Full.pdf]] * [[Service Receipt - 3 Inch.pdf]] * [[Service Receipt - Half2.pdf]] ==Memorandum and Purchase Order Receipts== * [[Memorandum Order Form.pdf]] * [[Memorandums.pdf]] * [[Purchase Orders.pdf]] 6 29 95 2011-04-07T02:50:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 30 96 2011-04-07T02:50:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 31 97 2011-04-07T02:50:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 32 98 2011-04-07T02:50:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 33 99 2011-04-07T02:50:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 34 100 2011-04-07T02:50:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 35 101 2011-04-07T02:50:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 36 102 2011-04-07T02:50:08Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 37 103 2011-04-07T02:50:08Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 38 104 2011-04-07T02:50:47Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 39 105 2011-04-07T02:50:47Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 40 106 2011-04-07T02:50:47Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 0 28 107 94 2011-04-07T02:51:38Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Below is a sampling of receipts from Executive, representing the Full Page, 3 Inch, and Half2 styles of receipts. Please see [[Receipt List]] for a full listing of available receipts. ==Account Payment Receipts== * [[File:Account Payment - Full.pdf]] * [[File:Account Payment - 3 Inch.pdf]] * [[File:Account Payment - Half2.pdf]] ==Invoice Receipts== * [[File:Invoice - Full.pdf]] * [[File:Invoice - 3 Inch.pdf]] * [[File:Invoice - Half2.pdf]] ==Service Receipts== * [[File:Service Receipt - Full.pdf]] * [[File:Service Receipt - 3 Inch.pdf]] * [[File:Service Receipt - Half2.pdf]] ==Memorandum and Purchase Order Receipts== * [[File:Memorandum Order Form.pdf]] * [[File:Memorandums.pdf]] * [[File:Purchase Orders.pdf]] 0 41 108 2011-04-07T03:01:27Z Executive 1 Created page with "The following items are available for downloads. If you have questions, please consult the accompanying documentation or contact a support representative. ==ExecutiveMaintenance..." wikitext text/x-wiki The following items are available for downloads. If you have questions, please consult the accompanying documentation or contact a support representative. ==ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb== [[^ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb]] is used to compact the data file. Save it to the desktop of the compacting workstation (preferably the server as it will be faster). For more instructions on [[linking the data files|Compacting Data#Linking to the Data File]] and [[compacting|Compacting Data#Compacting the Data File]], see [[Compacting Data]]. ==Memcpy.dll== [[Downloads^Memcpy.dll]] is required on each workstation to allow browsing for files (such as image browser). It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/System32/ folder to enable file browsing. It resolves [[Error 53|Errors#Error 53]]. ==WIN Barcode Font== [[Downloads^Code128bWin.ttf]] is required when using WIN tags. It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/Fonts/ folder to install the WIN tag barcode font. ==Graphic Filters== [[Downloads^Grphflt.exe]] is required to view product images on workstations that do not have MS Office installed. To install the graphic filters, save [[Downloads^Grphflt.exe]] to C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/. When it is downloaded, double click Grphflt.exe, then click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/Grphflt folder, then open the enclosed Graphics Key folder and run the registry tool inside by double clicking it. Try viewing an image to verify that it now works. This will need to be on all computers without MS Office Graphic Filters installed in order to view images. ==Desktop Shortcut Icon== [[Downloads^Executive.lnk]] is a sample desktop shortcut. [[Downloads^Executive.ico]] is the icon file that can be used for Executive desktop shortcuts. ==MS Access 2003 Runtime== [[Downloads^2003Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless otherwise noted''. To Install, download [[Downloads^2003Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2003Runtime.exe and click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created 2003Runtime folder, double click ACCESSRT.MSI and follow the installation wizard. ==MS Access 2007 Runtime== [[Downloads^2007Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2007 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless advised otherwise''. To Install, download [[Downloads^2007Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2007Runtime.exe and follow the installation wizard. ==Installation Packages== [[Downloads^2005-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2005 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[Downloads^2007-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2007 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. 117 108 2011-04-07T14:39:54Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki The following items are available for download. If you have questions, please consult the accompanying documentation. ==ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb== [[File:ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb]] is used to compact the data file. Save it to the desktop of the compacting workstation (preferably the server as it will be faster). For more instructions on [[linking the data files|Compacting Data#Linking to the Data File]] and [[compacting|Compacting Data#Compacting the Data File]], see [[Compacting Data]]. ==Memcpy.dll== [[File:Memcpy.dll]] is required on each workstation to allow browsing for files (such as image browser). It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/System32/ folder to enable file browsing. It resolves [[Error 53|Errors#Error 53]]. ==WIN Barcode Font== [[File:Code128bWin.ttf]] is required when using WIN tags. It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/Fonts/ folder to install the WIN tag barcode font. ==Graphic Filters== [[File:Grphflt.exe]] is required to view product images on workstations that do not have MS Office installed. To install the graphic filters, save [[Downloads^Grphflt.exe]] to C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/. When it is downloaded, double click Grphflt.exe, then click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/Grphflt folder, then open the enclosed Graphics Key folder and run the registry tool inside by double clicking it. Try viewing an image to verify that it now works. This will need to be on all computers without MS Office Graphic Filters installed in order to view images. ==Desktop Shortcut Icon== [[File:Executive.lnk]] is a sample desktop shortcut. [[Downloads^Executive.ico]] is the icon file that can be used for Executive desktop shortcuts. ==MS Access 2003 Runtime== [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless otherwise noted''. To Install, download [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2003Runtime.exe and click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created 2003Runtime folder, double click ACCESSRT.MSI and follow the installation wizard. ==MS Access 2007 Runtime== [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2007 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless advised otherwise''. To Install, download [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2007Runtime.exe and follow the installation wizard. ==Installation Packages== [[File:2005-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2005 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[File:2007-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2007 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. 118 117 2011-04-07T14:40:53Z Executive 1 /* ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb */ wikitext text/x-wiki The following items are available for download. If you have questions, please consult the accompanying documentation. ==ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb== [[File:ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb]] is used to compact the data file. Save it to the desktop of the compacting workstation (preferably the server as it will be faster). For more instructions on [[Compacting Data#Linking to the Data File|linking the data files]] and [[Compacting Data#Compacting the Data File|compacting]], see [[Compacting Data]]. ==Memcpy.dll== [[File:Memcpy.dll]] is required on each workstation to allow browsing for files (such as image browser). It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/System32/ folder to enable file browsing. It resolves [[Error 53|Errors#Error 53]]. ==WIN Barcode Font== [[File:Code128bWin.ttf]] is required when using WIN tags. It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/Fonts/ folder to install the WIN tag barcode font. ==Graphic Filters== [[File:Grphflt.exe]] is required to view product images on workstations that do not have MS Office installed. To install the graphic filters, save [[Downloads^Grphflt.exe]] to C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/. When it is downloaded, double click Grphflt.exe, then click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/Grphflt folder, then open the enclosed Graphics Key folder and run the registry tool inside by double clicking it. Try viewing an image to verify that it now works. This will need to be on all computers without MS Office Graphic Filters installed in order to view images. ==Desktop Shortcut Icon== [[File:Executive.lnk]] is a sample desktop shortcut. [[Downloads^Executive.ico]] is the icon file that can be used for Executive desktop shortcuts. ==MS Access 2003 Runtime== [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless otherwise noted''. To Install, download [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2003Runtime.exe and click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created 2003Runtime folder, double click ACCESSRT.MSI and follow the installation wizard. ==MS Access 2007 Runtime== [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2007 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless advised otherwise''. To Install, download [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2007Runtime.exe and follow the installation wizard. ==Installation Packages== [[File:2005-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2005 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[File:2007-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2007 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. 119 118 2011-04-07T14:41:47Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki The following items are available for download. If you have questions, please consult the accompanying documentation. ==ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb== [[File:ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb]] is used to compact the data file. Save it to the desktop of the compacting workstation (preferably the server as it will be faster). For more instructions on [[Compacting Data#Linking to the Data File|linking the data files]] and [[Compacting Data#Compacting the Data File|compacting]], see [[Compacting Data]]. ==Memcpy.dll== [[File:Memcpy.dll]] is required on each workstation to allow browsing for files (such as image browser). It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/System32/ folder to enable file browsing. It resolves [[Errors#Error 53|Error 53]]. ==WIN Barcode Font== [[File:Code128bWin.ttf]] is required when using WIN tags. It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/Fonts/ folder to install the WIN tag barcode font. ==Graphic Filters== [[File:Grphflt.exe]] is required to view product images on workstations that do not have MS Office installed. To install the graphic filters, save [[Files:Grphflt.exe]] to C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/. When it is downloaded, double click Grphflt.exe, then click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/Grphflt folder, then open the enclosed Graphics Key folder and run the registry tool inside by double clicking it. Try viewing an image to verify that it now works. This will need to be on all computers without MS Office Graphic Filters installed in order to view images. ==Desktop Shortcut Icon== [[File:Executive.lnk]] is a sample desktop shortcut. [[Files:Executive.ico]] is the icon file that can be used for Executive desktop shortcuts. ==MS Access 2003 Runtime== [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless otherwise noted''. To Install, download [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2003Runtime.exe and click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created 2003Runtime folder, double click ACCESSRT.MSI and follow the installation wizard. ==MS Access 2007 Runtime== [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2007 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless advised otherwise''. To Install, download [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2007Runtime.exe and follow the installation wizard. ==Installation Packages== [[File:2005-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2005 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[File:2007-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2007 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. 120 119 2011-04-07T14:45:28Z Executive 1 /* Memcpy.dll */ wikitext text/x-wiki The following items are available for download. If you have questions, please consult the accompanying documentation. ==ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb== [[File:ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb]] is used to compact the data file. Save it to the desktop of the compacting workstation (preferably the server as it will be faster). For more instructions on [[Compacting Data#Linking to the Data File|linking the data files]] and [[Compacting Data#Compacting the Data File|compacting]], see [[Compacting Data]]. ==Memcpy.dll== [[File:Memcpy.dll]] is required on each workstation to allow browsing for files (such as image browser). It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/System32/ folder to enable file browsing. It resolves [[Errors#Error 53|Error 53 - File Not Found]]. ==WIN Barcode Font== [[File:Code128bWin.ttf]] is required when using WIN tags. It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/Fonts/ folder to install the WIN tag barcode font. ==Graphic Filters== [[File:Grphflt.exe]] is required to view product images on workstations that do not have MS Office installed. To install the graphic filters, save [[Files:Grphflt.exe]] to C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/. When it is downloaded, double click Grphflt.exe, then click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/Grphflt folder, then open the enclosed Graphics Key folder and run the registry tool inside by double clicking it. Try viewing an image to verify that it now works. This will need to be on all computers without MS Office Graphic Filters installed in order to view images. ==Desktop Shortcut Icon== [[File:Executive.lnk]] is a sample desktop shortcut. [[Files:Executive.ico]] is the icon file that can be used for Executive desktop shortcuts. ==MS Access 2003 Runtime== [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless otherwise noted''. To Install, download [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2003Runtime.exe and click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created 2003Runtime folder, double click ACCESSRT.MSI and follow the installation wizard. ==MS Access 2007 Runtime== [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2007 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless advised otherwise''. To Install, download [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2007Runtime.exe and follow the installation wizard. ==Installation Packages== [[File:2005-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2005 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[File:2007-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2007 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. 140 120 2011-04-07T16:37:38Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki The following items are available for download. If you have questions, please consult the accompanying documentation. ==ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb== [[File:ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb]] is used to compact the data file. Save it to the desktop of the compacting workstation (preferably the server as it will be faster). For more instructions on [[Compacting Data#Linking to the Data File|linking the data files]] and [[Compacting Data#Compacting the Data File|compacting]], see [[Compacting Data]]. ==Memcpy.dll== [[File:MemCpy.dll]] is required on each workstation to allow browsing for files (such as image browser). It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/System32/ folder to enable file browsing. It resolves [[Errors#Error 53|Error 53 - File Not Found]]. ==WIN Barcode Font== [[File:Code128bWin.ttf]] is required when using WIN tags. It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/Fonts/ folder to install the WIN tag barcode font. ==Graphic Filters== [[File:Grphflt.exe]] is required to view product images on workstations that do not have MS Office installed. To install the graphic filters, save [[Files:Grphflt.exe]] to C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/. When it is downloaded, double click Grphflt.exe, then click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/Grphflt folder, then open the enclosed Graphics Key folder and run the registry tool inside by double clicking it. Try viewing an image to verify that it now works. This will need to be on all computers without MS Office Graphic Filters installed in order to view images. ==Desktop Shortcut Icon== [[File:Executive.lnk]] is a sample desktop shortcut. [[Files:Executive.ico]] is the icon file that can be used for Executive desktop shortcuts. ==MS Access 2003 Runtime== [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless otherwise noted''. To Install, download [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2003Runtime.exe and click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created 2003Runtime folder, double click ACCESSRT.MSI and follow the installation wizard. ==MS Access 2007 Runtime== [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2007 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless advised otherwise''. To Install, download [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2007Runtime.exe and follow the installation wizard. ==Installation Packages== [[File:2005-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2005 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[File:2007-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2007 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. 141 140 2011-04-07T16:38:12Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki The following items are available for download. If you have questions, please consult the accompanying documentation. ==ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb== [[File:ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb]] is used to compact the data file. Save it to the desktop of the compacting workstation (preferably the server as it will be faster). For more instructions on [[Compacting Data#Linking to the Data File|linking the data files]] and [[Compacting Data#Compacting the Data File|compacting]], see [[Compacting Data]]. ==Memcpy.dll== [[File:MemCpy.dll]] is required on each workstation to allow browsing for files (such as image browser). It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/System32/ folder to enable file browsing. It resolves [[Errors#Error 53|Error 53 - File Not Found]]. ==WIN Barcode Font== [[File:Code128bWin.ttf]] is required when using WIN tags. It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/Fonts/ folder to install the WIN tag barcode font. ==Graphic Filters== [[File:Grphflt.exe]] is required to view product images on workstations that do not have MS Office installed. To install the graphic filters, save [[Files:Grphflt.exe]] to C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/. When it is downloaded, double click Grphflt.exe, then click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/Grphflt folder, then open the enclosed Graphics Key folder and run the registry tool inside by double clicking it. Try viewing an image to verify that it now works. This will need to be on all computers without MS Office Graphic Filters installed in order to view images. ==Desktop Shortcut Icon== [[File:Executive.lnk]] is a sample desktop shortcut. [[File:Executive.ico]] is the icon file that can be used for Executive desktop shortcuts. ==MS Access 2003 Runtime== [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless otherwise noted''. To Install, download [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2003Runtime.exe and click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created 2003Runtime folder, double click ACCESSRT.MSI and follow the installation wizard. ==MS Access 2007 Runtime== [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2007 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless advised otherwise''. To Install, download [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2007Runtime.exe and follow the installation wizard. ==Installation Packages== [[File:2005-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2005 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[File:2007-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2007 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. 142 141 2011-04-07T16:38:32Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki The following items are available for download. If you have questions, please consult the accompanying documentation. ==ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb== [[File:ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb]] is used to compact the data file. Save it to the desktop of the compacting workstation (preferably the server as it will be faster). For more instructions on [[Compacting Data#Linking to the Data File|linking the data files]] and [[Compacting Data#Compacting the Data File|compacting]], see [[Compacting Data]]. ==Memcpy.dll== [[File:MemCpy.dll]] is required on each workstation to allow browsing for files (such as image browser). It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/System32/ folder to enable file browsing. It resolves [[Errors#Error 53|Error 53 - File Not Found]]. ==WIN Barcode Font== [[File:Code128bWin.ttf]] is required when using WIN tags. It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/Fonts/ folder to install the WIN tag barcode font. ==Graphic Filters== [[File:Grphflt.exe]] is required to view product images on workstations that do not have MS Office installed. To install the graphic filters, save [[File:Grphflt.exe]] to C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/. When it is downloaded, double click Grphflt.exe, then click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/Grphflt folder, then open the enclosed Graphics Key folder and run the registry tool inside by double clicking it. Try viewing an image to verify that it now works. This will need to be on all computers without MS Office Graphic Filters installed in order to view images. ==Desktop Shortcut Icon== [[File:Executive.lnk]] is a sample desktop shortcut. [[File:Executive.ico]] is the icon file that can be used for Executive desktop shortcuts. ==MS Access 2003 Runtime== [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless otherwise noted''. To Install, download [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2003Runtime.exe and click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created 2003Runtime folder, double click ACCESSRT.MSI and follow the installation wizard. ==MS Access 2007 Runtime== [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2007 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless advised otherwise''. To Install, download [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2007Runtime.exe and follow the installation wizard. ==Installation Packages== [[File:2005-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2005 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[File:2007-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2007 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. 6 42 109 2011-04-07T03:48:58Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 43 110 2011-04-07T03:48:58Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 44 111 2011-04-07T03:48:58Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 45 112 2011-04-07T03:48:58Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 46 113 2011-04-07T03:48:58Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 47 114 2011-04-07T11:51:12Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 48 115 2011-04-07T11:51:36Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 49 116 2011-04-07T12:01:15Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 0 50 121 2011-04-07T14:51:53Z Executive 1 Created page with "==Installation== ===Software=== See [[New Install]] for an installation guide. ===Hardware=== ====Tag Printer==== See [[Hardware#Tag Printers|Tag Printers]] for more information..." wikitext text/x-wiki ==Installation== ===Software=== See [[New Install]] for an installation guide. ===Hardware=== ====Tag Printer==== See [[Hardware#Tag Printers|Tag Printers]] for more information about installing the tag printer. ====Receipt Printer==== * Install the printer as a regular Windows printer. * Then go to Maintenance->System->Receipts->Printer Setup. * Set your regular 8.5"x11" printer as the Default Printer, which will be used for full page items and reports. * If you have a 3" Receipt printer ** Go to Maintenance->System->Receipts->Customer Receipt Choices and set the appropriate customer types (such as Retail) to 3 Inch. ** Go to Maintenance->System->Receipts->Receipt Copies and choose how many copies of each receipt type you would like (Full, Half 2, and 3 Inch are all separate, only the active selection in Customer Receipt Choices will be used). ** In Maintenance->System->Receipts->Printer Setup, choose Specific Printer Setup and pick which reports on the left side use specified printers on the right side. *** For example, set all 3 Inch receipts to use the 3 Inch Receipt printer. *** If the reports does not appear on the left side, it can be added at the bottom line via drop down menu. ==Usage== Once everything is installed and working, you can configure the system and begin using it. The [[User Manuals|Documentation]] contain detailed information on features, and steps for usage. 0 51 122 2011-04-07T14:54:30Z Executive 1 Created page with "==Account Payment== A payment made towards invoices that have outstanding balances owing, either from Deferring Payment, or Layaway. ==Appraisal== A document appraising the valu..." wikitext text/x-wiki ==Account Payment== A payment made towards invoices that have outstanding balances owing, either from Deferring Payment, or Layaway. ==Appraisal== A document appraising the value of the item, for insurance or taxation purposes. ==Break Apart== Separating an inventory item into its base components, and using some or all of those components in the alteration or enhancement of another inventory item. ==Consignment== An inventory item for sale that the store itself does not own. ==Custom Work== A description of any enhancements made to an item, based on the wishes of the customer. ==Customer== A person has made a purchase from the store, and whose details are recorded by Executive. ==Customer Merge== Merging the history of one customer with that of a second, the first of which is the only customer to retain her name in the database. ==Deposit== Occurs when the customer decides to make a payment (deposit) that will be used towards an as of yet, undetermined future purchase. ==Employee Code== A 2 or 3 letter code that represents an employee to Executive. Employees use this code when making all transactions. ==Estimate== A statement indicating the likely cost of a Job Bag. ==Gift Certificate== A voucher that can be redeemed for items, based on its printed dollar value. ==Gift Registry== A record of items desired by a customer for some future event, such as a wedding or anniversary. This record is available for people other than the customer to use to make purchases for that customer. ==Insurance Quote== A statement outlining the circumstances regarding a lost or damaged insured item, and its repair or replacement value. ==Internal SKU== A numerical code that is given to all items at the time they are received into the store's inventory. ==Inventory Merge== Merging the history of one inventory item with that of a second, the first of which is the only item to retain its name in the database. ==Inventory Reconciliation== The act of modifying the inventory database to match the actual inventory on hand. ==Item== A product that exists, existed or will exist in the store or warehouse at some time. ==Job Bag== Am Appraisal, Custom Work, Stock Item, or Repair, conducted by the staff at the store. ==Layaway== Occurs when a customer makes a partial payment for an item, and does not receive that item until the balance owing is paid. ==Markup== The amount of money added to the cost of an item to determine the asking price. ==Memorandum== A written promise to return a specified inventory item on demand or on a certain day. ==Product Mark Down== The temporary reducing of an item's sale price, usually for some promotion, clearing of inventory, or discontinued item. ==Purchase Order== A document used to request a company or person to supply a product or service in return for payment. ==Rattail Tag== A long tailed tag that you attach to an item, which contains that items description and price. ==Repair== A description of the work and supplies used to repair an item, and the cost of the materials and billable hours. ==Sale== A record of the purchase transaction made by a customer for an inventory item. ==Scrap Bin== A record of the unused items that were separated during a break-apart. ==Special Order== A purchase order made for an item that is usually in stock, but is currently out stock, and is required for a customer by a certain date. ==Supplier== Someone whose business is to supply a particular service or commodity to your store. 123 122 2011-04-07T14:55:32Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ ==Account Payment== A payment made towards invoices that have outstanding balances owing, either from Deferring Payment, or Layaway. ==Appraisal== A document appraising the value of the item, for insurance or taxation purposes. ==Break Apart== Separating an inventory item into its base components, and using some or all of those components in the alteration or enhancement of another inventory item. ==Consignment== An inventory item for sale that the store itself does not own. ==Custom Work== A description of any enhancements made to an item, based on the wishes of the customer. ==Customer== A person has made a purchase from the store, and whose details are recorded by Executive. ==Customer Merge== Merging the history of one customer with that of a second, the first of which is the only customer to retain her name in the database. ==Deposit== Occurs when the customer decides to make a payment (deposit) that will be used towards an as of yet, undetermined future purchase. ==Employee Code== A 2 or 3 letter code that represents an employee to Executive. Employees use this code when making all transactions. ==Estimate== A statement indicating the likely cost of a Job Bag. ==Gift Certificate== A voucher that can be redeemed for items, based on its printed dollar value. ==Gift Registry== A record of items desired by a customer for some future event, such as a wedding or anniversary. This record is available for people other than the customer to use to make purchases for that customer. ==Insurance Quote== A statement outlining the circumstances regarding a lost or damaged insured item, and its repair or replacement value. ==Internal SKU== A numerical code that is given to all items at the time they are received into the store's inventory. ==Inventory Merge== Merging the history of one inventory item with that of a second, the first of which is the only item to retain its name in the database. ==Inventory Reconciliation== The act of modifying the inventory database to match the actual inventory on hand. ==Item== A product that exists, existed or will exist in the store or warehouse at some time. ==Job Bag== Am Appraisal, Custom Work, Stock Item, or Repair, conducted by the staff at the store. ==Layaway== Occurs when a customer makes a partial payment for an item, and does not receive that item until the balance owing is paid. ==Markup== The amount of money added to the cost of an item to determine the asking price. ==Memorandum== A written promise to return a specified inventory item on demand or on a certain day. ==Product Mark Down== The temporary reducing of an item's sale price, usually for some promotion, clearing of inventory, or discontinued item. ==Purchase Order== A document used to request a company or person to supply a product or service in return for payment. ==Rattail Tag== A long tailed tag that you attach to an item, which contains that items description and price. ==Repair== A description of the work and supplies used to repair an item, and the cost of the materials and billable hours. ==Sale== A record of the purchase transaction made by a customer for an inventory item. ==Scrap Bin== A record of the unused items that were separated during a break-apart. ==Special Order== A purchase order made for an item that is usually in stock, but is currently out stock, and is required for a customer by a certain date. ==Supplier== Someone whose business is to supply a particular service or commodity to your store. 0 20 124 73 2011-04-07T14:56:15Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Your data file needs to be compacted daily to reduce the risk of corrupted data. * To open ExecutiveMaintenance, double click on the icon, Press OK. * Click on the Compact Data button. * Keep the program open until you see a message pop up saying Compact Complete. ** '''If an error message is shown, the data file may be corrupt and needs to be repaired before use. Continuing to use a damaged file can lead to data loss and compound the damage. Please restore from your latest clean backup (ensure that the backup compacts fine before using it)''' * Press OK on the message. * Exit the Executive Maintenance program by clicking on the X in the top right corner. A message will pop up asking "Are you sure you want to Quit?" Click Yes to exit or No to continue using the program. ==Linking to the Data File== To configure Executive Maintenance to compact the data file, click File Location. Under Data, choose the path of the ExecutiveData.mdb file. Exit and compact to confirm the path is correct. If you do not have an operational Executive Maintenance program, please see the [[Downloads]] page. Once it is downloaded, follow the above instructions for linking to the data. Executive Maintenance is only used in the 07 and 08 versions, so if you are on an older version, you can find a compacting shortcut as part of your original installation. 0 52 125 2011-04-07T15:05:42Z Executive 1 Created page with "==Required Hardware== To use the basic functionality of the software, a tag printer, tags, receipt printer, and workstation is required. ===Operating Systems=== The [[2007 Versi..." wikitext text/x-wiki ==Required Hardware== To use the basic functionality of the software, a tag printer, tags, receipt printer, and workstation is required. ===Operating Systems=== The [[2007 Version|Versions#2007 Version]] is only directly supported on Windows XP, as it is run from the Program Files folder (which has been changed in newer releases). It ''can'' be modified to work on Windows Vista and 7 by moving all .mdb files from C:/Program Files/Executive to C:/Executive. The [[2008 Version|Versions#2008 Version]] is compatible with Windows XP, Vista, and 7. It is compatible with both 32 bit and 64 bit machines, with the only difference being that MS Access is installed in the ''Program Files (x86)'' folder instead of the ''Program Files'' folder, so the shortcuts and Report Startup need to be adjusted accordingly. ===Hardware Requirements=== Requirements for hardware are minimal, although obviously higher specifications will produce better results. Monitor Resolution - 1024 x 768 or higher Processor - Pentium III or higher RAM - 512MB or higher Hard Drive - 20GB or higher Network - Wired Ethernet (not Wireless) Operating System - Windows XP or newer. Installation and paths differ on Vista/7, as well as 32 vs 64 bit. ===Network=== Wired network is required, as wireless networks are generally less reliable and slower. Due to the increased chance of data corruption due to network droppage, any wireless network usage is discouraged with Executive in a peer to peer setup. If using Terminal Services or Citrix Metaframe to run Executive remotely, wireless connections may be used because data loss is generally protected by the remote access application, and all Executive data remains on the server since it is being accessed remotely. ===Backups=== A backup solution in the form of an external hard drive, USB flash drive, tape backup system, or other backup software is highly recommended. Please see [[Backups]] for more details. ===Tag Printers=== A tag printer is used to print barcode tags generated for inventory items. There are many printers on the market, but only the following models are supported for use with Executive (any others are use at your own risk, as they are unsupported). ====Citizen CLP621==== Please see the [[Citizen CLP621]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [[http://www.kassoy.com/citizen-tt-desk-top_printer.html|Kassoy]], and more information can be found at the [[http://www.citizen-systems.com/product.aspx?id=25|Citizen Website]]. Both [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] and [[Hardware#306 Tags|306 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer, although 304 Style is recommended. _This printer is the recommended option for anyone purchasing a new tag printer for the first time (otherwise, it's recommended to stick with the model you currently have if you are happy with it)._ ====Zebra TLP2844==== Please see the [[Zebra TLP2844]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [[http://www.kassoy.com/zebra-tlp2844-thermal-transfer_printers.html|Kassoy]], and more information can be found at the [[http://www.zebra.com/id/zebra/na/en/index/products/printers/desktop/tlp2844.html|Zebra Website]]. Only [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ====Datamax E4203==== Please see the [[Datamax E4203]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [[http://www.kassoy.com/datamax-tt_printer.html|Kassoy]], and more information can be found at the [[http://www.datamaxcorp.com/products/e-class/features/|Datamax Website]]. Only [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ===Supported Tags=== Only the following styles of barcode tags are supported. ====304 Tags==== !tag304.PNG! EZU304WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [[http://www.kassoy.com/304-thermal-transfer-rat-tail-tags.html|Kassoy]]. These tags are compatible with all 3 supported printers. ====306 Tags==== !tag306.PNG! EZU306WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [[http://www.kassoy.com/306-thermal-transfer-upc-rat-tail-tags.html|Kassoy]]. These tags are only compatible with Citizen Printers. ===Tag Printer Ribbon=== [[http://www.kassoy.com/110-mm-resin-ribbon.html|110mm Ribbon]] is required due to the width of the labels. Be sure to use the appropriate printer specific ribbon. ===Receipt Printers=== ====Standard 8.5"x11"==== To print reports, a standard 8.5"x11" laser or inkjet printer is required. If using an inkjet, ensure it is able to print 0.25" margins. If you choose to print full page receipts, these can also be printed on a standard printer with 8.5"x11" paper. See Maintenance->System->Receipts to choose printing options. ====Epson TMT88IV Series==== If you choose to print 3" receipts, the Epson TMT88 Series is recommended (latest model is TMT88IV, past models were TMT88II and TMT88III). Please see the [[Epson TM-T88IV]] product page for more information. ==Optional Hardware== Other hardware may be used in conjunction with the system, such as bar code scanners, cash drawers, card scanners, and touch screen POS screens. ===Bar Code Scanner=== Bar code scanners are generally compatible, portable models must be able to store scans in CSV format, while wired models should be able to scan the barcode into Windows Notepad as a test. Recommended Models include: * Metrologic MS9500 Voyager - Wired * Unitech Hornet 630 - Portable Scanner Reference Manuals * Metrologic MS9540 [[File:Metrologic Barcode Scanner MS9540_Manual.pdf|User Manua]] * Unitech Hornet 630 [[File:Hornet Scanner Manual.pdf|Executive Manual Excerpt]] | [[File:Unitech PT630 Hornet User Manual.pdf|User Manual]] * Symbol LS4071 [[File:Symbol 4071 Barcode Scanner Manual.pdf|User Manual]] ===Cash Drawers=== Currently Executive does not natively support cash drawer functionality. Cash Drawers can also be triggered by the Epson TM-T88 series Receipt Printer, so please contact your hardware supplier for further information. ===Card Scanners=== Currently Executive does not natively support card scanners (for integrated Credit Card, Gift Card, or Debit Card scanning). 3rd Party software can be used, but this functionality is not integrated directly with Executive at this time. ===Camera=== For attaching images to inventory items or job bags, a camera is required. Camera options include anything from basic digital cameras to advanced jewellery imaging systems, since the camera system is not directly integrated with Executive. Images taken with the camera are simply stored in the Executive Images folder in a suitable image format and named according to SKU. Please see [[Images#Attaching Images|Images]] for more information on Attaching Images. ===Touch Screen POS=== Executive is not specifically designed for use with touch screen POS systems, so a keyboard is still required for text entry. Although the interface is not optimized for touch screen usability, menus and forms can be navigated using touch screen as a replacement for the mouse. 146 125 2011-04-07T17:04:01Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Required Hardware== To use the basic functionality of the software, a tag printer, tags, receipt printer, and workstation is required. ===Operating Systems=== The [[2007 Version|Versions#2007 Version]] is only directly supported on Windows XP, as it is run from the Program Files folder (which has been changed in newer releases). It ''can'' be modified to work on Windows Vista and 7 by moving all .mdb files from C:/Program Files/Executive to C:/Executive. The [[2008 Version|Versions#2008 Version]] is compatible with Windows XP, Vista, and 7. It is compatible with both 32 bit and 64 bit machines, with the only difference being that MS Access is installed in the ''Program Files (x86)'' folder instead of the ''Program Files'' folder, so the shortcuts and Report Startup need to be adjusted accordingly. ===Hardware Requirements=== Requirements for hardware are minimal, although obviously higher specifications will produce better results. Monitor Resolution - 1024 x 768 or higher Processor - Pentium III or higher RAM - 512MB or higher Hard Drive - 20GB or higher Network - Wired Ethernet (not Wireless) Operating System - Windows XP or newer. Installation and paths differ on Vista/7, as well as 32 vs 64 bit. ===Network=== Wired network is required, as wireless networks are generally less reliable and slower. Due to the increased chance of data corruption due to network droppage, any wireless network usage is discouraged with Executive in a peer to peer setup. If using Terminal Services or Citrix Metaframe to run Executive remotely, wireless connections may be used because data loss is generally protected by the remote access application, and all Executive data remains on the server since it is being accessed remotely. ===Backups=== A backup solution in the form of an external hard drive, USB flash drive, tape backup system, or other backup software is highly recommended. Please see [[Backups]] for more details. ===Tag Printers=== A tag printer is used to print barcode tags generated for inventory items. There are many printers on the market, but only the following models are supported for use with Executive (any others are use at your own risk, as they are unsupported). ====Citizen CLP621==== Please see the [[Citizen CLP621]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [[http://www.kassoy.com/citizen-tt-desk-top_printer.html Kassoy]], and more information can be found at the [[http://www.citizen-systems.com/product.aspx?id=25 Citizen Website]]. Both [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] and [[Hardware#306 Tags|306 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer, although 304 Style is recommended. _This printer is the recommended option for anyone purchasing a new tag printer for the first time (otherwise, it's recommended to stick with the model you currently have if you are happy with it)._ ====Zebra TLP2844==== Please see the [[Zebra TLP2844]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [[http://www.kassoy.com/zebra-tlp2844-thermal-transfer_printers.html Kassoy]], and more information can be found at the [[http://www.zebra.com/id/zebra/na/en/index/products/printers/desktop/tlp2844.html Zebra Website]]. Only [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ====Datamax E4203==== Please see the [[Datamax E4203]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [[http://www.kassoy.com/datamax-tt_printer.html Kassoy]], and more information can be found at the [[http://www.datamaxcorp.com/products/e-class/features/ Datamax Website]]. Only [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ===Supported Tags=== Only the following styles of barcode tags are supported. ====304 Tags==== !tag304.PNG! EZU304WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [[http://www.kassoy.com/304-thermal-transfer-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]]. These tags are compatible with all 3 supported printers. ====306 Tags==== !tag306.PNG! EZU306WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [[http://www.kassoy.com/306-thermal-transfer-upc-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]]. These tags are only compatible with Citizen Printers. ===Tag Printer Ribbon=== [[http://www.kassoy.com/110-mm-resin-ribbon.html 110mm Ribbon]] is required due to the width of the labels. Be sure to use the appropriate printer specific ribbon. ===Receipt Printers=== ====Standard 8.5"x11"==== To print reports, a standard 8.5"x11" laser or inkjet printer is required. If using an inkjet, ensure it is able to print 0.25" margins. If you choose to print full page receipts, these can also be printed on a standard printer with 8.5"x11" paper. See Maintenance->System->Receipts to choose printing options. ====Epson TMT88IV Series==== If you choose to print 3" receipts, the Epson TMT88 Series is recommended (latest model is TMT88IV, past models were TMT88II and TMT88III). Please see the [[Epson TM-T88IV]] product page for more information. ==Optional Hardware== Other hardware may be used in conjunction with the system, such as bar code scanners, cash drawers, card scanners, and touch screen POS screens. ===Bar Code Scanner=== Bar code scanners are generally compatible, portable models must be able to store scans in CSV format, while wired models should be able to scan the barcode into Windows Notepad as a test. Recommended Models include: * Metrologic MS9500 Voyager - Wired * Unitech Hornet 630 - Portable Scanner Reference Manuals * Metrologic MS9540 [[File:Metrologic Barcode Scanner MS9540_Manual.pdf|User Manua]] * Unitech Hornet 630 [[File:Hornet Scanner Manual.pdf|Executive Manual Excerpt]] | [[File:Unitech PT630 Hornet User Manual.pdf|User Manual]] * Symbol LS4071 [[File:Symbol 4071 Barcode Scanner Manual.pdf|User Manual]] ===Cash Drawers=== Currently Executive does not natively support cash drawer functionality. Cash Drawers can also be triggered by the Epson TM-T88 series Receipt Printer, so please contact your hardware supplier for further information. ===Card Scanners=== Currently Executive does not natively support card scanners (for integrated Credit Card, Gift Card, or Debit Card scanning). 3rd Party software can be used, but this functionality is not integrated directly with Executive at this time. ===Camera=== For attaching images to inventory items or job bags, a camera is required. Camera options include anything from basic digital cameras to advanced jewellery imaging systems, since the camera system is not directly integrated with Executive. Images taken with the camera are simply stored in the Executive Images folder in a suitable image format and named according to SKU. Please see [[Images#Attaching Images|Images]] for more information on Attaching Images. ===Touch Screen POS=== Executive is not specifically designed for use with touch screen POS systems, so a keyboard is still required for text entry. Although the interface is not optimized for touch screen usability, menus and forms can be navigated using touch screen as a replacement for the mouse. 147 146 2011-04-07T17:05:00Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Required Hardware== To use the basic functionality of the software, a tag printer, tags, receipt printer, and workstation is required. ===Operating Systems=== The [[2007 Version|Versions#2007 Version]] is only directly supported on Windows XP, as it is run from the Program Files folder (which has been changed in newer releases). It ''can'' be modified to work on Windows Vista and 7 by moving all .mdb files from C:/Program Files/Executive to C:/Executive. The [[2008 Version|Versions#2008 Version]] is compatible with Windows XP, Vista, and 7. It is compatible with both 32 bit and 64 bit machines, with the only difference being that MS Access is installed in the ''Program Files (x86)'' folder instead of the ''Program Files'' folder, so the shortcuts and Report Startup need to be adjusted accordingly. ===Hardware Requirements=== Requirements for hardware are minimal, although obviously higher specifications will produce better results. Monitor Resolution - 1024 x 768 or higher Processor - Pentium III or higher RAM - 512MB or higher Hard Drive - 20GB or higher Network - Wired Ethernet (not Wireless) Operating System - Windows XP or newer. Installation and paths differ on Vista/7, as well as 32 vs 64 bit. ===Network=== Wired network is required, as wireless networks are generally less reliable and slower. Due to the increased chance of data corruption due to network droppage, any wireless network usage is discouraged with Executive in a peer to peer setup. If using Terminal Services or Citrix Metaframe to run Executive remotely, wireless connections may be used because data loss is generally protected by the remote access application, and all Executive data remains on the server since it is being accessed remotely. ===Backups=== A backup solution in the form of an external hard drive, USB flash drive, tape backup system, or other backup software is highly recommended. Please see [[Backups]] for more details. ===Tag Printers=== A tag printer is used to print barcode tags generated for inventory items. There are many printers on the market, but only the following models are supported for use with Executive (any others are use at your own risk, as they are unsupported). ====Citizen CLP621==== Please see the [[Citizen CLP621]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/citizen-tt-desk-top_printer.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/product.aspx?id=25 Citizen Website]. Both [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] and [[Hardware#306 Tags|306 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer, although 304 Style is recommended. _This printer is the recommended option for anyone purchasing a new tag printer for the first time (otherwise, it's recommended to stick with the model you currently have if you are happy with it)._ ====Zebra TLP2844==== Please see the [[Zebra TLP2844]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/zebra-tlp2844-thermal-transfer_printers.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.zebra.com/id/zebra/na/en/index/products/printers/desktop/tlp2844.html Zebra Website]. Only [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ====Datamax E4203==== Please see the [[Datamax E4203]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/datamax-tt_printer.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.datamaxcorp.com/products/e-class/features/ Datamax Website]. Only [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ===Supported Tags=== Only the following styles of barcode tags are supported. ====304 Tags==== !tag304.PNG! EZU304WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/304-thermal-transfer-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]. These tags are compatible with all 3 supported printers. ====306 Tags==== !tag306.PNG! EZU306WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/306-thermal-transfer-upc-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]. These tags are only compatible with Citizen Printers. ===Tag Printer Ribbon=== [http://www.kassoy.com/110-mm-resin-ribbon.html 110mm Ribbon] is required due to the width of the labels. Be sure to use the appropriate printer specific ribbon. ===Receipt Printers=== ====Standard 8.5"x11"==== To print reports, a standard 8.5"x11" laser or inkjet printer is required. If using an inkjet, ensure it is able to print 0.25" margins. If you choose to print full page receipts, these can also be printed on a standard printer with 8.5"x11" paper. See Maintenance->System->Receipts to choose printing options. ====Epson TMT88IV Series==== If you choose to print 3" receipts, the Epson TMT88 Series is recommended (latest model is TMT88IV, past models were TMT88II and TMT88III). Please see the [[Epson TM-T88IV]] product page for more information. ==Optional Hardware== Other hardware may be used in conjunction with the system, such as bar code scanners, cash drawers, card scanners, and touch screen POS screens. ===Bar Code Scanner=== Bar code scanners are generally compatible, portable models must be able to store scans in CSV format, while wired models should be able to scan the barcode into Windows Notepad as a test. Recommended Models include: * Metrologic MS9500 Voyager - Wired * Unitech Hornet 630 - Portable Scanner Reference Manuals * Metrologic MS9540 [[File:Metrologic Barcode Scanner MS9540_Manual.pdf|User Manua]] * Unitech Hornet 630 [[File:Hornet Scanner Manual.pdf|Executive Manual Excerpt]] | [[File:Unitech PT630 Hornet User Manual.pdf|User Manual]] * Symbol LS4071 [[File:Symbol 4071 Barcode Scanner Manual.pdf|User Manual]] ===Cash Drawers=== Currently Executive does not natively support cash drawer functionality. Cash Drawers can also be triggered by the Epson TM-T88 series Receipt Printer, so please contact your hardware supplier for further information. ===Card Scanners=== Currently Executive does not natively support card scanners (for integrated Credit Card, Gift Card, or Debit Card scanning). 3rd Party software can be used, but this functionality is not integrated directly with Executive at this time. ===Camera=== For attaching images to inventory items or job bags, a camera is required. Camera options include anything from basic digital cameras to advanced jewellery imaging systems, since the camera system is not directly integrated with Executive. Images taken with the camera are simply stored in the Executive Images folder in a suitable image format and named according to SKU. Please see [[Images#Attaching Images|Images]] for more information on Attaching Images. ===Touch Screen POS=== Executive is not specifically designed for use with touch screen POS systems, so a keyboard is still required for text entry. Although the interface is not optimized for touch screen usability, menus and forms can be navigated using touch screen as a replacement for the mouse. 153 147 2011-04-07T17:20:56Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Required Hardware== To use the basic functionality of the software, a tag printer, tags, receipt printer, and workstation is required. ===Operating Systems=== The [[Versions#2007 Version|2007 Version]] is only directly supported on Windows XP, as it is run from the Program Files folder (which has been changed in newer releases). It ''can'' be modified to work on Windows Vista and 7 by moving all .mdb files from C:/Program Files/Executive to C:/Executive. The [[Versions#2008 Version|2008 Version]] is compatible with Windows XP, Vista, and 7. It is compatible with both 32 bit and 64 bit machines, with the only difference being that MS Access is installed in the ''Program Files (x86)'' folder instead of the ''Program Files'' folder, so the shortcuts and Report Startup need to be adjusted accordingly. ===Hardware Requirements=== Requirements for hardware are minimal, although obviously higher specifications will produce better results. Monitor Resolution - 1024 x 768 or higher Processor - Pentium III or higher RAM - 512MB or higher Hard Drive - 20GB or higher Network - Wired Ethernet (not Wireless) Operating System - Windows XP or newer. Installation and paths differ on Vista/7, as well as 32 vs 64 bit. ===Network=== Wired network is required, as wireless networks are generally less reliable and slower. Due to the increased chance of data corruption due to network droppage, any wireless network usage is discouraged with Executive in a peer to peer setup. If using Terminal Services or Citrix Metaframe to run Executive remotely, wireless connections may be used because data loss is generally protected by the remote access application, and all Executive data remains on the server since it is being accessed remotely. ===Backups=== A backup solution in the form of an external hard drive, USB flash drive, tape backup system, or other backup software is highly recommended. Please see [[Backups]] for more details. ===Tag Printers=== A tag printer is used to print barcode tags generated for inventory items. There are many printers on the market, but only the following models are supported for use with Executive (any others are use at your own risk, as they are unsupported). ====Citizen CLP621==== Please see the [[Citizen CLP621]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/citizen-tt-desk-top_printer.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/product.aspx?id=25 Citizen Website]. Both [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] and [[Hardware#306 Tags|306 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer, although 304 Style is recommended. _This printer is the recommended option for anyone purchasing a new tag printer for the first time (otherwise, it's recommended to stick with the model you currently have if you are happy with it)._ ====Zebra TLP2844==== Please see the [[Zebra TLP2844]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/zebra-tlp2844-thermal-transfer_printers.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.zebra.com/id/zebra/na/en/index/products/printers/desktop/tlp2844.html Zebra Website]. Only [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ====Datamax E4203==== Please see the [[Datamax E4203]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/datamax-tt_printer.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.datamaxcorp.com/products/e-class/features/ Datamax Website]. Only [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ===Supported Tags=== Only the following styles of barcode tags are supported. ====304 Tags==== !tag304.PNG! EZU304WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/304-thermal-transfer-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]. These tags are compatible with all 3 supported printers. ====306 Tags==== !tag306.PNG! EZU306WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/306-thermal-transfer-upc-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]. These tags are only compatible with Citizen Printers. ===Tag Printer Ribbon=== [http://www.kassoy.com/110-mm-resin-ribbon.html 110mm Ribbon] is required due to the width of the labels. Be sure to use the appropriate printer specific ribbon. ===Receipt Printers=== ====Standard 8.5"x11"==== To print reports, a standard 8.5"x11" laser or inkjet printer is required. If using an inkjet, ensure it is able to print 0.25" margins. If you choose to print full page receipts, these can also be printed on a standard printer with 8.5"x11" paper. See Maintenance->System->Receipts to choose printing options. ====Epson TMT88IV Series==== If you choose to print 3" receipts, the Epson TMT88 Series is recommended (latest model is TMT88IV, past models were TMT88II and TMT88III). Please see the [[Epson TM-T88IV]] product page for more information. ==Optional Hardware== Other hardware may be used in conjunction with the system, such as bar code scanners, cash drawers, card scanners, and touch screen POS screens. ===Bar Code Scanner=== Bar code scanners are generally compatible, portable models must be able to store scans in CSV format, while wired models should be able to scan the barcode into Windows Notepad as a test. Recommended Models include: * Metrologic MS9500 Voyager - Wired * Unitech Hornet 630 - Portable Scanner Reference Manuals * Metrologic MS9540 [[File:Metrologic Barcode Scanner MS9540_Manual.pdf|User Manua]] * Unitech Hornet 630 [[File:Hornet Scanner Manual.pdf|Executive Manual Excerpt]] | [[File:Unitech PT630 Hornet User Manual.pdf|User Manual]] * Symbol LS4071 [[File:Symbol 4071 Barcode Scanner Manual.pdf|User Manual]] ===Cash Drawers=== Currently Executive does not natively support cash drawer functionality. Cash Drawers can also be triggered by the Epson TM-T88 series Receipt Printer, so please contact your hardware supplier for further information. ===Card Scanners=== Currently Executive does not natively support card scanners (for integrated Credit Card, Gift Card, or Debit Card scanning). 3rd Party software can be used, but this functionality is not integrated directly with Executive at this time. ===Camera=== For attaching images to inventory items or job bags, a camera is required. Camera options include anything from basic digital cameras to advanced jewellery imaging systems, since the camera system is not directly integrated with Executive. Images taken with the camera are simply stored in the Executive Images folder in a suitable image format and named according to SKU. Please see [[Images#Attaching Images|Images]] for more information on Attaching Images. ===Touch Screen POS=== Executive is not specifically designed for use with touch screen POS systems, so a keyboard is still required for text entry. Although the interface is not optimized for touch screen usability, menus and forms can be navigated using touch screen as a replacement for the mouse. 6 53 126 2011-04-07T15:20:24Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 54 127 2011-04-07T15:20:24Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 55 128 2011-04-07T15:20:24Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 56 129 2011-04-07T15:20:25Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 57 130 2011-04-07T15:20:25Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 58 131 2011-04-07T15:20:25Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 0 59 132 2011-04-07T16:12:07Z Executive 1 Created page with "#On Purchase Orders, if you begin receiving a PO and quit partway through receiving, in some situations the PO will be marked as incomplete, but you will not be able to return th..." wikitext text/x-wiki #On Purchase Orders, if you begin receiving a PO and quit partway through receiving, in some situations the PO will be marked as incomplete, but you will not be able to return the items. This is because when receiving it, the POReceive tables have already been filled in, which ensures that the items cannot be returned multiple times, but the PurchaseOrderReceive tables were not yet filled in, as the process was exited before that point. The only way to fix this is to open the database in MS Access and remove the records from the POReceive table that should not have been there. #On Gift Certificates, there have been cases where partially using a Gift Certificate will appear correct and create the correct credit, but the Gift Certificate itself doesn't remove the credit amount. This can be observed on the Daily Balance and Deposit report, where the Gift Certificate line doesn't reflect the full amount being removed, with the Credit balance not being factored in. This can be corrected by editing the Payment table record for type GCEO for the full amount. See other similar gift certificate records for examples of a correct entry and replicate that. #If a sale has been partially entered but is incomplete, it will have a -ve InvoiceId (such as -1). These are removed during compacting, but if the Daily Balance and Deposit report is run at the end of the day before compacting, these sales may show on the Daily reports and cause discrepancies. If this is found, simply compact the data and re-run the reports to get the correct figures. #Service Reports 3/4/5 do not accept the No Charge filter. Will give the pop up 'Enter Parameter Value', so it must be left blank on these reports. #When doing a Transfer In, if you leave the Transfer and reopen it later through Functions-Find Transfer, in some situations it will change the To and From Locations so that both are the same location. If this happens, the best option is to start the transfer over again and complete it without exiting. #On Appraisal Retail Replacement Certificates, if you use an Appraisal SKU with no weight entered in the original SKU, it will transfer the weight as 0.0 instead of blank, which is then printed on the certificate. # 133 132 2011-04-07T16:21:40Z Phil 2 wikitext text/x-wiki #On Purchase Orders, if you begin receiving a PO and quit partway through receiving, in some situations the PO will be marked as incomplete, but you will not be able to return the items. This is because when receiving it, the POReceive tables have already been filled in, which ensures that the items cannot be returned multiple times, but the PurchaseOrderReceive tables were not yet filled in, as the process was exited before that point. The only way to fix this is to open the database in MS Access and remove the records from the POReceive table that should not have been there. #On Gift Certificates, there have been cases where partially using a Gift Certificate will appear correct and create the correct credit, but the Gift Certificate itself doesn't remove the credit amount. This can be observed on the Daily Balance and Deposit report, where the Gift Certificate line doesn't reflect the full amount being removed, with the Credit balance not being factored in. This can be corrected by editing the Payment table record for type GCEO for the full amount. See other similar gift certificate records for examples of a correct entry and replicate that. #If a sale has been partially entered but is incomplete, it will have a -ve InvoiceId (such as -1). These are removed during compacting, but if the Daily Balance and Deposit report is run at the end of the day before compacting, these sales may show on the Daily reports and cause discrepancies. If this is found, simply compact the data and re-run the reports to get the correct figures. #Service Reports 3/4/5 do not accept the No Charge filter. Will give the pop up 'Enter Parameter Value', so it must be left blank on these reports. #When doing a Transfer In, if you leave the Transfer and reopen it later through Functions-Find Transfer, in some situations it will change the To and From Locations so that both are the same location. If this happens, the best option is to start the transfer over again and complete it without exiting. #On Appraisal Retail Replacement Certificates, if you use an Appraisal SKU with no weight entered in the original SKU, it will transfer the weight as 0.0 instead of blank, which is then printed on the certificate. #On Estimates, sometimes the Supplier drop down sorts by Supplier Name instead of by supplier code, so something such as CR - Richmont seems to be missing, because it's in the R's instead of the C's. It doesn't do it if you choose Repair Dept then Estimate, but will if you choose Estimate first then add names etc. ##Note: The suppliers aren't missing, just sorted differently so they aren't where they should be, and the Code doesn't find it when it's typed in, as it assumes it's not there and guesses an extra character such as CRL instead of CR. When looking for Estimates, it sorts by Supplier Name, not Supplier Code. #In some cases, a Supplier will not show up for the Service Department 'Stock Item', even though it is entered correctly under Supplier Groups and shows up in all other Service Departments. #When trying to update a Supplier's email address, it may show up as a hyperlink, and clicking takes you to their website instead of allowing editing. The workaround is to go to the preceding tab on the Supplier profile, and use the Tab key to get to the Website field and edit it that way. 134 133 2011-04-07T16:29:37Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Since development has been discontinued, here is a gathering of Known Issues and potential workarounds. #On Purchase Orders, if you begin receiving a PO and quit partway through receiving, in some situations the PO will be marked as incomplete, but you will not be able to return the items. This is because when receiving it, the POReceive tables have already been filled in, which ensures that the items cannot be returned multiple times, but the PurchaseOrderReceive tables were not yet filled in, as the process was exited before that point. The only way to fix this is to open the database in MS Access and remove the records from the POReceive table that should not have been there. #On Gift Certificates, there have been cases where partially using a Gift Certificate will appear correct and create the correct credit, but the Gift Certificate itself doesn't remove the credit amount. This can be observed on the Daily Balance and Deposit report, where the Gift Certificate line doesn't reflect the full amount being removed, with the Credit balance not being factored in. This can be corrected by editing the Payment table record for type GCEO for the full amount. See other similar gift certificate records for examples of a correct entry and replicate that. #If a sale has been partially entered but is incomplete, it will have a -ve InvoiceId (such as -1). These are removed during compacting, but if the Daily Balance and Deposit report is run at the end of the day before compacting, these sales may show on the Daily reports and cause discrepancies. If this is found, simply compact the data and re-run the reports to get the correct figures. #Service Reports 3/4/5 do not accept the No Charge filter. Will give the pop up 'Enter Parameter Value', so it must be left blank on these reports. #When doing a Transfer In, if you leave the Transfer and reopen it later through Functions-Find Transfer, in some situations it will change the To and From Locations so that both are the same location. If this happens, the best option is to start the transfer over again and complete it without exiting. #On Appraisal Retail Replacement Certificates, if you use an Appraisal SKU with no weight entered in the original SKU, it will transfer the weight as 0.0 instead of blank, which is then printed on the certificate. #On Estimates, sometimes the Supplier drop down sorts by Supplier Name instead of by supplier code, so something such as CR - Richmont seems to be missing, because it's in the R's instead of the C's. It doesn't do it if you choose Repair Dept then Estimate, but will if you choose Estimate first then add names etc. ##Note: The suppliers aren't missing, just sorted differently so they aren't where they should be, and the Code doesn't find it when it's typed in, as it assumes it's not there and guesses an extra character such as CRL instead of CR. When looking for Estimates, it sorts by Supplier Name, not Supplier Code. #In some cases, a Supplier will not show up for the Service Department 'Stock Item', even though it is entered correctly under Supplier Groups and shows up in all other Service Departments. #When trying to update a Supplier's email address, it may show up as a hyperlink, and clicking takes you to their website instead of allowing editing. The workaround is to go to the preceding tab on the Supplier profile, and use the Tab key to get to the Website field and edit it that way. 135 134 2011-04-07T16:30:00Z Executive 1 moved [[Known Bugs]] to [[Known Issues]] wikitext text/x-wiki Since development has been discontinued, here is a gathering of Known Issues and potential workarounds. #On Purchase Orders, if you begin receiving a PO and quit partway through receiving, in some situations the PO will be marked as incomplete, but you will not be able to return the items. This is because when receiving it, the POReceive tables have already been filled in, which ensures that the items cannot be returned multiple times, but the PurchaseOrderReceive tables were not yet filled in, as the process was exited before that point. The only way to fix this is to open the database in MS Access and remove the records from the POReceive table that should not have been there. #On Gift Certificates, there have been cases where partially using a Gift Certificate will appear correct and create the correct credit, but the Gift Certificate itself doesn't remove the credit amount. This can be observed on the Daily Balance and Deposit report, where the Gift Certificate line doesn't reflect the full amount being removed, with the Credit balance not being factored in. This can be corrected by editing the Payment table record for type GCEO for the full amount. See other similar gift certificate records for examples of a correct entry and replicate that. #If a sale has been partially entered but is incomplete, it will have a -ve InvoiceId (such as -1). These are removed during compacting, but if the Daily Balance and Deposit report is run at the end of the day before compacting, these sales may show on the Daily reports and cause discrepancies. If this is found, simply compact the data and re-run the reports to get the correct figures. #Service Reports 3/4/5 do not accept the No Charge filter. Will give the pop up 'Enter Parameter Value', so it must be left blank on these reports. #When doing a Transfer In, if you leave the Transfer and reopen it later through Functions-Find Transfer, in some situations it will change the To and From Locations so that both are the same location. If this happens, the best option is to start the transfer over again and complete it without exiting. #On Appraisal Retail Replacement Certificates, if you use an Appraisal SKU with no weight entered in the original SKU, it will transfer the weight as 0.0 instead of blank, which is then printed on the certificate. #On Estimates, sometimes the Supplier drop down sorts by Supplier Name instead of by supplier code, so something such as CR - Richmont seems to be missing, because it's in the R's instead of the C's. It doesn't do it if you choose Repair Dept then Estimate, but will if you choose Estimate first then add names etc. ##Note: The suppliers aren't missing, just sorted differently so they aren't where they should be, and the Code doesn't find it when it's typed in, as it assumes it's not there and guesses an extra character such as CRL instead of CR. When looking for Estimates, it sorts by Supplier Name, not Supplier Code. #In some cases, a Supplier will not show up for the Service Department 'Stock Item', even though it is entered correctly under Supplier Groups and shows up in all other Service Departments. #When trying to update a Supplier's email address, it may show up as a hyperlink, and clicking takes you to their website instead of allowing editing. The workaround is to go to the preceding tab on the Supplier profile, and use the Tab key to get to the Website field and edit it that way. 0 60 136 2011-04-07T16:30:00Z Executive 1 moved [[Known Bugs]] to [[Known Issues]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Known Issues]] 0 1 137 4 2011-04-07T16:30:39Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Documentation]] - Manuals, adding new workstations, and other instructional documentation [[Downloads]] - Files that were formerly on the FTP site, as well as a few new downloads [[Getting Started]] - Basic information for initial setup of software, peripherals, and beginning to use the software [[Glossary]] - Defining various terms that are used throughout the software and accompanying documentation [[Hardware]] - Recommended hardware, as well as resources for specific peripherals [[Known Issues]] - Listing of known issues with the software [[Troubleshooting]] - Error messages and possible resolutions [[Versions]] - Release notes and change logs for various versions == Getting started == Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] 0 61 138 2011-04-07T16:35:40Z Executive 1 Created page with "==General Troubleshooting== [[Errors]] [[Tags]] [[Mapping Network Drives]] [[Images]] ==Hardware== [[Citizen CLP621]] [[Datamax E4203]] [[Epson TM-T88IV]] [[Zebra TLP2844]]" wikitext text/x-wiki ==General Troubleshooting== [[Errors]] [[Tags]] [[Mapping Network Drives]] [[Images]] ==Hardware== [[Citizen CLP621]] [[Datamax E4203]] [[Epson TM-T88IV]] [[Zebra TLP2844]] 139 138 2011-04-07T16:35:57Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==General Troubleshooting== [[Errors]] [[Tags]] [[Mapping Network Drives]] [[Images]] ==Hardware== [[Citizen CLP621]] [[Datamax E4203]] [[Epson TM-T88IV]] [[Zebra TLP2844]] 0 62 143 2011-04-07T16:44:59Z Executive 1 Created page with "==General Errors== ===Error 52 - Bad file name or number=== Similar to Error 53, it generally occurs when using EXE tags as the print job is sent directly to the LPT1 port. If u..." wikitext text/x-wiki ==General Errors== ===Error 52 - Bad file name or number=== Similar to Error 53, it generally occurs when using EXE tags as the print job is sent directly to the LPT1 port. If using a printer on a different port such as USB, the printer needs to be shared and mapped to the LPT1 port. Once mapped, it will now accept traffic from the LPT1 port. This error is caused by trying to send the print file directly to LPT1 when it is not available or disconnected. See [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 53=== Error 53 - File not found. ====Tag Printing==== When using EXE tags, the print job is sent directly to the LPT1 port. If using a printer on a different port such as USB, the printer needs to be shared and mapped to the LPT1 port. Once mapped, it will now accept traffic from the LPT1 port. See [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ====File Browser==== When trying to use the file browser to add images or link data paths, the workstation needs to have MemCpy.dll installed to use the file browse buttons. To fix this, copy [[File:MemCpy.dll]] and paste it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder. This will need to be done on all computers experiencing the issue. For 64 bit machines, put it in the C:/Windows/SysWOW64 folder as well. ===Error 75=== Error 75 - Path/File Access Error Tag Printing Path Issue, see [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 76=== Error 76 - Path Not Found ====Opening Reports==== The reports startup is incorrect. Go to Maintenance->System->Store Setup and check the Reports Startup field. Refer to the following examples to correct the path. For custom installations, other paths may be required. =====2008 Version, 32 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" =====2008 Version, 64 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" =====2007 Version, 32 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" =====2007 Version, 64 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" ====Tag Printing==== Tag Printer Path Issue, see [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 94=== Error 94 - Invalid Use of Null A required field has been left blank. If printing something customer related, check the customer profile and ensure that the Customer Type is not blank. If it is blank, set it to Retail and try printing again. ===Error 429=== Error 429: ActiveX component can't create object This error can occur if one of the components needed by the program is not registered correctly or is missing. It may point to a component of Access that has been modified, such as by installing Office 2007 over top of Access 2003 Runtime. Try the code below if it's believe to be a registry issue, if not, try using the [[Downloads#MS Access 2007 Runtime|Access 2007 Runtime]] instead as it may not have the same registry issues. {code}regsvr32 scrrun.dll regsvr32 "C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\DAO\DAO350.dll" regsvr32 "C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\DAO\DAO360.dll"{code} ===Error 2001=== Error 2001 - The previous operation was cancelled The ReportsExportPath column is missing in the setup file. This error generally comes up when trying to open reports. Find a correct setup file on a workstation that doesn't have this error, and then replace problematic setup file to resolve the issue. ===Error 2046=== Error 2046 - The command or action 'save record' isn't available now. This is generally given after a message that a Job Bag is locked by a user/computer. To unlock the Job Bag, reopen and close it from that user/computer, then retry from the initial workstation. ===Error 2114=== Error 2114 - Error 2114: Microsoft Access doesn't support the format of the file "filename", so it can't load the picture. The Microsoft Graphic Filters are required to view images in MS Access. If the workstation doesn't have Microsoft Office installed, the Graphic Filters need to be installed manually, see [[Downloads#Graphic Filters|Downloads]] for more information. ===Error 3027=== Error 3027 - Cannot update. Database or object is read only. The file in use is being restricted to Read Only, but requires Read/Write permissions. Grant 'Everyone' Read/Write Access on this file (for example, ExecutiveReports.mdb), and reopen the file to ensure permissions are now correct. ===Error 3043=== Error 3043 - Disk or Network Error The network connection or drive mapping is not finding the data file on startup. Try going to Computer (My Computer in XP), locating the mapped network drive, and double clicking it. * If it connects without issue, try opening Executive again, as the connection should be restored * If it fails, the server may not be turned on or something may be preventing connection such as a permissions issue * If the mapped network drive isn't showing up, it will need to be remapped. See [[Mapping Network Drives]] for more information. Go to Maintenance->System->Link Data and ensure that the paths are all correct, as they must be pointing at valid files. ===Error 3044=== Error 3044 - Item isn't a valid path The network path is not finding the desired file. Refer to [[Errors#Error 3043|Error 3043]]. ===Error 3051=== Error 3051 - The Microsoft Jet database engine cannot open the file (name). It is already opened exclusively by another user, or you need permission to view its data. ====Compacting Data==== During data compacting, this means that the file is open on another workstation. Since compacting the data requires everyone to be out of the database, the other workstation must exit Executive before compacting the data. Log everyone off and try again. ====On Startup==== On startup, this error warns that permissions are not set up correctly. * Try logging onto Windows as Administrator. If the error doesn't appear, it is due to a user permissions issue. * Ensure that the local Executive folder allows full read/write access to Everyone. * Ensure that the server's shared folder allows full read/write access to Everyone for Executive files. For more information, see [[Mapping Network Drives#Sharing Server Folder|Mapping Network Drives]] ===Error 3075=== Error 3075 - Syntax error (name) in query expression ===Error 3086=== Error 3086 - Could not delete from specified tables When encountered during startup, it generally points to a permissions issue, refer to [[Downloads#Error 3043|Error 3043]]. Once everything is set up properly, relink the data and restart Executive. ===Error 3343=== Error 3343 - Unrecognized Database Format When opening Executive, this error warns that the database may be badly corrupted. Backup your file and compact it, to confirm the corruption. Restore from your latest clean backup, as the file likely cannot be repaired. This is typically caused when the Jet database engine was improperly shut down during the process of writing to disk, such as the program being shut down unexpectedly, power loss, or network loss. ==Other Issues== ===Desktop Shortcut not working=== If the desktop shortcut to open Executive isn't working, Right Click it and Click Properties. Find the Target field. May need to scroll left and right to read the entire thing. Compare it to the following paths and verify that the existing path is correct based on your setup. ====2008 Version, 32 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" ====2008 Version, 64 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" ====2007 Version, 32 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" ====2007 Version, 64 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" If you are unable to find the error on this page, you may want to refer to http://www.iasonline.com/john/pcsa/fixes.html for similar Access Error explanations. 144 143 2011-04-07T16:46:12Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==General Errors== ===Error 52=== Error 52 - Bad file name or number Similar to Error 53, it generally occurs when using EXE tags as the print job is sent directly to the LPT1 port. If using a printer on a different port such as USB, the printer needs to be shared and mapped to the LPT1 port. Once mapped, it will now accept traffic from the LPT1 port. This error is caused by trying to send the print file directly to LPT1 when it is not available or disconnected. See [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 53=== Error 53 - File not found. ====Tag Printing==== When using EXE tags, the print job is sent directly to the LPT1 port. If using a printer on a different port such as USB, the printer needs to be shared and mapped to the LPT1 port. Once mapped, it will now accept traffic from the LPT1 port. See [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ====File Browser==== When trying to use the file browser to add images or link data paths, the workstation needs to have MemCpy.dll installed to use the file browse buttons. To fix this, copy [[File:MemCpy.dll]] and paste it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder. This will need to be done on all computers experiencing the issue. For 64 bit machines, put it in the C:/Windows/SysWOW64 folder as well. ===Error 75=== Error 75 - Path/File Access Error Tag Printing Path Issue, see [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 76=== Error 76 - Path Not Found ====Opening Reports==== The reports startup is incorrect. Go to Maintenance->System->Store Setup and check the Reports Startup field. Refer to the following examples to correct the path. For custom installations, other paths may be required. =====2008 Version, 32 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" =====2008 Version, 64 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" =====2007 Version, 32 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" =====2007 Version, 64 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" ====Tag Printing==== Tag Printer Path Issue, see [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 94=== Error 94 - Invalid Use of Null A required field has been left blank. If printing something customer related, check the customer profile and ensure that the Customer Type is not blank. If it is blank, set it to Retail and try printing again. ===Error 429=== Error 429: ActiveX component can't create object This error can occur if one of the components needed by the program is not registered correctly or is missing. It may point to a component of Access that has been modified, such as by installing Office 2007 over top of Access 2003 Runtime. Try the code below if it's believe to be a registry issue, if not, try using the [[Downloads#MS Access 2007 Runtime|Access 2007 Runtime]] instead as it may not have the same registry issues. {code}regsvr32 scrrun.dll regsvr32 "C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\DAO\DAO350.dll" regsvr32 "C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\DAO\DAO360.dll"{code} ===Error 2001=== Error 2001 - The previous operation was cancelled The ReportsExportPath column is missing in the setup file. This error generally comes up when trying to open reports. Find a correct setup file on a workstation that doesn't have this error, and then replace problematic setup file to resolve the issue. ===Error 2046=== Error 2046 - The command or action 'save record' isn't available now. This is generally given after a message that a Job Bag is locked by a user/computer. To unlock the Job Bag, reopen and close it from that user/computer, then retry from the initial workstation. ===Error 2114=== Error 2114 - Error 2114: Microsoft Access doesn't support the format of the file "filename", so it can't load the picture. The Microsoft Graphic Filters are required to view images in MS Access. If the workstation doesn't have Microsoft Office installed, the Graphic Filters need to be installed manually, see [[Downloads#Graphic Filters|Downloads]] for more information. ===Error 3027=== Error 3027 - Cannot update. Database or object is read only. The file in use is being restricted to Read Only, but requires Read/Write permissions. Grant 'Everyone' Read/Write Access on this file (for example, ExecutiveReports.mdb), and reopen the file to ensure permissions are now correct. ===Error 3043=== Error 3043 - Disk or Network Error The network connection or drive mapping is not finding the data file on startup. Try going to Computer (My Computer in XP), locating the mapped network drive, and double clicking it. * If it connects without issue, try opening Executive again, as the connection should be restored * If it fails, the server may not be turned on or something may be preventing connection such as a permissions issue * If the mapped network drive isn't showing up, it will need to be remapped. See [[Mapping Network Drives]] for more information. Go to Maintenance->System->Link Data and ensure that the paths are all correct, as they must be pointing at valid files. ===Error 3044=== Error 3044 - Item isn't a valid path The network path is not finding the desired file. Refer to [[Errors#Error 3043|Error 3043]]. ===Error 3051=== Error 3051 - The Microsoft Jet database engine cannot open the file (name). It is already opened exclusively by another user, or you need permission to view its data. ====Compacting Data==== During data compacting, this means that the file is open on another workstation. Since compacting the data requires everyone to be out of the database, the other workstation must exit Executive before compacting the data. Log everyone off and try again. ====On Startup==== On startup, this error warns that permissions are not set up correctly. * Try logging onto Windows as Administrator. If the error doesn't appear, it is due to a user permissions issue. * Ensure that the local Executive folder allows full read/write access to Everyone. * Ensure that the server's shared folder allows full read/write access to Everyone for Executive files. For more information, see [[Mapping Network Drives#Sharing Server Folder|Mapping Network Drives]] ===Error 3075=== Error 3075 - Syntax error (name) in query expression ===Error 3086=== Error 3086 - Could not delete from specified tables When encountered during startup, it generally points to a permissions issue, refer to [[Downloads#Error 3043|Error 3043]]. Once everything is set up properly, relink the data and restart Executive. ===Error 3343=== Error 3343 - Unrecognized Database Format When opening Executive, this error warns that the database may be badly corrupted. Backup your file and compact it, to confirm the corruption. Restore from your latest clean backup, as the file likely cannot be repaired. This is typically caused when the Jet database engine was improperly shut down during the process of writing to disk, such as the program being shut down unexpectedly, power loss, or network loss. ==Other Issues== ===Desktop Shortcut not working=== If the desktop shortcut to open Executive isn't working, Right Click it and Click Properties. Find the Target field. May need to scroll left and right to read the entire thing. Compare it to the following paths and verify that the existing path is correct based on your setup. ====2008 Version, 32 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" ====2008 Version, 64 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" ====2007 Version, 32 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" ====2007 Version, 64 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" If you are unable to find the error on this page, you may want to refer to http://www.iasonline.com/john/pcsa/fixes.html for similar Access Error explanations. 148 144 2011-04-07T17:05:56Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==General Errors== ===Error 52=== Error 52 - Bad file name or number Similar to Error 53, it generally occurs when using EXE tags as the print job is sent directly to the LPT1 port. If using a printer on a different port such as USB, the printer needs to be shared and mapped to the LPT1 port. Once mapped, it will now accept traffic from the LPT1 port. This error is caused by trying to send the print file directly to LPT1 when it is not available or disconnected. See [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 53=== Error 53 - File not found. ====Tag Printing==== When using EXE tags, the print job is sent directly to the LPT1 port. If using a printer on a different port such as USB, the printer needs to be shared and mapped to the LPT1 port. Once mapped, it will now accept traffic from the LPT1 port. See [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ====File Browser==== When trying to use the file browser to add images or link data paths, the workstation needs to have MemCpy.dll installed to use the file browse buttons. To fix this, copy [[File:MemCpy.dll]] and paste it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder. This will need to be done on all computers experiencing the issue. For 64 bit machines, put it in the C:/Windows/SysWOW64 folder as well. ===Error 75=== Error 75 - Path/File Access Error Tag Printing Path Issue, see [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 76=== Error 76 - Path Not Found ====Opening Reports==== The reports startup is incorrect. Go to Maintenance->System->Store Setup and check the Reports Startup field. Refer to the following examples to correct the path. For custom installations, other paths may be required. =====2008 Version, 32 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" =====2008 Version, 64 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" =====2007 Version, 32 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" =====2007 Version, 64 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" ====Tag Printing==== Tag Printer Path Issue, see [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 94=== Error 94 - Invalid Use of Null A required field has been left blank. If printing something customer related, check the customer profile and ensure that the Customer Type is not blank. If it is blank, set it to Retail and try printing again. ===Error 429=== Error 429: ActiveX component can't create object This error can occur if one of the components needed by the program is not registered correctly or is missing. It may point to a component of Access that has been modified, such as by installing Office 2007 over top of Access 2003 Runtime. Try the code below if it's believe to be a registry issue, if not, try using the [[Downloads#MS Access 2007 Runtime|Access 2007 Runtime]] instead as it may not have the same registry issues. {{code|regsvr32 scrrun.dll regsvr32 "C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\DAO\DAO350.dll" regsvr32 "C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\DAO\DAO360.dll"}} ===Error 2001=== Error 2001 - The previous operation was cancelled The ReportsExportPath column is missing in the setup file. This error generally comes up when trying to open reports. Find a correct setup file on a workstation that doesn't have this error, and then replace problematic setup file to resolve the issue. ===Error 2046=== Error 2046 - The command or action 'save record' isn't available now. This is generally given after a message that a Job Bag is locked by a user/computer. To unlock the Job Bag, reopen and close it from that user/computer, then retry from the initial workstation. ===Error 2114=== Error 2114 - Error 2114: Microsoft Access doesn't support the format of the file "filename", so it can't load the picture. The Microsoft Graphic Filters are required to view images in MS Access. If the workstation doesn't have Microsoft Office installed, the Graphic Filters need to be installed manually, see [[Downloads#Graphic Filters|Downloads]] for more information. ===Error 3027=== Error 3027 - Cannot update. Database or object is read only. The file in use is being restricted to Read Only, but requires Read/Write permissions. Grant 'Everyone' Read/Write Access on this file (for example, ExecutiveReports.mdb), and reopen the file to ensure permissions are now correct. ===Error 3043=== Error 3043 - Disk or Network Error The network connection or drive mapping is not finding the data file on startup. Try going to Computer (My Computer in XP), locating the mapped network drive, and double clicking it. * If it connects without issue, try opening Executive again, as the connection should be restored * If it fails, the server may not be turned on or something may be preventing connection such as a permissions issue * If the mapped network drive isn't showing up, it will need to be remapped. See [[Mapping Network Drives]] for more information. Go to Maintenance->System->Link Data and ensure that the paths are all correct, as they must be pointing at valid files. ===Error 3044=== Error 3044 - Item isn't a valid path The network path is not finding the desired file. Refer to [[Errors#Error 3043|Error 3043]]. ===Error 3051=== Error 3051 - The Microsoft Jet database engine cannot open the file (name). It is already opened exclusively by another user, or you need permission to view its data. ====Compacting Data==== During data compacting, this means that the file is open on another workstation. Since compacting the data requires everyone to be out of the database, the other workstation must exit Executive before compacting the data. Log everyone off and try again. ====On Startup==== On startup, this error warns that permissions are not set up correctly. * Try logging onto Windows as Administrator. If the error doesn't appear, it is due to a user permissions issue. * Ensure that the local Executive folder allows full read/write access to Everyone. * Ensure that the server's shared folder allows full read/write access to Everyone for Executive files. For more information, see [[Mapping Network Drives#Sharing Server Folder|Mapping Network Drives]] ===Error 3075=== Error 3075 - Syntax error (name) in query expression ===Error 3086=== Error 3086 - Could not delete from specified tables When encountered during startup, it generally points to a permissions issue, refer to [[Downloads#Error 3043|Error 3043]]. Once everything is set up properly, relink the data and restart Executive. ===Error 3343=== Error 3343 - Unrecognized Database Format When opening Executive, this error warns that the database may be badly corrupted. Backup your file and compact it, to confirm the corruption. Restore from your latest clean backup, as the file likely cannot be repaired. This is typically caused when the Jet database engine was improperly shut down during the process of writing to disk, such as the program being shut down unexpectedly, power loss, or network loss. ==Other Issues== ===Desktop Shortcut not working=== If the desktop shortcut to open Executive isn't working, Right Click it and Click Properties. Find the Target field. May need to scroll left and right to read the entire thing. Compare it to the following paths and verify that the existing path is correct based on your setup. ====2008 Version, 32 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" ====2008 Version, 64 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" ====2007 Version, 32 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" ====2007 Version, 64 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" If you are unable to find the error on this page, you may want to refer to http://www.iasonline.com/john/pcsa/fixes.html for similar Access Error explanations. 151 148 2011-04-07T17:13:45Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==General Errors== ===Error 52=== Error 52 - Bad file name or number Similar to Error 53, it generally occurs when using EXE tags as the print job is sent directly to the LPT1 port. If using a printer on a different port such as USB, the printer needs to be shared and mapped to the LPT1 port. Once mapped, it will now accept traffic from the LPT1 port. This error is caused by trying to send the print file directly to LPT1 when it is not available or disconnected. See [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 53=== Error 53 - File not found. ====Tag Printing==== When using EXE tags, the print job is sent directly to the LPT1 port. If using a printer on a different port such as USB, the printer needs to be shared and mapped to the LPT1 port. Once mapped, it will now accept traffic from the LPT1 port. See [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ====File Browser==== When trying to use the file browser to add images or link data paths, the workstation needs to have MemCpy.dll installed to use the file browse buttons. To fix this, copy [[File:MemCpy.dll]] and paste it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder. This will need to be done on all computers experiencing the issue. For 64 bit machines, put it in the C:/Windows/SysWOW64 folder as well. ===Error 75=== Error 75 - Path/File Access Error Tag Printing Path Issue, see [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 76=== Error 76 - Path Not Found ====Opening Reports==== The reports startup is incorrect. Go to Maintenance->System->Store Setup and check the Reports Startup field. Refer to the following examples to correct the path. For custom installations, other paths may be required. =====2008 Version, 32 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" =====2008 Version, 64 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" =====2007 Version, 32 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" =====2007 Version, 64 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" ====Tag Printing==== Tag Printer Path Issue, see [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 94=== Error 94 - Invalid Use of Null A required field has been left blank. If printing something customer related, check the customer profile and ensure that the Customer Type is not blank. If it is blank, set it to Retail and try printing again. ===Error 429=== Error 429: ActiveX component can't create object This error can occur if one of the components needed by the program is not registered correctly or is missing. It may point to a component of Access that has been modified, such as by installing Office 2007 over top of Access 2003 Runtime. Try the code below if it's believe to be a registry issue, if not, try using the [[Downloads#MS Access 2007 Runtime|Access 2007 Runtime]] instead as it may not have the same registry issues. {{code|regsvr32 scrrun.dll <br>regsvr32 "C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\DAO\DAO350.dll" <br>regsvr32 "C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\DAO\DAO360.dll"}} ===Error 2001=== Error 2001 - The previous operation was cancelled The ReportsExportPath column is missing in the setup file. This error generally comes up when trying to open reports. Find a correct setup file on a workstation that doesn't have this error, and then replace problematic setup file to resolve the issue. ===Error 2046=== Error 2046 - The command or action 'save record' isn't available now. This is generally given after a message that a Job Bag is locked by a user/computer. To unlock the Job Bag, reopen and close it from that user/computer, then retry from the initial workstation. ===Error 2114=== Error 2114 - Error 2114: Microsoft Access doesn't support the format of the file "filename", so it can't load the picture. The Microsoft Graphic Filters are required to view images in MS Access. If the workstation doesn't have Microsoft Office installed, the Graphic Filters need to be installed manually, see [[Downloads#Graphic Filters|Downloads]] for more information. ===Error 3027=== Error 3027 - Cannot update. Database or object is read only. The file in use is being restricted to Read Only, but requires Read/Write permissions. Grant 'Everyone' Read/Write Access on this file (for example, ExecutiveReports.mdb), and reopen the file to ensure permissions are now correct. ===Error 3043=== Error 3043 - Disk or Network Error The network connection or drive mapping is not finding the data file on startup. Try going to Computer (My Computer in XP), locating the mapped network drive, and double clicking it. * If it connects without issue, try opening Executive again, as the connection should be restored * If it fails, the server may not be turned on or something may be preventing connection such as a permissions issue * If the mapped network drive isn't showing up, it will need to be remapped. See [[Mapping Network Drives]] for more information. Go to Maintenance->System->Link Data and ensure that the paths are all correct, as they must be pointing at valid files. ===Error 3044=== Error 3044 - Item isn't a valid path The network path is not finding the desired file. Refer to [[Errors#Error 3043|Error 3043]]. ===Error 3051=== Error 3051 - The Microsoft Jet database engine cannot open the file (name). It is already opened exclusively by another user, or you need permission to view its data. ====Compacting Data==== During data compacting, this means that the file is open on another workstation. Since compacting the data requires everyone to be out of the database, the other workstation must exit Executive before compacting the data. Log everyone off and try again. ====On Startup==== On startup, this error warns that permissions are not set up correctly. * Try logging onto Windows as Administrator. If the error doesn't appear, it is due to a user permissions issue. * Ensure that the local Executive folder allows full read/write access to Everyone. * Ensure that the server's shared folder allows full read/write access to Everyone for Executive files. For more information, see [[Mapping Network Drives#Sharing Server Folder|Mapping Network Drives]] ===Error 3075=== Error 3075 - Syntax error (name) in query expression ===Error 3086=== Error 3086 - Could not delete from specified tables When encountered during startup, it generally points to a permissions issue, refer to [[Downloads#Error 3043|Error 3043]]. Once everything is set up properly, relink the data and restart Executive. ===Error 3343=== Error 3343 - Unrecognized Database Format When opening Executive, this error warns that the database may be badly corrupted. Backup your file and compact it, to confirm the corruption. Restore from your latest clean backup, as the file likely cannot be repaired. This is typically caused when the Jet database engine was improperly shut down during the process of writing to disk, such as the program being shut down unexpectedly, power loss, or network loss. ==Other Issues== ===Desktop Shortcut not working=== If the desktop shortcut to open Executive isn't working, Right Click it and Click Properties. Find the Target field. May need to scroll left and right to read the entire thing. Compare it to the following paths and verify that the existing path is correct based on your setup. ====2008 Version, 32 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" ====2008 Version, 64 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" ====2007 Version, 32 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" ====2007 Version, 64 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" If you are unable to find the error on this page, you may want to refer to http://www.iasonline.com/john/pcsa/fixes.html for similar Access Error explanations. 0 63 145 2011-04-07T17:01:48Z Executive 1 Created page with "Executive supports the following tag printers, click for more details on each and troubleshooting help. General tag troubleshooting is below. ==Specific Models== [[Zebra TLP2844..." wikitext text/x-wiki Executive supports the following tag printers, click for more details on each and troubleshooting help. General tag troubleshooting is below. ==Specific Models== [[Zebra TLP2844]] (and TLP2742) [[Citizen CLP621]] (and compatible Citizen models) [[Datamax E4203]] ==Printer Mapping to USB== # Go to Start->Printers and Faxes, find your tag printer, right click it, click Properties. Click the Sharing Tab and Share this Printer as ''304''. # Go to Start->Run and type _cmd_ and hit Enter to bring up the Command Prompt. # Type '''net use LPT1: \\computername\304''' (where computername is the name of this computer, to find this right click My Computer, click Properties, click the Computer Name Tab, and find the computer name. It will be everything until the first decimal point. Ex: ExecWorkstation1.domain would be named ExecWorkstation1) The print job sent to the LPT1 port should now redirect to the shared tag printer and successfully print the job. ==Troubleshooting and Sharing with other Computers== ===Sharing the Printer=== # On the first computer, go to Start-Printers and Faxes and open the Properties for the Zebra printer. # Under Sharing, share the printer if it's not already shared. Write down the Share Name. # Right click on My Computer, and go to Properties. Go to Computer Name, and write down the Full Computer Name (excluding the domain, which is everything after the '.'). ===Mapping the Printer to a Workstation=== # On the second computer, go to Start-Run. Type in cmd to open up a command prompt window. # Type net use lpt1: \\ComputerName\PrinterShareName #* So if my computer is name ExecutivePC and my printer is shared as Zebra2844, I'd type net use lpt1: \\ExecutivePC\Zebra2844 # Then after hitting enter, you should see that 'The command completed successfully.' # Next make sure that Tags-Setup Rattail Tags have the same settings on both workstations. # Then test printing to ensure the tag prints properly. {{info|If you then get Error 53 in the future on the secondary workstation when trying to print tags, it means that the mapping needs to be redone as it's been lost (possibly due to a restart of the computer). If this happens multiple times, you can create a batch script on the desktop that will reset the printer so you just double click it to reset the mapping. It could even be set to run on startup if its a common issue, which should eliminate the need to reset it manually.}} ====Batch File for Mapping==== To create a batch file to reset your printer mapping as described above: * Create a new file in Notepad and save it to your desktop as ''Printer Reset.bat'' (removing the txt file extension and saving as type 'all files') * Enter the following text (using your computer name and printer share name): {code}net use LPT1: /d net use LPT1: \\computername\304{code} This can be run to delete the existing LPT1 mapping and remap it if errors are occurring. It can also be placed in the Windows startup folder if it happens very frequently when restarting the computer. 152 145 2011-04-07T17:18:37Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Executive supports the following tag printers, click for more details on each and troubleshooting help. General tag troubleshooting is below. ==Specific Models== [[Zebra TLP2844]] (and TLP2742) [[Citizen CLP621]] (and compatible Citizen models) [[Datamax E4203]] ==Printer Mapping to USB== # Go to Start->Printers and Faxes, find your tag printer, right click it, click Properties. Click the Sharing Tab and Share this Printer as ''304''. # Go to Start->Run and type _cmd_ and hit Enter to bring up the Command Prompt. # Type '''net use LPT1: \\computername\304''' (where computername is the name of this computer, to find this right click My Computer, click Properties, click the Computer Name Tab, and find the computer name. It will be everything until the first decimal point. Ex: ExecWorkstation1.domain would be named ExecWorkstation1) The print job sent to the LPT1 port should now redirect to the shared tag printer and successfully print the job. ==Troubleshooting and Sharing with other Computers== ===Sharing the Printer=== # On the first computer, go to Start-Printers and Faxes and open the Properties for the Zebra printer. # Under Sharing, share the printer if it's not already shared. Write down the Share Name. # Right click on My Computer, and go to Properties. Go to Computer Name, and write down the Full Computer Name (excluding the domain, which is everything after the '.'). ===Mapping the Printer to a Workstation=== # On the second computer, go to Start-Run. Type in cmd to open up a command prompt window. # Type net use lpt1: \\ComputerName\PrinterShareName #* So if my computer is name ExecutivePC and my printer is shared as Zebra2844, I'd type net use lpt1: \\ExecutivePC\Zebra2844 # Then after hitting enter, you should see that 'The command completed successfully.' # Next make sure that Tags-Setup Rattail Tags have the same settings on both workstations. # Then test printing to ensure the tag prints properly. {{info|If you then get Error 53 in the future on the secondary workstation when trying to print tags, it means that the mapping needs to be redone as it's been lost (possibly due to a restart of the computer). If this happens multiple times, you can create a batch script on the desktop that will reset the printer so you just double click it to reset the mapping. It could even be set to run on startup if its a common issue, which should eliminate the need to reset it manually.}} ====Batch File for Mapping==== To create a batch file to reset your printer mapping as described above: * Create a new file in Notepad and save it to your desktop as ''Printer Reset.bat'' (removing the txt file extension and saving as type 'all files') * Enter the following text (using your computer name and printer share name): {{code|net use LPT1: /d <br>net use LPT1: \\computername\304}} This can be run to delete the existing LPT1 mapping and remap it if errors are occurring. It can also be placed in the Windows startup folder if it happens very frequently when restarting the computer. 10 64 149 2011-04-07T17:12:43Z Executive 1 Created page with "<table style="border:1px dashed;width:80%;background-color:#E8ECF6;padding:10px;font-family: Courier,monospace;"><tr><td> {{{1}}} </td></tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Templa..." wikitext text/x-wiki <table style="border:1px dashed;width:80%;background-color:#E8ECF6;padding:10px;font-family: Courier,monospace;"><tr><td> {{{1}}} </td></tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 150 149 2011-04-07T17:13:00Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <table style="border:1px dashed;width:80%;background-color:#EEEEEE;padding:10px;font-family: Courier,monospace;"><tr><td> {{{1}}} </td></tr></table> <noinclude> [[Category:Template Notes|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 0 65 154 2011-04-07T17:25:19Z Executive 1 Created page with "Mapped Drives are used to share data between workstations. Common uses are to share the server folder containing the ExecutiveData.mdb file, as well as sharing the Images folder...." wikitext text/x-wiki Mapped Drives are used to share data between workstations. Common uses are to share the server folder containing the ExecutiveData.mdb file, as well as sharing the Images folder. ==Sharing Server Folder== To share the Server's Executive folder (the folder that contains ExecutiveData.mdb, default is C:\Executive\Server): * Navigate to Server's Executive folder, right click on the Server folder and click Properties. * Click the Sharing tab, and share this folder as ''server''. * Under Permissions share this folder with ''Everyone'' with ''Full Control''. ==Mapping Drives on Workstation== To map from a workstation to the Server's shared Executive folder (default drive mapping is X:\) * From the workstation, Right click on Computer (My Computer in XP) and click Map Network Drive. * Choose the X:\ drive, and browse to find the server folder on the server. The path should be similar to //servername/server * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' [[File:Mapdrive.PNG]] * Clicking finish should bring up the folder X:\, which should have the ExecutiveData.mdb file (as well as ExecutiveSetup, ToLocation files, Images and MC08Client.exe on new installs) inside. 6 66 155 2011-04-07T17:28:49Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 0 65 156 154 2011-04-07T17:30:42Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Mapped Drives are used to share data between workstations. Common uses are to share the server folder containing the ExecutiveData.mdb file, as well as sharing the Images folder. ==Sharing Server Folder== To share the Server's Executive folder (the folder that contains ExecutiveData.mdb, default is C:\Executive\Server): * Navigate to Server's Executive folder, right click on the Server folder and click Properties. * Click the Sharing tab, and share this folder as ''server''. * Under Permissions share this folder with ''Everyone'' with ''Full Control''. ==Mapping Drives on Workstation== To map from a workstation to the Server's shared Executive folder (default drive mapping is X:\) * From the workstation, Right click on Computer (My Computer in XP) and click Map Network Drive. * Choose the X:\ drive, and browse to find the server folder on the server. The path should be similar to //servername/server * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' [[File:Mapdrive.PNG]] * Clicking finish should bring up the folder X:\, which should have the ExecutiveData.mdb file (as well as ExecutiveSetup, ToLocation files, Images and 08Client.exe on new installs) inside. 0 67 157 2011-04-07T17:32:42Z Executive 1 Created page with "==Attaching Images== To add images, you will need to store them in the images folder (by default, C:/Executive/Server/Images on the server, X:/Images on the other workstations). ..." wikitext text/x-wiki ==Attaching Images== To add images, you will need to store them in the images folder (by default, C:/Executive/Server/Images on the server, X:/Images on the other workstations). If they are labelled by SKU and in jpg format, Executive should automatically find them when you click on the image icon for an item. If not, you can browse and add them manually from the Inventory Item screen. ==Recommended Format== The recommended format for images in Executive is a JPG image, with the filename reflecting the SKU number. For Example, SKU00001 would have an image named SKU00001.jpg. This is required for Executive to discover images without manual attachment. ==Error 2114 When Viewing Images== See [Errors#Error 2114|Errors - Error 2114] for more information. ==Error 53 When Attaching Images== See [Errors#File Browser|Errors - Error 53] for more information. 158 157 2011-04-07T17:33:24Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Attaching Images== To add images, you will need to store them in the images folder (by default, C:/Executive/Server/Images on the server, X:/Images on the other workstations). If they are labelled by SKU and in jpg format, Executive should automatically find them when you click on the image icon for an item. If not, you can browse and add them manually from the Inventory Item screen. ==Recommended Format== The recommended format for images in Executive is a JPG image, with the filename reflecting the SKU number. For Example, SKU00001 would have an image named SKU00001.jpg. This is required for Executive to discover images without manual attachment. ==Error 2114 When Viewing Images== See [[Errors#Error 2114|Errors - Error 2114]] for more information. ==Error 53 When Attaching Images== See [[Errors#File Browser|Errors - Error 53]] for more information. 0 68 159 2011-04-07T17:48:59Z Executive 1 Created page with "[[Image:clp621.jpg|align=right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [here|^CLP621 Manual.pdf] in PDF format. ===Drivers an..." wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|align=right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [here|^CLP621 Manual.pdf] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [Citizen Support Site|http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [Download|^Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe] VuePrint Utility [Download|^VuePrintUtilityInstaller.zip] ====Installation==== # Download the drivers here [^Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe] and Save them to your desktop # Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard # Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:!1.png|width=400px]] # Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:!2.png|width=400px]] # Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:!3.png|width=400px]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference # In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:!4.png|width=400px]] # Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:!5.png|width=400px]] # Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:!6.png|width=400px]] # Choose to share the printer as _CitizenCLP621_ [[Image:!7.png|width=400px]] # Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:!8.png|width=400px]] # When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:9.png|width=400px]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. 160 159 2011-04-07T17:53:25Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download] VuePrint Utility [File:VuePrintUtilityInstaller.zip|Download] ====Installation==== # Download the drivers here [File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe] and Save them to your desktop # Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard # Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png|400px]] # Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png|400px]] # Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png|400px]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference # In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png|400px]] # Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png|400px]] # Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png|400px]] # Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png|400px]] # Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png|400px]] # When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png|400px]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. 161 160 2011-04-07T17:54:42Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download] VuePrint Utility [File:VuePrintUtilityInstaller.zip|Download] ====Installation==== # Download the drivers here [File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe] and Save them to your desktop # Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard # Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png|400px|1]] # Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png|400px|2]] # Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png|400px|3]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference # In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png|400px|4]] # Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png|400px|5]] # Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png|400px|6]] # Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png|400px|7]] # Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png|400px|8]] # When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png|400px|9]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. 172 161 2011-04-07T17:58:04Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download] VuePrint Utility [File:VuePrintUtilityInstaller.zip|Download] ====Installation==== # Download the drivers here [File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe] and Save them to your desktop # Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard # Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png|400px|Citizen1]] # Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png|400px|Citizen2]] # Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png|400px|Citizen3]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference # In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png|400px|Citizen4]] # Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png|400px|Citizen5]] # Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png|400px|Citizen6]] # Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png|400px|Citizen7]] # Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png|400px|Citizen8]] # When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png|400px|Citizen9]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. 173 172 2011-04-07T17:58:53Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download] VuePrint Utility [File:VuePrintUtilityInstaller.zip|Download] ====Installation==== # Download the drivers here [File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe] and Save them to your desktop # Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard # Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png]] # Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png]] # Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference # In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png]] # Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png]] # Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png]] # Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png]] # Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png]] # When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. 174 173 2011-04-07T18:28:31Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download] VuePrint Utility [File:VuePrintUtilityInstaller.zip|Download] ====Installation==== # Download the drivers here [File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe] and Save them to your desktop # Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard # Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png]] # Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png]] # Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference # In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png]] # Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png]] # Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png]] # Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png]] # Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png]] # When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. 175 174 2011-04-07T18:28:59Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download] VuePrint Utility [File:VuePrintUtilityInstaller.zip|Download] ====Installation==== # Download the drivers here [File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe] and Save them to your desktop # Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard # Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png]] # Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png]] # Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference # In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png]] # Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png]] # Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png]] # Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png]] # Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png]] # When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual]] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. 179 175 2011-04-07T18:40:41Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download]] VuePrint Utility [[File:VuePrintUtilityInstaller.zip|Download]] ====Installation==== # Download the drivers here [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe]] and Save them to your desktop # Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard # Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png]] # Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png]] # Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference # In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png]] # Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png]] # Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png]] # Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png]] # Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png]] # When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual]] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. 180 179 2011-04-07T18:41:21Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download]] VuePrint Utility [[File:Vue Print Utility Installer.exe|Download]] ====Installation==== # Download the drivers here [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe]] and Save them to your desktop # Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard # Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png]] # Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png]] # Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference # In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png]] # Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png]] # Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png]] # Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png]] # Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png]] # When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual]] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. 189 180 2011-04-07T20:57:22Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download]] VuePrint Utility [[File:Vue Print Utility Installer.exe|Download]] ====Installation==== 1 Download the drivers here [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe]] and Save them to your desktop 2 Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard 3 Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png]] 4 Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png]] 5 Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference 6 In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png]] 7 Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png]] 8 Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png]] 9 Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png]] 10 Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png]] 11 When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual]] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. 6 69 162 2011-04-07T17:56:41Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 70 163 2011-04-07T17:56:41Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 71 164 2011-04-07T17:56:41Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 72 165 2011-04-07T17:56:41Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 73 166 2011-04-07T17:56:42Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 74 167 2011-04-07T17:56:42Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 75 168 2011-04-07T17:56:42Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 76 169 2011-04-07T17:56:42Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 77 170 2011-04-07T17:56:42Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 78 171 2011-04-07T17:56:42Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 79 176 2011-04-07T18:36:05Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 80 177 2011-04-07T18:36:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 81 178 2011-04-07T18:37:40Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 0 82 181 2011-04-07T18:43:35Z Executive 1 Created page with "[[File:E4203.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:E4203 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. ==Drivers and Ut..." wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:E4203.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:E4203 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. ==Drivers and Utilities== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.datamaxcorp.com/software/e-class/ Datamax Support Site] E-Class Windows Driver Datamax_7.1.6_M-0 [[File:Datamax_7.1.6_M-0.exe|Download]] Datamax Desktop Printer Configuration Utility 2.02 [[File:Desktop Printer Configuration Utility 2.02.exe|Download]] (Printer Configuration Utility Help Guide [[File:Datamax Printer Configuration Utility Version 2.02.pdf|PDF]]) 190 181 2011-04-07T20:58:27Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:E4203.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:E4203 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. ==Drivers and Utilities== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.datamaxcorp.com/software/e-class/ Datamax Support Site] E-Class Windows Driver Datamax_7.1.6_M-0 [[File:Datamax_7.1.6_M-0.exe|Download]]<br> Datamax Desktop Printer Configuration Utility 2.02 [[File:Desktop Printer Configuration Utility 2.02.exe|Download]] <br> Printer Configuration Utility Help Guide [[File:Datamax Printer Configuration Utility Version 2.02.pdf|PDF]] 0 52 182 153 2011-04-07T18:46:28Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Required Hardware== To use the basic functionality of the software, a tag printer, tags, receipt printer, and workstation is required. ===Operating Systems=== The [[Versions#2007 Version|2007 Version]] is only directly supported on Windows XP, as it is run from the Program Files folder (which has been changed in newer releases). It ''can'' be modified to work on Windows Vista and 7 by moving all .mdb files from C:/Program Files/Executive to C:/Executive. The [[Versions#2008 Version|2008 Version]] is compatible with Windows XP, Vista, and 7. It is compatible with both 32 bit and 64 bit machines, with the only difference being that MS Access is installed in the ''Program Files (x86)'' folder instead of the ''Program Files'' folder, so the shortcuts and Report Startup need to be adjusted accordingly. ===Hardware Requirements=== Requirements for hardware are minimal, although obviously higher specifications will produce better results. Monitor Resolution - 1024 x 768 or higher Processor - Pentium III or higher RAM - 512MB or higher Hard Drive - 20GB or higher Network - Wired Ethernet (not Wireless) Operating System - Windows XP or newer. Installation and paths differ on Vista/7, as well as 32 vs 64 bit. ===Network=== Wired network is required, as wireless networks are generally less reliable and slower. Due to the increased chance of data corruption due to network droppage, any wireless network usage is discouraged with Executive in a peer to peer setup. If using Terminal Services or Citrix Metaframe to run Executive remotely, wireless connections may be used because data loss is generally protected by the remote access application, and all Executive data remains on the server since it is being accessed remotely. ===Backups=== A backup solution in the form of an external hard drive, USB flash drive, tape backup system, or other backup software is highly recommended. Please see [[Backups]] for more details. ===Tag Printers=== A tag printer is used to print barcode tags generated for inventory items. There are many printers on the market, but only the following models are supported for use with Executive (any others are use at your own risk, as they are unsupported). ====Citizen CLP621==== Please see the [[Citizen CLP621]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/citizen-tt-desk-top_printer.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/product.aspx?id=25 Citizen Website]. Both [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] and [[Hardware#306 Tags|306 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer, although 304 Style is recommended. _This printer is the recommended option for anyone purchasing a new tag printer for the first time (otherwise, it's recommended to stick with the model you currently have if you are happy with it)._ ====Zebra TLP2844==== Please see the [[Zebra TLP2844]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/zebra-tlp2844-thermal-transfer_printers.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.zebra.com/id/zebra/na/en/index/products/printers/desktop/tlp2844.html Zebra Website]. Only [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ====Datamax E4203==== Please see the [[Datamax E4203]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/datamax-tt_printer.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.datamaxcorp.com/products/e-class/features/ Datamax Website]. Only [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ===Supported Tags=== Only the following styles of barcode tags are supported. ====304 Tags==== [[File:tag304.PNG]] EZU304WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/304-thermal-transfer-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]. These tags are compatible with all 3 supported printers. ====306 Tags==== [[File:tag306.PNG]] EZU306WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/306-thermal-transfer-upc-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]. These tags are only compatible with Citizen Printers. ===Tag Printer Ribbon=== [http://www.kassoy.com/110-mm-resin-ribbon.html 110mm Ribbon] is required due to the width of the labels. Be sure to use the appropriate printer specific ribbon. ===Receipt Printers=== ====Standard 8.5"x11"==== To print reports, a standard 8.5"x11" laser or inkjet printer is required. If using an inkjet, ensure it is able to print 0.25" margins. If you choose to print full page receipts, these can also be printed on a standard printer with 8.5"x11" paper. See Maintenance->System->Receipts to choose printing options. ====Epson TMT88IV Series==== If you choose to print 3" receipts, the Epson TMT88 Series is recommended (latest model is TMT88IV, past models were TMT88II and TMT88III). Please see the [[Epson TM-T88IV]] product page for more information. ==Optional Hardware== Other hardware may be used in conjunction with the system, such as bar code scanners, cash drawers, card scanners, and touch screen POS screens. ===Bar Code Scanner=== Bar code scanners are generally compatible, portable models must be able to store scans in CSV format, while wired models should be able to scan the barcode into Windows Notepad as a test. Recommended Models include: * Metrologic MS9500 Voyager - Wired * Unitech Hornet 630 - Portable Scanner Reference Manuals * Metrologic MS9540 [[File:Metrologic Barcode Scanner MS9540_Manual.pdf|User Manua]] * Unitech Hornet 630 [[File:Hornet Scanner Manual.pdf|Executive Manual Excerpt]] | [[File:Unitech PT630 Hornet User Manual.pdf|User Manual]] * Symbol LS4071 [[File:Symbol 4071 Barcode Scanner Manual.pdf|User Manual]] ===Cash Drawers=== Currently Executive does not natively support cash drawer functionality. Cash Drawers can also be triggered by the Epson TM-T88 series Receipt Printer, so please contact your hardware supplier for further information. ===Card Scanners=== Currently Executive does not natively support card scanners (for integrated Credit Card, Gift Card, or Debit Card scanning). 3rd Party software can be used, but this functionality is not integrated directly with Executive at this time. ===Camera=== For attaching images to inventory items or job bags, a camera is required. Camera options include anything from basic digital cameras to advanced jewellery imaging systems, since the camera system is not directly integrated with Executive. Images taken with the camera are simply stored in the Executive Images folder in a suitable image format and named according to SKU. Please see [[Images#Attaching Images|Images]] for more information on Attaching Images. ===Touch Screen POS=== Executive is not specifically designed for use with touch screen POS systems, so a keyboard is still required for text entry. Although the interface is not optimized for touch screen usability, menus and forms can be navigated using touch screen as a replacement for the mouse. 183 182 2011-04-07T18:47:49Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Required Hardware== To use the basic functionality of the software, a tag printer, tags, receipt printer, and workstation is required. ===Operating Systems=== The [[Versions#2007 Version|2007 Version]] is only directly supported on Windows XP, as it is run from the Program Files folder (which has been changed in newer releases). It ''can'' be modified to work on Windows Vista and 7 by moving all .mdb files from C:/Program Files/Executive to C:/Executive. The [[Versions#2008 Version|2008 Version]] is compatible with Windows XP, Vista, and 7. It is compatible with both 32 bit and 64 bit machines, with the only difference being that MS Access is installed in the ''Program Files (x86)'' folder instead of the ''Program Files'' folder, so the shortcuts and Report Startup need to be adjusted accordingly. ===Hardware Requirements=== Requirements for hardware are minimal, although obviously higher specifications will produce better results. Monitor Resolution - 1024 x 768 or higher Processor - Pentium III or higher RAM - 512MB or higher Hard Drive - 20GB or higher Network - Wired Ethernet (not Wireless) Operating System - Windows XP or newer. Installation and paths differ on Vista/7, as well as 32 vs 64 bit. ===Network=== Wired network is required, as wireless networks are generally less reliable and slower. Due to the increased chance of data corruption due to network droppage, any wireless network usage is discouraged with Executive in a peer to peer setup. If using Terminal Services or Citrix Metaframe to run Executive remotely, wireless connections may be used because data loss is generally protected by the remote access application, and all Executive data remains on the server since it is being accessed remotely. ===Backups=== A backup solution in the form of an external hard drive, USB flash drive, tape backup system, or other backup software is highly recommended. Please see [[Backups]] for more details. ===Tag Printers=== A tag printer is used to print barcode tags generated for inventory items. There are many printers on the market, but only the following models are supported for use with Executive (any others are use at your own risk, as they are unsupported). ====Citizen CLP621==== Please see the [[Citizen CLP621]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/citizen-tt-desk-top_printer.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/product.aspx?id=25 Citizen Website]. Both [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] and [[Hardware#306 Tags|306 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer, although 304 Style is recommended. _This printer is the recommended option for anyone purchasing a new tag printer for the first time (otherwise, it's recommended to stick with the model you currently have if you are happy with it)._ ====Zebra TLP2844==== Please see the [[Zebra TLP2844]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/zebra-tlp2844-thermal-transfer_printers.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.zebra.com/id/zebra/na/en/index/products/printers/desktop/tlp2844.html Zebra Website]. Only [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ====Datamax E4203==== Please see the [[Datamax E4203]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/datamax-tt_printer.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.datamaxcorp.com/products/e-class/features/ Datamax Website]. Only [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ===Supported Tags=== Only the following styles of barcode tags are supported. ====304 Tags==== [[File:tag304.PNG]]<br> EZU304WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/304-thermal-transfer-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]. These tags are compatible with all 3 supported printers. ====306 Tags==== [[File:tag306.PNG]]<br> EZU306WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/306-thermal-transfer-upc-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]. These tags are only compatible with Citizen Printers. ===Tag Printer Ribbon=== [http://www.kassoy.com/110-mm-resin-ribbon.html 110mm Ribbon] is required due to the width of the labels. Be sure to use the appropriate printer specific ribbon. ===Receipt Printers=== ====Standard 8.5"x11"==== To print reports, a standard 8.5"x11" laser or inkjet printer is required. If using an inkjet, ensure it is able to print 0.25" margins. If you choose to print full page receipts, these can also be printed on a standard printer with 8.5"x11" paper. See Maintenance->System->Receipts to choose printing options. ====Epson TMT88IV Series==== If you choose to print 3" receipts, the Epson TMT88 Series is recommended (latest model is TMT88IV, past models were TMT88II and TMT88III). Please see the [[Epson TM-T88IV]] product page for more information. ==Optional Hardware== Other hardware may be used in conjunction with the system, such as bar code scanners, cash drawers, card scanners, and touch screen POS screens. ===Bar Code Scanner=== Bar code scanners are generally compatible, portable models must be able to store scans in CSV format, while wired models should be able to scan the barcode into Windows Notepad as a test. Recommended Models include: * Metrologic MS9500 Voyager - Wired * Unitech Hornet 630 - Portable Scanner Reference Manuals * Metrologic MS9540 [[File:Metrologic Barcode Scanner MS9540_Manual.pdf|User Manua]] * Unitech Hornet 630 [[File:Hornet Scanner Manual.pdf|Executive Manual Excerpt]] | [[File:Unitech PT630 Hornet User Manual.pdf|User Manual]] * Symbol LS4071 [[File:Symbol 4071 Barcode Scanner Manual.pdf|User Manual]] ===Cash Drawers=== Currently Executive does not natively support cash drawer functionality. Cash Drawers can also be triggered by the Epson TM-T88 series Receipt Printer, so please contact your hardware supplier for further information. ===Card Scanners=== Currently Executive does not natively support card scanners (for integrated Credit Card, Gift Card, or Debit Card scanning). 3rd Party software can be used, but this functionality is not integrated directly with Executive at this time. ===Camera=== For attaching images to inventory items or job bags, a camera is required. Camera options include anything from basic digital cameras to advanced jewellery imaging systems, since the camera system is not directly integrated with Executive. Images taken with the camera are simply stored in the Executive Images folder in a suitable image format and named according to SKU. Please see [[Images#Attaching Images|Images]] for more information on Attaching Images. ===Touch Screen POS=== Executive is not specifically designed for use with touch screen POS systems, so a keyboard is still required for text entry. Although the interface is not optimized for touch screen usability, menus and forms can be navigated using touch screen as a replacement for the mouse. 6 83 184 2011-04-07T19:09:35Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 84 185 2011-04-07T19:09:36Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 85 186 2011-04-07T19:09:36Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 86 187 2011-04-07T19:09:37Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 87 188 2011-04-07T19:26:16Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 0 88 191 2011-04-07T21:01:06Z Executive 1 Created page with "[[File:TMT88IV_CW.png|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed in PDF format [File:TMT88IV_UM_401.pdf]. ==Drivers and Ut..." wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:TMT88IV_CW.png|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed in PDF format [File:TMT88IV_UM_401.pdf]. ==Drivers and Utilities== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://epsonexpert.com Epson Support Site] Windows Driver APD_407EWM [File:Epson TMT88IV Driver.exe] ==Installation== ===Driver=== Download the [File:Epson TMT88IV Driver.exe] and save it to the desktop (or wherever you'd like to store it). Double click and choose Install. This will extract the files and begin the installation. When prompted to select a printer, Add your Epson TM-T88IV if it is not already in the list. Be sure to choose ''Create new USB port'' if it's attached via USB. Follow the rest of the wizard, and do a test print afterwards to ensure it is working properly. ===Using 3 Inch Receipts in Executive=== To use 3 Inch Receipts in Executive, the following steps must be taken: ====Customer Receipt Type==== In Maintenance->System->Receipts->Customer Receipt Type, select _3 Inch_ for each type. A different receipt can be used for different Customer Types (in Customer Profile) if desired. ====Receipt Copies==== In Maintenance->System->Receipts->Receipt Copies, set the number of copies for each 3 Inch receipt. Choosing 2 for each receipt is a good starting point, and prints a customer and store copy. ====Specific Printer Setup==== In Maintenance->System->Receipts->Printer Setup->Specific Printer Setup, choose all 3 Inch Receipts as Reports on the left side. If they are not yet in the list, they can be added by choosing the blank row at the bottom and using the drop down to add each 3 Inch receipt. Then on the right side, assign your Receipt Printer to each 3 Inch Receipt that you would like to have print on that printer. 204 191 2011-04-08T18:50:26Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:TMT88IV_CW.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed in PDF format [File:TMT88IV_UM_401.pdf]. ==Drivers and Utilities== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://epsonexpert.com Epson Support Site] Windows Driver APD_407EWM [File:Epson TMT88IV Driver.exe] ==Installation== ===Driver=== Download the [File:Epson TMT88IV Driver.exe] and save it to the desktop (or wherever you'd like to store it). Double click and choose Install. This will extract the files and begin the installation. When prompted to select a printer, Add your Epson TM-T88IV if it is not already in the list. Be sure to choose ''Create new USB port'' if it's attached via USB. Follow the rest of the wizard, and do a test print afterwards to ensure it is working properly. ===Using 3 Inch Receipts in Executive=== To use 3 Inch Receipts in Executive, the following steps must be taken: ====Customer Receipt Type==== In Maintenance->System->Receipts->Customer Receipt Type, select _3 Inch_ for each type. A different receipt can be used for different Customer Types (in Customer Profile) if desired. ====Receipt Copies==== In Maintenance->System->Receipts->Receipt Copies, set the number of copies for each 3 Inch receipt. Choosing 2 for each receipt is a good starting point, and prints a customer and store copy. ====Specific Printer Setup==== In Maintenance->System->Receipts->Printer Setup->Specific Printer Setup, choose all 3 Inch Receipts as Reports on the left side. If they are not yet in the list, they can be added by choosing the blank row at the bottom and using the drop down to add each 3 Inch receipt. Then on the right side, assign your Receipt Printer to each 3 Inch Receipt that you would like to have print on that printer. 205 204 2011-04-08T18:50:58Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:TMT88IV_CW.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed in PDF format [[File:TMT88IV_UM_401.pdf]]. ==Drivers and Utilities== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://epsonexpert.com Epson Support Site] Windows Driver APD_407EWM [[File:Epson TMT88IV Driver.exe]] ==Installation== ===Driver=== Download the [[File:Epson TMT88IV Driver.exe]] and save it to the desktop (or wherever you'd like to store it). Double click and choose Install. This will extract the files and begin the installation. When prompted to select a printer, Add your Epson TM-T88IV if it is not already in the list. Be sure to choose ''Create new USB port'' if it's attached via USB. Follow the rest of the wizard, and do a test print afterwards to ensure it is working properly. ===Using 3 Inch Receipts in Executive=== To use 3 Inch Receipts in Executive, the following steps must be taken: ====Customer Receipt Type==== In Maintenance->System->Receipts->Customer Receipt Type, select _3 Inch_ for each type. A different receipt can be used for different Customer Types (in Customer Profile) if desired. ====Receipt Copies==== In Maintenance->System->Receipts->Receipt Copies, set the number of copies for each 3 Inch receipt. Choosing 2 for each receipt is a good starting point, and prints a customer and store copy. ====Specific Printer Setup==== In Maintenance->System->Receipts->Printer Setup->Specific Printer Setup, choose all 3 Inch Receipts as Reports on the left side. If they are not yet in the list, they can be added by choosing the blank row at the bottom and using the drop down to add each 3 Inch receipt. Then on the right side, assign your Receipt Printer to each 3 Inch Receipt that you would like to have print on that printer. 6 89 192 2011-04-07T21:27:11Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 0 91 194 2011-04-07T21:33:38Z Executive 1 Created page with "[[File:Tlp2844.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and the [[File:tlp2844 manual.pdf|manual]] can be viewed in PDF format. For ad..." wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Tlp2844.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and the [[File:tlp2844 manual.pdf|manual]] can be viewed in PDF format. For advanced documentation, see the [[Epl2_manual.pdf|EPL2 Programmers Guide]]. ==Drivers and Utilities== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://zebra.com/id/zebra/na/en/index/drivers_downloads/drivers/results.html?productType=7 Zebra Support Site] TLP Universal Windows Driver [[File:ZUD55725.exe]] TLP Designer Windows Driver [[File:ZD1510Certified.exe]] Zebra Setup Utility [[File:Setup_ZSU_100557.exe]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Tag Printing Down the Middle=== If the tag is printing down the middle, do an AutoSense dump (turn off printer, hold feed, turn it on, let feed light blink once then release. It will then print dump info, press feed to exit dump mode). The dump should have a value for 'q' (width) and 'Q' (height,offset). The Q should be set via AutoSense gap sensing (approx 315, can be set similarly to q), q should be 832. If it is lower, such as 408, it needs to be reset. To set q to proper value of 832, follow these steps: * Start->Printers and Faxes * Right click the Zebra2844 (installed using Universal driver ZUD) and click properties * Go to the Printer tab, expand the advanced line, click tools, then click the tools button * In the 'Direct Command for Printer' box, type 'q832' and press send. The printer should be shown briefly in the system tray as the command is sent. * Press OK and exit the printer settings. * Try an AutoSense dump (being sure to hit feed after to exit the dump mode) * It may not be readable on the left side, which means it should be set properly. * Try printing through Executive. Contact Zebra support if you have any issues. ===Printing blank tags=== Tags are printing, but a blank page is being inserted between labels. This is often an issue with the Height of the tags or with the label sensor, and can happen when a new roll of tags is added. [[Zebra TLP2844#Recalibration (Autosense Dump)|Recalibration]] should fix this. ===Recalibration (Autosense Dump)=== To Recalibrate the printer, turn off the power, hold down the feed button, and turn on the printer. After 1 flash of the feed light, release the feed button. It will then perform diagnostics, sense the label height and gaps, as well as print out a dump page of hardware settings. Once completed, press the feed button to exit dump mode. {{info|If this doesn't recalibrate properly, size and gaps can be set manually, see [[Zebra TLP2844#Tag Printing Down the Middle|Tags Printing Down the Middle]].}} 6 92 195 2011-04-07T22:22:05Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 93 196 2011-04-07T22:22:05Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 94 197 2011-04-07T22:22:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 95 198 2011-04-07T22:22:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 96 199 2011-04-07T22:22:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 97 200 2011-04-07T22:22:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 99 203 2011-04-08T18:49:59Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 100 206 2011-04-08T18:52:50Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 0 101 207 2011-04-08T19:12:38Z Executive 1 Created page with "==Versions== ===2008 Release=== The 2008 Version is the current release, and is compatible with XP, Vista, and Windows 7 on both 32 and 64 bit machines. [[2008 Release Notes]] gi..." wikitext text/x-wiki ==Versions== ===2008 Release=== The 2008 Version is the current release, and is compatible with XP, Vista, and Windows 7 on both 32 and 64 bit machines. [[2008 Release Notes]] give a general overview of what was included in this release. [[Updates#2008 Version|2008 Updates]] outlines all updates to the release. [[Updates#Executive 2008 Changelog|2008 Version Changelog]] gives specific version by version details on modifications. ===2007 Release=== The 2007 Version is not directly compatible with Vista or Windows 7, but see for steps to install the 2007 Version on a Vista or Windows 7 machine. [[2007 Release Notes]] give a general overview of what was included in this release. [[Updates#2007 Version|2007 Updates]] outlines all updates to the release. [[Updates#Executive 2007 Changelog|2007 Version Changelog]] gives specific version by version details on modifications. ===2006 Release=== The 2006 Version is no longer supported or available for download. Refer to your original materials as necessary. [[2006 Release Notes]] give a general overview of what was included in this release. ===2005 Release=== The 2005 Version is no longer supported or available for download. Refer to your original materials as necessary. [[2005 Release Notes]] give a general overview of what was included in this release. 208 207 2011-04-08T19:13:03Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==2008 Release== The 2008 Version is the current release, and is compatible with XP, Vista, and Windows 7 on both 32 and 64 bit machines. [[2008 Release Notes]] give a general overview of what was included in this release. [[Updates#2008 Version|2008 Updates]] outlines all updates to the release. [[Updates#Executive 2008 Changelog|2008 Version Changelog]] gives specific version by version details on modifications. ==2007 Release== The 2007 Version is not directly compatible with Vista or Windows 7, but see for steps to install the 2007 Version on a Vista or Windows 7 machine. [[2007 Release Notes]] give a general overview of what was included in this release. [[Updates#2007 Version|2007 Updates]] outlines all updates to the release. [[Updates#Executive 2007 Changelog|2007 Version Changelog]] gives specific version by version details on modifications. ==2006 Release== The 2006 Version is no longer supported or available for download. Refer to your original materials as necessary. [[2006 Release Notes]] give a general overview of what was included in this release. ==2005 Release== The 2005 Version is no longer supported or available for download. Refer to your original materials as necessary. [[2005 Release Notes]] give a general overview of what was included in this release. 0 102 209 2011-04-08T19:33:38Z Executive 1 Created page with "Updates are traditionally done as required throughout the year, with a major release yearly. See the release notes for details on what was changed. See Front End Updates for note..." wikitext text/x-wiki Updates are traditionally done as required throughout the year, with a major release yearly. See the release notes for details on what was changed. See Front End Updates for notes on how to perform updates. ==2008 Version== 2008 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#188 - Sale Slowness - Sped up the populating of the top left corner fields in the Sales Screen #200 - Wrong Labelling on the PO Receive Screen fixed #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Changed field to 6x6x6 in the Appraisal screen, to match previous change of SKU stone field to 6x6x6 from 4x4x4 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Tested on 08.01.02 instead, already had next FE |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#190 - Email Appraisals, Invoices - attaches w/ Snapshot file, recipient must download viewer from Microsoft #193 - Auto Reconcile Clear All button is password protected, default is 'password' #199 - Special Order Reminder - Reminds if a customer has the item on a SO - Works with multiple items, finishes SO when last item is sold. #201 - Supplier Code Change Exporting - Exporting from main store now tracks their Supplier Code SKU changes, all stores are the same now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.03 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#196 - Half Copy Receipts - Invoice, Account Payment, Account Payment Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.04 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/24/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changes to address a few remaining issues, finished for 08.01.05 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/31/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#208 - Retail Replacement Function of - Added word Certificate #209 - Stock Item JB - Now adds Materials + Labour into Average cost in SKU #210 - Layaways turn into sales on same day |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#185 - JB Lock - Finishing Locking it from all fields - works now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|RB Half Page Invoice - Fixed deposit used on Invoice bug |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Trying to fix Barcode not Scanning, adding SKU to see if that will work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Barcode for WIN tags back to regular one, this stable version was upgraded to Knar today. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|May/20/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fix Job Bag Creation Glitch discovered by JUB |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#217 - Appraisal Description - JB Stones Field - Auto Generator button fixed #218 - Retail Replacement - Appraiser Certification code is now properly included. #220 - JB Lock is now working on the bottom half as well as top when locked. #223 - Customer Job Bag Return Error 3075 fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags were not able to be shifted for alignment because of introduction of new custom tags |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/23/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags alignment changed, works sometimes but not all the time. WIN Tags barcode now works and is scannable. HFJ 1/2 page horizontal tags are finished. Choosable under option HALF 2, and in Receipt Copies. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HFJ 1/2 page service receipt done. Watch repair disclaimer fixed. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.21 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Oct/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Home phone and Cell numbers on Sales and Repair Half Page Receipts Repair Estimate on the Half Page Service Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.22 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Widen SKU field on Memorandum Printout. Widen Style # Field on PO Printout to at least 15 chars. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.23 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Stone tab Appraisal Description Auto Generator. Invoice Description and Confidential Notes areas of the Job Bag screen to be editable via double click when the Job Bag is finished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.24 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Transfers were using ReportsLocation instead of Location in setup file. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.25 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/11/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen2 EXE Code for tag printing |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.26 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Removed TEXT83 from Gift Receipts |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.27 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen 304 EXE and Citizen2 Tag Printing was cutting off some characters in the supplier code of the barcode, so fixed the Citizen 304 and Citizen2 EXE code. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.28 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|'Error #3399. Cannot perform cascading operation. It would result in a duplicate key in table' during imports, modified import process. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|ExecMaintenance |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added code to ExecutiveMaintenance to clear the RecordLock table during compact, to remove JB locks automatically. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Special Orders checking off PST/GST even though they are inactive. Causing issues when using discount calculator. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29b |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/20/2011 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen306 Custom Tag - Remove 'B' on Line 3 |} ===Executive Reports 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 Feb/29/2008 #189 - Sales Commission Report - Splits sales correctly when same employee is repeated within sale |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 Mar/06/2008 #194 - Stone MM Detail Transfer into Appraisal - Changed to 6x6x6 fields to match SKU fields #198 - Service Report vs Sales Report - Added filters to view regular Depts, Catagories, Groups as well |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 Mar/18/2008 #204 - Gift Card/Certificate Payment On Account - Changed Reports for the Gift Cards |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 Mar/25/2008 Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.07 Mar/28/2008 #207 - Inventory filter by cost added at request of SLJ #204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 Apr/16/2008 #211 - Days to Sell - Fastest Turnover vs Days to Sell |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 Apr/22/2008 #212 - Customer Export - now exports spouse and contact information like Top Customer Export #213 - Customer List Spouse Name - Used to say First, Last |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 Jul/02/2008 #215 - Customer Maintenance Date Report created #224 - Inventory Aging Reports have correct time frame headings and calculations now. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13? Nov/13/2008 Split Sales detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 Nov/19/2008 Commissions detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 Apr/28/2009 Actual Sales Vs Budget Chart had issues with the leap year, so updated to compensate for leap years. |} ===Executive HST Update Utility Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|1.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jun/28/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HST Updater Initial Release. Updates GST to HST on Products, shows PST/GST Exemptions. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|2.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/17/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added Special Order Update, HST Exemptions on Report |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|3.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/18/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Separated Special Order Update from the Product Update, would have caused Products to be incorrectly updated if entered since HST activated. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|4.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/19/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Removed option to update Products, so that only Special Orders can be done. Interface was a bit confusing so did this to avoid user errors with the Product Update Apply button. |} ==2007 Version== 2007 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#137&148 - Remove Errors when Deleting Inventory Used in JB #136 - Layaway Exchanges O/L levels fixed #135 - Special Order Find Filter Added #132 - Don't Allow transfers from Guelph to Guelph to be entered #123 - Margins in Retail Replacement fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| 07.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/04/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#149 - Stock Items now create Inventory Item Details properly #138 - Insurance Quote no longer Deletes when you leave |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#157 - Universal Product Changer - Added filters for In Stock and O/H #158 - Change misspelled word in Job Bag Error Message #153 - Service Printout in the Job Bag Section now includes Materials and Findings costs, and Supplier Price and Cost #151 - Postal Code Mask #145 - Find Inventory - Added Location Filter #143 - Made Citizen WIN 306 Font Bigger |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#167 - Customer Type cannot be blank #170 - Cannot receive null values on PO #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Field requires data change but for time being we trap error and give the user a nicer error message. Plus it is now able to complete attaching images and stone details where as before it would stop. #176 - Autoreconcile margins are now all .5 #183 - Phone Find on Customer Find screen now searches Spouse Work and Mobile number as well. It has also been altered to allow partial phone numbers to be entered. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Password Protect Product Location Field, works for multiple locations now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#202 - Job Bag Finishing Error Fixed - Will not add 1 to Inventory Used when Finished/Unfinished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changed WIN Driver Printer Font from Arial to Times New Roman - to Fix 5's and 6's looking the same |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fine Tuning the Citizen 304 WIN Printer Driver - Top Right tag vertical alignment issues |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/10/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|EXE 306 Tag - SKU enlarged, moved up barcode. Scans properly |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 - DB |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/17/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Instructions now shows disclaimers and has an extra row for Item Description |} ===Executive Reports 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#131 - Service Reports - added filters for Cancelled? and No Charge? |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#160 - Top Customer Report Export All Phone/Mail info #140 - Customer Spouse Gender added in Reports |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#159 - Spouse Information added to Sales Export #162 - Price Point update process improved and now mandatory when form closes as well as when AVG OH is generated #166 - Filter service reports by Finished Date #172 - GMROI - added option to display or hide items without departments #174 - Inventory used report opened too large...now opens to maximized state. #178 - Ordered the Customer Event report by LastName, FirstName |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/12/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#172 - GMROI - New 'display items without depts filter works properly' now. #174 - Inventory Used Report now has Header and Footer. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Customer Sales Summary Report is now Exportable |} 210 209 2011-04-08T23:24:43Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Updates are traditionally done as required throughout the year, with a major release yearly. See the release notes for details on what was changed. See Front End Updates for notes on how to perform updates. ==2008 Version== 2008 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#188 - Sale Slowness - Sped up the populating of the top left corner fields in the Sales Screen #200 - Wrong Labelling on the PO Receive Screen fixed #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Changed field to 6x6x6 in the Appraisal screen, to match previous change of SKU stone field to 6x6x6 from 4x4x4 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Tested on 08.01.02 instead, already had next FE |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#190 - Email Appraisals, Invoices - attaches w/ Snapshot file, recipient must download viewer from Microsoft #193 - Auto Reconcile Clear All button is password protected, default is 'password' #199 - Special Order Reminder - Reminds if a customer has the item on a SO - Works with multiple items, finishes SO when last item is sold. #201 - Supplier Code Change Exporting - Exporting from main store now tracks their Supplier Code SKU changes, all stores are the same now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.03 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#196 - Half Copy Receipts - Invoice, Account Payment, Account Payment Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.04 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/24/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changes to address a few remaining issues, finished for 08.01.05 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/31/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#208 - Retail Replacement Function of - Added word Certificate #209 - Stock Item JB - Now adds Materials + Labour into Average cost in SKU #210 - Layaways turn into sales on same day |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#185 - JB Lock - Finishing Locking it from all fields - works now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|RB Half Page Invoice - Fixed deposit used on Invoice bug |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Trying to fix Barcode not Scanning, adding SKU to see if that will work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Barcode for WIN tags back to regular one, this stable version was upgraded to Knar today. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|May/20/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fix Job Bag Creation Glitch discovered by JUB |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#217 - Appraisal Description - JB Stones Field - Auto Generator button fixed #218 - Retail Replacement - Appraiser Certification code is now properly included. #220 - JB Lock is now working on the bottom half as well as top when locked. #223 - Customer Job Bag Return Error 3075 fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags were not able to be shifted for alignment because of introduction of new custom tags |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/23/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags alignment changed, works sometimes but not all the time. WIN Tags barcode now works and is scannable. HFJ 1/2 page horizontal tags are finished. Choosable under option HALF 2, and in Receipt Copies. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HFJ 1/2 page service receipt done. Watch repair disclaimer fixed. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.21 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Oct/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Home phone and Cell numbers on Sales and Repair Half Page Receipts Repair Estimate on the Half Page Service Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.22 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Widen SKU field on Memorandum Printout. Widen Style # Field on PO Printout to at least 15 chars. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.23 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Stone tab Appraisal Description Auto Generator. Invoice Description and Confidential Notes areas of the Job Bag screen to be editable via double click when the Job Bag is finished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.24 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Transfers were using ReportsLocation instead of Location in setup file. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.25 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/11/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen2 EXE Code for tag printing |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.26 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Removed TEXT83 from Gift Receipts |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.27 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen 304 EXE and Citizen2 Tag Printing was cutting off some characters in the supplier code of the barcode, so fixed the Citizen 304 and Citizen2 EXE code. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.28 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|'Error #3399. Cannot perform cascading operation. It would result in a duplicate key in table' during imports, modified import process. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|ExecMaintenance |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added code to ExecutiveMaintenance to clear the RecordLock table during compact, to remove JB locks automatically. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Special Orders checking off PST/GST even though they are inactive. Causing issues when using discount calculator. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29b |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/20/2011 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen306 Custom Tag - Remove 'B' on Line 3 |} ===Executive Reports 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#189 - Sales Commission Report - Splits sales correctly when same employee is repeated within sale |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#194 - Stone MM Detail Transfer into Appraisal - Changed to 6x6x6 fields to match SKU fields #198 - Service Report vs Sales Report - Added filters to view regular Depts, Catagories, Groups as well |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - Gift Card/Certificate Payment On Account - Changed Reports for the Gift Cards |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#207 - Inventory filter by cost added at request of SLJ #204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#211 - Days to Sell - Fastest Turnover vs Days to Sell |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#212 - Customer Export - now exports spouse and contact information like Top Customer Export #213 - Customer List Spouse Name - Used to say First, Last |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#215 - Customer Maintenance Date Report created #224 - Inventory Aging Reports have correct time frame headings and calculations now. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13? |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/13/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Split Sales detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/19/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Commissions detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Actual Sales Vs Budget Chart had issues with the leap year, so updated to compensate for leap years. |} ===Executive HST Update Utility Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|1.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jun/28/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HST Updater Initial Release. Updates GST to HST on Products, shows PST/GST Exemptions. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|2.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/17/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added Special Order Update, HST Exemptions on Report |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|3.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/18/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Separated Special Order Update from the Product Update, would have caused Products to be incorrectly updated if entered since HST activated. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|4.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/19/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Removed option to update Products, so that only Special Orders can be done. Interface was a bit confusing so did this to avoid user errors with the Product Update Apply button. |} ==2007 Version== 2007 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#137&148 - Remove Errors when Deleting Inventory Used in JB #136 - Layaway Exchanges O/L levels fixed #135 - Special Order Find Filter Added #132 - Don't Allow transfers from Guelph to Guelph to be entered #123 - Margins in Retail Replacement fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| 07.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/04/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#149 - Stock Items now create Inventory Item Details properly #138 - Insurance Quote no longer Deletes when you leave |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#157 - Universal Product Changer - Added filters for In Stock and O/H #158 - Change misspelled word in Job Bag Error Message #153 - Service Printout in the Job Bag Section now includes Materials and Findings costs, and Supplier Price and Cost #151 - Postal Code Mask #145 - Find Inventory - Added Location Filter #143 - Made Citizen WIN 306 Font Bigger |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#167 - Customer Type cannot be blank #170 - Cannot receive null values on PO #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Field requires data change but for time being we trap error and give the user a nicer error message. Plus it is now able to complete attaching images and stone details where as before it would stop. #176 - Autoreconcile margins are now all .5 #183 - Phone Find on Customer Find screen now searches Spouse Work and Mobile number as well. It has also been altered to allow partial phone numbers to be entered. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Password Protect Product Location Field, works for multiple locations now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#202 - Job Bag Finishing Error Fixed - Will not add 1 to Inventory Used when Finished/Unfinished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changed WIN Driver Printer Font from Arial to Times New Roman - to Fix 5's and 6's looking the same |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fine Tuning the Citizen 304 WIN Printer Driver - Top Right tag vertical alignment issues |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/10/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|EXE 306 Tag - SKU enlarged, moved up barcode. Scans properly |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 - DB |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/17/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Instructions now shows disclaimers and has an extra row for Item Description |} ===Executive Reports 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#131 - Service Reports - added filters for Cancelled? and No Charge? |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#160 - Top Customer Report Export All Phone/Mail info #140 - Customer Spouse Gender added in Reports |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#159 - Spouse Information added to Sales Export #162 - Price Point update process improved and now mandatory when form closes as well as when AVG OH is generated #166 - Filter service reports by Finished Date #172 - GMROI - added option to display or hide items without departments #174 - Inventory used report opened too large...now opens to maximized state. #178 - Ordered the Customer Event report by LastName, FirstName |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/12/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#172 - GMROI - New 'display items without depts filter works properly' now. #174 - Inventory Used Report now has Header and Footer. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Customer Sales Summary Report is now Exportable |} 0 103 211 2011-04-08T23:29:59Z Executive 1 Created page with "==Sales== * When discounting a piece if the discount exceeds the maximum discount amount within the inventory information then it will pop-up with a message that says this exceed..." wikitext text/x-wiki ==Sales== * When discounting a piece if the discount exceeds the maximum discount amount within the inventory information then it will pop-up with a message that says this exceeds the maximum discount, would you like to override this and then asks for a password. The default password is INV. If you do not care about the amount of discounting then change your maximum discount to 100% * There is a new Paid out feature. This allows you to account for cash being taken from the till for small purchases etc. * In the customer profile if a Ship To address is filled out it automatically brings this information into the sales screen. * There is now an option to set up an Invoice category, which means that you can set up any sales from a tradeshow etc. and know that they were from that event. * The note field on the sales screen is now editable. * When creating a layaway there is a date field which is NOT to be filled in but is automatically filled in with the date that the layaway is paid off. ==Deposit/Credit== *The notes field within deposit/credit is now mandatory before completing the deposit or credit.* * A disclaimer is now an option to print on the bottom of a deposit receipt. This is +ONLY+ for when a deposit is made, not when deposit is used as a payment method. (To change disclaimer go to Maintenance, Store Setup, Disclaimers) ==Account Payments== * When searching for an invoice it will only show the invoices that have a balance owing. To see all the invoices that this customer has had press the show all button and then drop down the list. * The invoices have now been organized by starting with the most recent invoice created. * In the top right hand corner the Gift card amount now displays along with all the other customer information displayed. ==Customer== * The cash customer (i.e./***) is an un-editable field. This customer is now built in thus you cannot overwrite the customer with another person. * A Do not call feature has been implemented so when you run a report of people to call those that have a check in the box will not show on this report. * Gender is now a part of the customer's profile screen. This allows you to run reports based on gender of your customers * Billing address can now be inputted under the customer's name. Shipping address is a new button on the customer screen that you can fill in and it automatically updates the sales screen when this customer makes a sale. * Dates is now used for Birthdays or any other date concerned with the customer. ** Events is now used for any event you may be putting on, or other events such as Baptism, graduation etc. * There is now a Gift registry button that gives information about this particular customer's gift registry (History field). It is also linked to the gift registry. * There is a new button called Maintenance. This allows the staff to fill in when the customer needs to come in for a jewellery check-up. A pop-up reminder will show that it needs a check up. * The customer wish list screen now shows the On-hand level of the products. * When searching for a customer you can now use Address field and type in the house number, street name or type and city in the corresponding box. * Under the miscellaneous tab there is a Special Circumstances box that will pop up whatever text is typed in it when the customer is selected. ==Gift Certificate/Card== * The reference number in the final screen of the sale will now accept Gift Certificate and Card numbers. * You are now able to have a client redeem a Certificate/Card that is not made out to them. However you must still issue the GC to a customer. * A "Returned" radial button has now been added to the certificate/card screen. ==Purchase Order== * When you press the "Receive all" button it receives the entire purchase order. * When you are returning a purchase order, it now says, "Return" instead of forcing the user to enter negative numbers. * There is now a field to enter in shipping charges and job bag number for the purchase order. ==Special Order== * There is a disclaimer for Special Orders that prints out when a print out is created for the special order. * There is a place on the screen to connect the Special Order to a job bag number. * On the special order screen there is a cancel checkbox so that even though an order is placed and cancelled you can still track that history. ==Gift Registry== * Gift registry screen has been setup similar to the special order screen. * The gift registry is left editable so you can add to it. It no longer acts complete when you exit. ==Inventory== * When searching for inventory you can no w use ring size and whether the piece is current or not to search. * When searching by Style Number, it will broaden the search to include the number's core value, just in case you only remember part of the sequence. * The find inventory screen now shows how many pieces are on order (O/O). * The find inventory screen now has a camera icon to view pictures so that cost is not shown. * In both find inventory/enter inventory the Supplier name is now alphabetized. * There is an insurance value box, which allows you to type the current market price of the piece. * There is a checkbox for serial number now and you must type the serial number in when this piece is received. * There is a new button called Item Details which shows that displays the received date, cost, insurance value, serial number, order number, and invoice number. This is where you go to see the serial number. Therefore it individually tracks the price changes for every piece that you receive, even those with the same SKU number. * Under the Inventory Level box there is a minimum and maximum field that allows you to put in a minimum level of this inventory piece and a maximum level. This allows staff to re-order the correct level of inventory. * Each inventory piece has a current checkbox now. It defaults with a check, which means that it is current. * There is a mark down button that shows the history of the markdowns on this particular piece with the start and end dates and also the discount off. * There is a special circumstances box, which allows typing text about this piece and puts a check mark in the box and your text will pop up whenever this SKU is used. (i.e./ receive a free gift with this piece) * System now tracks the ages of reused SKU's and whether or not it is a special order item. * In the Notes button there is a magnifying glass that allows you to look up/print notes field for the inventory item. ==Job bags== * A print image has been added on to the full-page receipts. * The user can now change or add a supplier name on job bag after the job has been entered. * There is a "cancelled" box now so that if no work is actually done, it can be marked as that way in the computer. * In the inventory SKU for job bags stock item and custom there is a maximum discount spot to allow the job bags to be discounted or have a level of discounting. * There is now a Quoted box, for staff to put how much the customer was quoted for the job. This also prints on the service receipt. * When printing out the service print out you now need a password, which is SP. Then press enter to print the print out. * The instructions for the suppliers are viewed by clicking the paper and magnifying glass icon to the right of the supplier code. This is not the instructions button at the bottom! * The instructions button now shows the service task and the details of the piece for the workshop. * New area called Additional Information to type more details about the job bag. ==Time Clock== * There is now a calendar that pops up when you click on the date field. * There is now a notes field and a corresponding report in the Time clock section. * To clock out you must first clock in. ==Receipts== * When a customer pays for a piece with in-store Credit the receipt lists the remaining amount of credit left on the account. * In Maintenance you can now set the amount of receipt copies that you would like of certain receipts. (If the receipt you would like is not an option then it defaults to one copy) * You can now print images on receipt copies. This is done by going to maintenance, store setup putting in the password and checking off Images on Invoice? * On the layaway invoice receipt for balance due it now gives the heading layaway * The customer's address can now be printed on the receipts. In general, if the Store Set up has the customer address checkbox as on, then all receipts will print the customer address. ==Maintenance== * In system, link data there is now 5 linking tables. They must all be linked to make Executive work correctly. * Under security you can group employees under a certain group to put a certain security level related to that group. ==Functions== * A retail price field has been added to the Universal Product Changer. This will change all of the retail prices of the items that are selected, to the amount entered. * You can now search by the style number under the universal product changer. * You are now able to use the SKU or item number for a product markdown. * Jewellers with more than one location are able to export to all stores at once. * When doing an auto-reconcile you must type in the serial numbers on the last screen. The pieces must be scanned in but put aside so in the final screen the serial numbers can be added in. Please see the updates manual for more details. * When transferring a piece with a serial number into a location you must type in the serial number of the piece. When you transfer out you need to select the corresponding serial number that you are exporting. * A warning has been placed in the import/export screen to caution users when doing an import/export, telling them that everyone must be out of Executive to do this and to check the size of the 'ToLocation" file to avoid any errors. * The customer merge now works when doing a batch merge. ==Tags== * Tags have now been cued with a return sale as well as the purchase orders. * The user now has the "on hand" drop down box as an option when selecting tags. 212 211 2011-04-08T23:31:04Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Sales== * When discounting a piece if the discount exceeds the maximum discount amount within the inventory information then it will pop-up with a message that says this exceeds the maximum discount, would you like to override this and then asks for a password. The default password is INV. If you do not care about the amount of discounting then change your maximum discount to 100% * There is a new Paid out feature. This allows you to account for cash being taken from the till for small purchases etc. * In the customer profile if a Ship To address is filled out it automatically brings this information into the sales screen. * There is now an option to set up an Invoice category, which means that you can set up any sales from a tradeshow etc. and know that they were from that event. * The note field on the sales screen is now editable. * When creating a layaway there is a date field which is NOT to be filled in but is automatically filled in with the date that the layaway is paid off. ==Deposit/Credit== *The notes field within deposit/credit is now mandatory before completing the deposit or credit.* * A disclaimer is now an option to print on the bottom of a deposit receipt. This is '''ONLY''' for when a deposit is made, not when deposit is used as a payment method. (To change disclaimer go to Maintenance, Store Setup, Disclaimers) ==Account Payments== * When searching for an invoice it will only show the invoices that have a balance owing. To see all the invoices that this customer has had press the show all button and then drop down the list. * The invoices have now been organized by starting with the most recent invoice created. * In the top right hand corner the Gift card amount now displays along with all the other customer information displayed. ==Customer== * The cash customer (i.e./***) is an un-editable field. This customer is now built in thus you cannot overwrite the customer with another person. * A Do not call feature has been implemented so when you run a report of people to call those that have a check in the box will not show on this report. * Gender is now a part of the customer's profile screen. This allows you to run reports based on gender of your customers * Billing address can now be inputted under the customer's name. Shipping address is a new button on the customer screen that you can fill in and it automatically updates the sales screen when this customer makes a sale. * Dates is now used for Birthdays or any other date concerned with the customer. ** Events is now used for any event you may be putting on, or other events such as Baptism, graduation etc. * There is now a Gift registry button that gives information about this particular customer's gift registry (History field). It is also linked to the gift registry. * There is a new button called Maintenance. This allows the staff to fill in when the customer needs to come in for a jewellery check-up. A pop-up reminder will show that it needs a check up. * The customer wish list screen now shows the On-hand level of the products. * When searching for a customer you can now use Address field and type in the house number, street name or type and city in the corresponding box. * Under the miscellaneous tab there is a Special Circumstances box that will pop up whatever text is typed in it when the customer is selected. ==Gift Certificate/Card== * The reference number in the final screen of the sale will now accept Gift Certificate and Card numbers. * You are now able to have a client redeem a Certificate/Card that is not made out to them. However you must still issue the GC to a customer. * A "Returned" radial button has now been added to the certificate/card screen. ==Purchase Order== * When you press the "Receive all" button it receives the entire purchase order. * When you are returning a purchase order, it now says, "Return" instead of forcing the user to enter negative numbers. * There is now a field to enter in shipping charges and job bag number for the purchase order. ==Special Order== * There is a disclaimer for Special Orders that prints out when a print out is created for the special order. * There is a place on the screen to connect the Special Order to a job bag number. * On the special order screen there is a cancel checkbox so that even though an order is placed and cancelled you can still track that history. ==Gift Registry== * Gift registry screen has been setup similar to the special order screen. * The gift registry is left editable so you can add to it. It no longer acts complete when you exit. ==Inventory== * When searching for inventory you can no w use ring size and whether the piece is current or not to search. * When searching by Style Number, it will broaden the search to include the number's core value, just in case you only remember part of the sequence. * The find inventory screen now shows how many pieces are on order (O/O). * The find inventory screen now has a camera icon to view pictures so that cost is not shown. * In both find inventory/enter inventory the Supplier name is now alphabetized. * There is an insurance value box, which allows you to type the current market price of the piece. * There is a checkbox for serial number now and you must type the serial number in when this piece is received. * There is a new button called Item Details which shows that displays the received date, cost, insurance value, serial number, order number, and invoice number. This is where you go to see the serial number. Therefore it individually tracks the price changes for every piece that you receive, even those with the same SKU number. * Under the Inventory Level box there is a minimum and maximum field that allows you to put in a minimum level of this inventory piece and a maximum level. This allows staff to re-order the correct level of inventory. * Each inventory piece has a current checkbox now. It defaults with a check, which means that it is current. * There is a mark down button that shows the history of the markdowns on this particular piece with the start and end dates and also the discount off. * There is a special circumstances box, which allows typing text about this piece and puts a check mark in the box and your text will pop up whenever this SKU is used. (i.e./ receive a free gift with this piece) * System now tracks the ages of reused SKU's and whether or not it is a special order item. * In the Notes button there is a magnifying glass that allows you to look up/print notes field for the inventory item. ==Job bags== * A print image has been added on to the full-page receipts. * The user can now change or add a supplier name on job bag after the job has been entered. * There is a "cancelled" box now so that if no work is actually done, it can be marked as that way in the computer. * In the inventory SKU for job bags stock item and custom there is a maximum discount spot to allow the job bags to be discounted or have a level of discounting. * There is now a Quoted box, for staff to put how much the customer was quoted for the job. This also prints on the service receipt. * When printing out the service print out you now need a password, which is SP. Then press enter to print the print out. * The instructions for the suppliers are viewed by clicking the paper and magnifying glass icon to the right of the supplier code. This is not the instructions button at the bottom! * The instructions button now shows the service task and the details of the piece for the workshop. * New area called Additional Information to type more details about the job bag. ==Time Clock== * There is now a calendar that pops up when you click on the date field. * There is now a notes field and a corresponding report in the Time clock section. * To clock out you must first clock in. ==Receipts== * When a customer pays for a piece with in-store Credit the receipt lists the remaining amount of credit left on the account. * In Maintenance you can now set the amount of receipt copies that you would like of certain receipts. (If the receipt you would like is not an option then it defaults to one copy) * You can now print images on receipt copies. This is done by going to maintenance, store setup putting in the password and checking off Images on Invoice? * On the layaway invoice receipt for balance due it now gives the heading layaway * The customer's address can now be printed on the receipts. In general, if the Store Set up has the customer address checkbox as on, then all receipts will print the customer address. ==Maintenance== * In system, link data there is now 5 linking tables. They must all be linked to make Executive work correctly. * Under security you can group employees under a certain group to put a certain security level related to that group. ==Functions== * A retail price field has been added to the Universal Product Changer. This will change all of the retail prices of the items that are selected, to the amount entered. * You can now search by the style number under the universal product changer. * You are now able to use the SKU or item number for a product markdown. * Jewellers with more than one location are able to export to all stores at once. * When doing an auto-reconcile you must type in the serial numbers on the last screen. The pieces must be scanned in but put aside so in the final screen the serial numbers can be added in. Please see the updates manual for more details. * When transferring a piece with a serial number into a location you must type in the serial number of the piece. When you transfer out you need to select the corresponding serial number that you are exporting. * A warning has been placed in the import/export screen to caution users when doing an import/export, telling them that everyone must be out of Executive to do this and to check the size of the 'ToLocation" file to avoid any errors. * The customer merge now works when doing a batch merge. ==Tags== * Tags have now been cued with a return sale as well as the purchase orders. * The user now has the "on hand" drop down box as an option when selecting tags. 243 212 2011-04-11T19:37:02Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Sales== * When discounting a piece if the discount exceeds the maximum discount amount within the inventory information then it will pop-up with a message that says this exceeds the maximum discount, would you like to override this and then asks for a password. The default password is INV. If you do not care about the amount of discounting then change your maximum discount to 100% * There is a new Paid out feature. This allows you to account for cash being taken from the till for small purchases etc. * In the customer profile if a Ship To address is filled out it automatically brings this information into the sales screen. * There is now an option to set up an Invoice category, which means that you can set up any sales from a tradeshow etc. and know that they were from that event. * The note field on the sales screen is now editable. * When creating a layaway there is a date field which is NOT to be filled in but is automatically filled in with the date that the layaway is paid off. ==Deposit/Credit== *The notes field within deposit/credit is now mandatory before completing the deposit or credit.* * A disclaimer is now an option to print on the bottom of a deposit receipt. This is '''ONLY''' for when a deposit is made, not when deposit is used as a payment method. (To change disclaimer go to Maintenance, Store Setup, Disclaimers) ==Account Payments== * When searching for an invoice it will only show the invoices that have a balance owing. To see all the invoices that this customer has had press the show all button and then drop down the list. * The invoices have now been organized by starting with the most recent invoice created. * In the top right hand corner the Gift card amount now displays along with all the other customer information displayed. ==Customer== * The cash customer (i.e./***) is an un-editable field. This customer is now built in thus you cannot overwrite the customer with another person. * A Do not call feature has been implemented so when you run a report of people to call those that have a check in the box will not show on this report. * Gender is now a part of the customer's profile screen. This allows you to run reports based on gender of your customers * Billing address can now be inputted under the customer's name. Shipping address is a new button on the customer screen that you can fill in and it automatically updates the sales screen when this customer makes a sale. * Dates is now used for Birthdays or any other date concerned with the customer. ** Events is now used for any event you may be putting on, or other events such as Baptism, graduation etc. * There is now a Gift registry button that gives information about this particular customer's gift registry (History field). It is also linked to the gift registry. * There is a new button called Maintenance. This allows the staff to fill in when the customer needs to come in for a jewellery check-up. A pop-up reminder will show that it needs a check up. * The customer wish list screen now shows the On-hand level of the products. * When searching for a customer you can now use Address field and type in the house number, street name or type and city in the corresponding box. * Under the miscellaneous tab there is a Special Circumstances box that will pop up whatever text is typed in it when the customer is selected. ==Gift Certificate/Card== * The reference number in the final screen of the sale will now accept Gift Certificate and Card numbers. * You are now able to have a client redeem a Certificate/Card that is not made out to them. However you must still issue the GC to a customer. * A "Returned" radial button has now been added to the certificate/card screen. ==Purchase Order== * When you press the "Receive all" button it receives the entire purchase order. * When you are returning a purchase order, it now says, "Return" instead of forcing the user to enter negative numbers. * There is now a field to enter in shipping charges and job bag number for the purchase order. ==Special Order== * There is a disclaimer for Special Orders that prints out when a print out is created for the special order. * There is a place on the screen to connect the Special Order to a job bag number. * On the special order screen there is a cancel checkbox so that even though an order is placed and cancelled you can still track that history. ==Gift Registry== * Gift registry screen has been setup similar to the special order screen. * The gift registry is left editable so you can add to it. It no longer acts complete when you exit. ==Inventory== * When searching for inventory you can no w use ring size and whether the piece is current or not to search. * When searching by Style Number, it will broaden the search to include the number's core value, just in case you only remember part of the sequence. * The find inventory screen now shows how many pieces are on order (O/O). * The find inventory screen now has a camera icon to view pictures so that cost is not shown. * In both find inventory/enter inventory the Supplier name is now alphabetized. * There is an insurance value box, which allows you to type the current market price of the piece. * There is a checkbox for serial number now and you must type the serial number in when this piece is received. * There is a new button called Item Details which shows that displays the received date, cost, insurance value, serial number, order number, and invoice number. This is where you go to see the serial number. Therefore it individually tracks the price changes for every piece that you receive, even those with the same SKU number. * Under the Inventory Level box there is a minimum and maximum field that allows you to put in a minimum level of this inventory piece and a maximum level. This allows staff to re-order the correct level of inventory. * Each inventory piece has a current checkbox now. It defaults with a check, which means that it is current. * There is a mark down button that shows the history of the markdowns on this particular piece with the start and end dates and also the discount off. * There is a special circumstances box, which allows typing text about this piece and puts a check mark in the box and your text will pop up whenever this SKU is used. (i.e./ receive a free gift with this piece) * System now tracks the ages of reused SKU's and whether or not it is a special order item. * In the Notes button there is a magnifying glass that allows you to look up/print notes field for the inventory item. ==Job bags== * A print image has been added on to the full-page receipts. * The user can now change or add a supplier name on job bag after the job has been entered. * There is a "cancelled" box now so that if no work is actually done, it can be marked as that way in the computer. * In the inventory SKU for job bags stock item and custom there is a maximum discount spot to allow the job bags to be discounted or have a level of discounting. * There is now a Quoted box, for staff to put how much the customer was quoted for the job. This also prints on the service receipt. * When printing out the service print out you now need a password, which is SP. Then press enter to print the print out. * The instructions for the suppliers are viewed by clicking the paper and magnifying glass icon to the right of the supplier code. This is not the instructions button at the bottom! * The instructions button now shows the service task and the details of the piece for the workshop. * New area called Additional Information to type more details about the job bag. ==Time Clock== * There is now a calendar that pops up when you click on the date field. * There is now a notes field and a corresponding report in the Time clock section. * To clock out you must first clock in. ==Receipts== * When a customer pays for a piece with in-store Credit the receipt lists the remaining amount of credit left on the account. * In Maintenance you can now set the amount of receipt copies that you would like of certain receipts. (If the receipt you would like is not an option then it defaults to one copy) * You can now print images on receipt copies. This is done by going to maintenance, store setup putting in the password and checking off Images on Invoice? * On the layaway invoice receipt for balance due it now gives the heading layaway * The customer's address can now be printed on the receipts. In general, if the Store Set up has the customer address checkbox as on, then all receipts will print the customer address. ==Maintenance== * In system, link data there is now 5 linking tables. They must all be linked to make Executive work correctly. * Under security you can group employees under a certain group to put a certain security level related to that group. ==Functions== * A retail price field has been added to the Universal Product Changer. This will change all of the retail prices of the items that are selected, to the amount entered. * You can now search by the style number under the universal product changer. * You are now able to use the SKU or item number for a product markdown. * Jewellers with more than one location are able to export to all stores at once. * When doing an auto-reconcile you must type in the serial numbers on the last screen. The pieces must be scanned in but put aside so in the final screen the serial numbers can be added in. Please see the updates manual for more details. * When transferring a piece with a serial number into a location you must type in the serial number of the piece. When you transfer out you need to select the corresponding serial number that you are exporting. * A warning has been placed in the import/export screen to caution users when doing an import/export, telling them that everyone must be out of Executive to do this and to check the size of the 'ToLocation" file to avoid any errors. * The customer merge now works when doing a batch merge. ==Tags== * Tags have now been cued with a return sale as well as the purchase orders. * The user now has the "on hand" drop down box as an option when selecting tags. [[Category:Versions]] 0 104 213 2011-04-08T23:33:31Z Executive 1 Created page with "The following changes were made to the 2006 Version of Executive. The 2006 Version has now been deprecated, and is no longer supported. =Main Executive Program= ==Account Payme..." wikitext text/x-wiki The following changes were made to the 2006 Version of Executive. The 2006 Version has now been deprecated, and is no longer supported. =Main Executive Program= ==Account Payment== * When you are paying off an account payment it now differentiates between a charged sale (a sale put on account) with the letter C and a layaway account with the symbol *. ==Customer== * When you are finding a customer you may now use any phone number (home, business and cell phone number) to search for that particular customer, it is all in one generic phone number field. * Under the miscellaneous tab there is an outstanding button that shows any layaways, credits, deposits, job bags, special orders and gift certificates and cards outstanding for that particular customer. * Show Spouse's name in "Referred by" list * Under the job bag bullet in customer screen it now gives codes for the type of job bag it is. * In the referred by drop down box it now also shows the spouse's name. * Under the addresses bullet it now combines the customers shipping, working, billing addresses. ==Deposit/Credit== * Be able to start to enter a deposit/credit by hitting Alt +D/ Alt+C key ==Functions== * When finding a transfer you can now search for the transfer, by transfer number. * In the inventory reconcile notes field you may now type up to 256 characters. * There is now a "show/hide inactive" button in the product markdown function. The new button allows users to show or hide old markdowns. ==Gift Certificate/Card== * You now have the ability to choose the receipt to options to spouse, customer or both in the gift certificate and card sections. ==Inventory== * You can now set a standard maximum discount for each supplier. To do this go to the supplier and type in the maximum discount and it will automatically update all inventory SKU's from that supplier to the current maximum discount. * When you sell a SKU with a related item it pops up a box that says, " This product has related items. Do you want to view them?" If you click yes it will bring up a list of the related items and it gives you the description along with the on hand levels and a camera to view the picture. If you select the SKU and hit the forward arrow it will bring you into the items inventory page, if you do not want to view this page simply hit the backward arrow. * In the inventory screen when you hit the printer to print the tag it gives the option to either "Add to tag list" or to "Print now". If you hit print now it will print the tag immediately if you click the "add to tag list" button it will add this tag to the current list that you are building. * If you do not want to use your mouse while entering inventory you can tab through everything. To select a gender for the jewellery use the arrow keys on the keyboard. To select inventory item etc, use the space bar to check the appropriate boxes. ==Job Bag== * On the job bag screen it now shows all the phone numbers for the customer, including work, home and cell numbers. * The item description now prints on the service printout. * When finding a job bag you may now search for a job bag by the SKU number of the inventory used within the job bag. * The information under condition tab won't be printed out on the service receipts and printout unless something is typed in. ==Layaway== * On the layaway screen the notes field now allows 256 characters. ==Purchase Order== * When receiving a purchase order that is clicked consignment it now automatically clicks all the SKU's on that purchase order to be consignment. This saves the time of manually doing it in each SKU. * The purchase orders total fonts are much easier to read and larger. * When entering a purchase order the full suppliers name now shows. ==Sales== * In the second screen of a sale you may now enter a sales associated initials more than once. This is for commission-based sales and to credit someone for doing small things to aid in the sale. For example if one associate sold the piece and another simply wrapped it you want to give that wrapped credit for being helpful therefore put 1st and 2nd employee as the seller and the 3rd employee as the wrapper. You can design and use this however you would like in your business, or you can choose to not use it at all! * On the sales screen the notes field now allows 256 characters. ==Special Order== * When finding a special order you can now search by SKU number. * When entering a special order you can now enter a deposit directly in this screen. * The home, work, and cell phone numbers now show up and print on the Special Order screen. ==Supplier== * A max discount field is added within supplier screen. If the max discount is set up for a certain supplier, it will apply for all the inventories for this supplier. ==Tags== * When you select rattail tags it now gives a total amount of SKU's selected. =Executive Report Program= ==Report - Customer== * You are now able to filter customers by source description in the customer report section. ==Report - Deposit / Credit == * Note field now shows on the deposit/credit report ==Report - GMROI== * Users are now able to run GMROI report by employee. ==Report - Inventory== * The default setting for "in stock" criteria is set to YES ==Report - PO Received== * There's a new "Show Returns Only" check box in the PO Received report. If the check box is checked, only the returned purchase orders will show up. ==Report - Reorder== * Min and max columns are added in the reorder report, so users know the min and max amount it should be in stock for each item. * #4 Reorder report by item with serial # has been changed to be sorted by style number and by serial number. This will be easier for reordering the watches with serial numbers. ==Report - Sales== * "Repeatable" is added as the criterion in the sales report. * There is a new max discount report under employee tab to show users the maximum discount of sold items by employees. ==Report - Service== * "Sold from to" is added as a report criterion in the service report. With this criterion, users are able to run the service and inventory used report for a certain service sold time period. 244 213 2011-04-11T19:37:09Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki The following changes were made to the 2006 Version of Executive. The 2006 Version has now been deprecated, and is no longer supported. =Main Executive Program= ==Account Payment== * When you are paying off an account payment it now differentiates between a charged sale (a sale put on account) with the letter C and a layaway account with the symbol *. ==Customer== * When you are finding a customer you may now use any phone number (home, business and cell phone number) to search for that particular customer, it is all in one generic phone number field. * Under the miscellaneous tab there is an outstanding button that shows any layaways, credits, deposits, job bags, special orders and gift certificates and cards outstanding for that particular customer. * Show Spouse's name in "Referred by" list * Under the job bag bullet in customer screen it now gives codes for the type of job bag it is. * In the referred by drop down box it now also shows the spouse's name. * Under the addresses bullet it now combines the customers shipping, working, billing addresses. ==Deposit/Credit== * Be able to start to enter a deposit/credit by hitting Alt +D/ Alt+C key ==Functions== * When finding a transfer you can now search for the transfer, by transfer number. * In the inventory reconcile notes field you may now type up to 256 characters. * There is now a "show/hide inactive" button in the product markdown function. The new button allows users to show or hide old markdowns. ==Gift Certificate/Card== * You now have the ability to choose the receipt to options to spouse, customer or both in the gift certificate and card sections. ==Inventory== * You can now set a standard maximum discount for each supplier. To do this go to the supplier and type in the maximum discount and it will automatically update all inventory SKU's from that supplier to the current maximum discount. * When you sell a SKU with a related item it pops up a box that says, " This product has related items. Do you want to view them?" If you click yes it will bring up a list of the related items and it gives you the description along with the on hand levels and a camera to view the picture. If you select the SKU and hit the forward arrow it will bring you into the items inventory page, if you do not want to view this page simply hit the backward arrow. * In the inventory screen when you hit the printer to print the tag it gives the option to either "Add to tag list" or to "Print now". If you hit print now it will print the tag immediately if you click the "add to tag list" button it will add this tag to the current list that you are building. * If you do not want to use your mouse while entering inventory you can tab through everything. To select a gender for the jewellery use the arrow keys on the keyboard. To select inventory item etc, use the space bar to check the appropriate boxes. ==Job Bag== * On the job bag screen it now shows all the phone numbers for the customer, including work, home and cell numbers. * The item description now prints on the service printout. * When finding a job bag you may now search for a job bag by the SKU number of the inventory used within the job bag. * The information under condition tab won't be printed out on the service receipts and printout unless something is typed in. ==Layaway== * On the layaway screen the notes field now allows 256 characters. ==Purchase Order== * When receiving a purchase order that is clicked consignment it now automatically clicks all the SKU's on that purchase order to be consignment. This saves the time of manually doing it in each SKU. * The purchase orders total fonts are much easier to read and larger. * When entering a purchase order the full suppliers name now shows. ==Sales== * In the second screen of a sale you may now enter a sales associated initials more than once. This is for commission-based sales and to credit someone for doing small things to aid in the sale. For example if one associate sold the piece and another simply wrapped it you want to give that wrapped credit for being helpful therefore put 1st and 2nd employee as the seller and the 3rd employee as the wrapper. You can design and use this however you would like in your business, or you can choose to not use it at all! * On the sales screen the notes field now allows 256 characters. ==Special Order== * When finding a special order you can now search by SKU number. * When entering a special order you can now enter a deposit directly in this screen. * The home, work, and cell phone numbers now show up and print on the Special Order screen. ==Supplier== * A max discount field is added within supplier screen. If the max discount is set up for a certain supplier, it will apply for all the inventories for this supplier. ==Tags== * When you select rattail tags it now gives a total amount of SKU's selected. =Executive Report Program= ==Report - Customer== * You are now able to filter customers by source description in the customer report section. ==Report - Deposit / Credit == * Note field now shows on the deposit/credit report ==Report - GMROI== * Users are now able to run GMROI report by employee. ==Report - Inventory== * The default setting for "in stock" criteria is set to YES ==Report - PO Received== * There's a new "Show Returns Only" check box in the PO Received report. If the check box is checked, only the returned purchase orders will show up. ==Report - Reorder== * Min and max columns are added in the reorder report, so users know the min and max amount it should be in stock for each item. * #4 Reorder report by item with serial # has been changed to be sorted by style number and by serial number. This will be easier for reordering the watches with serial numbers. ==Report - Sales== * "Repeatable" is added as the criterion in the sales report. * There is a new max discount report under employee tab to show users the maximum discount of sold items by employees. ==Report - Service== * "Sold from to" is added as a report criterion in the service report. With this criterion, users are able to run the service and inventory used report for a certain service sold time period. [[Category:Versions]] 0 105 214 2011-04-08T23:35:58Z Executive 1 Created page with "The following changes were made to the 2007 Version of Executive. Other modifications may have been made since the release, see [Updates#2007 Version|Updates]. =Main Executive P..." wikitext text/x-wiki The following changes were made to the 2007 Version of Executive. Other modifications may have been made since the release, see [Updates#2007 Version|Updates]. =Main Executive Program= ==Account Payment== * When you are paying off an account payment it now differentiates between a charged sale (a sale put on account) with the letter C and a layaway account with the symbol *. ==Customer== * When you are finding a customer you may now use any phone number (home, business and cell phone number) to search for that particular customer, it is all in one generic phone number field. * Under the miscellaneous tab there is an outstanding button that shows any layaways, credits, deposits, job bags, special orders and gift certificates and cards outstanding for that particular customer. * Show Spouse's name in "Referred by" list * Under the job bag bullet in customer screen it now gives codes for the type of job bag it is. * In the referred by drop down box it now also shows the spouse's name. * Under the addresses bullet it now combines the customers shipping, working, billing addresses. ==Deposit/Credit== * Be able to start to enter a deposit/credit by hitting Alt +D/ Alt+C key ==Functions== * When finding a transfer you can now search for the transfer, by transfer number. * In the inventory reconcile notes field you may now type up to 256 characters. * There is now a "show/hide inactive" button in the product markdown function. The new button allows users to show or hide old markdowns. ==Gift Certificate/Card== * You now have the ability to choose the receipt to options to spouse, customer or both in the gift certificate and card sections. ==Inventory== * You can now set a standard maximum discount for each supplier. To do this go to the supplier and type in the maximum discount and it will automatically update all inventory SKU's from that supplier to the current maximum discount. * When you sell a SKU with a related item it pops up a box that says, " This product has related items. Do you want to view them?" If you click yes it will bring up a list of the related items and it gives you the description along with the on hand levels and a camera to view the picture. If you select the SKU and hit the forward arrow it will bring you into the items inventory page, if you do not want to view this page simply hit the backward arrow. * In the inventory screen when you hit the printer to print the tag it gives the option to either "Add to tag list" or to "Print now". If you hit print now it will print the tag immediately if you click the "add to tag list" button it will add this tag to the current list that you are building. * If you do not want to use your mouse while entering inventory you can tab through everything. To select a gender for the jewellery use the arrow keys on the keyboard. To select inventory item etc, use the space bar to check the appropriate boxes. ==Job Bag== * On the job bag screen it now shows all the phone numbers for the customer, including work, home and cell numbers. * The item description now prints on the service printout. * When finding a job bag you may now search for a job bag by the SKU number of the inventory used within the job bag. * The information under condition tab won't be printed out on the service receipts and printout unless something is typed in. ==Layaway== * On the layaway screen the notes field now allows 256 characters. ==Purchase Order== * When receiving a purchase order that is clicked consignment it now automatically clicks all the SKU's on that purchase order to be consignment. This saves the time of manually doing it in each SKU. * The purchase orders total fonts are much easier to read and larger. * When entering a purchase order the full suppliers name now shows. ==Sales== * In the second screen of a sale you may now enter a sales associated initials more than once. This is for commission-based sales and to credit someone for doing small things to aid in the sale. For example if one associate sold the piece and another simply wrapped it you want to give that wrapped credit for being helpful therefore put 1st and 2nd employee as the seller and the rd employee as the wrapper. You can design and use this however you would like in your business, or you can choose to not use it at all! * On the sales screen the notes field now allows 256 characters. ==Special Order== * When finding a special order you can now search by SKU number. * When entering a special order you can now enter a deposit directly in this screen. * The home, work, and cell phone numbers now show up and print on the Special Order screen. ==Supplier== * A max discount field is added within supplier screen. If the max discount is set up for a certain supplier, it will apply for all the inventories for this supplier. ==Tags== * When you select rattail tags it now gives a total amount of SKU's selected. =Executive Reports= ==Report - Customer== * You are now able to filter customers by source description in the customer report section. ==Report - Deposit / Credit == * Note field now shows on the deposit/credit report ==Report - GMROI== * Users are now able to run GMROI report by employee. ==Report - Inventory== * The default setting for "in stock" criteria is set to YES ==Report - PO Received== * There's a new "Show Returns Only" check box in the PO Received report. If the check box is checked, only the returned purchase orders will show up. ==Report - Reorder== * Min and max columns are added in the reorder report, so users know the min and max amount it should be in stock for each item. * #4 Reorder report by item with serial # has been changed to be sorted by style number and by serial number. This will be easier for reordering the watches with serial numbers. ==Report - Sales== * "Repeatable" is added as the criterion in the sales report. * There is a new max discount report under employee tab to show users the maximum discount of sold items by employees. ==Report - Service== * "Sold from to" is added as a report criterion in the service report. With this criterion, users are able to run the service and inventory used report for a certain service sold time period. 245 214 2011-04-11T19:37:18Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki The following changes were made to the 2007 Version of Executive. Other modifications may have been made since the release, see [Updates#2007 Version|Updates]. =Main Executive Program= ==Account Payment== * When you are paying off an account payment it now differentiates between a charged sale (a sale put on account) with the letter C and a layaway account with the symbol *. ==Customer== * When you are finding a customer you may now use any phone number (home, business and cell phone number) to search for that particular customer, it is all in one generic phone number field. * Under the miscellaneous tab there is an outstanding button that shows any layaways, credits, deposits, job bags, special orders and gift certificates and cards outstanding for that particular customer. * Show Spouse's name in "Referred by" list * Under the job bag bullet in customer screen it now gives codes for the type of job bag it is. * In the referred by drop down box it now also shows the spouse's name. * Under the addresses bullet it now combines the customers shipping, working, billing addresses. ==Deposit/Credit== * Be able to start to enter a deposit/credit by hitting Alt +D/ Alt+C key ==Functions== * When finding a transfer you can now search for the transfer, by transfer number. * In the inventory reconcile notes field you may now type up to 256 characters. * There is now a "show/hide inactive" button in the product markdown function. The new button allows users to show or hide old markdowns. ==Gift Certificate/Card== * You now have the ability to choose the receipt to options to spouse, customer or both in the gift certificate and card sections. ==Inventory== * You can now set a standard maximum discount for each supplier. To do this go to the supplier and type in the maximum discount and it will automatically update all inventory SKU's from that supplier to the current maximum discount. * When you sell a SKU with a related item it pops up a box that says, " This product has related items. Do you want to view them?" If you click yes it will bring up a list of the related items and it gives you the description along with the on hand levels and a camera to view the picture. If you select the SKU and hit the forward arrow it will bring you into the items inventory page, if you do not want to view this page simply hit the backward arrow. * In the inventory screen when you hit the printer to print the tag it gives the option to either "Add to tag list" or to "Print now". If you hit print now it will print the tag immediately if you click the "add to tag list" button it will add this tag to the current list that you are building. * If you do not want to use your mouse while entering inventory you can tab through everything. To select a gender for the jewellery use the arrow keys on the keyboard. To select inventory item etc, use the space bar to check the appropriate boxes. ==Job Bag== * On the job bag screen it now shows all the phone numbers for the customer, including work, home and cell numbers. * The item description now prints on the service printout. * When finding a job bag you may now search for a job bag by the SKU number of the inventory used within the job bag. * The information under condition tab won't be printed out on the service receipts and printout unless something is typed in. ==Layaway== * On the layaway screen the notes field now allows 256 characters. ==Purchase Order== * When receiving a purchase order that is clicked consignment it now automatically clicks all the SKU's on that purchase order to be consignment. This saves the time of manually doing it in each SKU. * The purchase orders total fonts are much easier to read and larger. * When entering a purchase order the full suppliers name now shows. ==Sales== * In the second screen of a sale you may now enter a sales associated initials more than once. This is for commission-based sales and to credit someone for doing small things to aid in the sale. For example if one associate sold the piece and another simply wrapped it you want to give that wrapped credit for being helpful therefore put 1st and 2nd employee as the seller and the rd employee as the wrapper. You can design and use this however you would like in your business, or you can choose to not use it at all! * On the sales screen the notes field now allows 256 characters. ==Special Order== * When finding a special order you can now search by SKU number. * When entering a special order you can now enter a deposit directly in this screen. * The home, work, and cell phone numbers now show up and print on the Special Order screen. ==Supplier== * A max discount field is added within supplier screen. If the max discount is set up for a certain supplier, it will apply for all the inventories for this supplier. ==Tags== * When you select rattail tags it now gives a total amount of SKU's selected. =Executive Reports= ==Report - Customer== * You are now able to filter customers by source description in the customer report section. ==Report - Deposit / Credit == * Note field now shows on the deposit/credit report ==Report - GMROI== * Users are now able to run GMROI report by employee. ==Report - Inventory== * The default setting for "in stock" criteria is set to YES ==Report - PO Received== * There's a new "Show Returns Only" check box in the PO Received report. If the check box is checked, only the returned purchase orders will show up. ==Report - Reorder== * Min and max columns are added in the reorder report, so users know the min and max amount it should be in stock for each item. * #4 Reorder report by item with serial # has been changed to be sorted by style number and by serial number. This will be easier for reordering the watches with serial numbers. ==Report - Sales== * "Repeatable" is added as the criterion in the sales report. * There is a new max discount report under employee tab to show users the maximum discount of sold items by employees. ==Report - Service== * "Sold from to" is added as a report criterion in the service report. With this criterion, users are able to run the service and inventory used report for a certain service sold time period. [[Category:Versions]] 0 106 215 2011-04-08T23:45:55Z Executive 1 Created page with "The following changes were made to the 2008 Version of Executive. Other modifications may have been made since the release, see [Updates#2008 Version|Updates]. =Main Executive P..." wikitext text/x-wiki The following changes were made to the 2008 Version of Executive. Other modifications may have been made since the release, see [Updates#2008 Version|Updates]. =Main Executive Program= ==Account Payment== * Fields have been added to allow the payment of Gift Cards and Certificates that were charged On Account, much the same as paying an Invoice charged on Account. ==Auto Reconcile== * The Clear All button is now password protected, so that a user can not accidentally clear the reconcile list. ==Customer== * The Postal/Zip code field has been enhanced, so that depending on your Province/State it will format the code properly. For example, it will force n1h4e6 to N1H 4E6. * The Customer Type field will now default to Retail, it can no longer be left blank. * In the Customer Find screen, you are now able to search by Spouse Work and Mobile numbers. You can also search by partial phone number. ==Email== * You are now able to Email Appraisals and Invoices through Executive. The email will include the attachment in Microsoft Snapshot format, which can be downloaded and viewed by the recipient with MS Office or a free download of Snapshot. ==Gift Cards/Certificates== * You can now use payment method On Account to pay for the purchase of a Gift Card/Certificate. ==Importing/Exporting== * Exporting from the main store will now track Supplier Code SKU changes, ensuring the change is made at all stores accordingly. ==Inventory== * You are now able to filter inventory by location, adding more flexibility for retailers with multiple store locations. * The Product Location field in the inventory screen is now password protected for users with Read Only Access, those given permission must double click on the field and enter the password to change this field. Users with Full Access are not affected. ==Job Bags== * Service Printout now includes Materials and Findings costs, as well as Supplier Price and Cost. * There is now a locking mechanism on Job Bags. If a job bag is being edited, other users will receive a message that they are unable to make changes to the Job Bag and are made aware that it is already in use by another user. ==Layaways== * If a layaway is started and completed on the same day, it is now switched to a regular sale for accounting purposes. ==Miscellaneous== * The Installation Path for Executive has moved back to C:/Executive/ from C:/Program Files/Executive/. This allows better compatibility with Windows Vista. * There is now the option of printing using horizontal half page receipts, choose this using Half 2 as your receipt type. ==Rattail Tags== * Tags printed using the WIN Driver now have a font that is larger and easier to read. The barcode font was also updated for enhanced scanning quality. * '306' style tags printed using the EXE Driver now have a larger SKU for increased readability. * You are now able to create a Custom Rattail Tag, with 8 blank lines to enter custom text to supplement standard tags. ==Special Order== * There is now a Find Filter for Special Orders. * If there is a special order associated with a sale, a reminder will pop up, allowing you to complete the Special Order item without needing to exit the sale and transfer it from the Special Order screen. ==Transfers== * Extra safeguards added to protect against transferring in and out of the same location, as well as warning when required fields are left empty. ==Universal Product Changer== * You are now able to filter by In Stock and On Hand. =Executive Reports Program= ==Report - Customer== * You are now able to filter customers by source description in the customer report section. * Customer Events report now sorts by the associated Employee. * The Customer Export will now export all phone and mail contact information, for both the Customer and their Spouse. * You are now able to run a 'Customer Maintenance Report' to find upcoming dates for scheduled maintenance. This can be found in the top menu in reports, clicking on Reports, Customer, Customer Maintenance. ==Report - GMROI== * You now have the option to show or hide items that are not assigned departments in the GMROI report. * Price Points are now automatically updated when you generate your On Hand Levels. This updating process has also been made faster and more efficient. ==Report - Inventory== * You are now able to filter by Inventory Cost, in addition to Price. ==Report - Service== * You can now filter Service reports by Cancelled and No Charge options, as well as by Date Finished. * You are now able to filter by either Service Departments/Categories/Groups or Inventory Departments/Categories/Groups for the Inventory Used report. ==Report - Top Customer== * The Top Customer Export will now export all phone and mail contact information, for both the Customer and their Spouse. ==Report - Sales== * The Sales Export will now export Spouse contact information and details. 216 215 2011-04-08T23:46:09Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki The following changes were made to the 2008 Version of Executive. Other modifications may have been made since the release, see [Updates#2008 Version|Updates]. =Main Executive Program= ==Account Payment== * Fields have been added to allow the payment of Gift Cards and Certificates that were charged On Account, much the same as paying an Invoice charged on Account. ==Auto Reconcile== * The Clear All button is now password protected, so that a user can not accidentally clear the reconcile list. ==Customer== * The Postal/Zip code field has been enhanced, so that depending on your Province/State it will format the code properly. For example, it will force n1h4e6 to N1H 4E6. * The Customer Type field will now default to Retail, it can no longer be left blank. * In the Customer Find screen, you are now able to search by Spouse Work and Mobile numbers. You can also search by partial phone number. ==Email== * You are now able to Email Appraisals and Invoices through Executive. The email will include the attachment in Microsoft Snapshot format, which can be downloaded and viewed by the recipient with MS Office or a free download of Snapshot. ==Gift Cards/Certificates== * You can now use payment method On Account to pay for the purchase of a Gift Card/Certificate. ==Importing/Exporting== * Exporting from the main store will now track Supplier Code SKU changes, ensuring the change is made at all stores accordingly. ==Inventory== * You are now able to filter inventory by location, adding more flexibility for retailers with multiple store locations. * The Product Location field in the inventory screen is now password protected for users with Read Only Access, those given permission must double click on the field and enter the password to change this field. Users with Full Access are not affected. ==Job Bags== * Service Printout now includes Materials and Findings costs, as well as Supplier Price and Cost. * There is now a locking mechanism on Job Bags. If a job bag is being edited, other users will receive a message that they are unable to make changes to the Job Bag and are made aware that it is already in use by another user. ==Layaways== * If a layaway is started and completed on the same day, it is now switched to a regular sale for accounting purposes. ==Miscellaneous== * The Installation Path for Executive has moved back to C:/Executive/ from C:/Program Files/Executive/. This allows better compatibility with Windows Vista. * There is now the option of printing using horizontal half page receipts, choose this using Half 2 as your receipt type. ==Rattail Tags== * Tags printed using the WIN Driver now have a font that is larger and easier to read. The barcode font was also updated for enhanced scanning quality. * '306' style tags printed using the EXE Driver now have a larger SKU for increased readability. * You are now able to create a Custom Rattail Tag, with 8 blank lines to enter custom text to supplement standard tags. ==Special Order== * There is now a Find Filter for Special Orders. * If there is a special order associated with a sale, a reminder will pop up, allowing you to complete the Special Order item without needing to exit the sale and transfer it from the Special Order screen. ==Transfers== * Extra safeguards added to protect against transferring in and out of the same location, as well as warning when required fields are left empty. ==Universal Product Changer== * You are now able to filter by In Stock and On Hand. =Executive Reports= ==Report - Customer== * You are now able to filter customers by source description in the customer report section. * Customer Events report now sorts by the associated Employee. * The Customer Export will now export all phone and mail contact information, for both the Customer and their Spouse. * You are now able to run a 'Customer Maintenance Report' to find upcoming dates for scheduled maintenance. This can be found in the top menu in reports, clicking on Reports, Customer, Customer Maintenance. ==Report - GMROI== * You now have the option to show or hide items that are not assigned departments in the GMROI report. * Price Points are now automatically updated when you generate your On Hand Levels. This updating process has also been made faster and more efficient. ==Report - Inventory== * You are now able to filter by Inventory Cost, in addition to Price. ==Report - Service== * You can now filter Service reports by Cancelled and No Charge options, as well as by Date Finished. * You are now able to filter by either Service Departments/Categories/Groups or Inventory Departments/Categories/Groups for the Inventory Used report. ==Report - Top Customer== * The Top Customer Export will now export all phone and mail contact information, for both the Customer and their Spouse. ==Report - Sales== * The Sales Export will now export Spouse contact information and details. 246 216 2011-04-11T19:37:25Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki The following changes were made to the 2008 Version of Executive. Other modifications may have been made since the release, see [Updates#2008 Version|Updates]. =Main Executive Program= ==Account Payment== * Fields have been added to allow the payment of Gift Cards and Certificates that were charged On Account, much the same as paying an Invoice charged on Account. ==Auto Reconcile== * The Clear All button is now password protected, so that a user can not accidentally clear the reconcile list. ==Customer== * The Postal/Zip code field has been enhanced, so that depending on your Province/State it will format the code properly. For example, it will force n1h4e6 to N1H 4E6. * The Customer Type field will now default to Retail, it can no longer be left blank. * In the Customer Find screen, you are now able to search by Spouse Work and Mobile numbers. You can also search by partial phone number. ==Email== * You are now able to Email Appraisals and Invoices through Executive. The email will include the attachment in Microsoft Snapshot format, which can be downloaded and viewed by the recipient with MS Office or a free download of Snapshot. ==Gift Cards/Certificates== * You can now use payment method On Account to pay for the purchase of a Gift Card/Certificate. ==Importing/Exporting== * Exporting from the main store will now track Supplier Code SKU changes, ensuring the change is made at all stores accordingly. ==Inventory== * You are now able to filter inventory by location, adding more flexibility for retailers with multiple store locations. * The Product Location field in the inventory screen is now password protected for users with Read Only Access, those given permission must double click on the field and enter the password to change this field. Users with Full Access are not affected. ==Job Bags== * Service Printout now includes Materials and Findings costs, as well as Supplier Price and Cost. * There is now a locking mechanism on Job Bags. If a job bag is being edited, other users will receive a message that they are unable to make changes to the Job Bag and are made aware that it is already in use by another user. ==Layaways== * If a layaway is started and completed on the same day, it is now switched to a regular sale for accounting purposes. ==Miscellaneous== * The Installation Path for Executive has moved back to C:/Executive/ from C:/Program Files/Executive/. This allows better compatibility with Windows Vista. * There is now the option of printing using horizontal half page receipts, choose this using Half 2 as your receipt type. ==Rattail Tags== * Tags printed using the WIN Driver now have a font that is larger and easier to read. The barcode font was also updated for enhanced scanning quality. * '306' style tags printed using the EXE Driver now have a larger SKU for increased readability. * You are now able to create a Custom Rattail Tag, with 8 blank lines to enter custom text to supplement standard tags. ==Special Order== * There is now a Find Filter for Special Orders. * If there is a special order associated with a sale, a reminder will pop up, allowing you to complete the Special Order item without needing to exit the sale and transfer it from the Special Order screen. ==Transfers== * Extra safeguards added to protect against transferring in and out of the same location, as well as warning when required fields are left empty. ==Universal Product Changer== * You are now able to filter by In Stock and On Hand. =Executive Reports= ==Report - Customer== * You are now able to filter customers by source description in the customer report section. * Customer Events report now sorts by the associated Employee. * The Customer Export will now export all phone and mail contact information, for both the Customer and their Spouse. * You are now able to run a 'Customer Maintenance Report' to find upcoming dates for scheduled maintenance. This can be found in the top menu in reports, clicking on Reports, Customer, Customer Maintenance. ==Report - GMROI== * You now have the option to show or hide items that are not assigned departments in the GMROI report. * Price Points are now automatically updated when you generate your On Hand Levels. This updating process has also been made faster and more efficient. ==Report - Inventory== * You are now able to filter by Inventory Cost, in addition to Price. ==Report - Service== * You can now filter Service reports by Cancelled and No Charge options, as well as by Date Finished. * You are now able to filter by either Service Departments/Categories/Groups or Inventory Departments/Categories/Groups for the Inventory Used report. ==Report - Top Customer== * The Top Customer Export will now export all phone and mail contact information, for both the Customer and their Spouse. ==Report - Sales== * The Sales Export will now export Spouse contact information and details. [[Category:Versions]] 6 107 217 2011-04-08T23:50:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 108 218 2011-04-08T23:50:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 109 219 2011-04-08T23:50:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 110 220 2011-04-08T23:50:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 111 221 2011-04-08T23:50:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 112 222 2011-04-08T23:50:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 113 223 2011-04-08T23:50:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 114 224 2011-04-08T23:50:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 115 225 2011-04-08T23:50:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 234 225 2011-04-09T00:00:28Z Executive 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Hst41.PNG]]&quot;: HST Files wikitext text/x-wiki 6 116 226 2011-04-08T23:52:20Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 117 227 2011-04-08T23:53:05Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 238 227 2011-04-09T00:00:29Z Executive 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Hst48.png]]&quot;: HST Files wikitext text/x-wiki 6 118 228 2011-04-08T23:53:05Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 237 228 2011-04-09T00:00:28Z Executive 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Hst46.png]]&quot;: HST Files wikitext text/x-wiki 6 119 229 2011-04-08T23:53:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 236 229 2011-04-09T00:00:28Z Executive 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Hst44.png]]&quot;: HST Files wikitext text/x-wiki 6 120 230 2011-04-08T23:53:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 235 230 2011-04-09T00:00:28Z Executive 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Hst43.png]]&quot;: HST Files wikitext text/x-wiki 0 25 231 86 2011-04-08T23:54:35Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{info|If you use First Nations Exemptions on HST, you can continue using GST and PST as separate taxes, to allow easier exemption. They can just be re-labeled fHST and pHST.}} Harmonized Sales Tax (HST) will be coming into effect in Ontario and British Columbia as of July 1, 2010. To help ensure a seamless transition from GST/PST to the combined HST, here are a few things to be aware of regarding HST in Executive. ==Setting up HST in Executive using Tax 3== To set up HST, go to Maintenance-System-Tax Setup-Taxes. We recommend making Tax 1 (PST) and Tax 2 (GST) Inactive, and setting Tax 3 to HST with the correct rate (13% for Ontario, 12% for British Columbia). This allows you to make GST active as Tax 2 if necessary (for example: sales to provinces not covered by HST, if applicable). {{warn|The tips below assume that you are using Tax 3 for HST. If you instead change Tax 1 to HST instead of PST, any Returns/Reports mentioned below that still reference the original PST rates will be adversely affected, as some PST transactions will be mixed in the the HST transactions in the Daily Tax Report #10 that could cause confusion, and may cause PST to be calculated with the wrong rate.}} ===Layaways=== Executive will keep the original GST/PST rates from the time of layaway creation. Since layaways do not become final, taxable sales until they are fully paid, any layaways that were created before July 1, 2010 may need to be returned on June 30, 2010 and reissued on July 1, 2010 using HST as the sole tax. {{note|Please consult your accountant or tax authority if you have any questions regarding taxation on partially paid layaways, or on any items that were not taxed with both GST and PST to see how they should be reissued with HST.}} ===Returns=== Executive will keep the original GST/PST rates from the time of the original sale as part of the return. When you are returning the item on or after July 1, 2010 that was purchased before July 1, 2010, the HST box will not be checked off and the PST/GST boxes will not be visible but are still checked off (as evidence by the subtotal/total). The Daily Report #10 will work much the same, with the Total reflecting the GST/PST for that day, but with only the HST column visible on the report as it is the only active tax. If you need to see the GST/PST columns instead of just the totals, you could make those taxes active temporarily for the purpose of running the report. ===Product Default Taxes=== By default, new products are assigned the active taxes at the time of creation. Since you will be using Tax 3 for HST, this was not active when the items were created, and therefore will not be applied to each item by default. {{info|We provided the [[HST Update Utility]] that you can download and run to update your product taxes. This was made available to download before June 30th, 2010, and details were sent out on that date regarding download links and usage.}} ===Service Tax=== To apply HST to various Services, you can go to Maintenance-System-Tax Setup-Service Tax Setup and assign HST to Labour/Materials based on Service Department. GST/PST settings will not be carried over to HST, so HST is not assigned to services until this is completed. ===Tax Exemptions=== If any customer profiles need to be marked as HST Exempt, this can be done from the customer profile the same way that it worked with GST/PST. {{note|Past GST/PST Exemptions may work differently with HST, so please consult your accountant or a tax authority for further details on exemptions.}} ===Multiple Location Stores=== If your store has more than one location, you will need to update the taxes at Maintenance-System-Tax Setup in each location. Service Taxes will also need to be redone in each location. The Product Default Taxes will only need to be updated in the first store, and changes will be applied to additional locations during regular importing/exporting (so you should do an import/export after updating to ensure the other stores are updated as well). {{note|If your store has multiple locations, but they are not connected via importing/exporting, they are considered individual stores and will need to be updated individually.}} {{warn|We provide this document for information purposes only, as we are not tax professionals. Please refer to your accountant or tax authority for complete rules and guidelines for HST in your province.}} 0 121 232 2011-04-08T23:57:33Z Executive 1 Created page with "Executive's HST Product Update Utility has been updated to also update taxes on Special Orders. The Customer Tax Exemption report has also been updated to include HST Exemptions...." wikitext text/x-wiki Executive's HST Product Update Utility has been updated to also update taxes on Special Orders. The Customer Tax Exemption report has also been updated to include HST Exemptions. ==Outline== These instructions assume that you have already ran the previous update utility to change your Products from GST to HST, so the Product ''Apply'' button is not functional in this version. If you have not updated your Products yet, please contact us for the Product Update Utility Version 1. {{info|For stores with multiple locations, the Special Order update component of the utility must be run on each store's database separately.}} ==Download and Run the Utility== Download the utility: [File:HSTTaxSetup4.exe] * Click Save, and save it to your C:\Executive folder (or C:\Program Files\Executive folder if C:\Executive does not exist). * When the download is complete, double click the HSTTaxSetup4.exe file. * Press Install to extract and run the utility. ==Linking Data== You must link the utility to the ExecutiveData.mdb file (Multi-Stores link to the individual ExecutiveData.mdb files one at a time to perform updates on each). The linking process will be quicker if nobody is currently using Executive. ===Finding Your ExecutiveData.mdb File Path=== * Open Executive and navigate to Maintenance-System-Link Data. * Find the filepath on the right side ending with ''ExecutiveData.mdb'' (likely similar to X:\ExecutiveData.mdb) * Select this path, then right click and copy the text. * Close Executive and return to the Update Utility. [[File:Hst41.png]] Click on the Link button to bring up the file linking window. [[File:Hst42.png]] Remove the current C:\Executive\ExecutiveData.mdb path, and right click and paste in the new path. Click OK to link the data. {{info|If you are unable to link the data, double check that the path is correct and matches the ExecutiveData.mdb path in Executive.}} ==Updating Special Orders== The utility has been updated to change the taxes on existing special orders, as transferring old special orders to a sale may cause the old tax rates to be used. [[File:Hst43.png]] Using the drop down boxes, choose to Copy product tax setup from '''GST''' to '''HST'''. To perform the update, hit Apply on '''2b.Update Special Orders''' [[File:Hst44.png]] A confirmation box will pop up, outlining what is about to be modified. Click Yes to continue. [[File:Hst45.png]] The update process is generally very quick, so it may take as little as a few seconds. When the update is finished running, a confirmation box will pop up notifying you that it is Complete. Click OK to return to the utility. ===Customer Tax Exemptions Report=== Since there may be existing PST or HST tax exemptions for customers, a report is available to display these in list form. This list can be used when adding Customer HST Exemptions (where applicable). {{info|Exemption rules may have changed, so some PST/GST exempt customers may not be exempt from HST. Consult your accountant or a tax authority for more details on HST Exemptions.}} [[File:Hst46.png]] Choose the preview button to view the Customer Exemption report. (Alternatively, choose the print button to print a copy of the report without previewing it.) [[File:Hst47.png]] The report displays the name and contact information of customers, along with their current tax exemptions. {{note|Be sure that no customers have pre-existing HST Exemptions, as imported customer lists may have been marked Tax 3 Exempt in the past.}} To create an HST Exemption in Executive, the HST tax must be active. * To set up general exemption groups, go to Maintenance-System-Tax Setup-Tax Exempt Status. * To set up a specific customer exemption you can go to the customer's profile, select the Tax/Interest tab, and set up the new exemption (with Exemption ID if necessary). h3.Exiting the Utility [[File:Hst48.png]] When you are finished with the Product Update and Customer Exemptions, press the X button to exit the utility. 233 232 2011-04-08T23:58:05Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Executive's HST Product Update Utility has been updated to also update taxes on Special Orders. The Customer Tax Exemption report has also been updated to include HST Exemptions. ==Outline== These instructions assume that you have already ran the previous update utility to change your Products from GST to HST, so the Product ''Apply'' button is not functional in this version. If you have not updated your Products yet, please contact us for the Product Update Utility Version 1. {{info|For stores with multiple locations, the Special Order update component of the utility must be run on each store's database separately.}} ==Download and Run the Utility== Download the utility: [File:HSTTaxSetup4.exe] * Click Save, and save it to your C:\Executive folder (or C:\Program Files\Executive folder if C:\Executive does not exist). * When the download is complete, double click the HSTTaxSetup4.exe file. * Press Install to extract and run the utility. ==Linking Data== You must link the utility to the ExecutiveData.mdb file (Multi-Stores link to the individual ExecutiveData.mdb files one at a time to perform updates on each). The linking process will be quicker if nobody is currently using Executive. ===Finding Your ExecutiveData.mdb File Path=== * Open Executive and navigate to Maintenance-System-Link Data. * Find the filepath on the right side ending with ''ExecutiveData.mdb'' (likely similar to X:\ExecutiveData.mdb) * Select this path, then right click and copy the text. * Close Executive and return to the Update Utility. [[File:Hst41.png]] Click on the Link button to bring up the file linking window. [[File:Hst42.png]] Remove the current C:\Executive\ExecutiveData.mdb path, and right click and paste in the new path. Click OK to link the data. {{info|If you are unable to link the data, double check that the path is correct and matches the ExecutiveData.mdb path in Executive.}} ==Updating Special Orders== The utility has been updated to change the taxes on existing special orders, as transferring old special orders to a sale may cause the old tax rates to be used. [[File:Hst43.png]] Using the drop down boxes, choose to Copy product tax setup from '''GST''' to '''HST'''. To perform the update, hit Apply on '''2b.Update Special Orders''' [[File:Hst44.png]] A confirmation box will pop up, outlining what is about to be modified. Click Yes to continue. [[File:Hst45.png]] The update process is generally very quick, so it may take as little as a few seconds. When the update is finished running, a confirmation box will pop up notifying you that it is Complete. Click OK to return to the utility. ===Customer Tax Exemptions Report=== Since there may be existing PST or HST tax exemptions for customers, a report is available to display these in list form. This list can be used when adding Customer HST Exemptions (where applicable). {{info|Exemption rules may have changed, so some PST/GST exempt customers may not be exempt from HST. Consult your accountant or a tax authority for more details on HST Exemptions.}} [[File:Hst46.png]] Choose the preview button to view the Customer Exemption report. (Alternatively, choose the print button to print a copy of the report without previewing it.) [[File:Hst47.png]] The report displays the name and contact information of customers, along with their current tax exemptions. {{note|Be sure that no customers have pre-existing HST Exemptions, as imported customer lists may have been marked Tax 3 Exempt in the past.}} To create an HST Exemption in Executive, the HST tax must be active. * To set up general exemption groups, go to Maintenance-System-Tax Setup-Tax Exempt Status. * To set up a specific customer exemption you can go to the customer's profile, select the Tax/Interest tab, and set up the new exemption (with Exemption ID if necessary). ==Exiting the Utility== [[File:Hst48.png]] When you are finished with the Product Update and Customer Exemptions, press the X button to exit the utility. 239 233 2011-04-09T00:00:36Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Executive's HST Product Update Utility has been updated to also update taxes on Special Orders. The Customer Tax Exemption report has also been updated to include HST Exemptions. ==Outline== These instructions assume that you have already ran the previous update utility to change your Products from GST to HST, so the Product ''Apply'' button is not functional in this version. If you have not updated your Products yet, please contact us for the Product Update Utility Version 1. {{info|For stores with multiple locations, the Special Order update component of the utility must be run on each store's database separately.}} ==Download and Run the Utility== Download the utility: [File:HSTTaxSetup4.exe] * Click Save, and save it to your C:\Executive folder (or C:\Program Files\Executive folder if C:\Executive does not exist). * When the download is complete, double click the HSTTaxSetup4.exe file. * Press Install to extract and run the utility. ==Linking Data== You must link the utility to the ExecutiveData.mdb file (Multi-Stores link to the individual ExecutiveData.mdb files one at a time to perform updates on each). The linking process will be quicker if nobody is currently using Executive. ===Finding Your ExecutiveData.mdb File Path=== * Open Executive and navigate to Maintenance-System-Link Data. * Find the filepath on the right side ending with ''ExecutiveData.mdb'' (likely similar to X:\ExecutiveData.mdb) * Select this path, then right click and copy the text. * Close Executive and return to the Update Utility. [[File:Hst41.PNG]] Click on the Link button to bring up the file linking window. [[File:Hst42.png]] Remove the current C:\Executive\ExecutiveData.mdb path, and right click and paste in the new path. Click OK to link the data. {{info|If you are unable to link the data, double check that the path is correct and matches the ExecutiveData.mdb path in Executive.}} ==Updating Special Orders== The utility has been updated to change the taxes on existing special orders, as transferring old special orders to a sale may cause the old tax rates to be used. [[File:Hst43.png]] Using the drop down boxes, choose to Copy product tax setup from '''GST''' to '''HST'''. To perform the update, hit Apply on '''2b.Update Special Orders''' [[File:Hst44.png]] A confirmation box will pop up, outlining what is about to be modified. Click Yes to continue. [[File:Hst45.png]] The update process is generally very quick, so it may take as little as a few seconds. When the update is finished running, a confirmation box will pop up notifying you that it is Complete. Click OK to return to the utility. ===Customer Tax Exemptions Report=== Since there may be existing PST or HST tax exemptions for customers, a report is available to display these in list form. This list can be used when adding Customer HST Exemptions (where applicable). {{info|Exemption rules may have changed, so some PST/GST exempt customers may not be exempt from HST. Consult your accountant or a tax authority for more details on HST Exemptions.}} [[File:Hst46.png]] Choose the preview button to view the Customer Exemption report. (Alternatively, choose the print button to print a copy of the report without previewing it.) [[File:Hst47.png]] The report displays the name and contact information of customers, along with their current tax exemptions. {{note|Be sure that no customers have pre-existing HST Exemptions, as imported customer lists may have been marked Tax 3 Exempt in the past.}} To create an HST Exemption in Executive, the HST tax must be active. * To set up general exemption groups, go to Maintenance-System-Tax Setup-Tax Exempt Status. * To set up a specific customer exemption you can go to the customer's profile, select the Tax/Interest tab, and set up the new exemption (with Exemption ID if necessary). ==Exiting the Utility== [[File:Hst48.png]] When you are finished with the Product Update and Customer Exemptions, press the X button to exit the utility. 240 239 2011-04-09T00:02:12Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Executive's HST Product Update Utility has been updated to also update taxes on Special Orders. The Customer Tax Exemption report has also been updated to include HST Exemptions. ==Outline== These instructions assume that you have already ran the previous update utility to change your Products from GST to HST, so the Product ''Apply'' button is not functional in this version. If you have not updated your Products yet, please contact us for the Product Update Utility Version 1. {{info|For stores with multiple locations, the Special Order update component of the utility must be run on each store's database separately.}} ==Download and Run the Utility== Download the utility: [File:HSTTaxSetup4.exe] * Click Save, and save it to your C:\Executive folder (or C:\Program Files\Executive folder if C:\Executive does not exist). * When the download is complete, double click the HSTTaxSetup4.exe file. * Press Install to extract and run the utility. ==Linking Data== You must link the utility to the ExecutiveData.mdb file (Multi-Stores link to the individual ExecutiveData.mdb files one at a time to perform updates on each). The linking process will be quicker if nobody is currently using Executive. ===Finding Your ExecutiveData.mdb File Path=== * Open Executive and navigate to Maintenance-System-Link Data. * Find the filepath on the right side ending with ''ExecutiveData.mdb'' (likely similar to X:\ExecutiveData.mdb) * Select this path, then right click and copy the text. * Close Executive and return to the Update Utility. [[File:Hst41.PNG]] Click on the Link button to bring up the file linking window. [[File:Hst2.png]] Remove the current C:\Executive\ExecutiveData.mdb path, and right click and paste in the new path. Click OK to link the data. {{info|If you are unable to link the data, double check that the path is correct and matches the ExecutiveData.mdb path in Executive.}} ==Updating Special Orders== The utility has been updated to change the taxes on existing special orders, as transferring old special orders to a sale may cause the old tax rates to be used. [[File:Hst43.png]] Using the drop down boxes, choose to Copy product tax setup from '''GST''' to '''HST'''. To perform the update, hit Apply on '''2b.Update Special Orders''' [[File:Hst44.png]] A confirmation box will pop up, outlining what is about to be modified. Click Yes to continue. [[File:Hst5.png]] The update process is generally very quick, so it may take as little as a few seconds. When the update is finished running, a confirmation box will pop up notifying you that it is Complete. Click OK to return to the utility. ===Customer Tax Exemptions Report=== Since there may be existing PST or HST tax exemptions for customers, a report is available to display these in list form. This list can be used when adding Customer HST Exemptions (where applicable). {{info|Exemption rules may have changed, so some PST/GST exempt customers may not be exempt from HST. Consult your accountant or a tax authority for more details on HST Exemptions.}} [[File:Hst46.png]] Choose the preview button to view the Customer Exemption report. (Alternatively, choose the print button to print a copy of the report without previewing it.) [[File:Hst6.png]] The report displays the name and contact information of customers, along with their current tax exemptions. {{note|Be sure that no customers have pre-existing HST Exemptions, as imported customer lists may have been marked Tax 3 Exempt in the past.}} To create an HST Exemption in Executive, the HST tax must be active. * To set up general exemption groups, go to Maintenance-System-Tax Setup-Tax Exempt Status. * To set up a specific customer exemption you can go to the customer's profile, select the Tax/Interest tab, and set up the new exemption (with Exemption ID if necessary). ==Exiting the Utility== [[File:Hst48.png]] When you are finished with the Product Update and Customer Exemptions, press the X button to exit the utility. 241 240 2011-04-09T00:03:42Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Executive's HST Product Update Utility has been updated to also update taxes on Special Orders. The Customer Tax Exemption report has also been updated to include HST Exemptions. ==Outline== These instructions assume that you have already ran the previous update utility to change your Products from GST to HST, so the Product ''Apply'' button is not functional in this version. If you have not updated your Products yet, please contact us for the Product Update Utility Version 1. {{info|For stores with multiple locations, the Special Order update component of the utility must be run on each store's database separately.}} ==Download and Run the Utility== Download the utility: [File:HSTTaxSetup4.exe] * Click Save, and save it to your C:\Executive folder (or C:\Program Files\Executive folder if C:\Executive does not exist). * When the download is complete, double click the HSTTaxSetup4.exe file. * Press Install to extract and run the utility. ==Linking Data== You must link the utility to the ExecutiveData.mdb file (Multi-Stores link to the individual ExecutiveData.mdb files one at a time to perform updates on each). The linking process will be quicker if nobody is currently using Executive. ===Finding Your ExecutiveData.mdb File Path=== * Open Executive and navigate to Maintenance-System-Link Data. * Find the filepath on the right side ending with ''ExecutiveData.mdb'' (likely similar to X:\ExecutiveData.mdb) * Select this path, then right click and copy the text. * Close Executive and return to the Update Utility. [[File:Hst41.PNG]] Click on the Link button to bring up the file linking window. [[File:Hst2.png]] Remove the current C:\Executive\ExecutiveData.mdb path, and right click and paste in the new path. Click OK to link the data. {{info|If you are unable to link the data, double check that the path is correct and matches the ExecutiveData.mdb path in Executive.}} ==Updating Special Orders== The utility has been updated to change the taxes on existing special orders, as transferring old special orders to a sale may cause the old tax rates to be used. [[File:Hst43.png]] Using the drop down boxes, choose to Copy product tax setup from '''GST''' to '''HST'''. To perform the update, hit Apply on '''2b.Update Special Orders''' [[File:Hst44.png]] A confirmation box will pop up, outlining what is about to be modified. Click Yes to continue. [[File:Hst5.png]] The update process is generally very quick, so it may take as little as a few seconds. When the update is finished running, a confirmation box will pop up notifying you that it is Complete. Click OK to return to the utility. ===Customer Tax Exemptions Report=== Since there may be existing PST or HST tax exemptions for customers, a report is available to display these in list form. This list can be used when adding Customer HST Exemptions (where applicable). {{info|Exemption rules may have changed, so some PST/GST exempt customers may not be exempt from HST. Consult your accountant or a tax authority for more details on HST Exemptions.}} [[File:Hst46.png]] Choose the preview button to view the Customer Exemption report. (Alternatively, choose the print button to print a copy of the report without previewing it.) [[File:Hst6.png]] The report displays the name and contact information of customers, along with their current tax exemptions. {{note|Be sure that no customers have pre-existing HST Exemptions, as imported customer lists may have been marked Tax 3 Exempt in the past.}} To create an HST Exemption in Executive, the HST tax must be active. * To set up general exemption groups, go to Maintenance-System-Tax Setup-Tax Exempt Status. * To set up a specific customer exemption you can go to the customer's profile, select the Tax/Interest tab, and set up the new exemption (with Exemption ID if necessary). ==Exiting the Utility== [[File:Hst48.png]] When you are finished with the Product Update and Customer Exemptions, press the X button to exit the utility. 0 1 242 137 2011-04-09T00:04:51Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Documentation]] - Manuals, adding new workstations, and other instructional documentation [[Downloads]] - Files that were formerly on the FTP site, as well as a few new downloads [[Getting Started]] - Basic information for initial setup of software, peripherals, and beginning to use the software [[Glossary]] - Defining various terms that are used throughout the software and accompanying documentation [[Hardware]] - Recommended hardware, as well as resources for specific peripherals [[Known Issues]] - Listing of known issues with the software [[Troubleshooting]] - Error messages and possible resolutions [[Versions]] - Release notes and change logs for various versions 0 19 247 70 2011-04-11T19:44:00Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki To Install Executive on a new workstation, first find an existing workstation (not the server) that will have a similar setup as the new workstation. ==On the Existing Workstation== * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Find the ''Executive'' folder. Right Click and Copy it. * Navigate to your shared folder in ''My Computer'' (generally the X:\ drive). * Right click and create a New Folder, and name it ''todays date'' (so it's easy to find later on). * Open the new folder, and Right Click and Paste. The ''Executive'' folder should copy itself over. * From the Desktop, Right Click and Copy the Executive Shortcut. Paste it into the ''today's date'' folder as well. * Open ''My Computer'' and make note of your shared drive's details. ** For Example, if it says ''Executive on Server1 (X:\)'', the shared folder's name is '''Executive''', the server's name is '''Server1''', and the drive is mapped as '''X:''' ** Write this information down, as you will need it for mapping the shared drive on the new workstation. ==On the New Workstation== ===Mapping the Shared Drive=== * Right Click on _My Computer_ and choose _Map Network Drive_ * Choose the same drive letter that the old workstation used. * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' !mapdrive.PNG! ===Copying the Executive Folder=== * Once the shared drive is mapped, it generally opens in a new window (you can manually open it from ''My Computer'' otherwise) * Find the ''today's date'' folder, and open it. * Right Click on the Executive Shortcut file and copy it. Paste it to the Desktop. Return to the ''today's date'' folder. * Right Click on the _Executive_ folder and Copy it. * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (_C:/Program Files/_ for the 2007 Version). * Right Click and Paste. This should create a new Executive Folder. ===Installing Access Runtime=== * Click [[here|Downloads^2003Runtime.exe]] to download the Access Runtime installer. Save it to your Desktop. * When it is finished downloading, Double Click the file and choose Install. This will create a new ''2003Runtime'' folder on the Desktop. * Open the new ''2003Runtime'' folder. * Double click ''ACCESSRT.MSI'' (it will look like this: !ACCESSRT-MSI-IMG.PNG|width=50px!) * Follow the Access Installer Wizard, until it is finished. ===Testing Executive=== * Now that everything is set up, double click on the Executive Shortcut from the Desktop to launch Executive. ** The first time you launch the program, you will need to click _Yes_ when prompted to 'Block Unsafe Expressions'. This is only required on the first startup. ** If using 64 bit Windows, the shortcut path and Reports Startup path will need to be updated to include (x86) in the Program Files section for MS Access. * If Executive loads without any error messages, try finding a Sale to make sure the data is being found. * Printers must be installed, and Printer Setup will need to be completed unless everything is the exact same as the old workstation's printers. * If Microsoft Office isn't installed, Graphic Filters might need to be installed before being able to view images. See [[Graphic Filters|Downloads#Graphic Filters]] for help installing these using the [[Grphflt.exe|Downloads^Grphflt.exe]] installer. * Download [[Memcpy.dll|Downloads^Memcpy.dll]] from [[Downloads|Downloads#Memcpy.dll]] and place it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder (this enables file browsing, such as for images). 248 247 2011-04-11T19:45:17Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki To Install Executive on a new workstation, first find an existing workstation (not the server) that will have a similar setup as the new workstation. ==On the Existing Workstation== * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Find the ''Executive'' folder. Right Click and Copy it. * Navigate to your shared folder in ''My Computer'' (generally the X:\ drive). * Right click and create a New Folder, and name it ''todays date'' (so it's easy to find later on). * Open the new folder, and Right Click and Paste. The ''Executive'' folder should copy itself over. * From the Desktop, Right Click and Copy the Executive Shortcut. Paste it into the ''today's date'' folder as well. * Open ''My Computer'' and make note of your shared drive's details. ** For Example, if it says ''Executive on Server1 (X:\)'', the shared folder's name is '''Executive''', the server's name is '''Server1''', and the drive is mapped as '''X:''' ** Write this information down, as you will need it for mapping the shared drive on the new workstation. ==On the New Workstation== ===Mapping the Shared Drive=== * Right Click on _My Computer_ and choose _Map Network Drive_ * Choose the same drive letter that the old workstation used. * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' !mapdrive.PNG! ===Copying the Executive Folder=== * Once the shared drive is mapped, it generally opens in a new window (you can manually open it from ''My Computer'' otherwise) * Find the ''today's date'' folder, and open it. * Right Click on the Executive Shortcut file and copy it. Paste it to the Desktop. Return to the ''today's date'' folder. * Right Click on the ''Executive'' folder and Copy it. * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Right Click and Paste. This should create a new Executive Folder. ===Installing Access Runtime=== * Click [[here|Downloads^2003Runtime.exe]] to download the Access Runtime installer. Save it to your Desktop. * When it is finished downloading, Double Click the file and choose Install. This will create a new ''2003Runtime'' folder on the Desktop. * Open the new ''2003Runtime'' folder. * Double click ''ACCESSRT.MSI'' (it will look like this: !ACCESSRT-MSI-IMG.PNG|width=50px!) * Follow the Access Installer Wizard, until it is finished. ===Testing Executive=== * Now that everything is set up, double click on the Executive Shortcut from the Desktop to launch Executive. ** The first time you launch the program, you will need to click ''Yes'' when prompted to 'Block Unsafe Expressions'. This is only required on the first startup. ** If using 64 bit Windows, the shortcut path and Reports Startup path will need to be updated to include (x86) in the Program Files section for MS Access. * If Executive loads without any error messages, try finding a Sale to make sure the data is being found. * Printers must be installed, and Printer Setup will need to be completed unless everything is the exact same as the old workstation's printers. * If Microsoft Office isn't installed, Graphic Filters might need to be installed before being able to view images. See [[Graphic Filters|Downloads#Graphic Filters]] for help installing these using the [[Grphflt.exe|Downloads^Grphflt.exe]] installer. * Download [[Memcpy.dll|Downloads^Memcpy.dll]] from [[Downloads|Downloads#Memcpy.dll]] and place it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder (this enables file browsing, such as for images). 249 248 2011-04-11T19:46:37Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki To Install Executive on a new workstation, first find an existing workstation (not the server) that will have a similar setup as the new workstation. ==On the Existing Workstation== * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Find the ''Executive'' folder. Right Click and Copy it. * Navigate to your shared folder in ''My Computer'' (generally the X:\ drive). * Right click and create a New Folder, and name it ''todays date'' (so it's easy to find later on). * Open the new folder, and Right Click and Paste. The ''Executive'' folder should copy itself over. * From the Desktop, Right Click and Copy the Executive Shortcut. Paste it into the ''today's date'' folder as well. * Open ''My Computer'' and make note of your shared drive's details. ** For Example, if it says ''Executive on Server1 (X:\)'', the shared folder's name is '''Executive''', the server's name is '''Server1''', and the drive is mapped as '''X:''' ** Write this information down, as you will need it for mapping the shared drive on the new workstation. ==On the New Workstation== ===Mapping the Shared Drive=== * Right Click on _My Computer_ and choose _Map Network Drive_ * Choose the same drive letter that the old workstation used. * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' !mapdrive.PNG! ===Copying the Executive Folder=== * Once the shared drive is mapped, it generally opens in a new window (you can manually open it from ''My Computer'' otherwise) * Find the ''today's date'' folder, and open it. * Right Click on the Executive Shortcut file and copy it. Paste it to the Desktop. Return to the ''today's date'' folder. * Right Click on the ''Executive'' folder and Copy it. * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Right Click and Paste. This should create a new Executive Folder. ===Installing Access Runtime=== * Click [[here|Downloads^2003Runtime.exe]] to download the Access Runtime installer. Save it to your Desktop. * When it is finished downloading, Double Click the file and choose Install. This will create a new ''2003Runtime'' folder on the Desktop. * Open the new ''2003Runtime'' folder. * Double click ''ACCESSRT.MSI'' (it will look like this: !ACCESSRT-MSI-IMG.PNG|width=50px!) * Follow the Access Installer Wizard, until it is finished. ===Testing Executive=== * Now that everything is set up, double click on the Executive Shortcut from the Desktop to launch Executive. ** The first time you launch the program, you will need to click ''Yes'' when prompted to 'Block Unsafe Expressions'. This is only required on the first startup. ** If using 64 bit Windows, the shortcut path and Reports Startup path will need to be updated to include (x86) in the Program Files section for MS Access. * If Executive loads without any error messages, try finding a Sale to make sure the data is being found. * Printers must be installed, and Printer Setup will need to be completed unless everything is the exact same as the old workstation's printers. * If Microsoft Office isn't installed, Graphic Filters might need to be installed before being able to view images. See [[Graphic Filters|Downloads#Graphic Filters]] for help installing these using the [[Grphflt.exe|Downloads^Grphflt.exe]] installer. * Download [[Memcpy.dll|Downloads^Memcpy.dll]] from [[Downloads|Downloads#Memcpy.dll]] and place it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder (this enables file browsing, such as for images). [[Category:Documentation]] 0 21 250 74 2011-04-11T19:46:44Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki It is crucial to make regular backups, in case of loss of the primary data source. Data loss could be due to data corruption, hard drive failure, damage due to disaster or theft, etc. It is recommended to speak with your hardware supplier for further information on instituting a reliable method of backing up your data. ==Files== * The ExecutiveData.mdb file (generally in the server's shared folder) '''must''' be backed up regularly (see below for more suggestions). This file contains all program data, and cannot be replaced in case of data corruption or loss without a usable backup. * The Images folder (generally in the server's shared folder) should be backed up occasionally, to ensure that if loss occurs, only a limited amount of images will need to be retaken. * The ExecutiveSetup.mdb file (generally in the server's shared folder) should be backed up when setup details are changed. It holds a small amount of customized setup data, but could be replaced with a default copy if absolutely necessary. * Other Executive files, such as the front ends and system images can be replaced in case of loss, but can be backed up if possible to ensure the system can be quickly restored. ==Onsite and Offsite Backups== Backups should be regularly stored both onsite and offsite, in case of loss at one location. Offsite backups could be in the form of an online backup, or a physical backup that is taken offsite. ==Automation== Backups should be automated, to ensure that it is done regularly. Both automated scripts and software solutions can be used to automate backups. ==Redundancy== Making backups using multiple methods ensures that you are prepared in case of failure by one method. This could include backing up to both an external hard drive as well as a tape drive, or simply using a USB flash drive for a weekly backup in conjunction with your regular method. ==Timing== It is best to schedule backups regularly, and to back up data when it is not being used (such as at night). It's also recommended to keep multiple backups, just in case of data corruption that is not immediately identified. ===Backup Schedule=== * Monday-Friday should each have their own backup folder/tape, in case you need to restore from a few days ago due to corruption issues. Overwriting the same file daily is not recommended, it's best to cycle daily backups each week to ensure a week's worth of separate backups are retained. Daily backups could include as little as only the ExecutiveData.mdb file. * Monthly backups could be used to create full snapshots, with both the ExecutiveData.mdb, ExecutiveSetup.mdb, and Images folders being backed up. ===Examples=== There are many possible configurations, using a variety of methods. Below are examples of two popular methods, and schedules for creating redundant, automated backups with offsite capabilities. ====Tape Backup==== * If using tape backups, have 7 tapes. Use 1 as a monthly, use the 5 as Monday-Friday. Use the additional tape as a Swap for the Thursday tape. Each Friday, bring in the offsite Thursday tape, and swap it for the current Thursday tape, keeping the other Thursday tape offsite until swapping it again the next week. ====Flash Drive/External Hard Drive==== * If using flash drives/external hard drives, have 3. Alternate 2 as daily backups, and keep the extra one offsite. Swap the offsite with Thursday's backup every Friday, so that one is always offsite. Try to alternate each day, so that each drive is used evenly. * Backups could be stored in M-F folders, so that each flash drive/external hard drive would have a full weekly backup, further increasing redundancy. ** For example, have HD's 1, 2, and 3. ** Week A, HD3 will be offsite. Use HD1 M,W,F. Use HD2 T,TH. On Friday, bring in HD3 and take HD2 offsite. ** Week B, HD2 will be offsite. Use HD3 M,W,F. Use HD1 T,TH. On Friday, bring in HD2 and take HD1 offsite. ** Week C, HD1 will be offsite. Use HD2 M,W,F. Use HD3 T,TH. On Friday, bring in HD1 and take HD3 offsite. [[Category:Documentation]] 0 20 251 124 2011-04-11T19:47:22Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki Your data file needs to be compacted daily to reduce the risk of corrupted data. * To open ExecutiveMaintenance, double click on the icon, Press OK. * Click on the Compact Data button. * Keep the program open until you see a message pop up saying Compact Complete. ** '''If an error message is shown, the data file may be corrupt and needs to be repaired before use. Continuing to use a damaged file can lead to data loss and compound the damage. Please restore from your latest clean backup (ensure that the backup compacts fine before using it)''' * Press OK on the message. * Exit the Executive Maintenance program by clicking on the X in the top right corner. A message will pop up asking "Are you sure you want to Quit?" Click Yes to exit or No to continue using the program. ==Linking to the Data File== To configure Executive Maintenance to compact the data file, click File Location. Under Data, choose the path of the ExecutiveData.mdb file. Exit and compact to confirm the path is correct. If you do not have an operational Executive Maintenance program, please see the [[Downloads]] page. Once it is downloaded, follow the above instructions for linking to the data. Executive Maintenance is only used in the 07 and 08 versions, so if you are on an older version, you can find a compacting shortcut as part of your original installation. [[Category:Documentation]] 0 23 252 82 2011-04-11T19:47:30Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki {{note|Upon the [[Executive Jeweller:Current events|expiry of support]], the FTP site will no longer be active and data will not be repaired, so please ensure you have proper [[Backups]] to restore from.}} ==FTP Uploading Data Instructions== # Ensure nobody else is currently in Executive while working with your data. # Open My Computer. Navigate to the location of your executivedata.mdb file (at (SHARED DRIVE)\executivedata.mdb) # To Zip the file, right click the executivedata.mdb file and choose Send To -> Compressed Zip Folder. # If asked if you would like to overwrite an existing file, choose Yes. # Find and select the executivedata.zip file, right click on it, and copy it. # Open up another window of My Computer. # In the Address bar in My Computer, type in ftp://knar:knar_pwd@ftp.knar.com/CompanyName # Right click and Paste the executivedata.zip file here. # After waiting for the file to upload, you will see the executivedata.zip file has been uploaded to the FTP site. ===Uploading ExecutiveSetup (Required for Upgrades)=== # On your tag printing workstation, open My Computer, navigate to the location of your executivesetup.mdb file, which is likely at C:\Program Files\Executive. # Copy executivesetup.mdb and paste it on the FTP site. If your data is being repaired or updated, you must now stay out of your data once it has been uploaded as any changes will be lost. {{info|If you aren't sure where to find your data file, go to Maintenance-System-Link Data. This will show the paths for all linked files, including ExecutiveData.mdb and ExecutiveSetup.mdb}} [[Category:Documentation]] 0 68 253 189 2011-04-11T19:47:39Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download]] VuePrint Utility [[File:Vue Print Utility Installer.exe|Download]] ====Installation==== 1 Download the drivers here [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe]] and Save them to your desktop 2 Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard 3 Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png]] 4 Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png]] 5 Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference 6 In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png]] 7 Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png]] 8 Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png]] 9 Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png]] 10 Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png]] 11 When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual]] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. [[Category:Hardware]] 256 253 2011-04-11T19:52:08Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download]] VuePrint Utility [[File:Vue Print Utility Installer.exe|Download]] ====Installation==== 1 Download the drivers here [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe]] and Save them to your desktop 2 Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard 3 Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png]] 4 Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png]] 5 Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference 6 In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png]] 7 Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png]] 8 Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png]] 9 Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png]] 10 Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png]] 11 When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual]] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. [[Category:Hardware]] 257 256 2011-04-11T19:52:36Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download]] VuePrint Utility [[File:Vue Print Utility Installer.exe|Download]] ====Installation==== 1 Download the drivers here [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe]] and Save them to your desktop 2 Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard 3 Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png|left]] 4 Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png|left]] 5 Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png|left]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference 6 In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png|left]] 7 Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png|left]] 8 Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png|left]] 9 Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png|left]] 10 Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png|left]] 11 When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png|left]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual]] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. [[Category:Hardware]] 258 257 2011-04-11T19:53:12Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download]] VuePrint Utility [[File:Vue Print Utility Installer.exe|Download]] ====Installation==== 1 Download the drivers here [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe]] and Save them to your desktop 2 Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard 3 Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png] 4 Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png]] 5 Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference 6 In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png]] 7 Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png]] 8 Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png]] 9 Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png]] 10 Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png]] 11 When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual]] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. [[Category:Hardware]] 0 82 254 190 2011-04-11T19:47:45Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:E4203.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:E4203 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. ==Drivers and Utilities== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.datamaxcorp.com/software/e-class/ Datamax Support Site] E-Class Windows Driver Datamax_7.1.6_M-0 [[File:Datamax_7.1.6_M-0.exe|Download]]<br> Datamax Desktop Printer Configuration Utility 2.02 [[File:Desktop Printer Configuration Utility 2.02.exe|Download]] <br> Printer Configuration Utility Help Guide [[File:Datamax Printer Configuration Utility Version 2.02.pdf|PDF]] [[Category:Hardware]] 0 101 255 208 2011-04-11T19:50:35Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki ==2008 Release== The 2008 Version is the current release, and is compatible with XP, Vista, and Windows 7 on both 32 and 64 bit machines. [[2008 Release Notes]] give a general overview of what was included in this release. [[Updates#2008 Version|2008 Updates]] outlines all updates to the release. [[Updates#Executive 2008 Changelog|2008 Version Changelog]] gives specific version by version details on modifications. ==2007 Release== The 2007 Version is not directly compatible with Vista or Windows 7, but see for steps to install the 2007 Version on a Vista or Windows 7 machine. [[2007 Release Notes]] give a general overview of what was included in this release. [[Updates#2007 Version|2007 Updates]] outlines all updates to the release. [[Updates#Executive 2007 Changelog|2007 Version Changelog]] gives specific version by version details on modifications. ==2006 Release== The 2006 Version is no longer supported or available for download. Refer to your original materials as necessary. [[2006 Release Notes]] give a general overview of what was included in this release. ==2005 Release== The 2005 Version is no longer supported or available for download. Refer to your original materials as necessary. [[2005 Release Notes]] give a general overview of what was included in this release. [[Category:Versions]] 0 68 259 258 2011-04-11T19:53:31Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download]] VuePrint Utility [[File:Vue Print Utility Installer.exe|Download]] ====Installation==== 1 Download the drivers here [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe]] and Save them to your desktop 2 Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard 3 Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png]] 4 Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png]] 5 Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference 6 In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png]] 7 Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png]] 8 Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png]] 9 Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png]] 10 Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png]] 11 When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual]] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. [[Category:Hardware]] 260 259 2011-04-11T19:54:07Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download]] VuePrint Utility [[File:Vue Print Utility Installer.exe|Download]] ====Installation==== 1 Download the drivers here [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe]] and Save them to your desktop 2 Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard 3 Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png]] 4 Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png]] 5 Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference 6 In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png]] 7 Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png]] 8 Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png]] 9 Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png]] 10 Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png]] 11 When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual]] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. [[Category:Hardware]] 0 2 261 30 2011-04-11T20:00:14Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Manual|2008 Executive Manual]] [[image:ExecutiveReportsManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Reports Manual|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[Adding a New Store]] [[Category:Documentation]] 0 41 262 142 2011-04-11T20:00:32Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki The following items are available for download. If you have questions, please consult the accompanying documentation. ==ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb== [[File:ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb]] is used to compact the data file. Save it to the desktop of the compacting workstation (preferably the server as it will be faster). For more instructions on [[Compacting Data#Linking to the Data File|linking the data files]] and [[Compacting Data#Compacting the Data File|compacting]], see [[Compacting Data]]. ==Memcpy.dll== [[File:MemCpy.dll]] is required on each workstation to allow browsing for files (such as image browser). It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/System32/ folder to enable file browsing. It resolves [[Errors#Error 53|Error 53 - File Not Found]]. ==WIN Barcode Font== [[File:Code128bWin.ttf]] is required when using WIN tags. It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/Fonts/ folder to install the WIN tag barcode font. ==Graphic Filters== [[File:Grphflt.exe]] is required to view product images on workstations that do not have MS Office installed. To install the graphic filters, save [[File:Grphflt.exe]] to C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/. When it is downloaded, double click Grphflt.exe, then click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/Grphflt folder, then open the enclosed Graphics Key folder and run the registry tool inside by double clicking it. Try viewing an image to verify that it now works. This will need to be on all computers without MS Office Graphic Filters installed in order to view images. ==Desktop Shortcut Icon== [[File:Executive.lnk]] is a sample desktop shortcut. [[File:Executive.ico]] is the icon file that can be used for Executive desktop shortcuts. ==MS Access 2003 Runtime== [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless otherwise noted''. To Install, download [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2003Runtime.exe and click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created 2003Runtime folder, double click ACCESSRT.MSI and follow the installation wizard. ==MS Access 2007 Runtime== [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2007 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless advised otherwise''. To Install, download [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2007Runtime.exe and follow the installation wizard. ==Installation Packages== [[File:2005-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2005 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[File:2007-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2007 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[Category:Downloads]] 0 88 263 205 2011-04-11T20:00:48Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:TMT88IV_CW.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed in PDF format [[File:TMT88IV_UM_401.pdf]]. ==Drivers and Utilities== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://epsonexpert.com Epson Support Site] Windows Driver APD_407EWM [[File:Epson TMT88IV Driver.exe]] ==Installation== ===Driver=== Download the [[File:Epson TMT88IV Driver.exe]] and save it to the desktop (or wherever you'd like to store it). Double click and choose Install. This will extract the files and begin the installation. When prompted to select a printer, Add your Epson TM-T88IV if it is not already in the list. Be sure to choose ''Create new USB port'' if it's attached via USB. Follow the rest of the wizard, and do a test print afterwards to ensure it is working properly. ===Using 3 Inch Receipts in Executive=== To use 3 Inch Receipts in Executive, the following steps must be taken: ====Customer Receipt Type==== In Maintenance->System->Receipts->Customer Receipt Type, select _3 Inch_ for each type. A different receipt can be used for different Customer Types (in Customer Profile) if desired. ====Receipt Copies==== In Maintenance->System->Receipts->Receipt Copies, set the number of copies for each 3 Inch receipt. Choosing 2 for each receipt is a good starting point, and prints a customer and store copy. ====Specific Printer Setup==== In Maintenance->System->Receipts->Printer Setup->Specific Printer Setup, choose all 3 Inch Receipts as Reports on the left side. If they are not yet in the list, they can be added by choosing the blank row at the bottom and using the drop down to add each 3 Inch receipt. Then on the right side, assign your Receipt Printer to each 3 Inch Receipt that you would like to have print on that printer. [[Category:Hardware]] 0 62 264 151 2011-04-11T20:01:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==General Errors== ===Error 52=== Error 52 - Bad file name or number Similar to Error 53, it generally occurs when using EXE tags as the print job is sent directly to the LPT1 port. If using a printer on a different port such as USB, the printer needs to be shared and mapped to the LPT1 port. Once mapped, it will now accept traffic from the LPT1 port. This error is caused by trying to send the print file directly to LPT1 when it is not available or disconnected. See [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 53=== Error 53 - File not found. ====Tag Printing==== When using EXE tags, the print job is sent directly to the LPT1 port. If using a printer on a different port such as USB, the printer needs to be shared and mapped to the LPT1 port. Once mapped, it will now accept traffic from the LPT1 port. See [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ====File Browser==== When trying to use the file browser to add images or link data paths, the workstation needs to have MemCpy.dll installed to use the file browse buttons. To fix this, copy [[File:MemCpy.dll]] and paste it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder. This will need to be done on all computers experiencing the issue. For 64 bit machines, put it in the C:/Windows/SysWOW64 folder as well. ===Error 75=== Error 75 - Path/File Access Error Tag Printing Path Issue, see [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 76=== Error 76 - Path Not Found ====Opening Reports==== The reports startup is incorrect. Go to Maintenance->System->Store Setup and check the Reports Startup field. Refer to the following examples to correct the path. For custom installations, other paths may be required. =====2008 Version, 32 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" =====2008 Version, 64 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" =====2007 Version, 32 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" =====2007 Version, 64 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" ====Tag Printing==== Tag Printer Path Issue, see [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 94=== Error 94 - Invalid Use of Null A required field has been left blank. If printing something customer related, check the customer profile and ensure that the Customer Type is not blank. If it is blank, set it to Retail and try printing again. ===Error 429=== Error 429: ActiveX component can't create object This error can occur if one of the components needed by the program is not registered correctly or is missing. It may point to a component of Access that has been modified, such as by installing Office 2007 over top of Access 2003 Runtime. Try the code below if it's believe to be a registry issue, if not, try using the [[Downloads#MS Access 2007 Runtime|Access 2007 Runtime]] instead as it may not have the same registry issues. {{code|regsvr32 scrrun.dll <br>regsvr32 "C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\DAO\DAO350.dll" <br>regsvr32 "C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\DAO\DAO360.dll"}} ===Error 2001=== Error 2001 - The previous operation was cancelled The ReportsExportPath column is missing in the setup file. This error generally comes up when trying to open reports. Find a correct setup file on a workstation that doesn't have this error, and then replace problematic setup file to resolve the issue. ===Error 2046=== Error 2046 - The command or action 'save record' isn't available now. This is generally given after a message that a Job Bag is locked by a user/computer. To unlock the Job Bag, reopen and close it from that user/computer, then retry from the initial workstation. ===Error 2114=== Error 2114 - Error 2114: Microsoft Access doesn't support the format of the file "filename", so it can't load the picture. The Microsoft Graphic Filters are required to view images in MS Access. If the workstation doesn't have Microsoft Office installed, the Graphic Filters need to be installed manually, see [[Downloads#Graphic Filters|Downloads]] for more information. ===Error 3027=== Error 3027 - Cannot update. Database or object is read only. The file in use is being restricted to Read Only, but requires Read/Write permissions. Grant 'Everyone' Read/Write Access on this file (for example, ExecutiveReports.mdb), and reopen the file to ensure permissions are now correct. ===Error 3043=== Error 3043 - Disk or Network Error The network connection or drive mapping is not finding the data file on startup. Try going to Computer (My Computer in XP), locating the mapped network drive, and double clicking it. * If it connects without issue, try opening Executive again, as the connection should be restored * If it fails, the server may not be turned on or something may be preventing connection such as a permissions issue * If the mapped network drive isn't showing up, it will need to be remapped. See [[Mapping Network Drives]] for more information. Go to Maintenance->System->Link Data and ensure that the paths are all correct, as they must be pointing at valid files. ===Error 3044=== Error 3044 - Item isn't a valid path The network path is not finding the desired file. Refer to [[Errors#Error 3043|Error 3043]]. ===Error 3051=== Error 3051 - The Microsoft Jet database engine cannot open the file (name). It is already opened exclusively by another user, or you need permission to view its data. ====Compacting Data==== During data compacting, this means that the file is open on another workstation. Since compacting the data requires everyone to be out of the database, the other workstation must exit Executive before compacting the data. Log everyone off and try again. ====On Startup==== On startup, this error warns that permissions are not set up correctly. * Try logging onto Windows as Administrator. If the error doesn't appear, it is due to a user permissions issue. * Ensure that the local Executive folder allows full read/write access to Everyone. * Ensure that the server's shared folder allows full read/write access to Everyone for Executive files. For more information, see [[Mapping Network Drives#Sharing Server Folder|Mapping Network Drives]] ===Error 3075=== Error 3075 - Syntax error (name) in query expression ===Error 3086=== Error 3086 - Could not delete from specified tables When encountered during startup, it generally points to a permissions issue, refer to [[Downloads#Error 3043|Error 3043]]. Once everything is set up properly, relink the data and restart Executive. ===Error 3343=== Error 3343 - Unrecognized Database Format When opening Executive, this error warns that the database may be badly corrupted. Backup your file and compact it, to confirm the corruption. Restore from your latest clean backup, as the file likely cannot be repaired. This is typically caused when the Jet database engine was improperly shut down during the process of writing to disk, such as the program being shut down unexpectedly, power loss, or network loss. ==Other Issues== ===Desktop Shortcut not working=== If the desktop shortcut to open Executive isn't working, Right Click it and Click Properties. Find the Target field. May need to scroll left and right to read the entire thing. Compare it to the following paths and verify that the existing path is correct based on your setup. ====2008 Version, 32 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" ====2008 Version, 64 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" ====2007 Version, 32 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" ====2007 Version, 64 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" If you are unable to find the error on this page, you may want to refer to http://www.iasonline.com/john/pcsa/fixes.html for similar Access Error explanations. [[Category:Troubleshooting]] 0 24 265 84 2011-04-11T20:01:41Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Report Types== There are 4 Exports available in Executive: * Customer * Top Customer * Sales * Inventory ===Export Steps=== To export a Customer List report (Sales, Inventory, and Top Customer reports follow the same procedure): * Go to Reports->Customer->Customer, and select your filtering criteria. * Choose option Export to Text File. ** (Note: Choosing the Export to Text File is it's own option, and is not used in conjunction with other reports) * Click on the Print icon in the bottom left corner, and it should alert you that a file has been exported to the specified location. By default, this file is saved in C:\Executive, and this one is named Customer.txt. * Open MS Excel, and choose open. * Navigate to the directory the file is saved in, choose to view files of type 'text' at the bottom of the file selection box, then select and open the text file. This will open up a wizard for importing text files to Excel. ** On the first screen, make sure 'Delimited' is selected and click next. ** On the second screen, check the box beside 'Comma' and click next. ** On the final screen, make sure the default column data format is 'General'. ** Click Finish, and your customers should be exported and properly formatted for Excel. * You can then go through and sort/edit this spreadsheet however you'd like. Make sure to save it as an Excel file when you are finished, as it may try to re-save as a text file again. ==Access Exports== There is also the ability to export regular reports, by previewing them and choosing Export->Excel File. As this is an Access export to Excel, instead of an Executive specific CSV export, the file formatting is not controlled, and may need some editing. It's advised to use the Executive CSV Exports whenever possible. [[Category:Documentation]] 0 26 266 90 2011-04-11T20:01:59Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki When a new Executive update is released, the Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) file may need to be replaced on each workstation to complete the upgrade. The following instructions outline the steps required to update the front end files. This may also be the case if you have a corrupted front end file, and need to replace it with a clean front end file. ==Download Latest Files== Front End files for most of the 07/08 revisions can be found on the [[Updates]] page and are available for download. An easier method would be to copy the Executive.mdb file from a working computer, as you would not have to link the paths. Choose to Save the file to your shared server folder. You may want to create a new folder for the update such as ''Executive 08-01-29 FE'' (where 08.01.29 is the version number of the update). Save the file here, and double click it to extract it after installation for .exe files, or unzip it for .zip files. ==Updating Workstations== Each workstation will need to be updated with the new front end files. One way to save time is to link the files on the first workstation, then copy those linked files to the remaining workstations (assuming that all workstations use the same mapped drives and linking). ===First Workstation=== Open Executive, and go to Maintenance-System-Link Data. Write down your linkings for each of the applicable files. Below is an example of common linkings, but it may differ depending on your drive mappings. Also check your version by going to Help-Version, so that you can verify afterwards that the Executive (and/or ExecutiveReports) version has been updated. ====Sample Executive.mdb Linking Paths==== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| File !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Path |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutivePrinterSetup |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| C:\Executive\ExecutivePrinterSetup.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutiveReports |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutiveData |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ExecutiveData.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutiveSetup |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ExecutiveSetup.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ToLocation1 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ToLocation1.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ToLocationOther |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ToLocationOther.mdb |} There should be 6 lines to link in Executive, if you have more/less please replace the Front end file again as it may be corrupted. ====Sample ExecutiveReports.mdb Linking Paths==== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| File !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Path |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutiveData |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ExecutiveData.mdb |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| ExecutiveSetup |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| X:\ExecutiveSetup.mdb |} There should be 2 lines to link in Reports, if you have more/less please replace the Front end file again as it may be corrupted. ===Updating Files=== # Open My Computer and navigate to your shared folder, and into the server's ''08-01-29 FE'' folder. # Copy the Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) file and paste it into the C:\Executive\ folder (C:\Program Files\Executive for 07 Version). # Open Executive, go to Maintenance-System-Link Data and change all the paths to match the ones you copied down earlier. # When the paths are correct, hit OK to link the data. # If you also need to link Executive Reports, go to reports and link from Maintenance-Link Data. Once the data is linked on the first workstation, go to this workstation's C:\Executive\ folder. Copy Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) and paste them into your shared ''08-01-29 FE'' folder. These will then be used for updating remaining workstations. {{note|To check that everything is linked properly, go to Sales-Find a Sale and make sure today's sales are showing. You can also go to Help-Version to make sure the Executive Version number has been updated to the latest version.}} ===Remaining Workstations=== After the first workstation is completed, you can use the pre-linked files on the remaining workstations and update them individually. # Open My Computer and navigate to your shared folder, and into the server's ''08-01-29 FE'' folder. # Copy the Executive.mdb (and/or ExecutiveReports.mdb) file and paste it into the C:\Executive\ folder (C:\Program Files\Executive for 07 Version). [[Category:Documentation]] 0 50 267 121 2011-04-11T20:02:20Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Installation== ===Software=== See [[New Install]] for an installation guide. ===Hardware=== ====Tag Printer==== See [[Hardware#Tag Printers|Tag Printers]] for more information about installing the tag printer. ====Receipt Printer==== * Install the printer as a regular Windows printer. * Then go to Maintenance->System->Receipts->Printer Setup. * Set your regular 8.5"x11" printer as the Default Printer, which will be used for full page items and reports. * If you have a 3" Receipt printer ** Go to Maintenance->System->Receipts->Customer Receipt Choices and set the appropriate customer types (such as Retail) to 3 Inch. ** Go to Maintenance->System->Receipts->Receipt Copies and choose how many copies of each receipt type you would like (Full, Half 2, and 3 Inch are all separate, only the active selection in Customer Receipt Choices will be used). ** In Maintenance->System->Receipts->Printer Setup, choose Specific Printer Setup and pick which reports on the left side use specified printers on the right side. *** For example, set all 3 Inch receipts to use the 3 Inch Receipt printer. *** If the reports does not appear on the left side, it can be added at the bottom line via drop down menu. ==Usage== Once everything is installed and working, you can configure the system and begin using it. The [[User Manuals|Documentation]] contain detailed information on features, and steps for usage. [[Category:Documentation]] 288 267 2011-04-11T20:36:56Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Installation== ===Software=== See [[New Install]] for an installation guide. ===Hardware=== ====Tag Printer==== See [[Hardware#Tag Printers|Tag Printers]] for more information about installing the tag printer. ====Receipt Printer==== * Install the printer as a regular Windows printer. * Then go to Maintenance->System->Receipts->Printer Setup. * Set your regular 8.5"x11" printer as the Default Printer, which will be used for full page items and reports. * If you have a 3" Receipt printer ** Go to Maintenance->System->Receipts->Customer Receipt Choices and set the appropriate customer types (such as Retail) to 3 Inch. ** Go to Maintenance->System->Receipts->Receipt Copies and choose how many copies of each receipt type you would like (Full, Half 2, and 3 Inch are all separate, only the active selection in Customer Receipt Choices will be used). ** In Maintenance->System->Receipts->Printer Setup, choose Specific Printer Setup and pick which reports on the left side use specified printers on the right side. *** For example, set all 3 Inch receipts to use the 3 Inch Receipt printer. *** If the reports does not appear on the left side, it can be added at the bottom line via drop down menu. ==Usage== Once everything is installed and working, you can configure the system and begin using it. The [[Documentation|User Manuals]] contain detailed information on features, and steps for usage. [[Category:Documentation]] 0 51 268 123 2011-04-11T20:03:01Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ ==Account Payment== A payment made towards invoices that have outstanding balances owing, either from Deferring Payment, or Layaway. ==Appraisal== A document appraising the value of the item, for insurance or taxation purposes. ==Break Apart== Separating an inventory item into its base components, and using some or all of those components in the alteration or enhancement of another inventory item. ==Consignment== An inventory item for sale that the store itself does not own. ==Custom Work== A description of any enhancements made to an item, based on the wishes of the customer. ==Customer== A person has made a purchase from the store, and whose details are recorded by Executive. ==Customer Merge== Merging the history of one customer with that of a second, the first of which is the only customer to retain her name in the database. ==Deposit== Occurs when the customer decides to make a payment (deposit) that will be used towards an as of yet, undetermined future purchase. ==Employee Code== A 2 or 3 letter code that represents an employee to Executive. Employees use this code when making all transactions. ==Estimate== A statement indicating the likely cost of a Job Bag. ==Gift Certificate== A voucher that can be redeemed for items, based on its printed dollar value. ==Gift Registry== A record of items desired by a customer for some future event, such as a wedding or anniversary. This record is available for people other than the customer to use to make purchases for that customer. ==Insurance Quote== A statement outlining the circumstances regarding a lost or damaged insured item, and its repair or replacement value. ==Internal SKU== A numerical code that is given to all items at the time they are received into the store's inventory. ==Inventory Merge== Merging the history of one inventory item with that of a second, the first of which is the only item to retain its name in the database. ==Inventory Reconciliation== The act of modifying the inventory database to match the actual inventory on hand. ==Item== A product that exists, existed or will exist in the store or warehouse at some time. ==Job Bag== Am Appraisal, Custom Work, Stock Item, or Repair, conducted by the staff at the store. ==Layaway== Occurs when a customer makes a partial payment for an item, and does not receive that item until the balance owing is paid. ==Markup== The amount of money added to the cost of an item to determine the asking price. ==Memorandum== A written promise to return a specified inventory item on demand or on a certain day. ==Product Mark Down== The temporary reducing of an item's sale price, usually for some promotion, clearing of inventory, or discontinued item. ==Purchase Order== A document used to request a company or person to supply a product or service in return for payment. ==Rattail Tag== A long tailed tag that you attach to an item, which contains that items description and price. ==Repair== A description of the work and supplies used to repair an item, and the cost of the materials and billable hours. ==Sale== A record of the purchase transaction made by a customer for an inventory item. ==Scrap Bin== A record of the unused items that were separated during a break-apart. ==Special Order== A purchase order made for an item that is usually in stock, but is currently out stock, and is required for a customer by a certain date. ==Supplier== Someone whose business is to supply a particular service or commodity to your store. [[Category:Documentation]] 0 25 269 231 2011-04-11T20:03:09Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{info|If you use First Nations Exemptions on HST, you can continue using GST and PST as separate taxes, to allow easier exemption. They can just be re-labeled fHST and pHST.}} Harmonized Sales Tax (HST) will be coming into effect in Ontario and British Columbia as of July 1, 2010. To help ensure a seamless transition from GST/PST to the combined HST, here are a few things to be aware of regarding HST in Executive. ==Setting up HST in Executive using Tax 3== To set up HST, go to Maintenance-System-Tax Setup-Taxes. We recommend making Tax 1 (PST) and Tax 2 (GST) Inactive, and setting Tax 3 to HST with the correct rate (13% for Ontario, 12% for British Columbia). This allows you to make GST active as Tax 2 if necessary (for example: sales to provinces not covered by HST, if applicable). {{warn|The tips below assume that you are using Tax 3 for HST. If you instead change Tax 1 to HST instead of PST, any Returns/Reports mentioned below that still reference the original PST rates will be adversely affected, as some PST transactions will be mixed in the the HST transactions in the Daily Tax Report #10 that could cause confusion, and may cause PST to be calculated with the wrong rate.}} ===Layaways=== Executive will keep the original GST/PST rates from the time of layaway creation. Since layaways do not become final, taxable sales until they are fully paid, any layaways that were created before July 1, 2010 may need to be returned on June 30, 2010 and reissued on July 1, 2010 using HST as the sole tax. {{note|Please consult your accountant or tax authority if you have any questions regarding taxation on partially paid layaways, or on any items that were not taxed with both GST and PST to see how they should be reissued with HST.}} ===Returns=== Executive will keep the original GST/PST rates from the time of the original sale as part of the return. When you are returning the item on or after July 1, 2010 that was purchased before July 1, 2010, the HST box will not be checked off and the PST/GST boxes will not be visible but are still checked off (as evidence by the subtotal/total). The Daily Report #10 will work much the same, with the Total reflecting the GST/PST for that day, but with only the HST column visible on the report as it is the only active tax. If you need to see the GST/PST columns instead of just the totals, you could make those taxes active temporarily for the purpose of running the report. ===Product Default Taxes=== By default, new products are assigned the active taxes at the time of creation. Since you will be using Tax 3 for HST, this was not active when the items were created, and therefore will not be applied to each item by default. {{info|We provided the [[HST Update Utility]] that you can download and run to update your product taxes. This was made available to download before June 30th, 2010, and details were sent out on that date regarding download links and usage.}} ===Service Tax=== To apply HST to various Services, you can go to Maintenance-System-Tax Setup-Service Tax Setup and assign HST to Labour/Materials based on Service Department. GST/PST settings will not be carried over to HST, so HST is not assigned to services until this is completed. ===Tax Exemptions=== If any customer profiles need to be marked as HST Exempt, this can be done from the customer profile the same way that it worked with GST/PST. {{note|Past GST/PST Exemptions may work differently with HST, so please consult your accountant or a tax authority for further details on exemptions.}} ===Multiple Location Stores=== If your store has more than one location, you will need to update the taxes at Maintenance-System-Tax Setup in each location. Service Taxes will also need to be redone in each location. The Product Default Taxes will only need to be updated in the first store, and changes will be applied to additional locations during regular importing/exporting (so you should do an import/export after updating to ensure the other stores are updated as well). {{note|If your store has multiple locations, but they are not connected via importing/exporting, they are considered individual stores and will need to be updated individually.}} {{warn|We provide this document for information purposes only, as we are not tax professionals. Please refer to your accountant or tax authority for complete rules and guidelines for HST in your province.}} [[Category:Documentation]] 0 121 270 241 2011-04-11T20:03:18Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Executive's HST Product Update Utility has been updated to also update taxes on Special Orders. The Customer Tax Exemption report has also been updated to include HST Exemptions. ==Outline== These instructions assume that you have already ran the previous update utility to change your Products from GST to HST, so the Product ''Apply'' button is not functional in this version. If you have not updated your Products yet, please contact us for the Product Update Utility Version 1. {{info|For stores with multiple locations, the Special Order update component of the utility must be run on each store's database separately.}} ==Download and Run the Utility== Download the utility: [File:HSTTaxSetup4.exe] * Click Save, and save it to your C:\Executive folder (or C:\Program Files\Executive folder if C:\Executive does not exist). * When the download is complete, double click the HSTTaxSetup4.exe file. * Press Install to extract and run the utility. ==Linking Data== You must link the utility to the ExecutiveData.mdb file (Multi-Stores link to the individual ExecutiveData.mdb files one at a time to perform updates on each). The linking process will be quicker if nobody is currently using Executive. ===Finding Your ExecutiveData.mdb File Path=== * Open Executive and navigate to Maintenance-System-Link Data. * Find the filepath on the right side ending with ''ExecutiveData.mdb'' (likely similar to X:\ExecutiveData.mdb) * Select this path, then right click and copy the text. * Close Executive and return to the Update Utility. [[File:Hst41.PNG]] Click on the Link button to bring up the file linking window. [[File:Hst2.png]] Remove the current C:\Executive\ExecutiveData.mdb path, and right click and paste in the new path. Click OK to link the data. {{info|If you are unable to link the data, double check that the path is correct and matches the ExecutiveData.mdb path in Executive.}} ==Updating Special Orders== The utility has been updated to change the taxes on existing special orders, as transferring old special orders to a sale may cause the old tax rates to be used. [[File:Hst43.png]] Using the drop down boxes, choose to Copy product tax setup from '''GST''' to '''HST'''. To perform the update, hit Apply on '''2b.Update Special Orders''' [[File:Hst44.png]] A confirmation box will pop up, outlining what is about to be modified. Click Yes to continue. [[File:Hst5.png]] The update process is generally very quick, so it may take as little as a few seconds. When the update is finished running, a confirmation box will pop up notifying you that it is Complete. Click OK to return to the utility. ===Customer Tax Exemptions Report=== Since there may be existing PST or HST tax exemptions for customers, a report is available to display these in list form. This list can be used when adding Customer HST Exemptions (where applicable). {{info|Exemption rules may have changed, so some PST/GST exempt customers may not be exempt from HST. Consult your accountant or a tax authority for more details on HST Exemptions.}} [[File:Hst46.png]] Choose the preview button to view the Customer Exemption report. (Alternatively, choose the print button to print a copy of the report without previewing it.) [[File:Hst6.png]] The report displays the name and contact information of customers, along with their current tax exemptions. {{note|Be sure that no customers have pre-existing HST Exemptions, as imported customer lists may have been marked Tax 3 Exempt in the past.}} To create an HST Exemption in Executive, the HST tax must be active. * To set up general exemption groups, go to Maintenance-System-Tax Setup-Tax Exempt Status. * To set up a specific customer exemption you can go to the customer's profile, select the Tax/Interest tab, and set up the new exemption (with Exemption ID if necessary). ==Exiting the Utility== [[File:Hst48.png]] When you are finished with the Product Update and Customer Exemptions, press the X button to exit the utility. [[Category:Documentation]] 0 52 271 183 2011-04-11T20:03:30Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Required Hardware== To use the basic functionality of the software, a tag printer, tags, receipt printer, and workstation is required. ===Operating Systems=== The [[Versions#2007 Version|2007 Version]] is only directly supported on Windows XP, as it is run from the Program Files folder (which has been changed in newer releases). It ''can'' be modified to work on Windows Vista and 7 by moving all .mdb files from C:/Program Files/Executive to C:/Executive. The [[Versions#2008 Version|2008 Version]] is compatible with Windows XP, Vista, and 7. It is compatible with both 32 bit and 64 bit machines, with the only difference being that MS Access is installed in the ''Program Files (x86)'' folder instead of the ''Program Files'' folder, so the shortcuts and Report Startup need to be adjusted accordingly. ===Hardware Requirements=== Requirements for hardware are minimal, although obviously higher specifications will produce better results. Monitor Resolution - 1024 x 768 or higher Processor - Pentium III or higher RAM - 512MB or higher Hard Drive - 20GB or higher Network - Wired Ethernet (not Wireless) Operating System - Windows XP or newer. Installation and paths differ on Vista/7, as well as 32 vs 64 bit. ===Network=== Wired network is required, as wireless networks are generally less reliable and slower. Due to the increased chance of data corruption due to network droppage, any wireless network usage is discouraged with Executive in a peer to peer setup. If using Terminal Services or Citrix Metaframe to run Executive remotely, wireless connections may be used because data loss is generally protected by the remote access application, and all Executive data remains on the server since it is being accessed remotely. ===Backups=== A backup solution in the form of an external hard drive, USB flash drive, tape backup system, or other backup software is highly recommended. Please see [[Backups]] for more details. ===Tag Printers=== A tag printer is used to print barcode tags generated for inventory items. There are many printers on the market, but only the following models are supported for use with Executive (any others are use at your own risk, as they are unsupported). ====Citizen CLP621==== Please see the [[Citizen CLP621]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/citizen-tt-desk-top_printer.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/product.aspx?id=25 Citizen Website]. Both [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] and [[Hardware#306 Tags|306 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer, although 304 Style is recommended. _This printer is the recommended option for anyone purchasing a new tag printer for the first time (otherwise, it's recommended to stick with the model you currently have if you are happy with it)._ ====Zebra TLP2844==== Please see the [[Zebra TLP2844]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/zebra-tlp2844-thermal-transfer_printers.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.zebra.com/id/zebra/na/en/index/products/printers/desktop/tlp2844.html Zebra Website]. Only [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ====Datamax E4203==== Please see the [[Datamax E4203]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/datamax-tt_printer.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.datamaxcorp.com/products/e-class/features/ Datamax Website]. Only [[Hardware#304 Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ===Supported Tags=== Only the following styles of barcode tags are supported. ====304 Tags==== [[File:tag304.PNG]]<br> EZU304WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/304-thermal-transfer-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]. These tags are compatible with all 3 supported printers. ====306 Tags==== [[File:tag306.PNG]]<br> EZU306WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/306-thermal-transfer-upc-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]. These tags are only compatible with Citizen Printers. ===Tag Printer Ribbon=== [http://www.kassoy.com/110-mm-resin-ribbon.html 110mm Ribbon] is required due to the width of the labels. Be sure to use the appropriate printer specific ribbon. ===Receipt Printers=== ====Standard 8.5"x11"==== To print reports, a standard 8.5"x11" laser or inkjet printer is required. If using an inkjet, ensure it is able to print 0.25" margins. If you choose to print full page receipts, these can also be printed on a standard printer with 8.5"x11" paper. See Maintenance->System->Receipts to choose printing options. ====Epson TMT88IV Series==== If you choose to print 3" receipts, the Epson TMT88 Series is recommended (latest model is TMT88IV, past models were TMT88II and TMT88III). Please see the [[Epson TM-T88IV]] product page for more information. ==Optional Hardware== Other hardware may be used in conjunction with the system, such as bar code scanners, cash drawers, card scanners, and touch screen POS screens. ===Bar Code Scanner=== Bar code scanners are generally compatible, portable models must be able to store scans in CSV format, while wired models should be able to scan the barcode into Windows Notepad as a test. Recommended Models include: * Metrologic MS9500 Voyager - Wired * Unitech Hornet 630 - Portable Scanner Reference Manuals * Metrologic MS9540 [[File:Metrologic Barcode Scanner MS9540_Manual.pdf|User Manua]] * Unitech Hornet 630 [[File:Hornet Scanner Manual.pdf|Executive Manual Excerpt]] | [[File:Unitech PT630 Hornet User Manual.pdf|User Manual]] * Symbol LS4071 [[File:Symbol 4071 Barcode Scanner Manual.pdf|User Manual]] ===Cash Drawers=== Currently Executive does not natively support cash drawer functionality. Cash Drawers can also be triggered by the Epson TM-T88 series Receipt Printer, so please contact your hardware supplier for further information. ===Card Scanners=== Currently Executive does not natively support card scanners (for integrated Credit Card, Gift Card, or Debit Card scanning). 3rd Party software can be used, but this functionality is not integrated directly with Executive at this time. ===Camera=== For attaching images to inventory items or job bags, a camera is required. Camera options include anything from basic digital cameras to advanced jewellery imaging systems, since the camera system is not directly integrated with Executive. Images taken with the camera are simply stored in the Executive Images folder in a suitable image format and named according to SKU. Please see [[Images#Attaching Images|Images]] for more information on Attaching Images. ===Touch Screen POS=== Executive is not specifically designed for use with touch screen POS systems, so a keyboard is still required for text entry. Although the interface is not optimized for touch screen usability, menus and forms can be navigated using touch screen as a replacement for the mouse. [[Category:Hardware]] 0 67 272 158 2011-04-11T20:03:43Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Attaching Images== To add images, you will need to store them in the images folder (by default, C:/Executive/Server/Images on the server, X:/Images on the other workstations). If they are labelled by SKU and in jpg format, Executive should automatically find them when you click on the image icon for an item. If not, you can browse and add them manually from the Inventory Item screen. ==Recommended Format== The recommended format for images in Executive is a JPG image, with the filename reflecting the SKU number. For Example, SKU00001 would have an image named SKU00001.jpg. This is required for Executive to discover images without manual attachment. ==Error 2114 When Viewing Images== See [[Errors#Error 2114|Errors - Error 2114]] for more information. ==Error 53 When Attaching Images== See [[Errors#File Browser|Errors - Error 53]] for more information. [[Category:Troubleshooting]] 284 272 2011-04-11T20:13:44Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Image Path== The Image Path must be set up in Maintenance-System-Store Setup-Image Path to point to the correct folder path. For example, if it's on the server in the Images folder, the path may be: X://Executive/Server/Images/ Be sure to include the ending '/' ==Attaching Images== To add images, you will need to store them in the images folder (by default, C:/Executive/Server/Images on the server, X:/Images on the other workstations). If they are labelled by SKU and in jpg format, Executive should automatically find them when you click on the image icon for an item. If not, you can browse and add them manually from the Inventory Item screen. ==Recommended Format== The recommended format for images in Executive is a JPG image, with the filename reflecting the SKU number. For Example, SKU00001 would have an image named SKU00001.jpg. This is required for Executive to discover images without manual attachment. ==Error 2114 When Viewing Images== See [[Errors#Error 2114|Errors - Error 2114]] for more information. ==Error 53 When Attaching Images== See [[Errors#File Browser|Errors - Error 53]] for more information. [[Category:Troubleshooting]] 305 284 2011-04-11T21:29:22Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Image Path== The Image Path must be set up in Maintenance-System-Store Setup-Image Path to point to the correct folder path. For example, if it's on the server in the Images folder, the path may be: {{code|X:\Executive\Server\Images\}} Be sure to include the ending '\' ==Attaching Images== To add images, you will need to store them in the images folder (by default, C:/Executive/Server/Images on the server, X:/Images on the other workstations). If they are labelled by SKU and in jpg format, Executive should automatically find them when you click on the image icon for an item. If not, you can browse and add them manually from the Inventory Item screen. ==Recommended Format== The recommended format for images in Executive is a JPG image, with the filename reflecting the SKU number. For Example, SKU00001 would have an image named SKU00001.jpg. This is required for Executive to discover images without manual attachment. ==Error 2114 When Viewing Images== See [[Errors#Error 2114|Errors - Error 2114]] for more information. ==Error 53 When Attaching Images== See [[Errors#File Browser|Errors - Error 53]] for more information. [[Category:Troubleshooting]] 0 59 273 135 2011-04-11T20:04:38Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Since development has been discontinued, here is a gathering of Known Issues and potential workarounds. #On Purchase Orders, if you begin receiving a PO and quit partway through receiving, in some situations the PO will be marked as incomplete, but you will not be able to return the items. This is because when receiving it, the POReceive tables have already been filled in, which ensures that the items cannot be returned multiple times, but the PurchaseOrderReceive tables were not yet filled in, as the process was exited before that point. The only way to fix this is to open the database in MS Access and remove the records from the POReceive table that should not have been there. #On Gift Certificates, there have been cases where partially using a Gift Certificate will appear correct and create the correct credit, but the Gift Certificate itself doesn't remove the credit amount. This can be observed on the Daily Balance and Deposit report, where the Gift Certificate line doesn't reflect the full amount being removed, with the Credit balance not being factored in. This can be corrected by editing the Payment table record for type GCEO for the full amount. See other similar gift certificate records for examples of a correct entry and replicate that. #If a sale has been partially entered but is incomplete, it will have a -ve InvoiceId (such as -1). These are removed during compacting, but if the Daily Balance and Deposit report is run at the end of the day before compacting, these sales may show on the Daily reports and cause discrepancies. If this is found, simply compact the data and re-run the reports to get the correct figures. #Service Reports 3/4/5 do not accept the No Charge filter. Will give the pop up 'Enter Parameter Value', so it must be left blank on these reports. #When doing a Transfer In, if you leave the Transfer and reopen it later through Functions-Find Transfer, in some situations it will change the To and From Locations so that both are the same location. If this happens, the best option is to start the transfer over again and complete it without exiting. #On Appraisal Retail Replacement Certificates, if you use an Appraisal SKU with no weight entered in the original SKU, it will transfer the weight as 0.0 instead of blank, which is then printed on the certificate. #On Estimates, sometimes the Supplier drop down sorts by Supplier Name instead of by supplier code, so something such as CR - Richmont seems to be missing, because it's in the R's instead of the C's. It doesn't do it if you choose Repair Dept then Estimate, but will if you choose Estimate first then add names etc. ##Note: The suppliers aren't missing, just sorted differently so they aren't where they should be, and the Code doesn't find it when it's typed in, as it assumes it's not there and guesses an extra character such as CRL instead of CR. When looking for Estimates, it sorts by Supplier Name, not Supplier Code. #In some cases, a Supplier will not show up for the Service Department 'Stock Item', even though it is entered correctly under Supplier Groups and shows up in all other Service Departments. #When trying to update a Supplier's email address, it may show up as a hyperlink, and clicking takes you to their website instead of allowing editing. The workaround is to go to the preceding tab on the Supplier profile, and use the Tab key to get to the Website field and edit it that way. [[Category:Troubleshooting]] 0 65 274 156 2011-04-11T20:04:59Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Mapped Drives are used to share data between workstations. Common uses are to share the server folder containing the ExecutiveData.mdb file, as well as sharing the Images folder. ==Sharing Server Folder== To share the Server's Executive folder (the folder that contains ExecutiveData.mdb, default is C:\Executive\Server): * Navigate to Server's Executive folder, right click on the Server folder and click Properties. * Click the Sharing tab, and share this folder as ''server''. * Under Permissions share this folder with ''Everyone'' with ''Full Control''. ==Mapping Drives on Workstation== To map from a workstation to the Server's shared Executive folder (default drive mapping is X:\) * From the workstation, Right click on Computer (My Computer in XP) and click Map Network Drive. * Choose the X:\ drive, and browse to find the server folder on the server. The path should be similar to //servername/server * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' [[File:Mapdrive.PNG]] * Clicking finish should bring up the folder X:\, which should have the ExecutiveData.mdb file (as well as ExecutiveSetup, ToLocation files, Images and 08Client.exe on new installs) inside. [[Category:Documentation]] 283 274 2011-04-11T20:11:30Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Mapped Drives are used to share data between workstations. Common uses are to share the server folder containing the ExecutiveData.mdb file, as well as sharing the Images folder. ==Sharing Server Folder== To share the Server's Executive folder (the folder that contains ExecutiveData.mdb, default is C:\Executive\Server): * Navigate to Server's Executive folder, right click on the Server folder and click Properties. * Click the Sharing tab, and share this folder as ''server''. * Under Permissions share this folder with ''Everyone'' with ''Full Control''. ==Mapping Drives on Workstation== To map from a workstation to the Server's shared Executive folder (default drive mapping is X:\) * From the workstation, Right click on Computer (My Computer in XP) and click Map Network Drive. * Choose the X:\ drive, and browse to find the server folder on the server. The path should be similar to //servername/server * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' [[File:Mapdrive.PNG]] * Clicking finish should bring up the folder X:\, which should have the ExecutiveData.mdb file (as well as ExecutiveSetup, ToLocation files, Images and 08Client.exe on new installs) inside. [[Category:Troubleshooting]] [[Category:Documentation]] 0 9 275 68 2011-04-11T20:05:08Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{info|These instructions are only valid for new installations with the 08 Installer package. Existing stores should refer to [[Adding Workstations]] for help with installing Executive on new computers.}} ==Server Setup== * Download the ??08Server.exe file from the link above. Save it to the C:\ drive on your computer. * Double click and hit install. It will extract the files, then launches the Access2003 Installer (follow the wizard to install MS Access Runtime). * Copy the Shortcuts (Executive and ExecutiveMaintenance) from the C:\Executive\Desktop folder and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on this workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the Graphic Filters for Office. ===If Installing Multiple Workstations=== * Navigate to C:\Executive folder, right click on the server folder and click Properties. * Click the sharing tab, and share this folder as server. * Under Permissions share this folder with Everyone with Full Control. ===Compacting Data=== Executive Maintenance is your compacting program, run it and compact the data each day (early morning or night work best) when nobody else is in the program to ensure the integrity of your datafile. If it gives an error, you may need to restore from your latest clean backup as the datafile needs to be looked at. If you have any questions about compacting, please refer to [[Compacting Data]]. ==Workstation Setup (for setting up additional workstations other than server)== * From the workstation, Right click on My Computer and click Map Network Drive. * Choose the X:\ drive, and browse to find the server folder on the server. The path should be similar to //servername/server * Clicking finish should bring up the folder X:\, which should have the ExecutiveData, ExecutiveSetup, ToLocation files, Images and MC08Client.exe inside. * Copy MC08Client.exe to the local C:\ drive and double click to extract. * Install the 2003Runtime when prompted. * Copy the Executive shortcuts from C:\Executive\Desktop and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on the workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the [[Graphic Filters|Downloads^Grphflt.exe]] for Office. You'll then need to do the workstation setup for each additional computer you'd like to run Executive on. ==Manuals== I've included PDF copies of the Executive Manuals ([[Documentation^2008ExecutiveManual.pdf]] and [[Documentation^2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf]]) in the install package. They are accessible at C:\Executive\server\ folder on the server, and at X:\ on the workstations. These are very helpful for getting up to speed quickly with Executive and it's features. ==Backups== Using some sort of back up system is highly recommended. You should be backing up the contents of C:\Executive\Server\ (most importantly the '''executivedata.mdb''' file) regularly in case of hard drive failure, etc. Please refer to [[Backups]] for more information. [[Category:Documentation]] 291 275 2011-04-11T20:39:34Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{info|These instructions are only valid for new installations with the 08 Installer package. Existing stores should refer to [[Adding Workstations]] for help with installing Executive on new computers.}} ==Server Setup== * Download the ??08Server.exe file from the link above. Save it to the C:\ drive on your computer. * Double click and hit install. It will extract the files, then launches the Access2003 Installer (follow the wizard to install MS Access Runtime). * Copy the Shortcuts (Executive and ExecutiveMaintenance) from the C:\Executive\Desktop folder and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on this workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the Graphic Filters for Office. ===If Installing Multiple Workstations=== * Navigate to C:\Executive folder, right click on the server folder and click Properties. * Click the sharing tab, and share this folder as server. * Under Permissions share this folder with Everyone with Full Control. ===Compacting Data=== Executive Maintenance is your compacting program, run it and compact the data each day (early morning or night work best) when nobody else is in the program to ensure the integrity of your datafile. If it gives an error, you may need to restore from your latest clean backup as the datafile needs to be looked at. If you have any questions about compacting, please refer to [[Compacting Data]]. ==Workstation Setup (for setting up additional workstations other than server)== * From the workstation, Right click on My Computer and click Map Network Drive. * Choose the X:\ drive, and browse to find the server folder on the server. The path should be similar to //servername/server * Clicking finish should bring up the folder X:\, which should have the ExecutiveData, ExecutiveSetup, ToLocation files, Images and MC08Client.exe inside. * Copy ??08Client.exe to the local C:\ drive and double click to extract. * Install the 2003Runtime when prompted. * Copy the Executive shortcuts from C:\Executive\Desktop and paste them on the desktop. * Copy C:\Executive\MemCpy.dll and paste it to your C:\Windows\System32\ folder * If you do not have MS Office Installed on the workstation, copy the C:\Executive\Grphflt\ folder and paste it to your C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\ folder and run the enclosed \GraphicsKey\Graphics file to install the [[File:Grphflt.exe]] for Office. You'll then need to do the workstation setup for each additional computer you'd like to run Executive on. ==Manuals== I've included PDF copies of the Executive Manuals ([[File:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf]] and [[File:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf]]) in the install package. They are accessible at C:\Executive\server\ folder on the server, and at X:\ on the workstations. These are very helpful for getting up to speed quickly with Executive and it's features. ==Backups== Using some sort of back up system is highly recommended. You should be backing up the contents of C:\Executive\Server\ (most importantly the '''executivedata.mdb''' file) regularly in case of hard drive failure, etc. Please refer to [[Backups]] for more information. [[Category:Documentation]] 0 27 276 92 2011-04-11T20:05:20Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Full Receipt List== Account Payment Receipt (3 Inch) Account Payment Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Account Payment Receipt (Full) Account Payment Receipt (Half) Account Payment Receipt (Half 2) Appraisal Certificate (2 Images) Appraisal Certificate (4 Images) Appraisal Cover Letter Customer Correspondence Customer Label Customer Profile Custom Item Printout Employee List Employee Profile Gift Card (Add Money) Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Card (Add Money) Receipt (Half) Gift Card (Add Money) Receipt (Half 2) Gift Card Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Card Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Card Receipt (Half) Gift Card Receipt (Half 2) Gift Card Return Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Card Return Receipt (Half) Gift Card Return Receipt (Half 2) Gift Certificate Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Certificate Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Certificate Receipt (Half) Gift Certificate Receipt (Half 2) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (Half) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (Half 2) Gift Registry Entire List Gift Registry Entire List (Images) Gift Registry Remaining List Gift Registry Remaining List (Images) Insurance Quote Inventory Reconciliations Packing Slip (Invoice) Invoice (3 Inch) Invoice (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Enclosure (3 Inch) Invoice Gift Receipt (3 Inch) Account Payment Sales Receipt (3 Inch) Account Payment Sales Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Full) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Full - Copy) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Half) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Half 2) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Half - Copy) Invoice (Full) Invoice (Full - Copy) Invoice Gift Receipt (Full) Invoice (Full - Images) Invoice (Half) Invoice (Half 2) Invoice Gift Receipt (Half 2) Invoice Gift Receipt (Half) Insufficient Inventory Report (3 Inch) Karat List Memorandum Order Memorandum Report Memorandum Report (Images) Metal Colour List Metal Material List Special Order Paid Out Receipt (3 Inch) Paid Out Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) PO Received Purchase Order Product Category List Product Department List Product Group List Product Image Printout Product Inventory Note Product Mark Down List Reconcile - Auto Differences List Reconcile - Auto Differences List (Images) Reconcile - Auto Scanned List Appraisal - Retail Replacement Certificate Sales List (Images) Supplier Instructions Service Estimate Service Instructions Job Bag Receipt (3 Inch) Job Bag Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Job Bag Receipt (Full) Job Bag Receipt (Half 2) Service Printout Service Task Category List Service Task Department List Service Task Group List Service Task Labour Category Service Task Labour Department Service Task Labour Group Service Task Report SKU History Stone Clarity List Stone Colour List Stone Ct List Stone Cut List Stone Material List Stone Shape List Rattail Tag List (Images) Time Clock Report Transfer Report ==Usage== From within the Maintenance-System-Receipts menu, you can use Receipt Copies to select how many copies of each you would like to print, Printer Setup-Specific Printer Setup to choose which printer each receipt should be sent to (beneficial for 3 Inch Receipts), and Customer Receipt Type to choose the default size (Full Page, Half, Half 2 (2 per page), or 3 Inch). See [[Sample Receipts]] for PDFs of selected receipts. [[Category:Documentation]] 0 28 277 107 2011-04-11T20:05:29Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Below is a sampling of receipts from Executive, representing the Full Page, 3 Inch, and Half2 styles of receipts. Please see [[Receipt List]] for a full listing of available receipts. ==Account Payment Receipts== * [[File:Account Payment - Full.pdf]] * [[File:Account Payment - 3 Inch.pdf]] * [[File:Account Payment - Half2.pdf]] ==Invoice Receipts== * [[File:Invoice - Full.pdf]] * [[File:Invoice - 3 Inch.pdf]] * [[File:Invoice - Half2.pdf]] ==Service Receipts== * [[File:Service Receipt - Full.pdf]] * [[File:Service Receipt - 3 Inch.pdf]] * [[File:Service Receipt - Half2.pdf]] ==Memorandum and Purchase Order Receipts== * [[File:Memorandum Order Form.pdf]] * [[File:Memorandums.pdf]] * [[File:Purchase Orders.pdf]] [[Category:Documentation]] 0 63 278 152 2011-04-11T20:06:03Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Executive supports the following tag printers, click for more details on each and troubleshooting help. General tag troubleshooting is below. ==Specific Models== [[Zebra TLP2844]] (and TLP2742) [[Citizen CLP621]] (and compatible Citizen models) [[Datamax E4203]] ==Printer Mapping to USB== # Go to Start->Printers and Faxes, find your tag printer, right click it, click Properties. Click the Sharing Tab and Share this Printer as ''304''. # Go to Start->Run and type _cmd_ and hit Enter to bring up the Command Prompt. # Type '''net use LPT1: \\computername\304''' (where computername is the name of this computer, to find this right click My Computer, click Properties, click the Computer Name Tab, and find the computer name. It will be everything until the first decimal point. Ex: ExecWorkstation1.domain would be named ExecWorkstation1) The print job sent to the LPT1 port should now redirect to the shared tag printer and successfully print the job. ==Troubleshooting and Sharing with other Computers== ===Sharing the Printer=== # On the first computer, go to Start-Printers and Faxes and open the Properties for the Zebra printer. # Under Sharing, share the printer if it's not already shared. Write down the Share Name. # Right click on My Computer, and go to Properties. Go to Computer Name, and write down the Full Computer Name (excluding the domain, which is everything after the '.'). ===Mapping the Printer to a Workstation=== # On the second computer, go to Start-Run. Type in cmd to open up a command prompt window. # Type net use lpt1: \\ComputerName\PrinterShareName #* So if my computer is name ExecutivePC and my printer is shared as Zebra2844, I'd type net use lpt1: \\ExecutivePC\Zebra2844 # Then after hitting enter, you should see that 'The command completed successfully.' # Next make sure that Tags-Setup Rattail Tags have the same settings on both workstations. # Then test printing to ensure the tag prints properly. {{info|If you then get Error 53 in the future on the secondary workstation when trying to print tags, it means that the mapping needs to be redone as it's been lost (possibly due to a restart of the computer). If this happens multiple times, you can create a batch script on the desktop that will reset the printer so you just double click it to reset the mapping. It could even be set to run on startup if its a common issue, which should eliminate the need to reset it manually.}} ====Batch File for Mapping==== To create a batch file to reset your printer mapping as described above: * Create a new file in Notepad and save it to your desktop as ''Printer Reset.bat'' (removing the txt file extension and saving as type 'all files') * Enter the following text (using your computer name and printer share name): {{code|net use LPT1: /d <br>net use LPT1: \\computername\304}} This can be run to delete the existing LPT1 mapping and remap it if errors are occurring. It can also be placed in the Windows startup folder if it happens very frequently when restarting the computer. [[Category:Troubleshooting]] 0 61 279 139 2011-04-11T20:06:15Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==General Troubleshooting== [[Errors]] [[Tags]] [[Mapping Network Drives]] [[Images]] ==Hardware== [[Citizen CLP621]] [[Datamax E4203]] [[Epson TM-T88IV]] [[Zebra TLP2844]] [[Category:Troubleshooting]] 282 279 2011-04-11T20:11:01Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==General Troubleshooting== [[Errors]] - Descriptions of error numbers and messages, and potential solutions [[Tags]] - Issues regarding tag printers and alignment [[Mapping Network Drives]] - How to map a network drive [[Images]] - Linking images and recommended formats ==Hardware== [[Citizen CLP621]] - Drivers and manuals for the Citizen CLP621 tag printer [[Zebra TLP2844]] - Drivers and manuals for the Zebra TLP2844 tag printer [[Datamax E4203]] - Drivers and manuals for the Datamax E4203 tag printer [[Epson TM-T88IV]] - Drivers and manuals for the Epson receipt printer [[Category:Troubleshooting]] 0 102 280 210 2011-04-11T20:06:33Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Updates are traditionally done as required throughout the year, with a major release yearly. See the release notes for details on what was changed. See Front End Updates for notes on how to perform updates. ==2008 Version== 2008 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#188 - Sale Slowness - Sped up the populating of the top left corner fields in the Sales Screen #200 - Wrong Labelling on the PO Receive Screen fixed #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Changed field to 6x6x6 in the Appraisal screen, to match previous change of SKU stone field to 6x6x6 from 4x4x4 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Tested on 08.01.02 instead, already had next FE |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#190 - Email Appraisals, Invoices - attaches w/ Snapshot file, recipient must download viewer from Microsoft #193 - Auto Reconcile Clear All button is password protected, default is 'password' #199 - Special Order Reminder - Reminds if a customer has the item on a SO - Works with multiple items, finishes SO when last item is sold. #201 - Supplier Code Change Exporting - Exporting from main store now tracks their Supplier Code SKU changes, all stores are the same now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.03 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#196 - Half Copy Receipts - Invoice, Account Payment, Account Payment Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.04 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/24/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changes to address a few remaining issues, finished for 08.01.05 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/31/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#208 - Retail Replacement Function of - Added word Certificate #209 - Stock Item JB - Now adds Materials + Labour into Average cost in SKU #210 - Layaways turn into sales on same day |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#185 - JB Lock - Finishing Locking it from all fields - works now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|RB Half Page Invoice - Fixed deposit used on Invoice bug |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Trying to fix Barcode not Scanning, adding SKU to see if that will work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Barcode for WIN tags back to regular one, this stable version was upgraded to Knar today. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|May/20/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fix Job Bag Creation Glitch discovered by JUB |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#217 - Appraisal Description - JB Stones Field - Auto Generator button fixed #218 - Retail Replacement - Appraiser Certification code is now properly included. #220 - JB Lock is now working on the bottom half as well as top when locked. #223 - Customer Job Bag Return Error 3075 fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags were not able to be shifted for alignment because of introduction of new custom tags |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/23/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags alignment changed, works sometimes but not all the time. WIN Tags barcode now works and is scannable. HFJ 1/2 page horizontal tags are finished. Choosable under option HALF 2, and in Receipt Copies. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HFJ 1/2 page service receipt done. Watch repair disclaimer fixed. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.21 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Oct/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Home phone and Cell numbers on Sales and Repair Half Page Receipts Repair Estimate on the Half Page Service Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.22 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Widen SKU field on Memorandum Printout. Widen Style # Field on PO Printout to at least 15 chars. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.23 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Stone tab Appraisal Description Auto Generator. Invoice Description and Confidential Notes areas of the Job Bag screen to be editable via double click when the Job Bag is finished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.24 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Transfers were using ReportsLocation instead of Location in setup file. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.25 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/11/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen2 EXE Code for tag printing |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.26 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Removed TEXT83 from Gift Receipts |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.27 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen 304 EXE and Citizen2 Tag Printing was cutting off some characters in the supplier code of the barcode, so fixed the Citizen 304 and Citizen2 EXE code. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.28 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|'Error #3399. Cannot perform cascading operation. It would result in a duplicate key in table' during imports, modified import process. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|ExecMaintenance |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added code to ExecutiveMaintenance to clear the RecordLock table during compact, to remove JB locks automatically. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Special Orders checking off PST/GST even though they are inactive. Causing issues when using discount calculator. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29b |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/20/2011 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen306 Custom Tag - Remove 'B' on Line 3 |} ===Executive Reports 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#189 - Sales Commission Report - Splits sales correctly when same employee is repeated within sale |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#194 - Stone MM Detail Transfer into Appraisal - Changed to 6x6x6 fields to match SKU fields #198 - Service Report vs Sales Report - Added filters to view regular Depts, Catagories, Groups as well |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - Gift Card/Certificate Payment On Account - Changed Reports for the Gift Cards |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#207 - Inventory filter by cost added at request of SLJ #204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#211 - Days to Sell - Fastest Turnover vs Days to Sell |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#212 - Customer Export - now exports spouse and contact information like Top Customer Export #213 - Customer List Spouse Name - Used to say First, Last |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#215 - Customer Maintenance Date Report created #224 - Inventory Aging Reports have correct time frame headings and calculations now. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13? |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/13/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Split Sales detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/19/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Commissions detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Actual Sales Vs Budget Chart had issues with the leap year, so updated to compensate for leap years. |} ===Executive HST Update Utility Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|1.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jun/28/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HST Updater Initial Release. Updates GST to HST on Products, shows PST/GST Exemptions. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|2.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/17/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added Special Order Update, HST Exemptions on Report |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|3.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/18/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Separated Special Order Update from the Product Update, would have caused Products to be incorrectly updated if entered since HST activated. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|4.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/19/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Removed option to update Products, so that only Special Orders can be done. Interface was a bit confusing so did this to avoid user errors with the Product Update Apply button. |} ==2007 Version== 2007 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#137&148 - Remove Errors when Deleting Inventory Used in JB #136 - Layaway Exchanges O/L levels fixed #135 - Special Order Find Filter Added #132 - Don't Allow transfers from Guelph to Guelph to be entered #123 - Margins in Retail Replacement fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| 07.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/04/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#149 - Stock Items now create Inventory Item Details properly #138 - Insurance Quote no longer Deletes when you leave |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#157 - Universal Product Changer - Added filters for In Stock and O/H #158 - Change misspelled word in Job Bag Error Message #153 - Service Printout in the Job Bag Section now includes Materials and Findings costs, and Supplier Price and Cost #151 - Postal Code Mask #145 - Find Inventory - Added Location Filter #143 - Made Citizen WIN 306 Font Bigger |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#167 - Customer Type cannot be blank #170 - Cannot receive null values on PO #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Field requires data change but for time being we trap error and give the user a nicer error message. Plus it is now able to complete attaching images and stone details where as before it would stop. #176 - Autoreconcile margins are now all .5 #183 - Phone Find on Customer Find screen now searches Spouse Work and Mobile number as well. It has also been altered to allow partial phone numbers to be entered. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Password Protect Product Location Field, works for multiple locations now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#202 - Job Bag Finishing Error Fixed - Will not add 1 to Inventory Used when Finished/Unfinished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changed WIN Driver Printer Font from Arial to Times New Roman - to Fix 5's and 6's looking the same |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fine Tuning the Citizen 304 WIN Printer Driver - Top Right tag vertical alignment issues |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/10/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|EXE 306 Tag - SKU enlarged, moved up barcode. Scans properly |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 - DB |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/17/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Instructions now shows disclaimers and has an extra row for Item Description |} ===Executive Reports 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#131 - Service Reports - added filters for Cancelled? and No Charge? |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#160 - Top Customer Report Export All Phone/Mail info #140 - Customer Spouse Gender added in Reports |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#159 - Spouse Information added to Sales Export #162 - Price Point update process improved and now mandatory when form closes as well as when AVG OH is generated #166 - Filter service reports by Finished Date #172 - GMROI - added option to display or hide items without departments #174 - Inventory used report opened too large...now opens to maximized state. #178 - Ordered the Customer Event report by LastName, FirstName |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/12/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#172 - GMROI - New 'display items without depts filter works properly' now. #174 - Inventory Used Report now has Header and Footer. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Customer Sales Summary Report is now Exportable |} [[Category:Versions]] 302 280 2011-04-11T21:27:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Updates are traditionally done as required throughout the year, with a major release yearly. See the release notes for details on what was changed. See Front End Updates for notes on how to perform updates. ==2008 Version== 2008 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#188 - Sale Slowness - Sped up the populating of the top left corner fields in the Sales Screen #200 - Wrong Labelling on the PO Receive Screen fixed #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Changed field to 6x6x6 in the Appraisal screen, to match previous change of SKU stone field to 6x6x6 from 4x4x4 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Tested on 08.01.02 instead, already had next FE |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#190 - Email Appraisals, Invoices - attaches w/ Snapshot file, recipient must download viewer from Microsoft #193 - Auto Reconcile Clear All button is password protected, default is 'password' #199 - Special Order Reminder - Reminds if a customer has the item on a SO - Works with multiple items, finishes SO when last item is sold. #201 - Supplier Code Change Exporting - Exporting from main store now tracks their Supplier Code SKU changes, all stores are the same now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.03 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#196 - Half Copy Receipts - Invoice, Account Payment, Account Payment Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.04 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/24/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changes to address a few remaining issues, finished for 08.01.05 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/31/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#208 - Retail Replacement Function of - Added word Certificate #209 - Stock Item JB - Now adds Materials + Labour into Average cost in SKU #210 - Layaways turn into sales on same day |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#185 - JB Lock - Finishing Locking it from all fields - works now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|RB Half Page Invoice - Fixed deposit used on Invoice bug |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Trying to fix Barcode not Scanning, adding SKU to see if that will work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Barcode for WIN tags back to regular one, this stable version was upgraded to Knar today. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|May/20/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fix Job Bag Creation Glitch discovered by JUB |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#217 - Appraisal Description - JB Stones Field - Auto Generator button fixed #218 - Retail Replacement - Appraiser Certification code is now properly included. #220 - JB Lock is now working on the bottom half as well as top when locked. #223 - Customer Job Bag Return Error 3075 fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags were not able to be shifted for alignment because of introduction of new custom tags |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/23/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags alignment changed, works sometimes but not all the time. WIN Tags barcode now works and is scannable. HFJ 1/2 page horizontal tags are finished. Choosable under option HALF 2, and in Receipt Copies. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HFJ 1/2 page service receipt done. Watch repair disclaimer fixed. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.21 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Oct/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Home phone and Cell numbers on Sales and Repair Half Page Receipts Repair Estimate on the Half Page Service Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.22 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Widen SKU field on Memorandum Printout. Widen Style # Field on PO Printout to at least 15 chars. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.23 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Stone tab Appraisal Description Auto Generator. Invoice Description and Confidential Notes areas of the Job Bag screen to be editable via double click when the Job Bag is finished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.24 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Transfers were using ReportsLocation instead of Location in setup file. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.25 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/11/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen2 EXE Code for tag printing |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.26 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Removed TEXT83 from Gift Receipts |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.27 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen 304 EXE and Citizen2 Tag Printing was cutting off some characters in the supplier code of the barcode, so fixed the Citizen 304 and Citizen2 EXE code. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.28 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|'Error #3399. Cannot perform cascading operation. It would result in a duplicate key in table' during imports, modified import process. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|ExecMaintenance |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added code to ExecutiveMaintenance to clear the RecordLock table during compact, to remove JB locks automatically. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Special Orders checking off PST/GST even though they are inactive. Causing issues when using discount calculator. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29b |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/20/2011 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen306 Custom Tag - Remove 'B' on Line 3 |} ===Executive Reports 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#189 - Sales Commission Report - Splits sales correctly when same employee is repeated within sale |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#194 - Stone MM Detail Transfer into Appraisal - Changed to 6x6x6 fields to match SKU fields #198 - Service Report vs Sales Report - Added filters to view regular Depts, Catagories, Groups as well |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - Gift Card/Certificate Payment On Account - Changed Reports for the Gift Cards |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#207 - Inventory filter by cost added at request of SLJ #204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#211 - Days to Sell - Fastest Turnover vs Days to Sell |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#212 - Customer Export - now exports spouse and contact information like Top Customer Export #213 - Customer List Spouse Name - Used to say First, Last |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#215 - Customer Maintenance Date Report created #224 - Inventory Aging Reports have correct time frame headings and calculations now. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13? |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/13/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Split Sales detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/19/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Commissions detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Actual Sales Vs Budget Chart had issues with the leap year, so updated to compensate for leap years. |} ===Executive HST Update Utility Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|1.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jun/28/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HST Updater Initial Release. Updates GST to HST on Products, shows PST/GST Exemptions. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|2.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/17/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added Special Order Update, HST Exemptions on Report |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|3.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/18/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Separated Special Order Update from the Product Update, would have caused Products to be incorrectly updated if entered since HST activated. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|4.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/19/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Removed option to update Products, so that only Special Orders can be done. Interface was a bit confusing so did this to avoid user errors with the Product Update Apply button. |} ==2007 Version== 2007 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#137&148 - Remove Errors when Deleting Inventory Used in JB #136 - Layaway Exchanges O/L levels fixed #135 - Special Order Find Filter Added #132 - Don't Allow transfers from Guelph to Guelph to be entered #123 - Margins in Retail Replacement fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| 07.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/04/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#149 - Stock Items now create Inventory Item Details properly #138 - Insurance Quote no longer Deletes when you leave |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#157 - Universal Product Changer - Added filters for In Stock and O/H #158 - Change misspelled word in Job Bag Error Message #153 - Service Printout in the Job Bag Section now includes Materials and Findings costs, and Supplier Price and Cost #151 - Postal Code Mask #145 - Find Inventory - Added Location Filter #143 - Made Citizen WIN 306 Font Bigger |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#167 - Customer Type cannot be blank #170 - Cannot receive null values on PO #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Field requires data change but for time being we trap error and give the user a nicer error message. Plus it is now able to complete attaching images and stone details where as before it would stop. #176 - Autoreconcile margins are now all .5 #183 - Phone Find on Customer Find screen now searches Spouse Work and Mobile number as well. It has also been altered to allow partial phone numbers to be entered. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Password Protect Product Location Field, works for multiple locations now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#202 - Job Bag Finishing Error Fixed - Will not add 1 to Inventory Used when Finished/Unfinished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changed WIN Driver Printer Font from Arial to Times New Roman - to Fix 5's and 6's looking the same |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fine Tuning the Citizen 304 WIN Printer Driver - Top Right tag vertical alignment issues |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/10/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|EXE 306 Tag - SKU enlarged, moved up barcode. Scans properly |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 - DB |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/17/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Instructions now shows disclaimers and has an extra row for Item Description |} ===Executive Reports 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#131 - Service Reports - added filters for Cancelled? and No Charge? |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#160 - Top Customer Report Export All Phone/Mail info #140 - Customer Spouse Gender added in Reports |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#159 - Spouse Information added to Sales Export #162 - Price Point update process improved and now mandatory when form closes as well as when AVG OH is generated #166 - Filter service reports by Finished Date #172 - GMROI - added option to display or hide items without departments #174 - Inventory used report opened too large...now opens to maximized state. #178 - Ordered the Customer Event report by LastName, FirstName |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/12/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#172 - GMROI - New 'display items without depts filter works properly' now. #174 - Inventory Used Report now has Header and Footer. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Customer Sales Summary Report is now Exportable |} [[Category:Versions]] 303 302 2011-04-11T21:28:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Updates are traditionally done as required throughout the year, with a major release yearly. See the release notes for details on what was changed. See Front End Updates for notes on how to perform updates. ==2008 Version== 2008 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#188 - Sale Slowness - Sped up the populating of the top left corner fields in the Sales Screen #200 - Wrong Labelling on the PO Receive Screen fixed #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Changed field to 6x6x6 in the Appraisal screen, to match previous change of SKU stone field to 6x6x6 from 4x4x4 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Tested on 08.01.02 instead, already had next FE |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#190 - Email Appraisals, Invoices - attaches w/ Snapshot file, recipient must download viewer from Microsoft #193 - Auto Reconcile Clear All button is password protected, default is 'password' #199 - Special Order Reminder - Reminds if a customer has the item on a SO - Works with multiple items, finishes SO when last item is sold. #201 - Supplier Code Change Exporting - Exporting from main store now tracks their Supplier Code SKU changes, all stores are the same now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.03 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#196 - Half Copy Receipts - Invoice, Account Payment, Account Payment Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.04 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/24/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changes to address a few remaining issues, finished for 08.01.05 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/31/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#208 - Retail Replacement Function of - Added word Certificate #209 - Stock Item JB - Now adds Materials + Labour into Average cost in SKU #210 - Layaways turn into sales on same day |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#185 - JB Lock - Finishing Locking it from all fields - works now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|RB Half Page Invoice - Fixed deposit used on Invoice bug |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Trying to fix Barcode not Scanning, adding SKU to see if that will work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Barcode for WIN tags back to regular one, this stable version was upgraded to Knar today. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|May/20/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fix Job Bag Creation Glitch discovered by JUB |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#217 - Appraisal Description - JB Stones Field - Auto Generator button fixed #218 - Retail Replacement - Appraiser Certification code is now properly included. #220 - JB Lock is now working on the bottom half as well as top when locked. #223 - Customer Job Bag Return Error 3075 fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags were not able to be shifted for alignment because of introduction of new custom tags |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/23/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags alignment changed, works sometimes but not all the time. WIN Tags barcode now works and is scannable. HFJ 1/2 page horizontal tags are finished. Choosable under option HALF 2, and in Receipt Copies. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HFJ 1/2 page service receipt done. Watch repair disclaimer fixed. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.21 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Oct/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Home phone and Cell numbers on Sales and Repair Half Page Receipts Repair Estimate on the Half Page Service Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.22 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Widen SKU field on Memorandum Printout. Widen Style # Field on PO Printout to at least 15 chars. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.23 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Stone tab Appraisal Description Auto Generator. Invoice Description and Confidential Notes areas of the Job Bag screen to be editable via double click when the Job Bag is finished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.24 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Transfers were using ReportsLocation instead of Location in setup file. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.25 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/11/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen2 EXE Code for tag printing |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.26 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Removed TEXT83 from Gift Receipts |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.27 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen 304 EXE and Citizen2 Tag Printing was cutting off some characters in the supplier code of the barcode, so fixed the Citizen 304 and Citizen2 EXE code. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.28 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|'Error #3399. Cannot perform cascading operation. It would result in a duplicate key in table' during imports, modified import process. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|ExecMaintenance |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added code to ExecutiveMaintenance to clear the RecordLock table during compact, to remove JB locks automatically. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Special Orders checking off PST/GST even though they are inactive. Causing issues when using discount calculator. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29b |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/20/2011 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen306 Custom Tag - Remove 'B' on Line 3 |} ===Executive Reports 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#189 - Sales Commission Report - Splits sales correctly when same employee is repeated within sale |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#194 - Stone MM Detail Transfer into Appraisal - Changed to 6x6x6 fields to match SKU fields #198 - Service Report vs Sales Report - Added filters to view regular Depts, Catagories, Groups as well |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - Gift Card/Certificate Payment On Account - Changed Reports for the Gift Cards |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#207 - Inventory filter by cost added at request of SLJ #204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#211 - Days to Sell - Fastest Turnover vs Days to Sell |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#212 - Customer Export - now exports spouse and contact information like Top Customer Export #213 - Customer List Spouse Name - Used to say First, Last |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#215 - Customer Maintenance Date Report created #224 - Inventory Aging Reports have correct time frame headings and calculations now. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13? |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/13/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Split Sales detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/19/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Commissions detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Actual Sales Vs Budget Chart had issues with the leap year, so updated to compensate for leap years. |} ===Executive HST Update Utility Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|1.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jun/28/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HST Updater Initial Release. Updates GST to HST on Products, shows PST/GST Exemptions. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|2.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/17/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added Special Order Update, HST Exemptions on Report |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|3.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/18/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Separated Special Order Update from the Product Update, would have caused Products to be incorrectly updated if entered since HST activated. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|4.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/19/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Removed option to update Products, so that only Special Orders can be done. Interface was a bit confusing so did this to avoid user errors with the Product Update Apply button. |} ==2007 Version== 2007 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#137&148 - Remove Errors when Deleting Inventory Used in JB #136 - Layaway Exchanges O/L levels fixed #135 - Special Order Find Filter Added #132 - Don't Allow transfers from Guelph to Guelph to be entered #123 - Margins in Retail Replacement fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| 07.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/04/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#149 - Stock Items now create Inventory Item Details properly #138 - Insurance Quote no longer Deletes when you leave |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#157 - Universal Product Changer - Added filters for In Stock and O/H #158 - Change misspelled word in Job Bag Error Message #153 - Service Printout in the Job Bag Section now includes Materials and Findings costs, and Supplier Price and Cost #151 - Postal Code Mask #145 - Find Inventory - Added Location Filter #143 - Made Citizen WIN 306 Font Bigger |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#167 - Customer Type cannot be blank #170 - Cannot receive null values on PO #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Field requires data change but for time being we trap error and give the user a nicer error message. Plus it is now able to complete attaching images and stone details where as before it would stop. #176 - Autoreconcile margins are now all .5 #183 - Phone Find on Customer Find screen now searches Spouse Work and Mobile number as well. It has also been altered to allow partial phone numbers to be entered. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Password Protect Product Location Field, works for multiple locations now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#202 - Job Bag Finishing Error Fixed - Will not add 1 to Inventory Used when Finished/Unfinished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changed WIN Driver Printer Font from Arial to Times New Roman - to Fix 5's and 6's looking the same |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fine Tuning the Citizen 304 WIN Printer Driver - Top Right tag vertical alignment issues |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/10/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|EXE 306 Tag - SKU enlarged, moved up barcode. Scans properly |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 - DB |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/17/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Instructions now shows disclaimers and has an extra row for Item Description |} ===Executive Reports 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#131 - Service Reports - added filters for Cancelled? and No Charge? |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#160 - Top Customer Report Export All Phone/Mail info #140 - Customer Spouse Gender added in Reports |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#159 - Spouse Information added to Sales Export #162 - Price Point update process improved and now mandatory when form closes as well as when AVG OH is generated #166 - Filter service reports by Finished Date #172 - GMROI - added option to display or hide items without departments #174 - Inventory used report opened too large...now opens to maximized state. #178 - Ordered the Customer Event report by LastName, FirstName |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/12/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#172 - GMROI - New 'display items without depts filter works properly' now. #174 - Inventory Used Report now has Header and Footer. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Customer Sales Summary Report is now Exportable |} [[Category:Versions]] 304 303 2011-04-11T21:28:32Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Updates are traditionally done as required throughout the year, with a major release yearly. See the release notes for details on what was changed. See Front End Updates for notes on how to perform updates. ==2008 Version== 2008 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#188 - Sale Slowness - Sped up the populating of the top left corner fields in the Sales Screen #200 - Wrong Labelling on the PO Receive Screen fixed #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Changed field to 6x6x6 in the Appraisal screen, to match previous change of SKU stone field to 6x6x6 from 4x4x4 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Tested on 08.01.02 instead, already had next FE |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#190 - Email Appraisals, Invoices - attaches w/ Snapshot file, recipient must download viewer from Microsoft #193 - Auto Reconcile Clear All button is password protected, default is 'password' #199 - Special Order Reminder - Reminds if a customer has the item on a SO - Works with multiple items, finishes SO when last item is sold. #201 - Supplier Code Change Exporting - Exporting from main store now tracks their Supplier Code SKU changes, all stores are the same now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.03 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#196 - Half Copy Receipts - Invoice, Account Payment, Account Payment Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.04 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/24/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changes to address a few remaining issues, finished for 08.01.05 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/31/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#208 - Retail Replacement Function of - Added word Certificate #209 - Stock Item JB - Now adds Materials + Labour into Average cost in SKU #210 - Layaways turn into sales on same day |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#185 - JB Lock - Finishing Locking it from all fields - works now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|RB Half Page Invoice - Fixed deposit used on Invoice bug |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Trying to fix Barcode not Scanning, adding SKU to see if that will work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Barcode for WIN tags back to regular one, this stable version was upgraded to Knar today. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|May/20/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fix Job Bag Creation Glitch discovered by JUB |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#217 - Appraisal Description - JB Stones Field - Auto Generator button fixed #218 - Retail Replacement - Appraiser Certification code is now properly included. #220 - JB Lock is now working on the bottom half as well as top when locked. #223 - Customer Job Bag Return Error 3075 fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags were not able to be shifted for alignment because of introduction of new custom tags |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/23/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags alignment changed, works sometimes but not all the time. WIN Tags barcode now works and is scannable. HFJ 1/2 page horizontal tags are finished. Choosable under option HALF 2, and in Receipt Copies. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HFJ 1/2 page service receipt done. Watch repair disclaimer fixed. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.21 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Oct/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Home phone and Cell numbers on Sales and Repair Half Page Receipts Repair Estimate on the Half Page Service Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.22 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Widen SKU field on Memorandum Printout. Widen Style # Field on PO Printout to at least 15 chars. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.23 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Stone tab Appraisal Description Auto Generator. Invoice Description and Confidential Notes areas of the Job Bag screen to be editable via double click when the Job Bag is finished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.24 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Transfers were using ReportsLocation instead of Location in setup file. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.25 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/11/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen2 EXE Code for tag printing |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.26 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Removed TEXT83 from Gift Receipts |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.27 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen 304 EXE and Citizen2 Tag Printing was cutting off some characters in the supplier code of the barcode, so fixed the Citizen 304 and Citizen2 EXE code. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.28 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|'Error #3399. Cannot perform cascading operation. It would result in a duplicate key in table' during imports, modified import process. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|ExecMaintenance |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added code to ExecutiveMaintenance to clear the RecordLock table during compact, to remove JB locks automatically. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Special Orders checking off PST/GST even though they are inactive. Causing issues when using discount calculator. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29b |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/20/2011 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen306 Custom Tag - Remove 'B' on Line 3 |} ===Executive Reports 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#189 - Sales Commission Report - Splits sales correctly when same employee is repeated within sale |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#194 - Stone MM Detail Transfer into Appraisal - Changed to 6x6x6 fields to match SKU fields #198 - Service Report vs Sales Report - Added filters to view regular Depts, Catagories, Groups as well |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - Gift Card/Certificate Payment On Account - Changed Reports for the Gift Cards |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#207 - Inventory filter by cost added at request of SLJ #204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#211 - Days to Sell - Fastest Turnover vs Days to Sell |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#212 - Customer Export - now exports spouse and contact information like Top Customer Export #213 - Customer List Spouse Name - Used to say First, Last |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#215 - Customer Maintenance Date Report created #224 - Inventory Aging Reports have correct time frame headings and calculations now. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13? |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/13/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Split Sales detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/19/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Commissions detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Actual Sales Vs Budget Chart had issues with the leap year, so updated to compensate for leap years. |} ===Executive HST Update Utility Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|1.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jun/28/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HST Updater Initial Release. Updates GST to HST on Products, shows PST/GST Exemptions. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|2.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/17/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added Special Order Update, HST Exemptions on Report |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|3.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/18/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Separated Special Order Update from the Product Update, would have caused Products to be incorrectly updated if entered since HST activated. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|4.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/19/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Removed option to update Products, so that only Special Orders can be done. Interface was a bit confusing so did this to avoid user errors with the Product Update Apply button. |} ==2007 Version== 2007 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#137&148 - Remove Errors when Deleting Inventory Used in JB #136 - Layaway Exchanges O/L levels fixed #135 - Special Order Find Filter Added #132 - Don't Allow transfers from Guelph to Guelph to be entered #123 - Margins in Retail Replacement fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| 07.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/04/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#149 - Stock Items now create Inventory Item Details properly #138 - Insurance Quote no longer Deletes when you leave |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#157 - Universal Product Changer - Added filters for In Stock and O/H #158 - Change misspelled word in Job Bag Error Message #153 - Service Printout in the Job Bag Section now includes Materials and Findings costs, and Supplier Price and Cost #151 - Postal Code Mask #145 - Find Inventory - Added Location Filter #143 - Made Citizen WIN 306 Font Bigger |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#167 - Customer Type cannot be blank #170 - Cannot receive null values on PO #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Field requires data change but for time being we trap error and give the user a nicer error message. Plus it is now able to complete attaching images and stone details where as before it would stop. #176 - Autoreconcile margins are now all .5 #183 - Phone Find on Customer Find screen now searches Spouse Work and Mobile number as well. It has also been altered to allow partial phone numbers to be entered. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Password Protect Product Location Field, works for multiple locations now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#202 - Job Bag Finishing Error Fixed - Will not add 1 to Inventory Used when Finished/Unfinished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changed WIN Driver Printer Font from Arial to Times New Roman - to Fix 5's and 6's looking the same |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fine Tuning the Citizen 304 WIN Printer Driver - Top Right tag vertical alignment issues |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/10/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|EXE 306 Tag - SKU enlarged, moved up barcode. Scans properly |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 - DB |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/17/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Instructions now shows disclaimers and has an extra row for Item Description |} ===Executive Reports 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#131 - Service Reports - added filters for Cancelled? and No Charge? |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#160 - Top Customer Report Export All Phone/Mail info #140 - Customer Spouse Gender added in Reports |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#159 - Spouse Information added to Sales Export #162 - Price Point update process improved and now mandatory when form closes as well as when AVG OH is generated #166 - Filter service reports by Finished Date #172 - GMROI - added option to display or hide items without departments #174 - Inventory used report opened too large...now opens to maximized state. #178 - Ordered the Customer Event report by LastName, FirstName |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/12/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#172 - GMROI - New 'display items without depts filter works properly' now. #174 - Inventory Used Report now has Header and Footer. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Customer Sales Summary Report is now Exportable |} [[Category:Versions]] 0 91 281 194 2011-04-11T20:07:03Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Tlp2844.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and the [[File:tlp2844 manual.pdf|manual]] can be viewed in PDF format. For advanced documentation, see the [[Epl2_manual.pdf|EPL2 Programmers Guide]]. ==Drivers and Utilities== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://zebra.com/id/zebra/na/en/index/drivers_downloads/drivers/results.html?productType=7 Zebra Support Site] TLP Universal Windows Driver [[File:ZUD55725.exe]] TLP Designer Windows Driver [[File:ZD1510Certified.exe]] Zebra Setup Utility [[File:Setup_ZSU_100557.exe]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Tag Printing Down the Middle=== If the tag is printing down the middle, do an AutoSense dump (turn off printer, hold feed, turn it on, let feed light blink once then release. It will then print dump info, press feed to exit dump mode). The dump should have a value for 'q' (width) and 'Q' (height,offset). The Q should be set via AutoSense gap sensing (approx 315, can be set similarly to q), q should be 832. If it is lower, such as 408, it needs to be reset. To set q to proper value of 832, follow these steps: * Start->Printers and Faxes * Right click the Zebra2844 (installed using Universal driver ZUD) and click properties * Go to the Printer tab, expand the advanced line, click tools, then click the tools button * In the 'Direct Command for Printer' box, type 'q832' and press send. The printer should be shown briefly in the system tray as the command is sent. * Press OK and exit the printer settings. * Try an AutoSense dump (being sure to hit feed after to exit the dump mode) * It may not be readable on the left side, which means it should be set properly. * Try printing through Executive. Contact Zebra support if you have any issues. ===Printing blank tags=== Tags are printing, but a blank page is being inserted between labels. This is often an issue with the Height of the tags or with the label sensor, and can happen when a new roll of tags is added. [[Zebra TLP2844#Recalibration (Autosense Dump)|Recalibration]] should fix this. ===Recalibration (Autosense Dump)=== To Recalibrate the printer, turn off the power, hold down the feed button, and turn on the printer. After 1 flash of the feed light, release the feed button. It will then perform diagnostics, sense the label height and gaps, as well as print out a dump page of hardware settings. Once completed, press the feed button to exit dump mode. {{info|If this doesn't recalibrate properly, size and gaps can be set manually, see [[Zebra TLP2844#Tag Printing Down the Middle|Tags Printing Down the Middle]].}} [[Category:Hardware]] 289 281 2011-04-11T20:37:12Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Tlp2844.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and the [[File:tlp2844 manual.pdf|manual]] can be viewed in PDF format. For advanced documentation, see the [[File:Epl2_manual.pdf|EPL2 Programmers Guide]]. ==Drivers and Utilities== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://zebra.com/id/zebra/na/en/index/drivers_downloads/drivers/results.html?productType=7 Zebra Support Site] TLP Universal Windows Driver [[File:ZUD55725.exe]] TLP Designer Windows Driver [[File:ZD1510Certified.exe]] Zebra Setup Utility [[File:Setup_ZSU_100557.exe]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Tag Printing Down the Middle=== If the tag is printing down the middle, do an AutoSense dump (turn off printer, hold feed, turn it on, let feed light blink once then release. It will then print dump info, press feed to exit dump mode). The dump should have a value for 'q' (width) and 'Q' (height,offset). The Q should be set via AutoSense gap sensing (approx 315, can be set similarly to q), q should be 832. If it is lower, such as 408, it needs to be reset. To set q to proper value of 832, follow these steps: * Start->Printers and Faxes * Right click the Zebra2844 (installed using Universal driver ZUD) and click properties * Go to the Printer tab, expand the advanced line, click tools, then click the tools button * In the 'Direct Command for Printer' box, type 'q832' and press send. The printer should be shown briefly in the system tray as the command is sent. * Press OK and exit the printer settings. * Try an AutoSense dump (being sure to hit feed after to exit the dump mode) * It may not be readable on the left side, which means it should be set properly. * Try printing through Executive. Contact Zebra support if you have any issues. ===Printing blank tags=== Tags are printing, but a blank page is being inserted between labels. This is often an issue with the Height of the tags or with the label sensor, and can happen when a new roll of tags is added. [[Zebra TLP2844#Recalibration (Autosense Dump)|Recalibration]] should fix this. ===Recalibration (Autosense Dump)=== To Recalibrate the printer, turn off the power, hold down the feed button, and turn on the printer. After 1 flash of the feed light, release the feed button. It will then perform diagnostics, sense the label height and gaps, as well as print out a dump page of hardware settings. Once completed, press the feed button to exit dump mode. {{info|If this doesn't recalibrate properly, size and gaps can be set manually, see [[Zebra TLP2844#Tag Printing Down the Middle|Tags Printing Down the Middle]].}} [[Category:Hardware]] 290 289 2011-04-11T20:38:00Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Tlp2844.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and the [[File:tlp2844 manual.pdf|manual]] can be viewed in PDF format. For advanced documentation, see the [http://www.spritvest.com.my/downloads/PDF/EPL2_Manual.pdf EPL2 Programmers Guide]. ==Drivers and Utilities== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://zebra.com/id/zebra/na/en/index/drivers_downloads/drivers/results.html?productType=7 Zebra Support Site] TLP Universal Windows Driver [[File:ZUD55725.exe]] TLP Designer Windows Driver [[File:ZD1510Certified.exe]] Zebra Setup Utility [[File:Setup_ZSU_100557.exe]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Tag Printing Down the Middle=== If the tag is printing down the middle, do an AutoSense dump (turn off printer, hold feed, turn it on, let feed light blink once then release. It will then print dump info, press feed to exit dump mode). The dump should have a value for 'q' (width) and 'Q' (height,offset). The Q should be set via AutoSense gap sensing (approx 315, can be set similarly to q), q should be 832. If it is lower, such as 408, it needs to be reset. To set q to proper value of 832, follow these steps: * Start->Printers and Faxes * Right click the Zebra2844 (installed using Universal driver ZUD) and click properties * Go to the Printer tab, expand the advanced line, click tools, then click the tools button * In the 'Direct Command for Printer' box, type 'q832' and press send. The printer should be shown briefly in the system tray as the command is sent. * Press OK and exit the printer settings. * Try an AutoSense dump (being sure to hit feed after to exit the dump mode) * It may not be readable on the left side, which means it should be set properly. * Try printing through Executive. Contact Zebra support if you have any issues. ===Printing blank tags=== Tags are printing, but a blank page is being inserted between labels. This is often an issue with the Height of the tags or with the label sensor, and can happen when a new roll of tags is added. [[Zebra TLP2844#Recalibration (Autosense Dump)|Recalibration]] should fix this. ===Recalibration (Autosense Dump)=== To Recalibrate the printer, turn off the power, hold down the feed button, and turn on the printer. After 1 flash of the feed light, release the feed button. It will then perform diagnostics, sense the label height and gaps, as well as print out a dump page of hardware settings. Once completed, press the feed button to exit dump mode. {{info|If this doesn't recalibrate properly, size and gaps can be set manually, see [[Zebra TLP2844#Tag Printing Down the Middle|Tags Printing Down the Middle]].}} [[Category:Hardware]] 4 22 285 75 2011-04-11T20:21:57Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Support for Executive Jeweller will be discontinued as of August 31, 2011. While our recommendation is to explore new software and transition while the software is still supported, it is understood that this may not be possible in all cases. Be sure to contact support to discuss any concerns that you may have, to ensure that it is a smooth transition and that you have everything you need to run your day to day business from a software perspective. 4 122 286 2011-04-11T20:25:25Z Executive 1 Created page with "Documentation is currently being moved over from our internal Executive Jeweller support site to this wiki. Due to the upcoming discontinuation of support for the product, basic..." wikitext text/x-wiki Documentation is currently being moved over from our internal Executive Jeweller support site to this wiki. Due to the upcoming discontinuation of support for the product, basic documentation and information will be provided through this site. If there are any topics or documentation that you feel are missing, please contact support and discuss your ideas. 0 19 287 249 2011-04-11T20:34:04Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki To Install Executive on a new workstation, first find an existing workstation (not the server) that will have a similar setup as the new workstation. ==On the Existing Workstation== * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Find the ''Executive'' folder. Right Click and Copy it. * Navigate to your shared folder in ''My Computer'' (generally the X:\ drive). * Right click and create a New Folder, and name it ''todays date'' (so it's easy to find later on). * Open the new folder, and Right Click and Paste. The ''Executive'' folder should copy itself over. * From the Desktop, Right Click and Copy the Executive Shortcut. Paste it into the ''today's date'' folder as well. * Open ''My Computer'' and make note of your shared drive's details. ** For Example, if it says ''Executive on Server1 (X:\)'', the shared folder's name is '''Executive''', the server's name is '''Server1''', and the drive is mapped as '''X:''' ** Write this information down, as you will need it for mapping the shared drive on the new workstation. ==On the New Workstation== ===Mapping the Shared Drive=== * Right Click on _My Computer_ and choose _Map Network Drive_ * Choose the same drive letter that the old workstation used. * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' !mapdrive.PNG! ===Copying the Executive Folder=== * Once the shared drive is mapped, it generally opens in a new window (you can manually open it from ''My Computer'' otherwise) * Find the ''today's date'' folder, and open it. * Right Click on the Executive Shortcut file and copy it. Paste it to the Desktop. Return to the ''today's date'' folder. * Right Click on the ''Executive'' folder and Copy it. * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Right Click and Paste. This should create a new Executive Folder. ===Installing Access Runtime=== * Click [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] to download the Access Runtime installer. Save it to your Desktop. * When it is finished downloading, Double Click the file and choose Install. This will create a new ''2003Runtime'' folder on the Desktop. * Open the new ''2003Runtime'' folder. * Double click ''ACCESSRT.MSI'' (it will look like this: [[File:ACCESSRT-MSI-IMG.PNG]]) * Follow the Access Installer Wizard, until it is finished. ===Testing Executive=== * Now that everything is set up, double click on the Executive Shortcut from the Desktop to launch Executive. ** The first time you launch the program, you will need to click ''Yes'' when prompted to 'Block Unsafe Expressions'. This is only required on the first startup. ** If using 64 bit Windows, the shortcut path and Reports Startup path will need to be updated to include (x86) in the Program Files section for MS Access. * If Executive loads without any error messages, try finding a Sale to make sure the data is being found. * Printers must be installed, and Printer Setup will need to be completed unless everything is the exact same as the old workstation's printers. * If Microsoft Office isn't installed, Graphic Filters might need to be installed before being able to view images. See [[Downloads#Graphic Filters|Graphic Filters]] for help installing these using the [[File:Grphflt.exe]] installer. * Download [[File:MemCpy.dll]] from [[Downloads#Memcpy.dll|Downloads]] and place it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder (this enables file browsing, such as for images). [[Category:Documentation]] 6 123 292 2011-04-11T20:40:52Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 293 292 2011-04-11T20:41:52Z Executive 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:ACCESSRT-MSI-IMG.PNG]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki 2 124 294 2011-04-11T20:45:27Z Executive 1 Created page with "Executive Jeweller is a point of sale and jewellery store management system created by Executive Management Systems in Guelph, Ontario. Development of the product ceased as of 20..." wikitext text/x-wiki Executive Jeweller is a point of sale and jewellery store management system created by Executive Management Systems in Guelph, Ontario. Development of the product ceased as of 2011, but a dedicated user base still exists so documentation is being made available to those who decide to continue using the software past the end of official support. 295 294 2011-04-11T20:54:31Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Executive Jeweller is a point of sale and jewellery store management system created by Executive Management Systems in Guelph, Ontario. The product was sold and marketed in Canada and the United States from 1996 to 2011, with customers in 37 states and provinces across North America. Development of the product ceased as of 2011, but a user base still exists so documentation is being made available to those who decide to continue using the software past the end of official support. 296 295 2011-04-11T20:56:16Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Executive Jeweller is a point of sale and jewellery store management system originally developed by Executive Management Systems in Guelph, Ontario. The product was sold and marketed in Canada and the United States from 1996 to 2011, with customers in 37 states and provinces across North America. Development of the product ceased as of 2011, but a user base still exists so documentation is being made available to those who decide to continue using the software past the end of official support. 0 1 297 242 2011-04-11T21:01:04Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {| ![[Documentation]] ![[Downloads]] |- |Manuals, adding new workstations, and other instructional documentation |Files that were formerly on the FTP site, as well as a few new downloads |- | |- ![[Getting Started]] ![[Glossary]] |- |Basic information for initial setup of software, peripherals, and beginning to use the software |Defining various terms that are used throughout the software and accompanying documentation |- | |- ![[Hardware]] ![[Known Issues]] |- |Recommended hardware, as well as resources for specific peripherals |Listing of known issues with the software |- | |- ![[Troubleshooting]] ![[Versions]] |- |Error messages and possible resolutions |Release notes and change logs for various versions |} 298 297 2011-04-11T21:21:13Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 0px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000; width:700px" !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Documentation]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:80px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Downloads]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Manuals, adding new workstations, and other instructional documentation !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Files that were formerly on the FTP site, as well as a few new downloads |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Getting Started]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Glossary]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Basic information for initial setup of software, peripherals, and beginning to use the software !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Defining various terms that are used throughout the software and accompanying documentation |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Hardware]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Known Issues]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Recommended hardware, as well as resources for specific peripherals !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Listing of known issues with the software |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Troubleshooting]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Versions]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Error messages and possible resolutions !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release notes and change logs for various versions |} 299 298 2011-04-11T21:22:33Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Welcome to the Executive Jeweller Knowledge Base. Documentation, required files, and troubleshooting help has been gathered here as a resource for users of the Executive Jeweller software. {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 0px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000; width:700px" !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Documentation]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:80px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Downloads]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Manuals, adding new workstations, and other instructional documentation !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Files that were formerly on the FTP site, as well as a few new downloads |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Getting Started]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Glossary]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Basic information for initial setup of software, peripherals, and beginning to use the software !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Defining various terms that are used throughout the software and accompanying documentation |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Hardware]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Known Issues]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Recommended hardware, as well as resources for specific peripherals !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Listing of known issues with the software |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Troubleshooting]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Versions]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Error messages and possible resolutions !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release notes and change logs for various versions |} 300 299 2011-04-11T21:22:50Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Welcome to the Executive Jeweller Knowledge Base. Documentation, required files, and troubleshooting help has been gathered here as a resource for users of the Executive Jeweller software. <br><br><br> {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 0px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000; width:700px" !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Documentation]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:80px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Downloads]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Manuals, adding new workstations, and other instructional documentation !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Files that were formerly on the FTP site, as well as a few new downloads |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Getting Started]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Glossary]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Basic information for initial setup of software, peripherals, and beginning to use the software !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Defining various terms that are used throughout the software and accompanying documentation |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Hardware]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Known Issues]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Recommended hardware, as well as resources for specific peripherals !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Listing of known issues with the software |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Troubleshooting]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Versions]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Error messages and possible resolutions !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release notes and change logs for various versions |} 301 300 2011-04-11T21:23:00Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Welcome to the Executive Jeweller Knowledge Base. Documentation, required files, and troubleshooting help has been gathered here as a resource for users of the Executive Jeweller software. <br> {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 0px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000; width:700px" !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Documentation]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:80px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Downloads]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Manuals, adding new workstations, and other instructional documentation !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Files that were formerly on the FTP site, as well as a few new downloads |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Getting Started]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Glossary]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Basic information for initial setup of software, peripherals, and beginning to use the software !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Defining various terms that are used throughout the software and accompanying documentation |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Hardware]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Known Issues]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Recommended hardware, as well as resources for specific peripherals !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Listing of known issues with the software |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Troubleshooting]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Versions]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Error messages and possible resolutions !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release notes and change logs for various versions |} 14 125 306 2011-04-12T12:50:01Z Executive 1 Created page with "This Category holds pages and files containing downloads." wikitext text/x-wiki This Category holds pages and files containing downloads. 6 49 307 116 2011-04-12T12:51:25Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 6 308 11 2011-04-12T12:51:35Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 5 309 10 2011-04-12T12:52:09Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 29 310 95 2011-04-12T12:52:22Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 123 311 293 2011-04-12T12:52:39Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 79 312 176 2011-04-12T12:52:42Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 32 313 98 2011-04-12T12:52:45Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 30 314 96 2011-04-12T12:52:49Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 69 315 162 2011-04-12T12:52:56Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 70 316 163 2011-04-12T12:53:00Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 71 317 164 2011-04-12T12:53:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 72 318 165 2011-04-12T12:53:10Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 76 319 169 2011-04-12T12:53:13Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 75 320 168 2011-04-12T12:53:17Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 74 321 167 2011-04-12T12:53:23Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 73 322 166 2011-04-12T12:53:29Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 77 323 170 2011-04-12T12:53:30Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 80 324 177 2011-04-12T12:53:32Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 42 325 109 2011-04-12T12:53:35Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 78 326 171 2011-04-12T12:53:36Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 84 327 185 2011-04-12T12:54:54Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 83 328 184 2011-04-12T12:55:01Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 87 329 188 2011-04-12T12:55:12Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 86 330 187 2011-04-12T12:55:24Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 43 331 110 2011-04-12T12:55:32Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 100 332 206 2011-04-12T12:55:41Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 92 333 195 2011-04-12T12:55:48Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 85 334 186 2011-04-12T12:55:58Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 44 335 111 2011-04-12T12:56:04Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 45 336 112 2011-04-12T12:56:11Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 46 337 113 2011-04-12T12:56:34Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 7 338 31 2011-04-12T12:56:47Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 53 339 126 2011-04-12T12:56:51Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 116 340 226 2011-04-12T12:56:58Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 47 341 114 2011-04-12T12:57:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 8 342 32 2011-04-12T12:57:17Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 31 343 97 2011-04-12T12:57:29Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 33 344 99 2011-04-12T12:57:41Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 35 345 101 2011-04-12T12:57:49Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 48 346 115 2011-04-12T12:57:55Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 34 347 100 2011-04-12T12:58:00Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 36 348 102 2011-04-12T12:58:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 54 349 127 2011-04-12T12:58:12Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 37 350 103 2011-04-12T12:58:20Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 93 351 196 2011-04-12T12:58:34Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 40 352 106 2011-04-12T12:58:44Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 39 353 105 2011-04-12T12:58:58Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 38 354 104 2011-04-12T12:59:04Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 55 355 128 2011-04-12T12:59:10Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 89 356 192 2011-04-12T12:59:16Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 81 357 178 2011-04-12T12:59:42Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 97 358 200 2011-04-12T12:59:47Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 96 359 199 2011-04-12T12:59:52Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 58 360 131 2011-04-12T12:59:56Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 6 94 361 197 2011-04-12T13:00:00Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 14 126 362 2011-04-12T13:02:41Z Executive 1 Created page with "Category containing documentation and instructional pages." wikitext text/x-wiki Category containing documentation and instructional pages. 14 127 363 2011-04-12T13:02:58Z Executive 1 Created page with "Category containing troubleshooting tips and potential solutions." wikitext text/x-wiki Category containing troubleshooting tips and potential solutions. 14 128 364 2011-04-12T13:03:15Z Executive 1 Created page with "Category containing information on various versions, updates, and releases." wikitext text/x-wiki Category containing information on various versions, updates, and releases. 14 129 365 2011-04-12T13:03:42Z Executive 1 Created page with "Category containing information about recommended hardware, as well as information pages on specific hardware." wikitext text/x-wiki Category containing information about recommended hardware, as well as information pages on specific hardware. 14 130 366 2011-04-12T13:04:29Z Executive 1 Created page with "Templates used for quick notes such as info, note, warn, and code. Each are inline and styled to stand out from the rest of the page and catch the user's attention." wikitext text/x-wiki Templates used for quick notes such as info, note, warn, and code. Each are inline and styled to stand out from the rest of the page and catch the user's attention. 4 131 367 2011-04-12T13:12:10Z Executive 1 Created page with "Top level administrator group." wikitext text/x-wiki Top level administrator group. 4 132 368 2011-04-12T13:12:35Z Executive 1 Created page with "Autoconfirmed users of online signup." wikitext text/x-wiki Autoconfirmed users of online signup. 4 133 369 2011-04-12T13:12:52Z Executive 1 Created page with "Bureaucrats - sublevel of administrator." wikitext text/x-wiki Bureaucrats - sublevel of administrator. 4 134 370 2011-04-12T13:13:02Z Executive 1 Created page with "General Users and contributors of the wiki." wikitext text/x-wiki General Users and contributors of the wiki. 0 41 371 262 2011-04-15T17:41:11Z 173.33.45.88 0 wikitext text/x-wiki The following items are available for download. If you have questions, please consult the accompanying documentation. ==ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb== [[:File:ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb]] is used to compact the data file. Save it to the desktop of the compacting workstation (preferably the server as it will be faster). For more instructions on [[Compacting Data#Linking to the Data File|linking the data files]] and [[Compacting Data#Compacting the Data File|compacting]], see [[Compacting Data]]. ==Memcpy.dll== [[:File:MemCpy.dll]] is required on each workstation to allow browsing for files (such as image browser). It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/System32/ folder to enable file browsing. It resolves [[Errors#Error 53|Error 53 - File Not Found]]. ==WIN Barcode Font== [[:File:Code128bWin.ttf]] is required when using WIN tags. It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/Fonts/ folder to install the WIN tag barcode font. ==Graphic Filters== [[:File:Grphflt.exe]] is required to view product images on workstations that do not have MS Office installed. To install the graphic filters, save [[File:Grphflt.exe]] to C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/. When it is downloaded, double click Grphflt.exe, then click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/Grphflt folder, then open the enclosed Graphics Key folder and run the registry tool inside by double clicking it. Try viewing an image to verify that it now works. This will need to be on all computers without MS Office Graphic Filters installed in order to view images. ==Desktop Shortcut Icon== [[:File:Executive.lnk]] is a sample desktop shortcut. [[File:Executive.ico]] is the icon file that can be used for Executive desktop shortcuts. ==MS Access 2003 Runtime== [[:File:2003Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless otherwise noted''. To Install, download [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2003Runtime.exe and click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created 2003Runtime folder, double click ACCESSRT.MSI and follow the installation wizard. ==MS Access 2007 Runtime== [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2007 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless advised otherwise''. To Install, download [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2007Runtime.exe and follow the installation wizard. ==Installation Packages== [[File:2005-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2005 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[File:2007-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2007 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[Category:Downloads]] 0 2 372 261 2011-04-21T15:30:58Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Manual|2008 Executive Manual]] [[image:ExecutiveReportsManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Reports Manual|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[ExecutiveData File Access]] [[Adding a New Store]] [[Category:Documentation]] 376 372 2011-04-21T16:26:12Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Manual|2008 Executive Manual]] [[image:ExecutiveReportsManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Reports Manual|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[ExecutiveData File Access]] [[Passwords]] [[Adding a New Store]] [[Category:Documentation]] 379 376 2011-04-28T19:41:17Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Manual|2008 Executive Manual]] [[image:ExecutiveReportsManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Reports Manual|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[ExecutiveData File Access]] [[Passwords]] [[Adding a New Store]] [[Category:Documentation]] ==Frequently Asked Questions== ====Tags are printing down the middle==== See [[Zebra TLP2844#Tags Printing Down the Middle]] ====Tags giving Error 53 - File not found==== See [[Tags#Sharing the Printer]] ====Tags are skipping a tag==== See [[Zebra TLP2844#Printing Blank Tags]] ====Receipts are not printing correct amount of copies==== See [[Receipt List#Usage]] ====Program exits when I go to Find Job Bags (or another specific area)==== Compact your data file using Executive Maintenance, to ensure the data is not corrupt. ====Compacting gives a corrupt error message==== Restore the most recent copy of the data from backup, as the database is corrupted. 380 379 2011-04-28T19:42:24Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Manual|2008 Executive Manual]] [[image:ExecutiveReportsManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Reports Manual|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[ExecutiveData File Access]] [[Passwords]] [[Adding a New Store]] [[Category:Documentation]] ==Frequently Asked Questions== ====Tags are printing down the middle==== See [[Zebra TLP2844#Tags Printing Down the Middle]] ====Tags giving Error 53 - File not found==== See [[Tags#Sharing the Printer]] ====Tags are skipping a tag==== See [[Zebra TLP2844#Printing Blank Tags]] ====Receipts are not printing correct amount of copies==== See [[Receipt List#Usage]] ====Program exits when I go to Find Job Bags (or another specific area)==== Compact your data file using Executive Maintenance, to ensure the data is not corrupt. See [[Compacting Data]] ====Compacting gives a corrupt error message==== Restore the most recent copy of the data from [[Backups|backup]], as the database is corrupted. 385 380 2011-05-03T21:42:02Z Executive 1 /* Frequently Asked Questions */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Manual|2008 Executive Manual]] [[image:ExecutiveReportsManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Reports Manual|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[ExecutiveData File Access]] [[Passwords]] [[Adding a New Store]] [[Category:Documentation]] ==Frequently Asked Questions== ====Exporting Customer Mailing Lists==== See [[Exporting Reports]] for steps to export mailing lists, email addresses, and more from reports to be used in Excel. ====Tags are printing down the middle==== See [[Zebra TLP2844#Tags Printing Down the Middle]] ====Tags giving Error 53 - File not found==== See [[Tags#Sharing the Printer]] ====Tags are skipping a tag==== See [[Zebra TLP2844#Printing Blank Tags]] ====Receipts are not printing correct amount of copies==== See [[Receipt List#Usage]] ====Program exits when I go to Find Job Bags (or another specific area)==== Compact your data file using Executive Maintenance, to ensure the data is not corrupt. See [[Compacting Data]] ====Compacting gives a corrupt error message==== Restore the most recent copy of the data from [[Backups|backup]], as the database is corrupted. 388 385 2011-05-12T15:35:14Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Executive Manuals== [[image:ExecutiveManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Manual|2008 Executive Manual]] [[image:ExecutiveReportsManual.png|link=file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|alt=2008 Executive Reports Manual|2008 Executive Reports Manual]] ==Knowledge Base== [[New Install]] [[Adding Workstations]] [[Compacting Data]] [[Backups]] [[Exporting Reports]] [[HST Tax Guidelines]] [[Receipt List]] [[Data Upload Instructions]] [[Front End Updates]] [[ExecutiveData File Access]] [[Passwords]] [[Adding a New Store]] [[Category:Documentation]] ==Frequently Asked Questions== ====Exporting Customer Mailing Lists==== See [[Exporting Reports]] for steps to export mailing lists, email addresses, and more from reports to be used in Excel. ====Tags are printing down the middle==== See [[Zebra TLP2844#Tags Printing Down the Middle]] ====Tags giving Error 53 - File not found==== See [[Tags#Sharing the Printer]] ====Tags are skipping a tag==== See [[Zebra TLP2844#Printing Blank Tags]] ====Receipts are not printing correct amount of copies==== See [[Receipt List#Usage]] ====Program exits when I go to Find Job Bags (or another specific area)==== Compact your data file using Executive Maintenance, to ensure the data is not corrupt. See [[Compacting Data]] ====Compacting gives a corrupt error message==== Restore the most recent copy of the data from [[Backups|backup]], as the database is corrupted. ====ExecutiveData Password and Access==== See [[ExecutiveData File Access]] for instructions on opening your data file. 0 135 373 2011-04-21T15:59:27Z Executive 1 Created page with "The main database file for Executive is named ExecutiveData.mdb, and is generally stored on a server and shared out to each workstation. To find the location of your ExecutiveD..." wikitext text/x-wiki The main database file for Executive is named ExecutiveData.mdb, and is generally stored on a server and shared out to each workstation. To find the location of your ExecutiveData.mdb file, you can go to Maintenance-System-Link Data and find the ExecutiveData.mdb file path. [[File:Link Data.png]] 375 373 2011-04-21T16:21:14Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki The main database file for Executive is named ExecutiveData.mdb, and is generally stored on a server and shared out to each workstation. To find the location of your ExecutiveData.mdb file, you can go to Maintenance-System-Link Data and find the ExecutiveData.mdb file path. [[File:Link Data.png]] Once you have found the file through My Computer, it is recommended to make a backup copy to work with, to ensure nothing happens to your live data file. This can be as simple as copying and pasting the ExecutiveData.mdb file and opening the copy. To access the tables in the ExecutiveData file, a full version of Microsoft Access is required, and must be a version capable of opening Access 2003 files. Once the file has been opened, you will be prompted to enter the database password. The ExecutiveData file is protected, and cannot be viewed without this password. {{note|This password is being provided for the purposes of Executive Jeweller clients to access their data and facilitate data extraction when moving to new systems. Anyone accessing the ExecutiveData.mdb file must agree to the following disclaimer and non disclosure agreement: I acknowledge that by opening and accessing the Executivedata.mdb file, I will not hold Executive Jeweller or it's licensors responsible for any potential damage to the data file or Executive Jeweller software, and absolve them from any liability issues relating to accessing the database using the password. I will only be accessing backup copies of the data, and fully understand the risks involved. I take full responsibility to protect this password and agree to not disclose it. I have requested the password to run queries on a backup copy of the data, and will not make changes to the data itself. I also declare that I will not disclose any details of the Executive Jeweller software, including the database schema and structure, and will not attempt to reverse engineer the software or use this knowledge in a competing product.}} The password for the ExecutiveData.mdb file is ''ceisexec'', and the shift key must be held down when pressing OK. If you are unable to view the tables at this time, ensure you are using a full version of Microsoft Access, and not a runtime version (which is the version provided with Executive Jeweller installations). 6 136 374 2011-04-21T16:04:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 0 137 377 2011-04-21T16:45:16Z Executive 1 Created page with "If a password is forgotten or has never been used before, the best way to recover it is to view the master password list. To view the master password list, go to Maintenance-Sys..." wikitext text/x-wiki If a password is forgotten or has never been used before, the best way to recover it is to view the master password list. To view the master password list, go to Maintenance-System-Password. Here you must enter the master password for the store, and it will then display all other passwords, and allow you to change them. If a master password is lost, please refer to the [[File:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf]] under Password to find the list of default passwords, in the case that the master password has never been modified. If the master password has been changed from the default, and is not able to be recovered otherwise, the last option is to manually [[ExecutiveData File Access|access the ExecutiveData file]] and check the Password table. 378 377 2011-04-21T16:45:47Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki If a password is forgotten or has never been used before, the best way to recover it is to view the master password list. * To view the master password list, go to Maintenance-System-Password. Here you must enter the master password for the store, and it will then display all other passwords, and allow you to change them. * If a master password is lost, please refer to the [[File:2008ExecutiveManual.pdf]] under Password to find the list of default passwords, in the case that the master password has never been modified. * If the master password has been changed from the default, and is not able to be recovered otherwise, the last option is to manually [[ExecutiveData File Access|access the ExecutiveData file]] and check the Password table. 0 27 381 276 2011-04-28T19:42:53Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Usage== From within the Maintenance-System-Receipts menu, you can use Receipt Copies to select how many copies of each you would like to print, Printer Setup-Specific Printer Setup to choose which printer each receipt should be sent to (beneficial for 3 Inch Receipts), and Customer Receipt Type to choose the default size (Full Page, Half, Half 2 (2 per page), or 3 Inch). See [[Sample Receipts]] for PDFs of selected receipts. ==Full Receipt List== Account Payment Receipt (3 Inch) Account Payment Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Account Payment Receipt (Full) Account Payment Receipt (Half) Account Payment Receipt (Half 2) Appraisal Certificate (2 Images) Appraisal Certificate (4 Images) Appraisal Cover Letter Customer Correspondence Customer Label Customer Profile Custom Item Printout Employee List Employee Profile Gift Card (Add Money) Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Card (Add Money) Receipt (Half) Gift Card (Add Money) Receipt (Half 2) Gift Card Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Card Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Card Receipt (Half) Gift Card Receipt (Half 2) Gift Card Return Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Card Return Receipt (Half) Gift Card Return Receipt (Half 2) Gift Certificate Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Certificate Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Certificate Receipt (Half) Gift Certificate Receipt (Half 2) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (Half) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (Half 2) Gift Registry Entire List Gift Registry Entire List (Images) Gift Registry Remaining List Gift Registry Remaining List (Images) Insurance Quote Inventory Reconciliations Packing Slip (Invoice) Invoice (3 Inch) Invoice (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Enclosure (3 Inch) Invoice Gift Receipt (3 Inch) Account Payment Sales Receipt (3 Inch) Account Payment Sales Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Full) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Full - Copy) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Half) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Half 2) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Half - Copy) Invoice (Full) Invoice (Full - Copy) Invoice Gift Receipt (Full) Invoice (Full - Images) Invoice (Half) Invoice (Half 2) Invoice Gift Receipt (Half 2) Invoice Gift Receipt (Half) Insufficient Inventory Report (3 Inch) Karat List Memorandum Order Memorandum Report Memorandum Report (Images) Metal Colour List Metal Material List Special Order Paid Out Receipt (3 Inch) Paid Out Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) PO Received Purchase Order Product Category List Product Department List Product Group List Product Image Printout Product Inventory Note Product Mark Down List Reconcile - Auto Differences List Reconcile - Auto Differences List (Images) Reconcile - Auto Scanned List Appraisal - Retail Replacement Certificate Sales List (Images) Supplier Instructions Service Estimate Service Instructions Job Bag Receipt (3 Inch) Job Bag Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Job Bag Receipt (Full) Job Bag Receipt (Half 2) Service Printout Service Task Category List Service Task Department List Service Task Group List Service Task Labour Category Service Task Labour Department Service Task Labour Group Service Task Report SKU History Stone Clarity List Stone Colour List Stone Ct List Stone Cut List Stone Material List Stone Shape List Rattail Tag List (Images) Time Clock Report Transfer Report [[Category:Documentation]] 382 381 2011-04-28T19:43:29Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Usage== From within the Maintenance-System-Receipts menu, you can use: *Receipt Copies to select how many copies of each you would like to print *Printer Setup-Specific Printer Setup to choose which printer each receipt should be sent to (beneficial for 3 Inch Receipts) *Customer Receipt Type to choose the default size (Full Page, Half, Half 2 (2 per page), or 3 Inch). See [[Sample Receipts]] for PDFs of selected receipts. ==Full Receipt List== Account Payment Receipt (3 Inch) Account Payment Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Account Payment Receipt (Full) Account Payment Receipt (Half) Account Payment Receipt (Half 2) Appraisal Certificate (2 Images) Appraisal Certificate (4 Images) Appraisal Cover Letter Customer Correspondence Customer Label Customer Profile Custom Item Printout Employee List Employee Profile Gift Card (Add Money) Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Card (Add Money) Receipt (Half) Gift Card (Add Money) Receipt (Half 2) Gift Card Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Card Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Card Receipt (Half) Gift Card Receipt (Half 2) Gift Card Return Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Card Return Receipt (Half) Gift Card Return Receipt (Half 2) Gift Certificate Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Certificate Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Certificate Receipt (Half) Gift Certificate Receipt (Half 2) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (3 Inch) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (Half) Gift Certificate Return Receipt (Half 2) Gift Registry Entire List Gift Registry Entire List (Images) Gift Registry Remaining List Gift Registry Remaining List (Images) Insurance Quote Inventory Reconciliations Packing Slip (Invoice) Invoice (3 Inch) Invoice (3 Inch - Copy) Gift Enclosure (3 Inch) Invoice Gift Receipt (3 Inch) Account Payment Sales Receipt (3 Inch) Account Payment Sales Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Full) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Full - Copy) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Half) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Half 2) Account Payment Sales Receipt (Half - Copy) Invoice (Full) Invoice (Full - Copy) Invoice Gift Receipt (Full) Invoice (Full - Images) Invoice (Half) Invoice (Half 2) Invoice Gift Receipt (Half 2) Invoice Gift Receipt (Half) Insufficient Inventory Report (3 Inch) Karat List Memorandum Order Memorandum Report Memorandum Report (Images) Metal Colour List Metal Material List Special Order Paid Out Receipt (3 Inch) Paid Out Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) PO Received Purchase Order Product Category List Product Department List Product Group List Product Image Printout Product Inventory Note Product Mark Down List Reconcile - Auto Differences List Reconcile - Auto Differences List (Images) Reconcile - Auto Scanned List Appraisal - Retail Replacement Certificate Sales List (Images) Supplier Instructions Service Estimate Service Instructions Job Bag Receipt (3 Inch) Job Bag Receipt (3 Inch - Copy) Job Bag Receipt (Full) Job Bag Receipt (Half 2) Service Printout Service Task Category List Service Task Department List Service Task Group List Service Task Labour Category Service Task Labour Department Service Task Labour Group Service Task Report SKU History Stone Clarity List Stone Colour List Stone Ct List Stone Cut List Stone Material List Stone Shape List Rattail Tag List (Images) Time Clock Report Transfer Report [[Category:Documentation]] 1 138 383 2011-05-01T22:19:00Z 91.201.66.42 0 play igt online slots wikitext text/x-wiki Comfort. Casino is substance of playing along with cards of the industry worldwide. Their remains vast uncertainty in re the gambling venue, Las Vegas in 1700s, Dutch came up to it. Preceding the time when you can download online casino stands after an characteristic in to visit Las Vegas Casino. Nowadays, with up to date games online and as devilry conurbation and today blackjack, players the place then grew rapidly. French practise deceit to have grow so hot one as it in improving playability and gave us first invented it grew very simple and stiff remunerative hustle worldwide. Their remains mystery. Second in drastic way. Casino was prohibited but the customer is one as gaming industry. Today gamblers wishing to possess recently captivated region and along with the games amongst gamblers can yield to stay. The crowned head of games have behove harmonious point and fancy gambling. Whereas, online and along with that assorted recent games in casino and frisk blackjack, video poker and gave us earliest lottery machine. Its rather simple to it. To come you look into the mobile casino is in to stay. free online casino slot tounaments http://www.thisis50.com/profile/online_casino_top_5 - uk online slot machines casino game online real vegas 384 383 2011-05-02T02:51:52Z Phil 2 Blanked the page wikitext text/x-wiki 8 140 387 2011-05-06T20:23:03Z Executive 1 Created page with "*Common delete reasons ** Author request ** Copyright violation ** Vandalism ** Unneeded ** Duplicate" wikitext text/x-wiki *Common delete reasons ** Author request ** Copyright violation ** Vandalism ** Unneeded ** Duplicate 0 1 389 301 2011-05-12T15:35:45Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Welcome to the Executive Jeweller Knowledge Base. Documentation, required files, and troubleshooting help has been gathered here as a resource for users of the Executive Jeweller software. Please note the [[ExecutiveData File Access]], which provides information on accessing your ExecutiveData file, which is needed to export information and transition to a new system. <br> {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 0px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000; width:700px" !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Documentation]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:80px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Downloads]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Manuals, adding new workstations, and other instructional documentation !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Files that were formerly on the FTP site, as well as a few new downloads |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Getting Started]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Glossary]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Basic information for initial setup of software, peripherals, and beginning to use the software !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Defining various terms that are used throughout the software and accompanying documentation |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Hardware]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Known Issues]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Recommended hardware, as well as resources for specific peripherals !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Listing of known issues with the software |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Troubleshooting]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Versions]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Error messages and possible resolutions !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release notes and change logs for various versions |} 0 141 390 2011-05-12T18:44:31Z Executive 1 Created page with "Thank you for completing the monthly survey! Please feel free to explore this site, as this Knowledge Base contains information such as: * [[ExecutiveData File Access]] instruct..." wikitext text/x-wiki Thank you for completing the monthly survey! Please feel free to explore this site, as this Knowledge Base contains information such as: * [[ExecutiveData File Access]] instructions, including the database password and requirements for viewing the database * [[Documentation]] including the Executive Manuals, and additional instructions for [[Exporting Reports]], [[Adding New Workstations]], and other common questions * [[Troubleshooting]] tips such as common [[Errors]] and their solutions, as well as help with [[Tags]] and alignment instructions for various printers 391 390 2011-05-12T18:45:07Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Thank you for completing the monthly survey! Please feel free to explore this site, as this Knowledge Base contains information such as: * [[ExecutiveData File Access]] instructions, including the database password and requirements for viewing the database * [[Documentation]] including the Executive Manuals, and additional instructions for [[Exporting Reports]], [[Adding Workstations]], and other common questions * [[Troubleshooting]] tips such as common [[Errors]] and their solutions, as well as help with [[Tags]] and alignment instructions for various printers 392 391 2011-05-12T18:46:33Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Thank you for completing the monthly survey! Please feel free to explore this site, as this Knowledge Base contains information such as: * [[ExecutiveData File Access]] instructions, including the database password and requirements for viewing the database * [[Documentation]] including the Executive Manuals, and additional instructions for [[Exporting Reports]], [[Adding Workstations]], and other common questions * [[Troubleshooting]] tips such as common [[Errors]] and their solutions, as well as help with [[Tags]] and alignment instructions for various printers * Guidelines for [[Compacting Data]] and performing [[Backups]] of your important Executive files. 0 19 393 287 2011-05-14T14:27:03Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki To Install Executive on a new workstation, first find an existing workstation (not the server) that will have a similar setup as the new workstation. ==On the Existing Workstation== * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Find the ''Executive'' folder. Right Click and Copy it. * Navigate to your shared folder in ''My Computer'' (generally the X:\ drive). * Right click and create a New Folder, and name it ''todays date'' (so it's easy to find later on). * Open the new folder, and Right Click and Paste. The ''Executive'' folder should copy itself over. * From the Desktop, Right Click and Copy the Executive Shortcut. Paste it into the ''today's date'' folder as well. * Open ''My Computer'' and make note of your shared drive's details. ** For Example, if it says ''Executive on Server1 (X:\)'', the shared folder's name is '''Executive''', the server's name is '''Server1''', and the drive is mapped as '''X:''' ** Write this information down, as you will need it for mapping the shared drive on the new workstation. ==On the New Workstation== ===Mapping the Shared Drive=== * Right Click on _My Computer_ and choose _Map Network Drive_ * Choose the same drive letter that the old workstation used. * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' !mapdrive.PNG! ===Copying the Executive Folder=== * Once the shared drive is mapped, it generally opens in a new window (you can manually open it from ''My Computer'' otherwise) * Find the ''today's date'' folder, and open it. * Right Click on the Executive Shortcut file and copy it. Paste it to the Desktop. Return to the ''today's date'' folder. * Right Click on the ''Executive'' folder and Copy it. * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Right Click and Paste. This should create a new Executive Folder. ===Installing Access Runtime=== * Click [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] to download the Access Runtime installer. Save it to your Desktop. * When it is finished downloading, Double Click the file and choose Install. This will create a new ''2003Runtime'' folder on the Desktop. * Open the new ''2003Runtime'' folder. * Double click ''ACCESSRT.MSI'' (it will look like this: [[File:ACCESSRT-MSI-IMG.PNG]]) * Follow the Access Installer Wizard, until it is finished. ===Testing Executive=== * Now that everything is set up, double click on the Executive Shortcut from the Desktop to launch Executive. ** The first time you launch the program, you will need to click ''Yes'' when prompted to 'Block Unsafe Expressions'. This is only required on the first startup. ** If using 64 bit Windows, the shortcut path and Reports Startup path will need to be updated to include (x86) in the Program Files section for MS Access. See [[Errors#Opening Reports|Opening Reports]] for details on the required path for various versions. * If Executive loads without any error messages, try finding a Sale to make sure the data is being found. * Printers must be installed, and Printer Setup will need to be completed unless everything is the exact same as the old workstation's printers. * If Microsoft Office isn't installed, Graphic Filters might need to be installed before being able to view images. See [[Downloads#Graphic Filters|Graphic Filters]] for help installing these using the [[File:Grphflt.exe]] installer. * Download [[File:MemCpy.dll]] from [[Downloads#Memcpy.dll|Downloads]] and place it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder (this enables file browsing, such as for images). [[Category:Documentation]] 0 142 394 2011-06-14T14:58:01Z Executive 1 Created page with "We recommend purchasing tags, as well as other hardware and supplies, from Kassoy. They are based in New York, and are familar with Executive and it's hardware and tag requiremen..." wikitext text/x-wiki We recommend purchasing tags, as well as other hardware and supplies, from Kassoy. They are based in New York, and are familar with Executive and it's hardware and tag requirements. ==Contact Information== Kassoy Address:&nbsp;101 Commercial Street Plainview, NY 11803 Website: [www.kassoy.com] Sales Representative:&nbsp;Bill Belpanno Toll Free: 1-800-452-7769 EXT 243 Fax: 1-516-942-0402 Email: BBelpanno@kassoy.com<br> <br> 395 394 2011-06-14T14:58:41Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki We recommend purchasing tags, as well as other hardware and supplies, from Kassoy. They are based in New York, and are familar with Executive and it's hardware and tag requirements. == Contact Information == Kassoy Address:&nbsp;101 Commercial Street Plainview, NY 11803 Website: [http://www.kassoy.com www.kassoy.com] <br> Sales Representative:&nbsp;Bill Belpanno Toll Free: 1-800-452-7769 EXT 243 Fax: 1-516-942-0402 Email: BBelpanno@kassoy.com<br> <br> 396 395 2011-06-14T18:12:59Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki We recommend purchasing tags, as well as other hardware and supplies, from Kassoy. They are based in New York, and are familar with Executive and it's [[hardware]] and tag requirements. == Contact Information == Kassoy Address:&nbsp;101 Commercial Street Plainview, NY 11803 Website: [http://www.kassoy.com www.kassoy.com] <br> Sales Representative:&nbsp;Bill Belpanno Toll Free: 1-800-452-7769 EXT 243 Fax: 1-516-942-0402 Email: BBelpanno@kassoy.com<br> <br> 0 52 397 271 2011-06-14T18:14:10Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki == Required Hardware == To use the basic functionality of the software, a tag printer, tags, receipt printer, and workstation is required. Much of the specialized hardware can be purchased from [Kassoy]. === Operating Systems === The [[Versions#2007_Version|2007 Version]] is only directly supported on Windows XP, as it is run from the Program Files folder (which has been changed in newer releases). It ''can'' be modified to work on Windows Vista and 7 by moving all .mdb files from C:/Program Files/Executive to C:/Executive. The [[Versions#2008_Version|2008 Version]] is compatible with Windows XP, Vista, and 7. It is compatible with both 32 bit and 64 bit machines, with the only difference being that MS Access is installed in the ''Program Files (x86)'' folder instead of the ''Program Files'' folder, so the shortcuts and Report Startup need to be adjusted accordingly. === Hardware Requirements === Requirements for hardware are minimal, although obviously higher specifications will produce better results. Monitor Resolution - 1024 x 768 or higher Processor - Pentium III or higher RAM - 512MB or higher Hard Drive - 20GB or higher Network - Wired Ethernet (not Wireless) Operating System - Windows XP or newer. Installation and paths differ on Vista/7, as well as 32 vs 64 bit. === Network === Wired network is required, as wireless networks are generally less reliable and slower. Due to the increased chance of data corruption due to network droppage, any wireless network usage is discouraged with Executive in a peer to peer setup. If using Terminal Services or Citrix Metaframe to run Executive remotely, wireless connections may be used because data loss is generally protected by the remote access application, and all Executive data remains on the server since it is being accessed remotely. === Backups === A backup solution in the form of an external hard drive, USB flash drive, tape backup system, or other backup software is highly recommended. Please see [[Backups]] for more details. === Tag Printers === A tag printer is used to print barcode tags generated for inventory items. There are many printers on the market, but only the following models are supported for use with Executive (any others are use at your own risk, as they are unsupported). ==== Citizen CLP621 ==== Please see the [[Citizen CLP621]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/citizen-tt-desk-top_printer.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/product.aspx?id=25 Citizen Website]. Both [[Hardware#304_Tags|304 Style Tags]] and [[Hardware#306_Tags|306 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer, although 304 Style is recommended. _This printer is the recommended option for anyone purchasing a new tag printer for the first time (otherwise, it's recommended to stick with the model you currently have if you are happy with it)._ ==== Zebra TLP2844 ==== Please see the [[Zebra TLP2844]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/zebra-tlp2844-thermal-transfer_printers.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.zebra.com/id/zebra/na/en/index/products/printers/desktop/tlp2844.html Zebra Website]. Only [[Hardware#304_Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ==== Datamax E4203 ==== Please see the [[Datamax E4203]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/datamax-tt_printer.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.datamaxcorp.com/products/e-class/features/ Datamax Website]. Only [[Hardware#304_Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. === Supported Tags === Only the following styles of barcode tags are supported. ==== 304 Tags ==== [[Image:Tag304.PNG]]<br> EZU304WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/304-thermal-transfer-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]. These tags are compatible with all 3 supported printers. ==== 306 Tags ==== [[Image:Tag306.PNG]]<br> EZU306WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/306-thermal-transfer-upc-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]. These tags are only compatible with Citizen Printers. === Tag Printer Ribbon === [http://www.kassoy.com/110-mm-resin-ribbon.html 110mm Ribbon] is required due to the width of the labels. Be sure to use the appropriate printer specific ribbon. === Receipt Printers === ==== Standard 8.5"x11" ==== To print reports, a standard 8.5"x11" laser or inkjet printer is required. If using an inkjet, ensure it is able to print 0.25" margins. If you choose to print full page receipts, these can also be printed on a standard printer with 8.5"x11" paper. See Maintenance-&gt;System-&gt;Receipts to choose printing options. ==== Epson TMT88IV Series ==== If you choose to print 3" receipts, the Epson TMT88 Series is recommended (latest model is TMT88IV, past models were TMT88II and TMT88III). Please see the [[Epson TM-T88IV]] product page for more information. == Optional Hardware == Other hardware may be used in conjunction with the system, such as bar code scanners, cash drawers, card scanners, and touch screen POS screens. === Bar Code Scanner === Bar code scanners are generally compatible, portable models must be able to store scans in CSV format, while wired models should be able to scan the barcode into Windows Notepad as a test. Recommended Models include: *Metrologic MS9500 Voyager - Wired *Unitech Hornet 630 - Portable Scanner Reference Manuals *Metrologic MS9540 [[Image:Metrologic Barcode Scanner MS9540 Manual.pdf|User Manua]] *Unitech Hornet 630 [[Image:Hornet Scanner Manual.pdf|Executive Manual Excerpt]] | [[Image:Unitech PT630 Hornet User Manual.pdf|User Manual]] *Symbol LS4071 [[Image:Symbol 4071 Barcode Scanner Manual.pdf|User Manual]] === Cash Drawers === Currently Executive does not natively support cash drawer functionality. Cash Drawers can also be triggered by the Epson TM-T88 series Receipt Printer, so please contact your hardware supplier for further information. === Card Scanners === Currently Executive does not natively support card scanners (for integrated Credit Card, Gift Card, or Debit Card scanning). 3rd Party software can be used, but this functionality is not integrated directly with Executive at this time. === Camera === For attaching images to inventory items or job bags, a camera is required. Camera options include anything from basic digital cameras to advanced jewellery imaging systems, since the camera system is not directly integrated with Executive. Images taken with the camera are simply stored in the Executive Images folder in a suitable image format and named according to SKU. Please see [[Images#Attaching_Images|Images]] for more information on Attaching Images. === Touch Screen POS === Executive is not specifically designed for use with touch screen POS systems, so a keyboard is still required for text entry. Although the interface is not optimized for touch screen usability, menus and forms can be navigated using touch screen as a replacement for the mouse. [[Category:Hardware]] 0 143 398 2011-06-23T16:16:13Z Executive 1 Created page with "If you do not already have a backup system in place, it is recommend to prepare a basic rolling backup script. The minimum requirements for this are simply your server's hard dri..." wikitext text/x-wiki If you do not already have a backup system in place, it is recommend to prepare a basic rolling backup script. The minimum requirements for this are simply your server's hard drive, but it's recommended to have an external hard drive so that files can be redundantly backed up in case of failure in the main hard drive. The scripts below are all batch files, which can then be triggered by Windows Task Scheduler. To create a batch file, simply open Notepad, enter the script text, and when saving it, choose file type 'All' and then name the file with a .bat extension (such as ''dailybackup-execdata.bat''). These scripts can be extended to include image folders in monthly backups, front end and setup installations, or many other combinations, but just the basics are outlined below. For more examples of creating backup scripts and automating them with Task Scheduler, see this [http://teamtutorials.com/windows-tutorials/create-a-windows-daily-backup-script online tutorial]. == Daily Script == {{code|xcopy c:\executive\server\executivedata.mdb c:\executive\server\backups\%date:~0,3%\* /Y}} The above script will copy your ExecutiveData.mdb file and place it in a folder based on the day of the week. So if it's ran on a Friday, it would backup the file to 'backups\fri\executivedata.mdb'. == Monthly Script == {{code|xcopy c:\executive\server\executivedata.mdb c:\executive\server\backups\Monthly\%date:~10,4%-%date:~4,2%\* /Y}} The above script will copy your ExecutiveData.mdb file and place it in a folder based on the current year and month. So if it's ran on Oct 28, 2012, it would backup the file to 'backups\Monthly\2012-10\executivedata.mdb'. == Copy to External Drive == {{code|xcopy c:\executive\server\backups\* x:\backups\executive\server\backups\* /Y /Q /S}} The above script will copy the contents of your local backups folder, and create a backup structure on a different drive. In this example the drive is X:, which represents an external hard drive. == Task Scheduler == To run Windows Task Scheduler, go to Control Panel-Administrative Tools-Task Scheduler. From here, choose 'Create Basic Task' [[File:task0.png]] Enter the name of your task, and a brief description. [[File:task1.png]] Choose the frequency of the task execution. Daily and Monthly are common backup schedules, and each allow selection of various criteria. [[File:task2.png]] Generally it's advised to schedule these tasks to run overnight, so that it doesn't interfere with daily usage of the workstation and files. For monthly jobs, choosing either the first or last day of the month is common. Daily Criteria [[File:task3.png]] Monthly Criteria [[File:task7.png]] Choose to start a program as the main task to perform [[File:task4.png]] Browse and select the script that you want to schedule [[File:task5.png]] View the final summary and ensure everything is correct. Go back and make changes if necessary, or hit Finish to complete this task. You can then add more tasks as necessary for additional scripts. [[File:task6.png]] When you are finished and backups have been running for some time, your backup folder will look similar to this (it may have an 'externaldrivebackup.bat' file if you use that script as well). [[File:backups folder.png]] 408 398 2011-06-23T18:29:50Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki If you do not already have a backup system in place, it is recommend to prepare a basic rolling backup script. The minimum requirements for this are simply your server's hard drive, but it's recommended to have an external hard drive so that files can be redundantly backed up in case of failure in the main hard drive. The scripts below are all batch files, which can then be triggered by Windows Task Scheduler. To create a batch file, simply open Notepad, enter the script text, and when saving it, choose file type 'All' and then name the file with a .bat extension (such as ''dailybackup-execdata.bat''). These scripts can be extended to include image folders in monthly backups, front end and setup installations, or many other combinations, but just the basics are outlined below. For more examples of creating backup scripts and automating them with Task Scheduler, see this [http://teamtutorials.com/windows-tutorials/create-a-windows-daily-backup-script online tutorial]. == Daily Script == {{code|xcopy c:\executive\server\executivedata.mdb c:\executive\server\backups\%date:~0,3%\* /Y}} The above script will copy your ExecutiveData.mdb file and place it in a folder based on the day of the week. So if it's ran on a Friday, it would backup the file to 'backups\fri\executivedata.mdb'. == Monthly Script == {{code|xcopy c:\executive\server\executivedata.mdb c:\executive\server\backups\Monthly\%date:~10,4%-%date:~4,2%\* /Y}} The above script will copy your ExecutiveData.mdb file and place it in a folder based on the current year and month. So if it's ran on Oct 28, 2012, it would backup the file to 'backups\Monthly\2012-10\executivedata.mdb'. == Copy to External Drive == {{code|xcopy c:\executive\server\backups\* x:\backups\executive\server\backups\* /Y /Q /S}} The above script will copy the contents of your local backups folder, and create a backup structure on a different drive. In this example the drive is X:, which represents an external hard drive. == Task Scheduler == To run Windows Task Scheduler, go to Control Panel-Administrative Tools-Task Scheduler. From here, choose 'Create Basic Task' <br> [[File:task0.png]] Enter the name of your task, and a brief description. <br> [[File:task1.png]] Choose the frequency of the task execution. Daily and Monthly are common backup schedules, and each allow selection of various criteria. <br> [[File:task2.png]] Generally it's advised to schedule these tasks to run overnight, so that it doesn't interfere with daily usage of the workstation and files. For monthly jobs, choosing either the first or last day of the month is common. Daily Criteria <br> [[File:task3.png]] Monthly Criteria <br> [[File:task7.png]] Choose to start a program as the main task to perform <br> [[File:task4.png]] Browse and select the script that you want to schedule <br> [[File:task5.png]] View the final summary and ensure everything is correct. Go back and make changes if necessary, or hit Finish to complete this task. You can then add more tasks as necessary for additional scripts. <br> [[File:task6.png]] When you are finished and backups have been running for some time, your backup folder will look similar to this (it may have an 'externaldrivebackup.bat' file if you use that script as well). <br> [[File:backups folder.png]] 409 408 2011-06-23T18:31:26Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki If you do not already have a [[Backups|backup]] system in place, it is recommend to prepare a basic rolling backup script. The minimum requirements for this are simply your server's hard drive, but it's recommended to have an external hard drive so that files can be redundantly backed up in case of failure in the main hard drive. The scripts below are all batch files, which can then be triggered by Windows Task Scheduler. To create a batch file, simply open Notepad, enter the script text, and when saving it, choose file type 'All' and then name the file with a .bat extension (such as ''dailybackup-execdata.bat''). These scripts can be extended to include image folders in monthly backups, front end and setup installations, or many other combinations, but just the basics are outlined below. For more examples of creating backup scripts and automating them with Task Scheduler, see this [http://teamtutorials.com/windows-tutorials/create-a-windows-daily-backup-script online tutorial]. == Daily Script == {{code|xcopy c:\executive\server\executivedata.mdb c:\executive\server\backups\%date:~0,3%\* /Y}} The above script will copy your ExecutiveData.mdb file and place it in a folder based on the day of the week. So if it's ran on a Friday, it would backup the file to 'backups\fri\executivedata.mdb'. == Monthly Script == {{code|xcopy c:\executive\server\executivedata.mdb c:\executive\server\backups\Monthly\%date:~10,4%-%date:~4,2%\* /Y}} The above script will copy your ExecutiveData.mdb file and place it in a folder based on the current year and month. So if it's ran on Oct 28, 2012, it would backup the file to 'backups\Monthly\2012-10\executivedata.mdb'. == Copy to External Drive == {{code|xcopy c:\executive\server\backups\* x:\backups\executive\server\backups\* /Y /Q /S}} The above script will copy the contents of your local backups folder, and create a backup structure on a different drive. In this example the drive is X:, which represents an external hard drive. == Task Scheduler == To run Windows Task Scheduler, go to Control Panel-Administrative Tools-Task Scheduler. From here, choose 'Create Basic Task' <br> [[File:task0.png]] Enter the name of your task, and a brief description. <br> [[File:task1.png]] Choose the frequency of the task execution. Daily and Monthly are common backup schedules, and each allow selection of various criteria. <br> [[File:task2.png]] Generally it's advised to schedule these tasks to run overnight, so that it doesn't interfere with daily usage of the workstation and files. For monthly jobs, choosing either the first or last day of the month is common. Daily Criteria <br> [[File:task3.png]] Monthly Criteria <br> [[File:task7.png]] Choose to start a program as the main task to perform <br> [[File:task4.png]] Browse and select the script that you want to schedule <br> [[File:task5.png]] View the final summary and ensure everything is correct. Go back and make changes if necessary, or hit Finish to complete this task. You can then add more tasks as necessary for additional scripts. <br> [[File:task6.png]] When you are finished and backups have been running for some time, your backup folder will look similar to this (it may have an 'externaldrivebackup.bat' file if you use that script as well). <br> [[File:backups folder.png]] 6 144 399 2011-06-23T16:17:15Z Executive 1 Overview of Task Scheduler wikitext text/x-wiki Overview of Task Scheduler 6 145 400 2011-06-23T16:17:43Z Executive 1 Title the task wikitext text/x-wiki Title the task 6 146 401 2011-06-23T16:23:18Z Executive 1 Frequency of task execution wikitext text/x-wiki Frequency of task execution 6 147 402 2011-06-23T16:23:48Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 6 148 403 2011-06-23T16:24:34Z Executive 1 Monthly task criteria wikitext text/x-wiki Monthly task criteria 6 149 404 2011-06-23T16:25:36Z Executive 1 Select task type wikitext text/x-wiki Select task type 6 150 405 2011-06-23T16:26:08Z Executive 1 Choose the script's location wikitext text/x-wiki Choose the script's location 6 151 406 2011-06-23T16:28:47Z Executive 1 Final summary wikitext text/x-wiki Final summary 6 152 407 2011-06-23T18:28:07Z Executive 1 Sample of what a working backups folder would look like. wikitext text/x-wiki Sample of what a working backups folder would look like. 0 21 410 250 2011-06-23T20:33:48Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki It is crucial to make regular backups, in case of loss of the primary data source. Data loss could be due to data corruption, hard drive failure, damage due to disaster or theft, etc. It is recommended to speak with your hardware supplier for further information on instituting a reliable method of backing up your data. If you have no backup system at all, you could consider using [[Backup Scripts]] and Windows Task Scheduler to provide basic automated backups, as many of the backup criteria outlined below can be met by this free method. ==Files== * The ExecutiveData.mdb file (generally in the server's shared folder) '''must''' be backed up regularly (see below for more suggestions). This file contains all program data, and cannot be replaced in case of data corruption or loss without a usable backup. * The Images folder (generally in the server's shared folder) should be backed up occasionally, to ensure that if loss occurs, only a limited amount of images will need to be retaken. * The ExecutiveSetup.mdb file (generally in the server's shared folder) should be backed up when setup details are changed. It holds a small amount of customized setup data, but could be replaced with a default copy if absolutely necessary. * Other Executive files, such as the front ends and system images can be replaced in case of loss, but can be backed up if possible to ensure the system can be quickly restored. ==Onsite and Offsite Backups== Backups should be regularly stored both onsite and offsite, in case of loss at one location. Offsite backups could be in the form of an online backup, or a physical backup that is taken offsite. ==Automation== Backups should be automated, to ensure that it is done regularly. Both automated scripts and software solutions can be used to automate backups. ==Redundancy== Making backups using multiple methods ensures that you are prepared in case of failure by one method. This could include backing up to both an external hard drive as well as a tape drive, or simply using a USB flash drive for a weekly backup in conjunction with your regular method. ==Timing== It is best to schedule backups regularly, and to back up data when it is not being used (such as at night). It's also recommended to keep multiple backups, just in case of data corruption that is not immediately identified. ===Backup Schedule=== * Monday-Friday should each have their own backup folder/tape, in case you need to restore from a few days ago due to corruption issues. Overwriting the same file daily is not recommended, it's best to cycle daily backups each week to ensure a week's worth of separate backups are retained. Daily backups could include as little as only the ExecutiveData.mdb file. * Monthly backups could be used to create full snapshots, with both the ExecutiveData.mdb, ExecutiveSetup.mdb, and Images folders being backed up. ===Examples=== There are many possible configurations, using a variety of methods. Below are examples of two popular methods, and schedules for creating redundant, automated backups with offsite capabilities. ====Tape Backup==== * If using tape backups, have 7 tapes. Use 1 as a monthly, use the 5 as Monday-Friday. Use the additional tape as a Swap for the Thursday tape. Each Friday, bring in the offsite Thursday tape, and swap it for the current Thursday tape, keeping the other Thursday tape offsite until swapping it again the next week. ====Flash Drive/External Hard Drive==== * If using flash drives/external hard drives, have 3. Alternate 2 as daily backups, and keep the extra one offsite. Swap the offsite with Thursday's backup every Friday, so that one is always offsite. Try to alternate each day, so that each drive is used evenly. * Backups could be stored in M-F folders, so that each flash drive/external hard drive would have a full weekly backup, further increasing redundancy. ** For example, have HD's 1, 2, and 3. ** Week A, HD3 will be offsite. Use HD1 M,W,F. Use HD2 T,TH. On Friday, bring in HD3 and take HD2 offsite. ** Week B, HD2 will be offsite. Use HD3 M,W,F. Use HD1 T,TH. On Friday, bring in HD2 and take HD1 offsite. ** Week C, HD1 will be offsite. Use HD2 M,W,F. Use HD3 T,TH. On Friday, bring in HD1 and take HD3 offsite. [[Category:Documentation]] 1 153 411 2011-06-29T12:52:11Z 94.142.133.190 0 You are mistaken. Let's discuss it. Write to me in PM. wikitext text/x-wiki Very good message <a href=http://www.livejournali.com>Till what time?</a> 413 411 2011-06-30T04:15:07Z Executive 1 Blanked the page wikitext text/x-wiki 0 52 412 397 2011-06-29T20:58:36Z Executive 1 added latest Epson model number wikitext text/x-wiki == Required Hardware == To use the basic functionality of the software, a tag printer, tags, receipt printer, and workstation is required. Much of the specialized hardware can be purchased from [Kassoy]. === Operating Systems === The [[Versions#2007_Version|2007 Version]] is only directly supported on Windows XP, as it is run from the Program Files folder (which has been changed in newer releases). It ''can'' be modified to work on Windows Vista and 7 by moving all .mdb files from C:/Program Files/Executive to C:/Executive. The [[Versions#2008_Version|2008 Version]] is compatible with Windows XP, Vista, and 7. It is compatible with both 32 bit and 64 bit machines, with the only difference being that MS Access is installed in the ''Program Files (x86)'' folder instead of the ''Program Files'' folder, so the shortcuts and Report Startup need to be adjusted accordingly. === Hardware Requirements === Requirements for hardware are minimal, although obviously higher specifications will produce better results. Monitor Resolution - 1024 x 768 or higher Processor - Pentium III or higher RAM - 512MB or higher Hard Drive - 20GB or higher Network - Wired Ethernet (not Wireless) Operating System - Windows XP or newer. Installation and paths differ on Vista/7, as well as 32 vs 64 bit. === Network === Wired network is required, as wireless networks are generally less reliable and slower. Due to the increased chance of data corruption due to network droppage, any wireless network usage is discouraged with Executive in a peer to peer setup. If using Terminal Services or Citrix Metaframe to run Executive remotely, wireless connections may be used because data loss is generally protected by the remote access application, and all Executive data remains on the server since it is being accessed remotely. === Backups === A backup solution in the form of an external hard drive, USB flash drive, tape backup system, or other backup software is highly recommended. Please see [[Backups]] for more details. === Tag Printers === A tag printer is used to print barcode tags generated for inventory items. There are many printers on the market, but only the following models are supported for use with Executive (any others are use at your own risk, as they are unsupported). ==== Citizen CLP621 ==== Please see the [[Citizen CLP621]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/citizen-tt-desk-top_printer.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/product.aspx?id=25 Citizen Website]. Both [[Hardware#304_Tags|304 Style Tags]] and [[Hardware#306_Tags|306 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer, although 304 Style is recommended. _This printer is the recommended option for anyone purchasing a new tag printer for the first time (otherwise, it's recommended to stick with the model you currently have if you are happy with it)._ ==== Zebra TLP2844 ==== Please see the [[Zebra TLP2844]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/zebra-tlp2844-thermal-transfer_printers.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.zebra.com/id/zebra/na/en/index/products/printers/desktop/tlp2844.html Zebra Website]. Only [[Hardware#304_Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ==== Datamax E4203 ==== Please see the [[Datamax E4203]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/datamax-tt_printer.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.datamaxcorp.com/products/e-class/features/ Datamax Website]. Only [[Hardware#304_Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. === Supported Tags === Only the following styles of barcode tags are supported. ==== 304 Tags ==== [[Image:Tag304.PNG]]<br> EZU304WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/304-thermal-transfer-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]. These tags are compatible with all 3 supported printers. ==== 306 Tags ==== [[Image:Tag306.PNG]]<br> EZU306WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/306-thermal-transfer-upc-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]. These tags are only compatible with Citizen Printers. === Tag Printer Ribbon === [http://www.kassoy.com/110-mm-resin-ribbon.html 110mm Ribbon] is required due to the width of the labels. Be sure to use the appropriate printer specific ribbon. === Receipt Printers === ==== Standard 8.5"x11" ==== To print reports, a standard 8.5"x11" laser or inkjet printer is required. If using an inkjet, ensure it is able to print 0.25" margins. If you choose to print full page receipts, these can also be printed on a standard printer with 8.5"x11" paper. See Maintenance-&gt;System-&gt;Receipts to choose printing options. ==== Epson TMT88IV Series ==== If you choose to print 3" receipts, the Epson TMT88 Series is recommended (latest model is TMT88V, past models were TMT88II, TMT88III, TMT88IV). Please see the [[Epson TM-T88IV]] product page for more information. == Optional Hardware == Other hardware may be used in conjunction with the system, such as bar code scanners, cash drawers, card scanners, and touch screen POS screens. === Bar Code Scanner === Bar code scanners are generally compatible, portable models must be able to store scans in CSV format, while wired models should be able to scan the barcode into Windows Notepad as a test. Recommended Models include: *Metrologic MS9500 Voyager - Wired *Unitech Hornet 630 - Portable Scanner Reference Manuals *Metrologic MS9540 [[Image:Metrologic Barcode Scanner MS9540 Manual.pdf|User Manua]] *Unitech Hornet 630 [[Image:Hornet Scanner Manual.pdf|Executive Manual Excerpt]] | [[Image:Unitech PT630 Hornet User Manual.pdf|User Manual]] *Symbol LS4071 [[Image:Symbol 4071 Barcode Scanner Manual.pdf|User Manual]] === Cash Drawers === Currently Executive does not natively support cash drawer functionality. Cash Drawers can also be triggered by the Epson TM-T88 series Receipt Printer, so please contact your hardware supplier for further information. === Card Scanners === Currently Executive does not natively support card scanners (for integrated Credit Card, Gift Card, or Debit Card scanning). 3rd Party software can be used, but this functionality is not integrated directly with Executive at this time. === Camera === For attaching images to inventory items or job bags, a camera is required. Camera options include anything from basic digital cameras to advanced jewellery imaging systems, since the camera system is not directly integrated with Executive. Images taken with the camera are simply stored in the Executive Images folder in a suitable image format and named according to SKU. Please see [[Images#Attaching_Images|Images]] for more information on Attaching Images. === Touch Screen POS === Executive is not specifically designed for use with touch screen POS systems, so a keyboard is still required for text entry. Although the interface is not optimized for touch screen usability, menus and forms can be navigated using touch screen as a replacement for the mouse. [[Category:Hardware]] 455 412 2012-03-23T21:10:09Z Executive 1 /* Citizen CLP621 */ wikitext text/x-wiki == Required Hardware == To use the basic functionality of the software, a tag printer, tags, receipt printer, and workstation is required. Much of the specialized hardware can be purchased from [Kassoy]. === Operating Systems === The [[Versions#2007_Version|2007 Version]] is only directly supported on Windows XP, as it is run from the Program Files folder (which has been changed in newer releases). It ''can'' be modified to work on Windows Vista and 7 by moving all .mdb files from C:/Program Files/Executive to C:/Executive. The [[Versions#2008_Version|2008 Version]] is compatible with Windows XP, Vista, and 7. It is compatible with both 32 bit and 64 bit machines, with the only difference being that MS Access is installed in the ''Program Files (x86)'' folder instead of the ''Program Files'' folder, so the shortcuts and Report Startup need to be adjusted accordingly. === Hardware Requirements === Requirements for hardware are minimal, although obviously higher specifications will produce better results. Monitor Resolution - 1024 x 768 or higher Processor - Pentium III or higher RAM - 512MB or higher Hard Drive - 20GB or higher Network - Wired Ethernet (not Wireless) Operating System - Windows XP or newer. Installation and paths differ on Vista/7, as well as 32 vs 64 bit. === Network === Wired network is required, as wireless networks are generally less reliable and slower. Due to the increased chance of data corruption due to network droppage, any wireless network usage is discouraged with Executive in a peer to peer setup. If using Terminal Services or Citrix Metaframe to run Executive remotely, wireless connections may be used because data loss is generally protected by the remote access application, and all Executive data remains on the server since it is being accessed remotely. === Backups === A backup solution in the form of an external hard drive, USB flash drive, tape backup system, or other backup software is highly recommended. Please see [[Backups]] for more details. === Tag Printers === A tag printer is used to print barcode tags generated for inventory items. There are many printers on the market, but only the following models are supported for use with Executive (any others are use at your own risk, as they are unsupported). ==== Citizen CLP621 ==== Please see the [[Citizen CLP621]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/citizen-tt-desk-top_printer.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/product.aspx?id=25 Citizen Website]. Both [[Hardware#304_Tags|304 Style Tags]] and [[Hardware#306_Tags|306 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer, although 304 Style is recommended. ''This printer is the recommended option for anyone purchasing a new tag printer for the first time (otherwise, it's recommended to stick with the model you currently have if you are happy with it).'' ==== Zebra TLP2844 ==== Please see the [[Zebra TLP2844]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/zebra-tlp2844-thermal-transfer_printers.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.zebra.com/id/zebra/na/en/index/products/printers/desktop/tlp2844.html Zebra Website]. Only [[Hardware#304_Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. ==== Datamax E4203 ==== Please see the [[Datamax E4203]] product page for information on setup and troubleshooting. They can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/datamax-tt_printer.html Kassoy], and more information can be found at the [http://www.datamaxcorp.com/products/e-class/features/ Datamax Website]. Only [[Hardware#304_Tags|304 Style Tags]] are compatible with this printer. === Supported Tags === Only the following styles of barcode tags are supported. ==== 304 Tags ==== [[Image:Tag304.PNG]]<br> EZU304WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/304-thermal-transfer-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]. These tags are compatible with all 3 supported printers. ==== 306 Tags ==== [[Image:Tag306.PNG]]<br> EZU306WT thermal transfer rattail tags can be purchased from [http://www.kassoy.com/306-thermal-transfer-upc-rat-tail-tags.html Kassoy]. These tags are only compatible with Citizen Printers. === Tag Printer Ribbon === [http://www.kassoy.com/110-mm-resin-ribbon.html 110mm Ribbon] is required due to the width of the labels. Be sure to use the appropriate printer specific ribbon. === Receipt Printers === ==== Standard 8.5"x11" ==== To print reports, a standard 8.5"x11" laser or inkjet printer is required. If using an inkjet, ensure it is able to print 0.25" margins. If you choose to print full page receipts, these can also be printed on a standard printer with 8.5"x11" paper. See Maintenance-&gt;System-&gt;Receipts to choose printing options. ==== Epson TMT88IV Series ==== If you choose to print 3" receipts, the Epson TMT88 Series is recommended (latest model is TMT88V, past models were TMT88II, TMT88III, TMT88IV). Please see the [[Epson TM-T88IV]] product page for more information. == Optional Hardware == Other hardware may be used in conjunction with the system, such as bar code scanners, cash drawers, card scanners, and touch screen POS screens. === Bar Code Scanner === Bar code scanners are generally compatible, portable models must be able to store scans in CSV format, while wired models should be able to scan the barcode into Windows Notepad as a test. Recommended Models include: *Metrologic MS9500 Voyager - Wired *Unitech Hornet 630 - Portable Scanner Reference Manuals *Metrologic MS9540 [[Image:Metrologic Barcode Scanner MS9540 Manual.pdf|User Manua]] *Unitech Hornet 630 [[Image:Hornet Scanner Manual.pdf|Executive Manual Excerpt]] | [[Image:Unitech PT630 Hornet User Manual.pdf|User Manual]] *Symbol LS4071 [[Image:Symbol 4071 Barcode Scanner Manual.pdf|User Manual]] === Cash Drawers === Currently Executive does not natively support cash drawer functionality. Cash Drawers can also be triggered by the Epson TM-T88 series Receipt Printer, so please contact your hardware supplier for further information. === Card Scanners === Currently Executive does not natively support card scanners (for integrated Credit Card, Gift Card, or Debit Card scanning). 3rd Party software can be used, but this functionality is not integrated directly with Executive at this time. === Camera === For attaching images to inventory items or job bags, a camera is required. Camera options include anything from basic digital cameras to advanced jewellery imaging systems, since the camera system is not directly integrated with Executive. Images taken with the camera are simply stored in the Executive Images folder in a suitable image format and named according to SKU. Please see [[Images#Attaching_Images|Images]] for more information on Attaching Images. === Touch Screen POS === Executive is not specifically designed for use with touch screen POS systems, so a keyboard is still required for text entry. Although the interface is not optimized for touch screen usability, menus and forms can be navigated using touch screen as a replacement for the mouse. [[Category:Hardware]] 0 154 414 2011-07-13T15:58:00Z Executive 1 Created page with "The 07 Version of Executive uses the C:/Program Files/Executive folder, which is different in Windows 7 than in XP due to virtualization in Windows 7. Also, if it is Windows 7 64..." wikitext text/x-wiki The 07 Version of Executive uses the C:/Program Files/Executive folder, which is different in Windows 7 than in XP due to virtualization in Windows 7. Also, if it is Windows 7 64 bit instead of 32 bit, the Store Setup Report Path and desktop shortcut will need to have (x86) added to the path after Program Files (as in C:/Program Files (x86)/...) You should be able to run it on Windows 7 by moving the MDB files from C:/Program Files/Executive to C:/Executive and relinking them. Here are the revised installation instructions for installing Executive 07 on a Windows 7 workstation. ==On the New Workstation== ===Mapping the Shared Drive=== * Right Click on _My Computer_ and choose _Map Network Drive_ * Choose the same drive letter that the old workstation used. * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' !mapdrive.PNG! ===Copying the Executive Folder=== * Once the shared drive is mapped, it generally opens in a new window (you can manually open it from ''My Computer'' otherwise) * Find the ''today's date'' folder, and open it. * Right Click on the Executive Shortcut file and copy it. Paste it to the Desktop. Return to the ''today's date'' folder. * Right Click on the ''Executive'' folder and Copy it. * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Right Click and Paste. This should create a new Executive Folder. ====Extra Steps for Executive07 on Windows7==== * Open C:/ and create a new folder as C:/Executive * Open C:/Program Files/Executive and copy Executive.mdb, ExecutiveSetup.mdb, ExecutivePrinterSetup.mdb, ExecutiveReports.mdb * Open C:/Executive and paste these files here. * Right click on the desktop shortcut, click Properties, and change the target path to C:/Executive/Executive.mdb instead of C:/Program Files/Executive/Executive.mdb. (adding x86 to path if running Windows 7 64bit) ===Installing Access Runtime=== * Click [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] to download the Access Runtime installer. Save it to your Desktop. * When it is finished downloading, Double Click the file and choose Install. This will create a new ''2003Runtime'' folder on the Desktop. * Open the new ''2003Runtime'' folder. * Double click ''ACCESSRT.MSI'' (it will look like this: [[File:ACCESSRT-MSI-IMG.PNG]]) * Follow the Access Installer Wizard, until it is finished. ===Linking Data Paths for Executive07 on Windows 7=== * Run Executive, and go to Maintenance->System->Link Data * Remove Program Files from the paths of ExecutiveSetup.mdb, ExecutiveReports.mdb, and ExecutivePrinterSetup.mdb and press ok to relink. * Go to Maintenance->System->Store Setup and change the Reports Path to C:/Executive/Executive.mdb instead of C:/Program Files/Executive/Executive.mdb. (adding x86 to path if running Windows 7 64bit). * Open up reports, and go to Maintenance->Link Data and remove Program Files from the path of ExecutiveSetup.mdb and press ok to relink. ===Testing Executive=== * Now that everything is set up, double click on the Executive Shortcut from the Desktop to launch Executive. ** The first time you launch the program, you will need to click ''Yes'' when prompted to 'Block Unsafe Expressions'. This is only required on the first startup. ** If using 64 bit Windows, the shortcut path and Reports Startup path will need to be updated to include (x86) in the Program Files section for MS Access. See [[Errors#Opening Reports|Opening Reports]] for details on the required path for various versions. * If Executive loads without any error messages, try finding a Sale to make sure the data is being found. * Printers must be installed, and Printer Setup will need to be completed unless everything is the exact same as the old workstation's printers. * If Microsoft Office isn't installed, Graphic Filters might need to be installed before being able to view images. See [[Downloads#Graphic Filters|Graphic Filters]] for help installing these using the [[File:Grphflt.exe]] installer. * Download [[File:MemCpy.dll]] from [[Downloads#Memcpy.dll|Downloads]] and place it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder (this enables file browsing, such as for images). 415 414 2011-07-13T16:06:36Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki The 07 Version of Executive uses the C:/Program Files/Executive folder, which is different in Windows 7 than in XP due to virtualization in Windows 7. Also, if it is Windows 7 64 bit instead of 32 bit, the Store Setup Report Path and desktop shortcut will need to have (x86) added to the path after Program Files (as in C:/Program Files (x86)/...) You should be able to run it on Windows 7 by moving the MDB files from C:/Program Files/Executive to C:/Executive and relinking them. Here are the revised installation instructions for installing Executive 07 on a Windows 7 workstation. ==On the New Workstation== ===Mapping the Shared Drive=== * Right Click on _My Computer_ and choose _Map Network Drive_ * Choose the same drive letter that the old workstation used. * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' [[File:mapdrive.PNG]] ===Copying the Executive Folder=== * Once the shared drive is mapped, it generally opens in a new window (you can manually open it from ''My Computer'' otherwise) * Find the ''today's date'' folder, and open it. * Right Click on the Executive Shortcut file and copy it. Paste it to the Desktop. Return to the ''today's date'' folder. * Right Click on the ''Executive'' folder and Copy it. * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Right Click and Paste. This should create a new Executive Folder. ====Extra Steps for Executive07 on Windows7==== * Open C:/ and create a new folder as C:/Executive * Open C:/Program Files/Executive and copy Executive.mdb, ExecutiveSetup.mdb, ExecutivePrinterSetup.mdb, ExecutiveReports.mdb * Open C:/Executive and paste these files here. * Right click on the desktop shortcut, click Properties, and change the target path to C:/Executive/Executive.mdb instead of C:/Program Files/Executive/Executive.mdb. (adding x86 to path if running Windows 7 64bit) ===Installing Access Runtime=== * Click [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] to download the Access Runtime installer. Save it to your Desktop. * When it is finished downloading, Double Click the file and choose Install. This will create a new ''2003Runtime'' folder on the Desktop. * Open the new ''2003Runtime'' folder. * Double click ''ACCESSRT.MSI'' (it will look like this: [[File:ACCESSRT-MSI-IMG.PNG]]) * Follow the Access Installer Wizard, until it is finished. ===Linking Data Paths for Executive07 on Windows 7=== * Run Executive, and go to Maintenance->System->Link Data * Remove Program Files from the paths of ExecutiveSetup.mdb, ExecutiveReports.mdb, and ExecutivePrinterSetup.mdb and press ok to relink. * Go to Maintenance->System->Store Setup and change the Reports Path to C:/Executive/Executive.mdb instead of C:/Program Files/Executive/Executive.mdb. (adding x86 to path if running Windows 7 64bit). * Open up reports, and go to Maintenance->Link Data and remove Program Files from the path of ExecutiveSetup.mdb and press ok to relink. ===Testing Executive=== * Now that everything is set up, double click on the Executive Shortcut from the Desktop to launch Executive. ** The first time you launch the program, you will need to click ''Yes'' when prompted to 'Block Unsafe Expressions'. This is only required on the first startup. ** If using 64 bit Windows, the shortcut path and Reports Startup path will need to be updated to include (x86) in the Program Files section for MS Access. See [[Errors#Opening Reports|Opening Reports]] for details on the required path for various versions. * If Executive loads without any error messages, try finding a Sale to make sure the data is being found. * Printers must be installed, and Printer Setup will need to be completed unless everything is the exact same as the old workstation's printers. * If Microsoft Office isn't installed, Graphic Filters might need to be installed before being able to view images. See [[Downloads#Graphic Filters|Graphic Filters]] for help installing these using the [[File:Grphflt.exe]] installer. * Download [[File:MemCpy.dll]] from [[Downloads#Memcpy.dll|Downloads]] and place it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder (this enables file browsing, such as for images). 419 415 2011-07-13T16:09:54Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki The 07 Version of Executive uses the C:/Program Files/Executive folder, which is different in Windows 7 than in XP due to virtualization in Windows 7. Also, if it is Windows 7 64 bit instead of 32 bit, the Store Setup Report Path and desktop shortcut will need to have (x86) added to the path after Program Files (as in C:/Program Files (x86)/...) You should be able to run it on Windows 7 by moving the MDB files from C:/Program Files/Executive to C:/Executive and relinking them. Here are the revised installation instructions for installing Executive 07 on a Windows 7 workstation. If you are using the 08 Version of Executive, or are running Windows XP, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for installation instructions. ==On the New Workstation== ===Mapping the Shared Drive=== * Right Click on _My Computer_ and choose _Map Network Drive_ * Choose the same drive letter that the old workstation used. * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' [[File:mapdrive.PNG]] ===Copying the Executive Folder=== * Once the shared drive is mapped, it generally opens in a new window (you can manually open it from ''My Computer'' otherwise) * Find the ''today's date'' folder, and open it. * Right Click on the Executive Shortcut file and copy it. Paste it to the Desktop. Return to the ''today's date'' folder. * Right Click on the ''Executive'' folder and Copy it. * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Right Click and Paste. This should create a new Executive Folder. ====Extra Steps for Executive07 on Windows7==== * Open C:/ and create a new folder as C:/Executive * Open C:/Program Files/Executive and copy Executive.mdb, ExecutiveSetup.mdb, ExecutivePrinterSetup.mdb, ExecutiveReports.mdb * Open C:/Executive and paste these files here. * Right click on the desktop shortcut, click Properties, and change the target path to C:/Executive/Executive.mdb instead of C:/Program Files/Executive/Executive.mdb. (adding x86 to path if running Windows 7 64bit) ===Installing Access Runtime=== * Click [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] to download the Access Runtime installer. Save it to your Desktop. * When it is finished downloading, Double Click the file and choose Install. This will create a new ''2003Runtime'' folder on the Desktop. * Open the new ''2003Runtime'' folder. * Double click ''ACCESSRT.MSI'' (it will look like this: [[File:ACCESSRT-MSI-IMG.PNG]]) * Follow the Access Installer Wizard, until it is finished. ===Linking Data Paths for Executive07 on Windows 7=== * Run Executive, and go to Maintenance->System->Link Data * Remove Program Files from the paths of ExecutiveSetup.mdb, ExecutiveReports.mdb, and ExecutivePrinterSetup.mdb and press ok to relink. * Go to Maintenance->System->Store Setup and change the Reports Path to C:/Executive/Executive.mdb instead of C:/Program Files/Executive/Executive.mdb. (adding x86 to path if running Windows 7 64bit). * Open up reports, and go to Maintenance->Link Data and remove Program Files from the path of ExecutiveSetup.mdb and press ok to relink. ===Testing Executive=== * Now that everything is set up, double click on the Executive Shortcut from the Desktop to launch Executive. ** The first time you launch the program, you will need to click ''Yes'' when prompted to 'Block Unsafe Expressions'. This is only required on the first startup. ** If using 64 bit Windows, the shortcut path and Reports Startup path will need to be updated to include (x86) in the Program Files section for MS Access. See [[Errors#Opening Reports|Opening Reports]] for details on the required path for various versions. * If Executive loads without any error messages, try finding a Sale to make sure the data is being found. * Printers must be installed, and Printer Setup will need to be completed unless everything is the exact same as the old workstation's printers. * If Microsoft Office isn't installed, Graphic Filters might need to be installed before being able to view images. See [[Downloads#Graphic Filters|Graphic Filters]] for help installing these using the [[File:Grphflt.exe]] installer. * Download [[File:MemCpy.dll]] from [[Downloads#Memcpy.dll|Downloads]] and place it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder (this enables file browsing, such as for images). 420 419 2011-07-13T16:10:27Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki The 07 Version of Executive uses the C:/Program Files/Executive folder, which is different in Windows 7 than in XP due to virtualization in Windows 7. Also, if it is Windows 7 64 bit instead of 32 bit, the Store Setup Report Path and desktop shortcut will need to have (x86) added to the path after Program Files (as in C:/Program Files (x86)/...) You should be able to run it on Windows 7 by moving the MDB files from C:/Program Files/Executive to C:/Executive and relinking them. Here are the revised installation instructions for installing Executive 07 on a Windows 7 workstation. If you are using the 08 Version of Executive, or are running Windows XP, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for installation instructions. ==On the Existing Workstation== * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Find the ''Executive'' folder. Right Click and Copy it. * Navigate to your shared folder in ''My Computer'' (generally the X:\ drive). * Right click and create a New Folder, and name it ''todays date'' (so it's easy to find later on). * Open the new folder, and Right Click and Paste. The ''Executive'' folder should copy itself over. * From the Desktop, Right Click and Copy the Executive Shortcut. Paste it into the ''today's date'' folder as well. * Open ''My Computer'' and make note of your shared drive's details. ** For Example, if it says ''Executive on Server1 (X:\)'', the shared folder's name is '''Executive''', the server's name is '''Server1''', and the drive is mapped as '''X:''' ** Write this information down, as you will need it for mapping the shared drive on the new workstation. ==On the New Workstation== ===Mapping the Shared Drive=== * Right Click on _My Computer_ and choose _Map Network Drive_ * Choose the same drive letter that the old workstation used. * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' [[File:mapdrive.PNG]] ===Copying the Executive Folder=== * Once the shared drive is mapped, it generally opens in a new window (you can manually open it from ''My Computer'' otherwise) * Find the ''today's date'' folder, and open it. * Right Click on the Executive Shortcut file and copy it. Paste it to the Desktop. Return to the ''today's date'' folder. * Right Click on the ''Executive'' folder and Copy it. * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Right Click and Paste. This should create a new Executive Folder. ====Extra Steps for Executive07 on Windows7==== * Open C:/ and create a new folder as C:/Executive * Open C:/Program Files/Executive and copy Executive.mdb, ExecutiveSetup.mdb, ExecutivePrinterSetup.mdb, ExecutiveReports.mdb * Open C:/Executive and paste these files here. * Right click on the desktop shortcut, click Properties, and change the target path to C:/Executive/Executive.mdb instead of C:/Program Files/Executive/Executive.mdb. (adding x86 to path if running Windows 7 64bit) ===Installing Access Runtime=== * Click [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] to download the Access Runtime installer. Save it to your Desktop. * When it is finished downloading, Double Click the file and choose Install. This will create a new ''2003Runtime'' folder on the Desktop. * Open the new ''2003Runtime'' folder. * Double click ''ACCESSRT.MSI'' (it will look like this: [[File:ACCESSRT-MSI-IMG.PNG]]) * Follow the Access Installer Wizard, until it is finished. ===Linking Data Paths for Executive07 on Windows 7=== * Run Executive, and go to Maintenance->System->Link Data * Remove Program Files from the paths of ExecutiveSetup.mdb, ExecutiveReports.mdb, and ExecutivePrinterSetup.mdb and press ok to relink. * Go to Maintenance->System->Store Setup and change the Reports Path to C:/Executive/Executive.mdb instead of C:/Program Files/Executive/Executive.mdb. (adding x86 to path if running Windows 7 64bit). * Open up reports, and go to Maintenance->Link Data and remove Program Files from the path of ExecutiveSetup.mdb and press ok to relink. ===Testing Executive=== * Now that everything is set up, double click on the Executive Shortcut from the Desktop to launch Executive. ** The first time you launch the program, you will need to click ''Yes'' when prompted to 'Block Unsafe Expressions'. This is only required on the first startup. ** If using 64 bit Windows, the shortcut path and Reports Startup path will need to be updated to include (x86) in the Program Files section for MS Access. See [[Errors#Opening Reports|Opening Reports]] for details on the required path for various versions. * If Executive loads without any error messages, try finding a Sale to make sure the data is being found. * Printers must be installed, and Printer Setup will need to be completed unless everything is the exact same as the old workstation's printers. * If Microsoft Office isn't installed, Graphic Filters might need to be installed before being able to view images. See [[Downloads#Graphic Filters|Graphic Filters]] for help installing these using the [[File:Grphflt.exe]] installer. * Download [[File:MemCpy.dll]] from [[Downloads#Memcpy.dll|Downloads]] and place it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder (this enables file browsing, such as for images). 0 19 416 393 2011-07-13T16:08:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki To Install Executive on a new workstation, first find an existing workstation (not the server) that will have a similar setup as the new workstation. If you are installing the 07 Version of Executive on a Windows7 machine, please see [[Executive 07 on Windows 7]] ==On the Existing Workstation== * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Find the ''Executive'' folder. Right Click and Copy it. * Navigate to your shared folder in ''My Computer'' (generally the X:\ drive). * Right click and create a New Folder, and name it ''todays date'' (so it's easy to find later on). * Open the new folder, and Right Click and Paste. The ''Executive'' folder should copy itself over. * From the Desktop, Right Click and Copy the Executive Shortcut. Paste it into the ''today's date'' folder as well. * Open ''My Computer'' and make note of your shared drive's details. ** For Example, if it says ''Executive on Server1 (X:\)'', the shared folder's name is '''Executive''', the server's name is '''Server1''', and the drive is mapped as '''X:''' ** Write this information down, as you will need it for mapping the shared drive on the new workstation. ==On the New Workstation== ===Mapping the Shared Drive=== * Right Click on _My Computer_ and choose _Map Network Drive_ * Choose the same drive letter that the old workstation used. * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' [[File:mapdrive.PNG]] ===Copying the Executive Folder=== * Once the shared drive is mapped, it generally opens in a new window (you can manually open it from ''My Computer'' otherwise) * Find the ''today's date'' folder, and open it. * Right Click on the Executive Shortcut file and copy it. Paste it to the Desktop. Return to the ''today's date'' folder. * Right Click on the ''Executive'' folder and Copy it. * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Right Click and Paste. This should create a new Executive Folder. ===Installing Access Runtime=== * Click [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] to download the Access Runtime installer. Save it to your Desktop. * When it is finished downloading, Double Click the file and choose Install. This will create a new ''2003Runtime'' folder on the Desktop. * Open the new ''2003Runtime'' folder. * Double click ''ACCESSRT.MSI'' (it will look like this: [[File:ACCESSRT-MSI-IMG.PNG]]) * Follow the Access Installer Wizard, until it is finished. ===Testing Executive=== * Now that everything is set up, double click on the Executive Shortcut from the Desktop to launch Executive. ** The first time you launch the program, you will need to click ''Yes'' when prompted to 'Block Unsafe Expressions'. This is only required on the first startup. ** If using 64 bit Windows, the shortcut path and Reports Startup path will need to be updated to include (x86) in the Program Files section for MS Access. See [[Errors#Opening Reports|Opening Reports]] for details on the required path for various versions. * If Executive loads without any error messages, try finding a Sale to make sure the data is being found. * Printers must be installed, and Printer Setup will need to be completed unless everything is the exact same as the old workstation's printers. * If Microsoft Office isn't installed, Graphic Filters might need to be installed before being able to view images. See [[Downloads#Graphic Filters|Graphic Filters]] for help installing these using the [[File:Grphflt.exe]] installer. * Download [[File:MemCpy.dll]] from [[Downloads#Memcpy.dll|Downloads]] and place it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder (this enables file browsing, such as for images). [[Category:Documentation]] 417 416 2011-07-13T16:08:26Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki To Install Executive on a new workstation, first find an existing workstation (not the server) that will have a similar setup as the new workstation. If you are installing the 07 Version of Executive on a Windows7 machine, please see [[Executive 07 on Windows 7]] for installation notes. ==On the Existing Workstation== * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Find the ''Executive'' folder. Right Click and Copy it. * Navigate to your shared folder in ''My Computer'' (generally the X:\ drive). * Right click and create a New Folder, and name it ''todays date'' (so it's easy to find later on). * Open the new folder, and Right Click and Paste. The ''Executive'' folder should copy itself over. * From the Desktop, Right Click and Copy the Executive Shortcut. Paste it into the ''today's date'' folder as well. * Open ''My Computer'' and make note of your shared drive's details. ** For Example, if it says ''Executive on Server1 (X:\)'', the shared folder's name is '''Executive''', the server's name is '''Server1''', and the drive is mapped as '''X:''' ** Write this information down, as you will need it for mapping the shared drive on the new workstation. ==On the New Workstation== ===Mapping the Shared Drive=== * Right Click on _My Computer_ and choose _Map Network Drive_ * Choose the same drive letter that the old workstation used. * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' [[File:mapdrive.PNG]] ===Copying the Executive Folder=== * Once the shared drive is mapped, it generally opens in a new window (you can manually open it from ''My Computer'' otherwise) * Find the ''today's date'' folder, and open it. * Right Click on the Executive Shortcut file and copy it. Paste it to the Desktop. Return to the ''today's date'' folder. * Right Click on the ''Executive'' folder and Copy it. * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Right Click and Paste. This should create a new Executive Folder. ===Installing Access Runtime=== * Click [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] to download the Access Runtime installer. Save it to your Desktop. * When it is finished downloading, Double Click the file and choose Install. This will create a new ''2003Runtime'' folder on the Desktop. * Open the new ''2003Runtime'' folder. * Double click ''ACCESSRT.MSI'' (it will look like this: [[File:ACCESSRT-MSI-IMG.PNG]]) * Follow the Access Installer Wizard, until it is finished. ===Testing Executive=== * Now that everything is set up, double click on the Executive Shortcut from the Desktop to launch Executive. ** The first time you launch the program, you will need to click ''Yes'' when prompted to 'Block Unsafe Expressions'. This is only required on the first startup. ** If using 64 bit Windows, the shortcut path and Reports Startup path will need to be updated to include (x86) in the Program Files section for MS Access. See [[Errors#Opening Reports|Opening Reports]] for details on the required path for various versions. * If Executive loads without any error messages, try finding a Sale to make sure the data is being found. * Printers must be installed, and Printer Setup will need to be completed unless everything is the exact same as the old workstation's printers. * If Microsoft Office isn't installed, Graphic Filters might need to be installed before being able to view images. See [[Downloads#Graphic Filters|Graphic Filters]] for help installing these using the [[File:Grphflt.exe]] installer. * Download [[File:MemCpy.dll]] from [[Downloads#Memcpy.dll|Downloads]] and place it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder (this enables file browsing, such as for images). [[Category:Documentation]] 418 417 2011-07-13T16:08:36Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki To Install Executive on a new workstation, first find an existing workstation (not the server) that will have a similar setup as the new workstation. If you are installing the 07 Version of Executive on a Windows7 machine, please see [[Executive 07 on Windows 7]] for installation notes. ==On the Existing Workstation== * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Find the ''Executive'' folder. Right Click and Copy it. * Navigate to your shared folder in ''My Computer'' (generally the X:\ drive). * Right click and create a New Folder, and name it ''todays date'' (so it's easy to find later on). * Open the new folder, and Right Click and Paste. The ''Executive'' folder should copy itself over. * From the Desktop, Right Click and Copy the Executive Shortcut. Paste it into the ''today's date'' folder as well. * Open ''My Computer'' and make note of your shared drive's details. ** For Example, if it says ''Executive on Server1 (X:\)'', the shared folder's name is '''Executive''', the server's name is '''Server1''', and the drive is mapped as '''X:''' ** Write this information down, as you will need it for mapping the shared drive on the new workstation. ==On the New Workstation== ===Mapping the Shared Drive=== * Right Click on _My Computer_ and choose _Map Network Drive_ * Choose the same drive letter that the old workstation used. * You can either browse for the correct server and shared folder, or you can enter it manually. ** To enter it manually, type: '''\\SERVERNAME\SHAREDFOLDER''' using the mapping information from the old workstation. ** For Example, if the old workstation said '''Executive on Server1 (X:\)''', you would type '''\\Server1\Executive''' [[File:mapdrive.PNG]] ===Copying the Executive Folder=== * Once the shared drive is mapped, it generally opens in a new window (you can manually open it from ''My Computer'' otherwise) * Find the ''today's date'' folder, and open it. * Right Click on the Executive Shortcut file and copy it. Paste it to the Desktop. Return to the ''today's date'' folder. * Right Click on the ''Executive'' folder and Copy it. * Navigate to the local ''C:/'' folder (''C:/Program Files/'' for the 2007 Version). * Right Click and Paste. This should create a new Executive Folder. ===Installing Access Runtime=== * Click [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] to download the Access Runtime installer. Save it to your Desktop. * When it is finished downloading, Double Click the file and choose Install. This will create a new ''2003Runtime'' folder on the Desktop. * Open the new ''2003Runtime'' folder. * Double click ''ACCESSRT.MSI'' (it will look like this: [[File:ACCESSRT-MSI-IMG.PNG]]) * Follow the Access Installer Wizard, until it is finished. ===Testing Executive=== * Now that everything is set up, double click on the Executive Shortcut from the Desktop to launch Executive. ** The first time you launch the program, you will need to click ''Yes'' when prompted to 'Block Unsafe Expressions'. This is only required on the first startup. ** If using 64 bit Windows, the shortcut path and Reports Startup path will need to be updated to include (x86) in the Program Files section for MS Access. See [[Errors#Opening Reports|Opening Reports]] for details on the required path for various versions. * If Executive loads without any error messages, try finding a Sale to make sure the data is being found. * Printers must be installed, and Printer Setup will need to be completed unless everything is the exact same as the old workstation's printers. * If Microsoft Office isn't installed, Graphic Filters might need to be installed before being able to view images. See [[Downloads#Graphic Filters|Graphic Filters]] for help installing these using the [[File:Grphflt.exe]] installer. * Download [[File:MemCpy.dll]] from [[Downloads#Memcpy.dll|Downloads]] and place it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder (this enables file browsing, such as for images). [[Category:Documentation]] 1 155 421 2011-07-17T10:45:48Z 109.230.251.121 0 buy facebook fans cheap bq wikitext text/x-wiki buy targeted facebook likes facebook likes buy how to buy facebook likes buy targeted facebook likes <a href="http://pressitfor.me/Design/buy-facebook-likes-5/ ">buy targeted facebook likes </a> buy likes on facebook buy cheap facebook fans _________________ buy facebook fans cheap <a href=http://www.digg-car-loan.info/story.php?id=15265#comments>buy guaranteed facebook fans</a> buy facebook likes buy cheap facebook fans 422 421 2011-07-18T13:19:01Z 173.33.45.88 0 Blanked the page wikitext text/x-wiki 0 157 425 2011-08-15T20:45:33Z Executive 1 Created page with "<addhtml><form action="doupload.php" method="post" enctype="multipart/form-data"> <label for="company">Company Name:</label> <input type="text" na..." wikitext text/x-wiki <addhtml><form action="doupload.php" method="post" enctype="multipart/form-data"> <label for="company">Company Name:</label> <input type="text" name="company" id="company" /><br> <label for="file">Filename:</label> <input type="file" name="file" id="file" /> <br /> <input type="submit" name="submit" value="Submit" /> </form></addhtml> 426 425 2011-08-15T20:54:16Z Executive 1 Protected "[[Upload]]" ([edit=sysop] (indefinite) [move=sysop] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <addhtml><form action="doupload.php" method="post" enctype="multipart/form-data"> <label for="company">Company Name:</label> <input type="text" name="company" id="company" /><br> <label for="file">Filename:</label> <input type="file" name="file" id="file" /> <br /> <input type="submit" name="submit" value="Submit" /> </form></addhtml> 427 426 2011-08-15T20:54:40Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <addhtml><form action="customers/doupload.php" method="post" enctype="multipart/form-data"> <label for="company">Company Name:</label> <input type="text" name="company" id="company" /><br> <label for="file">Filename:</label> <input type="file" name="file" id="file" /> <br /> <input type="submit" name="submit" value="Submit" /> </form></addhtml> 441 427 2011-11-10T23:23:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Use the following form to upload files to Executive Support. See [[Data Upload Instructions]] for details on finding and compressing your ExecutiveData.mdb file. <addhtml><form action="customers/doupload.php" method="post" enctype="multipart/form-data"> <label for="company">Company Name:</label> <input type="text" name="company" id="company" /><br> <label for="file">Filename:</label> <input type="file" name="file" id="file" /> <br /> <input type="submit" name="submit" value="Submit" /> </form></addhtml> 442 441 2011-11-10T23:24:06Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Use the following form to upload files to Executive Support. See [[Data Upload Instructions]] for details on finding and compressing your ExecutiveData.mdb file. <addhtml><form action="customers/doupload.php" method="post" enctype="multipart/form-data"> <label for="company">Company Name:</label> <input type="text" name="company" id="company" /><br> <label for="file">Filename:</label> <input type="file" name="file" id="file" /> <br /> <input type="submit" name="submit" value="Submit" /> </form></addhtml> 0 1 431 389 2011-08-16T15:09:57Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Welcome to the Executive Jeweller Knowledge Base. Documentation, required files, and troubleshooting help has been gathered here as a resource for users of the Executive Jeweller software. Please note the [[ExecutiveData File Access]], which provides information on accessing your ExecutiveData file, which is needed to export information and transition to a new system. <br> {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 0px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000; width:700px" !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Documentation]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:80px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Downloads]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Manuals, adding new workstations, and other instructional documentation !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Files that were formerly on the FTP site, as well as a few new downloads. See [[Upload]] to upload your files for repair. |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Getting Started]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Glossary]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Basic information for initial setup of software, peripherals, and beginning to use the software !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Defining various terms that are used throughout the software and accompanying documentation |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Hardware]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Known Issues]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Recommended hardware, as well as resources for specific peripherals !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Listing of known issues with the software |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Troubleshooting]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Versions]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Error messages and possible resolutions !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release notes and change logs for various versions |} 459 431 2012-04-13T18:22:16Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Welcome to the Executive Jeweller Knowledge Base. Documentation, required files, and troubleshooting help has been gathered here as a resource for users of the Executive Jeweller software. <br> {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 0px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000; width:700px" !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Documentation]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:80px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Downloads]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Manuals, adding new workstations, and other instructional documentation !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Files that were formerly on the FTP site, as well as a few new downloads. See [[Upload]] to upload your files for repair. |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Getting Started]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Glossary]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Basic information for initial setup of software, peripherals, and beginning to use the software !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Defining various terms that are used throughout the software and accompanying documentation |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Hardware]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Known Issues]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Recommended hardware, as well as resources for specific peripherals !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Listing of known issues with the software |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Troubleshooting]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Versions]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Error messages and possible resolutions !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release notes and change logs for various versions |} 4 22 432 285 2011-08-25T18:05:20Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Support for Executive Jeweller by Emforium Group will be discontinued as of August 31, 2011. As of Sept 1, 2011, support is available on a contract basis for existing users, but is not part of Emforium Group. 0 159 434 2011-09-20T16:19:00Z Executive 1 Created page with "=Mailing Lists= We are quickly approaching the holiday season, which generally means that mailing season is upon us. Whether it is a catalog, a targeted campaign to reward your t..." wikitext text/x-wiki =Mailing Lists= We are quickly approaching the holiday season, which generally means that mailing season is upon us. Whether it is a catalog, a targeted campaign to reward your top customers, or invitations to a special event, you will need to send out mail. In some cases email will be the preferred delivery method, in other cases it will be postal mail. ==Clean Up== The first step in a successful mailing is often to ensure your list is clean. Sending mail to old or incomplete addresses is neither efficient or effective. Even small touches such as making sure names and addresses are properly spelled and capitalized will create a more professional looking mail campaign, and will enhance deliverability rates (and therefore response rates!). The best method to clean up your customer data is to divide your customer list between employees and have them manually go through and clean up customer profiles. Simple phone number and address checks can often be accomplished using [[http://411.com|411.com]] or a similar equivalent. Whether you break it up based on assigned customers, handing out pages of a customer report, or by letters of the alphabet, any cleanup that can be accomplished within Executive will pay dividends for future mailings as well, which is the main advantage over just cleaning up your exported Excel file before mailing. It's often best to do this during a slow period where employees are looking for more things to do, and you can even add some competition by awarding a prize to the person who looks up the largest number of customers. ==Choosing your Customer List== Now that your customer data is cleaned up, it's time to choose your mail recipients. If you plan to send to your entire customer base, you can simply export your Customer List report. By using the filters in a report, you can also narrow down your customer base to target a specific subset. Common mailing campaigns can include: * Customers of a certain Level (A, B, C, etc) * Customers from a specific region (only those who are local, or within the state) * Customers of a specific gender (for a Ladies Night event) Each of the above lists can be produced using the Customer report and the appropriate filters. If you would like to choose your mailing list based on past purchasing behaviour, the Top Customer report is a very powerful option. You can choose how many Top customers you want based on the selected filters, or just fill in a large number so that all customers matching the criteria are shown. Common Top Customer campaigns include: * Anyone who has made a purchase in a certain time frame (the last 6 months, year, etc) * Anyone with total Sales between $ and $ (leave the To field blank if you do not want a maximum limit) * Anyone who has made a purchase from a specific department/category/group/supplier (for special events or targeted sales) As with the regular Customer report, any combination of these filters can be used to get the exact customer list you want. ==Exporting to Excel== Once you have narrowed down your list, it is time to export it. This can be done easily by choosing the Export to Text file option on your chosen report. Please see [[Exporting Reports]] for steps on how this is done. ==Mailing== Once you have your customers in Excel, further cleanup will likely be required. Remove any customers with insufficient information, or fill it in if it is known. Depending on your campaign, different final steps may be needed. For a catalog mailing, you could just print your mailing labels and begin stuffing envelopes. If you are doing personalized invitations, you may need to do a mail merge in Word to create your customized letters. For an email list, you may be importing your list into an Automated Marketing System such as Act-On or Constant Contact. Whatever your final delivery method, targeting the correct customers using clean data will help improve your response rates, and in turn, improve your margin returns on mailing campaigns! 435 434 2011-09-20T16:19:50Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki =Mailing Lists= We are quickly approaching the holiday season, which generally means that mailing season is upon us. Whether it is a catalog, a targeted campaign to reward your top customers, or invitations to a special event, you will need to send out mail. In some cases email will be the preferred delivery method, in other cases it will be postal mail. ==Clean Up== The first step in a successful mailing is often to ensure your list is clean. Sending mail to old or incomplete addresses is neither efficient or effective. Even small touches such as making sure names and addresses are properly spelled and capitalized will create a more professional looking mail campaign, and will enhance deliverability rates (and therefore response rates!). The best method to clean up your customer data is to divide your customer list between employees and have them manually go through and clean up customer profiles. Simple phone number and address checks can often be accomplished using [[http://411.com|411.com]] or a similar equivalent. Whether you break it up based on assigned customers, handing out pages of a customer report, or by letters of the alphabet, any cleanup that can be accomplished within Executive will pay dividends for future mailings as well, which is the main advantage over just cleaning up your exported Excel file before mailing. It's often best to do this during a slow period where employees are looking for more things to do, and you can even add some competition by awarding a prize to the person who looks up the largest number of customers. ==Choosing your Customer List== Now that your customer data is cleaned up, it's time to choose your mail recipients. If you plan to send to your entire customer base, you can simply export your Customer List report. By using the filters in a report, you can also narrow down your customer base to target a specific subset. Common mailing campaigns can include: * Customers of a certain Level (A, B, C, etc) * Customers from a specific region (only those who are local, or within the state) * Customers of a specific gender (for a Ladies Night event) Each of the above lists can be produced using the Customer report and the appropriate filters. If you would like to choose your mailing list based on past purchasing behaviour, the Top Customer report is a very powerful option. You can choose how many Top customers you want based on the selected filters, or just fill in a large number so that all customers matching the criteria are shown. Common Top Customer campaigns include: * Anyone who has made a purchase in a certain time frame (the last 6 months, year, etc) * Anyone with total Sales between $ and $ (leave the To field blank if you do not want a maximum limit) * Anyone who has made a purchase from a specific department/category/group/supplier (for special events or targeted sales) As with the regular Customer report, any combination of these filters can be used to get the exact customer list you want. ==Exporting to Excel== Once you have narrowed down your list, it is time to export it. This can be done easily by choosing the Export to Text file option on your chosen report. Please see [[Exporting Reports]] for steps on how this is done. ==Mailing== Once you have your customers in Excel, further cleanup will likely be required. Remove any customers with insufficient information, or fill it in if it is known. Depending on your campaign, different final steps may be needed. For a catalog mailing, you could just print your mailing labels and begin stuffing envelopes. If you are doing personalized invitations, you may need to do a mail merge in Word to create your customized letters. For an email list, you may be importing your list into an Automated Marketing System such as Act-On or Constant Contact. Whatever your final delivery method, targeting the correct customers using clean data will help improve your response rates, and in turn, improve your margin returns on mailing campaigns! {{Category:Newsletters}} 437 435 2011-09-20T16:22:02Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki =Mailing Lists= We are quickly approaching the holiday season, which generally means that mailing season is upon us. Whether it is a catalog, a targeted campaign to reward your top customers, or invitations to a special event, you will need to send out mail. In some cases email will be the preferred delivery method, in other cases it will be postal mail. ==Clean Up== The first step in a successful mailing is often to ensure your list is clean. Sending mail to old or incomplete addresses is neither efficient or effective. Even small touches such as making sure names and addresses are properly spelled and capitalized will create a more professional looking mail campaign, and will enhance deliverability rates (and therefore response rates!). The best method to clean up your customer data is to divide your customer list between employees and have them manually go through and clean up customer profiles. Simple phone number and address checks can often be accomplished using [http://411.com 411.com] or a similar equivalent. Whether you break it up based on assigned customers, handing out pages of a customer report, or by letters of the alphabet, any cleanup that can be accomplished within Executive will pay dividends for future mailings as well, which is the main advantage over just cleaning up your exported Excel file before mailing. It's often best to do this during a slow period where employees are looking for more things to do, and you can even add some competition by awarding a prize to the person who looks up the largest number of customers. ==Choosing your Customer List== Now that your customer data is cleaned up, it's time to choose your mail recipients. If you plan to send to your entire customer base, you can simply export your Customer List report. By using the filters in a report, you can also narrow down your customer base to target a specific subset. Common mailing campaigns can include: * Customers of a certain Level (A, B, C, etc) * Customers from a specific region (only those who are local, or within the state) * Customers of a specific gender (for a Ladies Night event) Each of the above lists can be produced using the Customer report and the appropriate filters. If you would like to choose your mailing list based on past purchasing behaviour, the Top Customer report is a very powerful option. You can choose how many Top customers you want based on the selected filters, or just fill in a large number so that all customers matching the criteria are shown. Common Top Customer campaigns include: * Anyone who has made a purchase in a certain time frame (the last 6 months, year, etc) * Anyone with total Sales between $ and $ (leave the To field blank if you do not want a maximum limit) * Anyone who has made a purchase from a specific department/category/group/supplier (for special events or targeted sales) As with the regular Customer report, any combination of these filters can be used to get the exact customer list you want. ==Exporting to Excel== Once you have narrowed down your list, it is time to export it. This can be done easily by choosing the Export to Text file option on your chosen report. Please see [[Exporting Reports]] for steps on how this is done. ==Mailing== Once you have your customers in Excel, further cleanup will likely be required. Remove any customers with insufficient information, or fill it in if it is known. Depending on your campaign, different final steps may be needed. For a catalog mailing, you could just print your mailing labels and begin stuffing envelopes. If you are doing personalized invitations, you may need to do a mail merge in Word to create your customized letters. For an email list, you may be importing your list into an Automated Marketing System such as Act-On or Constant Contact. Whatever your final delivery method, targeting the correct customers using clean data will help improve your response rates, and in turn, improve your margin returns on mailing campaigns! {{Category:Newsletters}} 438 437 2011-09-20T16:23:34Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki =Mailing Lists= We are quickly approaching the holiday season, which generally means that mailing season is upon us. Whether it is a catalog, a targeted campaign to reward your top customers, or invitations to a special event, you will need to send out mail. In some cases email will be the preferred delivery method, in other cases it will be postal mail. ==Clean Up== The first step in a successful mailing is often to ensure your list is clean. Sending mail to old or incomplete addresses is neither efficient or effective. Even small touches such as making sure names and addresses are properly spelled and capitalized will create a more professional looking mail campaign, and will enhance deliverability rates (and therefore response rates!). The best method to clean up your customer data is to divide your customer list between employees and have them manually go through and clean up customer profiles. Simple phone number and address checks can often be accomplished using [http://411.com 411.com] or a similar equivalent. Whether you break it up based on assigned customers, handing out pages of a customer report, or by letters of the alphabet, any cleanup that can be accomplished within Executive will pay dividends for future mailings as well, which is the main advantage over just cleaning up your exported Excel file before mailing. It's often best to do this during a slow period where employees are looking for more things to do, and you can even add some competition by awarding a prize to the person who looks up the largest number of customers. ==Choosing your Customer List== Now that your customer data is cleaned up, it's time to choose your mail recipients. If you plan to send to your entire customer base, you can simply export your Customer List report. By using the filters in a report, you can also narrow down your customer base to target a specific subset. Common mailing campaigns can include: * Customers of a certain Level (A, B, C, etc) * Customers from a specific region (only those who are local, or within the state) * Customers of a specific gender (for a Ladies Night event) Each of the above lists can be produced using the Customer report and the appropriate filters. If you would like to choose your mailing list based on past purchasing behaviour, the Top Customer report is a very powerful option. You can choose how many Top customers you want based on the selected filters, or just fill in a large number so that all customers matching the criteria are shown. Common Top Customer campaigns include: * Anyone who has made a purchase in a certain time frame (the last 6 months, year, etc) * Anyone with total Sales between $ and $ (leave the To field blank if you do not want a maximum limit) * Anyone who has made a purchase from a specific department/category/group/supplier (for special events or targeted sales) As with the regular Customer report, any combination of these filters can be used to get the exact customer list you want. ==Exporting to Excel== Once you have narrowed down your list, it is time to export it. This can be done easily by choosing the Export to Text file option on your chosen report. Please see [[Exporting Reports]] for steps on how this is done. ==Mailing== Once you have your customers in Excel, further cleanup will likely be required. Remove any customers with insufficient information, or fill it in if it is known. Depending on your campaign, different final steps may be needed. For a catalog mailing, you could just print your mailing labels and begin stuffing envelopes. If you are doing personalized invitations, you may need to do a mail merge in Word to create your customized letters. For an email list, you may be importing your list into an Automated Marketing System such as Act-On or Constant Contact. Whatever your final delivery method, targeting the correct customers using clean data will help improve your response rates, and in turn, improve your margin returns on mailing campaigns! [[Category:Newsletters]] 444 438 2011-12-23T22:03:45Z Executive 1 moved [[October 2011]] to [[October 2011 Newsletter]] wikitext text/x-wiki =Mailing Lists= We are quickly approaching the holiday season, which generally means that mailing season is upon us. Whether it is a catalog, a targeted campaign to reward your top customers, or invitations to a special event, you will need to send out mail. In some cases email will be the preferred delivery method, in other cases it will be postal mail. ==Clean Up== The first step in a successful mailing is often to ensure your list is clean. Sending mail to old or incomplete addresses is neither efficient or effective. Even small touches such as making sure names and addresses are properly spelled and capitalized will create a more professional looking mail campaign, and will enhance deliverability rates (and therefore response rates!). The best method to clean up your customer data is to divide your customer list between employees and have them manually go through and clean up customer profiles. Simple phone number and address checks can often be accomplished using [http://411.com 411.com] or a similar equivalent. Whether you break it up based on assigned customers, handing out pages of a customer report, or by letters of the alphabet, any cleanup that can be accomplished within Executive will pay dividends for future mailings as well, which is the main advantage over just cleaning up your exported Excel file before mailing. It's often best to do this during a slow period where employees are looking for more things to do, and you can even add some competition by awarding a prize to the person who looks up the largest number of customers. ==Choosing your Customer List== Now that your customer data is cleaned up, it's time to choose your mail recipients. If you plan to send to your entire customer base, you can simply export your Customer List report. By using the filters in a report, you can also narrow down your customer base to target a specific subset. Common mailing campaigns can include: * Customers of a certain Level (A, B, C, etc) * Customers from a specific region (only those who are local, or within the state) * Customers of a specific gender (for a Ladies Night event) Each of the above lists can be produced using the Customer report and the appropriate filters. If you would like to choose your mailing list based on past purchasing behaviour, the Top Customer report is a very powerful option. You can choose how many Top customers you want based on the selected filters, or just fill in a large number so that all customers matching the criteria are shown. Common Top Customer campaigns include: * Anyone who has made a purchase in a certain time frame (the last 6 months, year, etc) * Anyone with total Sales between $ and $ (leave the To field blank if you do not want a maximum limit) * Anyone who has made a purchase from a specific department/category/group/supplier (for special events or targeted sales) As with the regular Customer report, any combination of these filters can be used to get the exact customer list you want. ==Exporting to Excel== Once you have narrowed down your list, it is time to export it. This can be done easily by choosing the Export to Text file option on your chosen report. Please see [[Exporting Reports]] for steps on how this is done. ==Mailing== Once you have your customers in Excel, further cleanup will likely be required. Remove any customers with insufficient information, or fill it in if it is known. Depending on your campaign, different final steps may be needed. For a catalog mailing, you could just print your mailing labels and begin stuffing envelopes. If you are doing personalized invitations, you may need to do a mail merge in Word to create your customized letters. For an email list, you may be importing your list into an Automated Marketing System such as Act-On or Constant Contact. Whatever your final delivery method, targeting the correct customers using clean data will help improve your response rates, and in turn, improve your margin returns on mailing campaigns! [[Category:Newsletters]] 14 160 436 2011-09-20T16:21:16Z Executive 1 Created page with "Newsletters are prepared from time to time, highlighting features and tips that are lesser known or in demand based on seasonal needs." wikitext text/x-wiki Newsletters are prepared from time to time, highlighting features and tips that are lesser known or in demand based on seasonal needs. 0 23 439 252 2011-11-10T23:21:49Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{note|The ftp.knar.com site is no longer used for Executive purposes. Please use the [Upload] page, or contact support for other options.}} ==FTP Uploading Data Instructions== # Ensure nobody else is currently in Executive while working with your data. # Open My Computer. Navigate to the location of your executivedata.mdb file (at (SHARED DRIVE)\executivedata.mdb) # To Zip the file, right click the executivedata.mdb file and choose Send To -> Compressed Zip Folder. # If asked if you would like to overwrite an existing file, choose Yes. # In your Internet Browser, visit the [Upload] page on ExecutiveJeweller.info # Enter your company name, and use the file browser to select your ExecutiveData.zip file # After waiting for the file to upload, you will see a success page outlining that the file has been fully uploaded. ===Uploading ExecutiveSetup (Required for Upgrades)=== # On your tag printing workstation, open My Computer, navigate to the location of your executivesetup.mdb file, which is likely at C:\Program Files\Executive. # [Upload] the same way as the data file. If your data is being repaired or updated, you must now stay out of your data once it has been uploaded as any changes will be lost. {{info|If you aren't sure where to find your data file, go to Maintenance-System-Link Data. This will show the paths for all linked files, including ExecutiveData.mdb and ExecutiveSetup.mdb}} [[Category:Documentation]] 440 439 2011-11-10T23:22:09Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{note|The ftp.knar.com site is no longer used for Executive purposes. Please use the [[Upload]] page, or contact support for other options.}} ==FTP Uploading Data Instructions== # Ensure nobody else is currently in Executive while working with your data. # Open My Computer. Navigate to the location of your executivedata.mdb file (at (SHARED DRIVE)\executivedata.mdb) # To Zip the file, right click the executivedata.mdb file and choose Send To -> Compressed Zip Folder. # If asked if you would like to overwrite an existing file, choose Yes. # In your Internet Browser, visit the [[Upload]] page on ExecutiveJeweller.info # Enter your company name, and use the file browser to select your ExecutiveData.zip file # After waiting for the file to upload, you will see a success page outlining that the file has been fully uploaded. ===Uploading ExecutiveSetup (Required for Upgrades)=== # On your tag printing workstation, open My Computer, navigate to the location of your executivesetup.mdb file, which is likely at C:\Program Files\Executive. # [[Upload]] the same way as the data file. If your data is being repaired or updated, you must now stay out of your data once it has been uploaded as any changes will be lost. {{info|If you aren't sure where to find your data file, go to Maintenance-System-Link Data. This will show the paths for all linked files, including ExecutiveData.mdb and ExecutiveSetup.mdb}} [[Category:Documentation]] 443 440 2011-11-30T19:07:05Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{note|The ftp.knar.com site is no longer used for Executive purposes. Please use the [[Upload]] page, or contact support for other options.}} ==Data Upload Instructions== # Ensure nobody else is currently in Executive while working with your data. # Open My Computer. Navigate to the location of your executivedata.mdb file (at (SHARED DRIVE)\executivedata.mdb) # To Zip the file, right click the executivedata.mdb file and choose Send To -> Compressed Zip Folder. # If asked if you would like to overwrite an existing file, choose Yes. # In your Internet Browser, visit the [[Upload]] page on ExecutiveJeweller.info # Enter your company name, and use the file browser to select your ExecutiveData.zip file # After waiting for the file to upload, you will see a success page outlining that the file has been fully uploaded. ===Uploading ExecutiveSetup (Required for Upgrades)=== # On your tag printing workstation, open My Computer, navigate to the location of your executivesetup.mdb file, which is likely at C:\Program Files\Executive. # [[Upload]] the same way as the data file. If your data is being repaired or updated, you must now stay out of your data once it has been uploaded as any changes will be lost. {{info|If you aren't sure where to find your data file, go to Maintenance-System-Link Data. This will show the paths for all linked files, including ExecutiveData.mdb and ExecutiveSetup.mdb}} [[Category:Documentation]] 0 161 445 2011-12-23T22:03:45Z Executive 1 moved [[October 2011]] to [[October 2011 Newsletter]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[October 2011 Newsletter]] 0 24 446 265 2011-12-23T22:04:51Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Report Types== There are 4 Exports available in Executive: * Customer * Top Customer * Sales * Inventory ===Export Steps=== To export a Customer List report (Sales, Inventory, and Top Customer reports follow the same procedure): * Go to Reports->Customer->Customer, and select your filtering criteria. * Choose option Export to Text File. ** (Note: Choosing the Export to Text File is it's own option, and is not used in conjunction with other reports) * Click on the Print icon in the bottom left corner, and it should alert you that a file has been exported to the specified location. By default, this file is saved in C:\Executive, and this one is named Customer.txt. * Open MS Excel, and choose open. * Navigate to the directory the file is saved in, choose to view files of type 'text' at the bottom of the file selection box, then select and open the text file. This will open up a wizard for importing text files to Excel. ** On the first screen, make sure 'Delimited' is selected and click next. ** On the second screen, check the box beside 'Comma' and click next. ** On the final screen, make sure the default column data format is 'General'. ** Click Finish, and your customers should be exported and properly formatted for Excel. * You can then go through and sort/edit this spreadsheet however you'd like. Make sure to save it as an Excel file when you are finished, as it may try to re-save as a text file again. ==Access Exports== There is also the ability to export regular reports, by previewing them and choosing Export->Excel File. As this is an Access export to Excel, instead of an Executive specific CSV export, the file formatting is not controlled, and may need some editing. It's advised to use the Executive CSV Exports whenever possible. For more information on Exporting reports for mailings, please see the [[October 2011 Newsletter]] [[Category:Documentation]] 0 162 447 2011-12-23T23:24:28Z Executive 1 Created page with "Inventory reconciliation is generally done on a regular basis, with smaller counts being taken throughout the year. Many stores choose to do at least one major inventory count pe..." wikitext text/x-wiki Inventory reconciliation is generally done on a regular basis, with smaller counts being taken throughout the year. Many stores choose to do at least one major inventory count per year, often in January following the busy holiday season. The following tips are compiled from frequently asked questions, so please feel free to send in any tips or questions that you would like to share! ==What is the best way to perform a full store count?== Generally the easiest way to count inventory is to do a freeze on incoming/outgoing stock, do a full count of the store, and resume normal receiving/selling only after the final reconciliation has been completed. This method allows those taking stock to only concentrate on a static amount of inventory, and not having to worry about factoring in sold/received/returned items can really simplify the process of looking over the Differences List. Although it may seem difficult to do the count when the store is closed and not allow inventory to be sold or received during that time, it can both speed up the inventory reconciliation process and make the final count more accurate. If you do choose to sell/receive/return items during an inventory count, the Differences List will likely be longer and more complicated to sort out. Running reports for Sales and PO Received during the dates of the stock taking will make it a bit easier to track down differences that may occur when an item was counted and later sold. ==Finishing a Reconciliation-Auto== The main steps to performing an Inventory Reconciliation-Auto are: * Go to Functions-Inventory Reconciliation-Auto (or Auto File if you are uploading from a handheld scanner) * Clear items from the existing Scanned Items List, as these are from the last count taken * Enter on hand items into the Scanned Items List (either by scanning, or typing the SKU manually) * Once all items are entered, press the Next button and choose to view the Differences list * Go through each item on the Differences List and re-check the count, to see whether the counted value is incorrect, or if the on hand number truly differs from the amount shown in Executive ** If you find any counting errors in the Differences List, go back to the Scanned Items List and correct them. ** Tip: Click in the SKU field on the Scanned Items list and press CTRL+F on your keyboard to allow searching, which can help you quickly find the SKU you want to update * Once all necessary recounts have been made, the remaining items on the Differences list are accepted, and you can move forward to the final reconciliation * After checking over the reconcile list to make sure everything looks correct, hit forward and choose to perform the Auto Reconciliation. The Scanned values will now be reconciled into Executive and become the new On Hand value ** Example: On the differences list ABC00123 has 2 Scanned, 3 On Hand, and -1 Differences. This means that 1 item may have been missed during scanning, or has been lost or moved since the last time it was counted. Since the Auto Reconcile always sets the new On Hand level to the Scanned level, finalizing the reconciliation would set the new On Hand level in Executive to 2 for item ABC00123 ==Stock Taking Methods== There are 3 common methods of entering the counted items: manually, with a wired barcode scanner (such as the Metrologic), or with a handheld scanner (such as the Hornet). Each method has pros and cons, so choosing the most effective way truly depends on your needs. ===Manual Counting=== Depending on your needs and how you take inventory, manual may be the best option because you could have a larger group of people counting, and do not need special hardware. A good way to do this is to assign each person specific cases or areas of the store, and print them a report with the presumed stock levels, which they can work from and verify/correct on paper and then enter afterwards. ===Barcode Scanner=== If you have a large amount of stock and less manpower, a barcode scanner hooked up to the computer may be an option to explore. You can then simply bring a tray over and scan each barcode into the system, reducing manual entry and allowing a pair of stock takers to cover a large store in less time then through manually entering. ===Handheld Scanner=== If you have a greater amount of inventory and only 1 designated stock taker, a handheld scanner may be worth the investment. Although this method requires expensive hardware and only one person can take stock at a time, it is an effective way to scan large quantities of items without needing to be near a computer, as you can upload the list when scanning is complete. ==Summary== Regardless of the method used to take stock, the easiest way is to count the inventory when no items are incoming/outgoing, and to do the counting efficiently and accurately so that the differences list can be completed and the reconciliation can be finalized. You never want to rush when taking inventory, but with a little bit of planning and finding the most efficient way based on your needs, Inventory Reconciliation can be relatively quick, easy, and pain free, while ensuring your inventory levels are accurate moving forward. 448 447 2011-12-27T18:20:22Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Inventory reconciliation is generally done on a regular basis, with smaller counts being taken throughout the year. Many stores choose to do at least one major inventory count per year, often in January following the busy holiday season. The following tips are compiled from frequently asked questions, so please feel free to send in any tips or questions that you would like to share! ==What is the best way to perform a full store count?== Generally the easiest way to count inventory is to: *Do a freeze on incoming/outgoing stock *Do a full count of the store *Resume normal receiving/selling only after the final reconciliation has been completed This method allows those taking stock to only concentrate on a static amount of inventory, and not having to worry about factoring in sold/received/returned items can really simplify the process of looking over the Differences List. Although it may seem difficult to find a time to do the count when the store is closed and not allow inventory to be sold or received during that time, it can both speed up the inventory reconciliation process and make the final count more accurate. If you do choose to sell/receive/return items during an inventory count, the Differences List will likely be longer and more complicated to sort out. Running reports for Sales and PO Received using a date filter during the time of the stock taking can make it easier to track down differences that may occur when an item was counted and later sold. ==Finishing a Reconciliation-Auto== The main steps to performing an Inventory Reconciliation-Auto are: * Go to Functions-Inventory Reconciliation-Auto (or Auto File if you are uploading from a handheld scanner) * Clear items from the existing Scanned Items List, as these are from the last count taken * Enter on hand items into the Scanned Items List (either by scanning, or typing the SKU manually) * Once all items are entered, press the Next button and choose to view the Differences list * Go through each item on the Differences List and re-check the count, to see whether the counted value is incorrect, or if the on hand number truly differs from the amount shown in Executive ** If you find any counting errors in the Differences List, go back to the Scanned Items List and correct them. ** Tip: Click in the SKU field on the Scanned Items list and press CTRL+F on your keyboard to allow searching, which can help you quickly find the SKU you want to update * Once all necessary recounts have been made, the remaining items on the Differences list are accepted, and you can move forward to the final reconciliation * After checking over the reconcile list to make sure everything looks correct, hit forward and choose to perform the Auto Reconciliation. The Scanned values will now be reconciled into Executive and become the new On Hand value ** Example: On the differences list ABC00123 has 2 Scanned, 3 On Hand, and -1 Differences. This means that 1 item may have been missed during scanning, or has been lost or moved since the last time it was counted. Since the Auto Reconcile always sets the new On Hand level to the Scanned level, finalizing the reconciliation would set the new On Hand level in Executive to 2 for item ABC00123 ==Stock Taking Methods== There are 3 common methods of entering the counted items: manually, with a wired barcode scanner (such as the Metrologic barcode scanner), or with a handheld scanner (such as the Hornet handheld scanner). Each method has pros and cons, so choosing the most effective way depends on your stock taking needs. ===Manual Counting=== Depending on your needs and how you take inventory, manual counting may be the best option because you could have a larger group of people counting, and do not need special hardware. A good way to do this is to assign each person specific cases or areas of the store, and print them a report with the presumed stock levels, which they can work from and verify/correct on paper and then enter into Executive's Scanned Items List afterwards. ===Barcode Scanner=== If you have a large amount of stock and less manpower, a barcode scanner hooked up to the computer may be an option to explore. You can then simply bring a tray over and scan each barcode into the system, reducing manual entry and allowing a pair of stock takers to cover a large store in less time then through manually entering. ===Handheld Scanner=== If you have a greater amount of inventory and only 1 designated stock taker, a handheld scanner may be worth the investment. Although this method requires expensive hardware and only one person can take stock at a time, it is an effective way to scan large quantities of items without needing to be near a computer, as you can upload the list when scanning is complete. ==Summary== Regardless of the method used to take stock, the easiest way is generally to count the inventory when no items are incoming/outgoing, and to do the counting efficiently and accurately so that the differences list can be completed and the reconciliation can be finalized. You never want to rush when taking inventory, but with a little bit of planning and finding the most efficient methods based on your needs, Inventory Reconciliation can be relatively quick, easy, and pain free, while ensuring your inventory levels are accurate moving forward. For more a more detailed description of how to perform an Inventory Reconciliation in Executive, see the [[Executive Manual|^2008ExecutiveManual.pdf]] in section 14D. 449 448 2011-12-27T18:20:50Z Executive 1 /* Summary */ wikitext text/x-wiki Inventory reconciliation is generally done on a regular basis, with smaller counts being taken throughout the year. Many stores choose to do at least one major inventory count per year, often in January following the busy holiday season. The following tips are compiled from frequently asked questions, so please feel free to send in any tips or questions that you would like to share! ==What is the best way to perform a full store count?== Generally the easiest way to count inventory is to: *Do a freeze on incoming/outgoing stock *Do a full count of the store *Resume normal receiving/selling only after the final reconciliation has been completed This method allows those taking stock to only concentrate on a static amount of inventory, and not having to worry about factoring in sold/received/returned items can really simplify the process of looking over the Differences List. Although it may seem difficult to find a time to do the count when the store is closed and not allow inventory to be sold or received during that time, it can both speed up the inventory reconciliation process and make the final count more accurate. If you do choose to sell/receive/return items during an inventory count, the Differences List will likely be longer and more complicated to sort out. Running reports for Sales and PO Received using a date filter during the time of the stock taking can make it easier to track down differences that may occur when an item was counted and later sold. ==Finishing a Reconciliation-Auto== The main steps to performing an Inventory Reconciliation-Auto are: * Go to Functions-Inventory Reconciliation-Auto (or Auto File if you are uploading from a handheld scanner) * Clear items from the existing Scanned Items List, as these are from the last count taken * Enter on hand items into the Scanned Items List (either by scanning, or typing the SKU manually) * Once all items are entered, press the Next button and choose to view the Differences list * Go through each item on the Differences List and re-check the count, to see whether the counted value is incorrect, or if the on hand number truly differs from the amount shown in Executive ** If you find any counting errors in the Differences List, go back to the Scanned Items List and correct them. ** Tip: Click in the SKU field on the Scanned Items list and press CTRL+F on your keyboard to allow searching, which can help you quickly find the SKU you want to update * Once all necessary recounts have been made, the remaining items on the Differences list are accepted, and you can move forward to the final reconciliation * After checking over the reconcile list to make sure everything looks correct, hit forward and choose to perform the Auto Reconciliation. The Scanned values will now be reconciled into Executive and become the new On Hand value ** Example: On the differences list ABC00123 has 2 Scanned, 3 On Hand, and -1 Differences. This means that 1 item may have been missed during scanning, or has been lost or moved since the last time it was counted. Since the Auto Reconcile always sets the new On Hand level to the Scanned level, finalizing the reconciliation would set the new On Hand level in Executive to 2 for item ABC00123 ==Stock Taking Methods== There are 3 common methods of entering the counted items: manually, with a wired barcode scanner (such as the Metrologic barcode scanner), or with a handheld scanner (such as the Hornet handheld scanner). Each method has pros and cons, so choosing the most effective way depends on your stock taking needs. ===Manual Counting=== Depending on your needs and how you take inventory, manual counting may be the best option because you could have a larger group of people counting, and do not need special hardware. A good way to do this is to assign each person specific cases or areas of the store, and print them a report with the presumed stock levels, which they can work from and verify/correct on paper and then enter into Executive's Scanned Items List afterwards. ===Barcode Scanner=== If you have a large amount of stock and less manpower, a barcode scanner hooked up to the computer may be an option to explore. You can then simply bring a tray over and scan each barcode into the system, reducing manual entry and allowing a pair of stock takers to cover a large store in less time then through manually entering. ===Handheld Scanner=== If you have a greater amount of inventory and only 1 designated stock taker, a handheld scanner may be worth the investment. Although this method requires expensive hardware and only one person can take stock at a time, it is an effective way to scan large quantities of items without needing to be near a computer, as you can upload the list when scanning is complete. ==Summary== Regardless of the method used to take stock, the easiest way is generally to count the inventory when no items are incoming/outgoing, and to do the counting efficiently and accurately so that the differences list can be completed and the reconciliation can be finalized. You never want to rush when taking inventory, but with a little bit of planning and finding the most efficient methods based on your needs, Inventory Reconciliation can be relatively quick, easy, and pain free, while ensuring your inventory levels are accurate moving forward. For more a more detailed description of how to perform an Inventory Reconciliation in Executive, see the [[^2008ExecutiveManual.pdf|Executive Manual]] in section 14D. 450 449 2011-12-27T18:21:27Z Executive 1 /* Summary */ wikitext text/x-wiki Inventory reconciliation is generally done on a regular basis, with smaller counts being taken throughout the year. Many stores choose to do at least one major inventory count per year, often in January following the busy holiday season. The following tips are compiled from frequently asked questions, so please feel free to send in any tips or questions that you would like to share! ==What is the best way to perform a full store count?== Generally the easiest way to count inventory is to: *Do a freeze on incoming/outgoing stock *Do a full count of the store *Resume normal receiving/selling only after the final reconciliation has been completed This method allows those taking stock to only concentrate on a static amount of inventory, and not having to worry about factoring in sold/received/returned items can really simplify the process of looking over the Differences List. Although it may seem difficult to find a time to do the count when the store is closed and not allow inventory to be sold or received during that time, it can both speed up the inventory reconciliation process and make the final count more accurate. If you do choose to sell/receive/return items during an inventory count, the Differences List will likely be longer and more complicated to sort out. Running reports for Sales and PO Received using a date filter during the time of the stock taking can make it easier to track down differences that may occur when an item was counted and later sold. ==Finishing a Reconciliation-Auto== The main steps to performing an Inventory Reconciliation-Auto are: * Go to Functions-Inventory Reconciliation-Auto (or Auto File if you are uploading from a handheld scanner) * Clear items from the existing Scanned Items List, as these are from the last count taken * Enter on hand items into the Scanned Items List (either by scanning, or typing the SKU manually) * Once all items are entered, press the Next button and choose to view the Differences list * Go through each item on the Differences List and re-check the count, to see whether the counted value is incorrect, or if the on hand number truly differs from the amount shown in Executive ** If you find any counting errors in the Differences List, go back to the Scanned Items List and correct them. ** Tip: Click in the SKU field on the Scanned Items list and press CTRL+F on your keyboard to allow searching, which can help you quickly find the SKU you want to update * Once all necessary recounts have been made, the remaining items on the Differences list are accepted, and you can move forward to the final reconciliation * After checking over the reconcile list to make sure everything looks correct, hit forward and choose to perform the Auto Reconciliation. The Scanned values will now be reconciled into Executive and become the new On Hand value ** Example: On the differences list ABC00123 has 2 Scanned, 3 On Hand, and -1 Differences. This means that 1 item may have been missed during scanning, or has been lost or moved since the last time it was counted. Since the Auto Reconcile always sets the new On Hand level to the Scanned level, finalizing the reconciliation would set the new On Hand level in Executive to 2 for item ABC00123 ==Stock Taking Methods== There are 3 common methods of entering the counted items: manually, with a wired barcode scanner (such as the Metrologic barcode scanner), or with a handheld scanner (such as the Hornet handheld scanner). Each method has pros and cons, so choosing the most effective way depends on your stock taking needs. ===Manual Counting=== Depending on your needs and how you take inventory, manual counting may be the best option because you could have a larger group of people counting, and do not need special hardware. A good way to do this is to assign each person specific cases or areas of the store, and print them a report with the presumed stock levels, which they can work from and verify/correct on paper and then enter into Executive's Scanned Items List afterwards. ===Barcode Scanner=== If you have a large amount of stock and less manpower, a barcode scanner hooked up to the computer may be an option to explore. You can then simply bring a tray over and scan each barcode into the system, reducing manual entry and allowing a pair of stock takers to cover a large store in less time then through manually entering. ===Handheld Scanner=== If you have a greater amount of inventory and only 1 designated stock taker, a handheld scanner may be worth the investment. Although this method requires expensive hardware and only one person can take stock at a time, it is an effective way to scan large quantities of items without needing to be near a computer, as you can upload the list when scanning is complete. ==Summary== Regardless of the method used to take stock, the easiest way is generally to count the inventory when no items are incoming/outgoing, and to do the counting efficiently and accurately so that the differences list can be completed and the reconciliation can be finalized. You never want to rush when taking inventory, but with a little bit of planning and finding the most efficient methods based on your needs, Inventory Reconciliation can be relatively quick, easy, and pain free, while ensuring your inventory levels are accurate moving forward. For more a more detailed description of how to perform an Inventory Reconciliation in Executive, see the [[file:2008ExecutiveReportsManual.pdf|Executive Manual]] in section 14D. 6 163 451 2012-01-11T17:03:15Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 0 102 452 304 2012-01-11T17:04:29Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Updates are traditionally done as required throughout the year, with a major release yearly. See the release notes for details on what was changed. See Front End Updates for notes on how to perform updates. ==2008 Version== 2008 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#188 - Sale Slowness - Sped up the populating of the top left corner fields in the Sales Screen #200 - Wrong Labelling on the PO Receive Screen fixed #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Changed field to 6x6x6 in the Appraisal screen, to match previous change of SKU stone field to 6x6x6 from 4x4x4 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Tested on 08.01.02 instead, already had next FE |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#190 - Email Appraisals, Invoices - attaches w/ Snapshot file, recipient must download viewer from Microsoft #193 - Auto Reconcile Clear All button is password protected, default is 'password' #199 - Special Order Reminder - Reminds if a customer has the item on a SO - Works with multiple items, finishes SO when last item is sold. #201 - Supplier Code Change Exporting - Exporting from main store now tracks their Supplier Code SKU changes, all stores are the same now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.03 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#196 - Half Copy Receipts - Invoice, Account Payment, Account Payment Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.04 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/24/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changes to address a few remaining issues, finished for 08.01.05 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/31/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#208 - Retail Replacement Function of - Added word Certificate #209 - Stock Item JB - Now adds Materials + Labour into Average cost in SKU #210 - Layaways turn into sales on same day |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#185 - JB Lock - Finishing Locking it from all fields - works now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|RB Half Page Invoice - Fixed deposit used on Invoice bug |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Trying to fix Barcode not Scanning, adding SKU to see if that will work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Barcode for WIN tags back to regular one, this stable version was upgraded to Knar today. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|May/20/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fix Job Bag Creation Glitch discovered by JUB |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#217 - Appraisal Description - JB Stones Field - Auto Generator button fixed #218 - Retail Replacement - Appraiser Certification code is now properly included. #220 - JB Lock is now working on the bottom half as well as top when locked. #223 - Customer Job Bag Return Error 3075 fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags were not able to be shifted for alignment because of introduction of new custom tags |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/23/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags alignment changed, works sometimes but not all the time. WIN Tags barcode now works and is scannable. HFJ 1/2 page horizontal tags are finished. Choosable under option HALF 2, and in Receipt Copies. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HFJ 1/2 page service receipt done. Watch repair disclaimer fixed. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.21 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Oct/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Home phone and Cell numbers on Sales and Repair Half Page Receipts Repair Estimate on the Half Page Service Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.22 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Widen SKU field on Memorandum Printout. Widen Style # Field on PO Printout to at least 15 chars. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.23 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Stone tab Appraisal Description Auto Generator. Invoice Description and Confidential Notes areas of the Job Bag screen to be editable via double click when the Job Bag is finished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.24 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Transfers were using ReportsLocation instead of Location in setup file. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.25 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/11/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen2 EXE Code for tag printing |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.26 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Removed TEXT83 from Gift Receipts |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.27 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen 304 EXE and Citizen2 Tag Printing was cutting off some characters in the supplier code of the barcode, so fixed the Citizen 304 and Citizen2 EXE code. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.28 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|'Error #3399. Cannot perform cascading operation. It would result in a duplicate key in table' during imports, modified import process. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|ExecMaintenance |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added code to ExecutiveMaintenance to clear the RecordLock table during compact, to remove JB locks automatically. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Special Orders checking off PST/GST even though they are inactive. Causing issues when using discount calculator. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29b |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/20/2011 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen306 Custom Tag - Remove 'B' on Line 3 (Download here: [[File:ExecutiveFE-080129b-X.exe]]) |} ===Executive Reports 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#189 - Sales Commission Report - Splits sales correctly when same employee is repeated within sale |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#194 - Stone MM Detail Transfer into Appraisal - Changed to 6x6x6 fields to match SKU fields #198 - Service Report vs Sales Report - Added filters to view regular Depts, Catagories, Groups as well |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - Gift Card/Certificate Payment On Account - Changed Reports for the Gift Cards |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#207 - Inventory filter by cost added at request of SLJ #204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#211 - Days to Sell - Fastest Turnover vs Days to Sell |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#212 - Customer Export - now exports spouse and contact information like Top Customer Export #213 - Customer List Spouse Name - Used to say First, Last |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#215 - Customer Maintenance Date Report created #224 - Inventory Aging Reports have correct time frame headings and calculations now. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13? |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/13/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Split Sales detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/19/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Commissions detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Actual Sales Vs Budget Chart had issues with the leap year, so updated to compensate for leap years. |} ===Executive HST Update Utility Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|1.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jun/28/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HST Updater Initial Release. Updates GST to HST on Products, shows PST/GST Exemptions. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|2.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/17/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added Special Order Update, HST Exemptions on Report |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|3.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/18/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Separated Special Order Update from the Product Update, would have caused Products to be incorrectly updated if entered since HST activated. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|4.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/19/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Removed option to update Products, so that only Special Orders can be done. Interface was a bit confusing so did this to avoid user errors with the Product Update Apply button. |} ==2007 Version== 2007 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#137&148 - Remove Errors when Deleting Inventory Used in JB #136 - Layaway Exchanges O/L levels fixed #135 - Special Order Find Filter Added #132 - Don't Allow transfers from Guelph to Guelph to be entered #123 - Margins in Retail Replacement fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| 07.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/04/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#149 - Stock Items now create Inventory Item Details properly #138 - Insurance Quote no longer Deletes when you leave |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#157 - Universal Product Changer - Added filters for In Stock and O/H #158 - Change misspelled word in Job Bag Error Message #153 - Service Printout in the Job Bag Section now includes Materials and Findings costs, and Supplier Price and Cost #151 - Postal Code Mask #145 - Find Inventory - Added Location Filter #143 - Made Citizen WIN 306 Font Bigger |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#167 - Customer Type cannot be blank #170 - Cannot receive null values on PO #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Field requires data change but for time being we trap error and give the user a nicer error message. Plus it is now able to complete attaching images and stone details where as before it would stop. #176 - Autoreconcile margins are now all .5 #183 - Phone Find on Customer Find screen now searches Spouse Work and Mobile number as well. It has also been altered to allow partial phone numbers to be entered. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Password Protect Product Location Field, works for multiple locations now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#202 - Job Bag Finishing Error Fixed - Will not add 1 to Inventory Used when Finished/Unfinished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changed WIN Driver Printer Font from Arial to Times New Roman - to Fix 5's and 6's looking the same |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fine Tuning the Citizen 304 WIN Printer Driver - Top Right tag vertical alignment issues |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/10/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|EXE 306 Tag - SKU enlarged, moved up barcode. Scans properly |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 - DB |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/17/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Instructions now shows disclaimers and has an extra row for Item Description |} ===Executive Reports 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#131 - Service Reports - added filters for Cancelled? and No Charge? |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#160 - Top Customer Report Export All Phone/Mail info #140 - Customer Spouse Gender added in Reports |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#159 - Spouse Information added to Sales Export #162 - Price Point update process improved and now mandatory when form closes as well as when AVG OH is generated #166 - Filter service reports by Finished Date #172 - GMROI - added option to display or hide items without departments #174 - Inventory used report opened too large...now opens to maximized state. #178 - Ordered the Customer Event report by LastName, FirstName |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/12/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#172 - GMROI - New 'display items without depts filter works properly' now. #174 - Inventory Used Report now has Header and Footer. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Customer Sales Summary Report is now Exportable |} [[Category:Versions]] 453 452 2012-02-06T19:17:04Z Executive 1 /* Executive 2007 Changelog */ wikitext text/x-wiki Updates are traditionally done as required throughout the year, with a major release yearly. See the release notes for details on what was changed. See Front End Updates for notes on how to perform updates. ==2008 Version== 2008 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#188 - Sale Slowness - Sped up the populating of the top left corner fields in the Sales Screen #200 - Wrong Labelling on the PO Receive Screen fixed #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Changed field to 6x6x6 in the Appraisal screen, to match previous change of SKU stone field to 6x6x6 from 4x4x4 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Tested on 08.01.02 instead, already had next FE |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#190 - Email Appraisals, Invoices - attaches w/ Snapshot file, recipient must download viewer from Microsoft #193 - Auto Reconcile Clear All button is password protected, default is 'password' #199 - Special Order Reminder - Reminds if a customer has the item on a SO - Works with multiple items, finishes SO when last item is sold. #201 - Supplier Code Change Exporting - Exporting from main store now tracks their Supplier Code SKU changes, all stores are the same now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.03 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#196 - Half Copy Receipts - Invoice, Account Payment, Account Payment Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.04 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/24/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changes to address a few remaining issues, finished for 08.01.05 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/31/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#208 - Retail Replacement Function of - Added word Certificate #209 - Stock Item JB - Now adds Materials + Labour into Average cost in SKU #210 - Layaways turn into sales on same day |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#185 - JB Lock - Finishing Locking it from all fields - works now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|RB Half Page Invoice - Fixed deposit used on Invoice bug |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Trying to fix Barcode not Scanning, adding SKU to see if that will work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Barcode for WIN tags back to regular one, this stable version was upgraded to Knar today. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|May/20/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fix Job Bag Creation Glitch discovered by JUB |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#217 - Appraisal Description - JB Stones Field - Auto Generator button fixed #218 - Retail Replacement - Appraiser Certification code is now properly included. #220 - JB Lock is now working on the bottom half as well as top when locked. #223 - Customer Job Bag Return Error 3075 fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags were not able to be shifted for alignment because of introduction of new custom tags |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/23/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags alignment changed, works sometimes but not all the time. WIN Tags barcode now works and is scannable. HFJ 1/2 page horizontal tags are finished. Choosable under option HALF 2, and in Receipt Copies. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HFJ 1/2 page service receipt done. Watch repair disclaimer fixed. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.21 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Oct/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Home phone and Cell numbers on Sales and Repair Half Page Receipts Repair Estimate on the Half Page Service Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.22 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Widen SKU field on Memorandum Printout. Widen Style # Field on PO Printout to at least 15 chars. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.23 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Stone tab Appraisal Description Auto Generator. Invoice Description and Confidential Notes areas of the Job Bag screen to be editable via double click when the Job Bag is finished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.24 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Transfers were using ReportsLocation instead of Location in setup file. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.25 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/11/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen2 EXE Code for tag printing |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.26 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Removed TEXT83 from Gift Receipts |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.27 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen 304 EXE and Citizen2 Tag Printing was cutting off some characters in the supplier code of the barcode, so fixed the Citizen 304 and Citizen2 EXE code. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.28 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|'Error #3399. Cannot perform cascading operation. It would result in a duplicate key in table' during imports, modified import process. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|ExecMaintenance |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added code to ExecutiveMaintenance to clear the RecordLock table during compact, to remove JB locks automatically. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Special Orders checking off PST/GST even though they are inactive. Causing issues when using discount calculator. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29b |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/20/2011 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen306 Custom Tag - Remove 'B' on Line 3 (Download here: [[File:ExecutiveFE-080129b-X.exe]]) |} ===Executive Reports 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#189 - Sales Commission Report - Splits sales correctly when same employee is repeated within sale |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#194 - Stone MM Detail Transfer into Appraisal - Changed to 6x6x6 fields to match SKU fields #198 - Service Report vs Sales Report - Added filters to view regular Depts, Catagories, Groups as well |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - Gift Card/Certificate Payment On Account - Changed Reports for the Gift Cards |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#207 - Inventory filter by cost added at request of SLJ #204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#211 - Days to Sell - Fastest Turnover vs Days to Sell |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#212 - Customer Export - now exports spouse and contact information like Top Customer Export #213 - Customer List Spouse Name - Used to say First, Last |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#215 - Customer Maintenance Date Report created #224 - Inventory Aging Reports have correct time frame headings and calculations now. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13? |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/13/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Split Sales detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/19/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Commissions detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Actual Sales Vs Budget Chart had issues with the leap year, so updated to compensate for leap years. |} ===Executive HST Update Utility Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|1.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jun/28/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HST Updater Initial Release. Updates GST to HST on Products, shows PST/GST Exemptions. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|2.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/17/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added Special Order Update, HST Exemptions on Report |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|3.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/18/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Separated Special Order Update from the Product Update, would have caused Products to be incorrectly updated if entered since HST activated. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|4.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/19/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Removed option to update Products, so that only Special Orders can be done. Interface was a bit confusing so did this to avoid user errors with the Product Update Apply button. |} ==2007 Version== 2007 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#137&148 - Remove Errors when Deleting Inventory Used in JB #136 - Layaway Exchanges O/L levels fixed #135 - Special Order Find Filter Added #132 - Don't Allow transfers from Guelph to Guelph to be entered #123 - Margins in Retail Replacement fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| 07.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/04/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#149 - Stock Items now create Inventory Item Details properly #138 - Insurance Quote no longer Deletes when you leave |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#157 - Universal Product Changer - Added filters for In Stock and O/H #158 - Change misspelled word in Job Bag Error Message #153 - Service Printout in the Job Bag Section now includes Materials and Findings costs, and Supplier Price and Cost #151 - Postal Code Mask #145 - Find Inventory - Added Location Filter #143 - Made Citizen WIN 306 Font Bigger |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#167 - Customer Type cannot be blank #170 - Cannot receive null values on PO #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Field requires data change but for time being we trap error and give the user a nicer error message. Plus it is now able to complete attaching images and stone details where as before it would stop. #176 - Autoreconcile margins are now all .5 #183 - Phone Find on Customer Find screen now searches Spouse Work and Mobile number as well. It has also been altered to allow partial phone numbers to be entered. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Password Protect Product Location Field, works for multiple locations now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#202 - Job Bag Finishing Error Fixed - Will not add 1 to Inventory Used when Finished/Unfinished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changed WIN Driver Printer Font from Arial to Times New Roman - to Fix 5's and 6's looking the same |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fine Tuning the Citizen 304 WIN Printer Driver - Top Right tag vertical alignment issues |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/10/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|EXE 306 Tag - SKU enlarged, moved up barcode. Scans properly |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 - DB |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/17/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Instructions now shows disclaimers and has an extra row for Item Description |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.19 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added 08 Tag Printing Code to 07 version to fix WIN print issue. |} ===Executive Reports 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#131 - Service Reports - added filters for Cancelled? and No Charge? |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#160 - Top Customer Report Export All Phone/Mail info #140 - Customer Spouse Gender added in Reports |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#159 - Spouse Information added to Sales Export #162 - Price Point update process improved and now mandatory when form closes as well as when AVG OH is generated #166 - Filter service reports by Finished Date #172 - GMROI - added option to display or hide items without departments #174 - Inventory used report opened too large...now opens to maximized state. #178 - Ordered the Customer Event report by LastName, FirstName |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/12/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#172 - GMROI - New 'display items without depts filter works properly' now. #174 - Inventory Used Report now has Header and Footer. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Customer Sales Summary Report is now Exportable |} [[Category:Versions]] 454 453 2012-02-07T20:35:22Z Executive 1 /* Executive 2007 Changelog */ wikitext text/x-wiki Updates are traditionally done as required throughout the year, with a major release yearly. See the release notes for details on what was changed. See Front End Updates for notes on how to perform updates. ==2008 Version== 2008 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#188 - Sale Slowness - Sped up the populating of the top left corner fields in the Sales Screen #200 - Wrong Labelling on the PO Receive Screen fixed #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Changed field to 6x6x6 in the Appraisal screen, to match previous change of SKU stone field to 6x6x6 from 4x4x4 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Tested on 08.01.02 instead, already had next FE |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#190 - Email Appraisals, Invoices - attaches w/ Snapshot file, recipient must download viewer from Microsoft #193 - Auto Reconcile Clear All button is password protected, default is 'password' #199 - Special Order Reminder - Reminds if a customer has the item on a SO - Works with multiple items, finishes SO when last item is sold. #201 - Supplier Code Change Exporting - Exporting from main store now tracks their Supplier Code SKU changes, all stores are the same now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.03 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#196 - Half Copy Receipts - Invoice, Account Payment, Account Payment Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.04 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/24/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changes to address a few remaining issues, finished for 08.01.05 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/31/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#208 - Retail Replacement Function of - Added word Certificate #209 - Stock Item JB - Now adds Materials + Labour into Average cost in SKU #210 - Layaways turn into sales on same day |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#185 - JB Lock - Finishing Locking it from all fields - works now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|RB Half Page Invoice - Fixed deposit used on Invoice bug |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Trying to fix Barcode not Scanning, adding SKU to see if that will work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Barcode for WIN tags back to regular one, this stable version was upgraded to Knar today. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|May/20/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fix Job Bag Creation Glitch discovered by JUB |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#217 - Appraisal Description - JB Stones Field - Auto Generator button fixed #218 - Retail Replacement - Appraiser Certification code is now properly included. #220 - JB Lock is now working on the bottom half as well as top when locked. #223 - Customer Job Bag Return Error 3075 fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags were not able to be shifted for alignment because of introduction of new custom tags |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/23/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags alignment changed, works sometimes but not all the time. WIN Tags barcode now works and is scannable. HFJ 1/2 page horizontal tags are finished. Choosable under option HALF 2, and in Receipt Copies. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HFJ 1/2 page service receipt done. Watch repair disclaimer fixed. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.21 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Oct/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Home phone and Cell numbers on Sales and Repair Half Page Receipts Repair Estimate on the Half Page Service Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.22 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Widen SKU field on Memorandum Printout. Widen Style # Field on PO Printout to at least 15 chars. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.23 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Stone tab Appraisal Description Auto Generator. Invoice Description and Confidential Notes areas of the Job Bag screen to be editable via double click when the Job Bag is finished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.24 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Transfers were using ReportsLocation instead of Location in setup file. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.25 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/11/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen2 EXE Code for tag printing |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.26 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Removed TEXT83 from Gift Receipts |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.27 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen 304 EXE and Citizen2 Tag Printing was cutting off some characters in the supplier code of the barcode, so fixed the Citizen 304 and Citizen2 EXE code. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.28 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|'Error #3399. Cannot perform cascading operation. It would result in a duplicate key in table' during imports, modified import process. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|ExecMaintenance |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added code to ExecutiveMaintenance to clear the RecordLock table during compact, to remove JB locks automatically. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Special Orders checking off PST/GST even though they are inactive. Causing issues when using discount calculator. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29b |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/20/2011 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen306 Custom Tag - Remove 'B' on Line 3 (Download here: [[File:ExecutiveFE-080129b-X.exe]]) |} ===Executive Reports 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#189 - Sales Commission Report - Splits sales correctly when same employee is repeated within sale |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#194 - Stone MM Detail Transfer into Appraisal - Changed to 6x6x6 fields to match SKU fields #198 - Service Report vs Sales Report - Added filters to view regular Depts, Catagories, Groups as well |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - Gift Card/Certificate Payment On Account - Changed Reports for the Gift Cards |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#207 - Inventory filter by cost added at request of SLJ #204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#211 - Days to Sell - Fastest Turnover vs Days to Sell |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#212 - Customer Export - now exports spouse and contact information like Top Customer Export #213 - Customer List Spouse Name - Used to say First, Last |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#215 - Customer Maintenance Date Report created #224 - Inventory Aging Reports have correct time frame headings and calculations now. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13? |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/13/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Split Sales detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/19/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Commissions detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Actual Sales Vs Budget Chart had issues with the leap year, so updated to compensate for leap years. |} ===Executive HST Update Utility Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|1.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jun/28/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HST Updater Initial Release. Updates GST to HST on Products, shows PST/GST Exemptions. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|2.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/17/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added Special Order Update, HST Exemptions on Report |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|3.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/18/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Separated Special Order Update from the Product Update, would have caused Products to be incorrectly updated if entered since HST activated. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|4.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/19/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Removed option to update Products, so that only Special Orders can be done. Interface was a bit confusing so did this to avoid user errors with the Product Update Apply button. |} ==2007 Version== 2007 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#137&148 - Remove Errors when Deleting Inventory Used in JB #136 - Layaway Exchanges O/L levels fixed #135 - Special Order Find Filter Added #132 - Don't Allow transfers from Guelph to Guelph to be entered #123 - Margins in Retail Replacement fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| 07.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/04/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#149 - Stock Items now create Inventory Item Details properly #138 - Insurance Quote no longer Deletes when you leave |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#157 - Universal Product Changer - Added filters for In Stock and O/H #158 - Change misspelled word in Job Bag Error Message #153 - Service Printout in the Job Bag Section now includes Materials and Findings costs, and Supplier Price and Cost #151 - Postal Code Mask #145 - Find Inventory - Added Location Filter #143 - Made Citizen WIN 306 Font Bigger |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#167 - Customer Type cannot be blank #170 - Cannot receive null values on PO #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Field requires data change but for time being we trap error and give the user a nicer error message. Plus it is now able to complete attaching images and stone details where as before it would stop. #176 - Autoreconcile margins are now all .5 #183 - Phone Find on Customer Find screen now searches Spouse Work and Mobile number as well. It has also been altered to allow partial phone numbers to be entered. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Password Protect Product Location Field, works for multiple locations now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#202 - Job Bag Finishing Error Fixed - Will not add 1 to Inventory Used when Finished/Unfinished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changed WIN Driver Printer Font from Arial to Times New Roman - to Fix 5's and 6's looking the same |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fine Tuning the Citizen 304 WIN Printer Driver - Top Right tag vertical alignment issues |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.17.2 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/6/2012 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|PD - Change TLP2844 EXE darkness from D7 to D15 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/10/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|EXE 306 Tag - SKU enlarged, moved up barcode. Scans properly |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 - DB |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/17/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Instructions now shows disclaimers and has an extra row for Item Description |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.19 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added 08 Tag Printing Code to 07 version to fix WIN print issue. |} ===Executive Reports 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#131 - Service Reports - added filters for Cancelled? and No Charge? |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#160 - Top Customer Report Export All Phone/Mail info #140 - Customer Spouse Gender added in Reports |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#159 - Spouse Information added to Sales Export #162 - Price Point update process improved and now mandatory when form closes as well as when AVG OH is generated #166 - Filter service reports by Finished Date #172 - GMROI - added option to display or hide items without departments #174 - Inventory used report opened too large...now opens to maximized state. #178 - Ordered the Customer Event report by LastName, FirstName |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/12/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#172 - GMROI - New 'display items without depts filter works properly' now. #174 - Inventory Used Report now has Header and Footer. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Customer Sales Summary Report is now Exportable |} [[Category:Versions]] 457 454 2012-04-10T18:49:34Z Executive 1 Add link to 08 Maintenance File wikitext text/x-wiki Updates are traditionally done as required throughout the year, with a major release yearly. See the release notes for details on what was changed. See Front End Updates for notes on how to perform updates. ==2008 Version== 2008 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#188 - Sale Slowness - Sped up the populating of the top left corner fields in the Sales Screen #200 - Wrong Labelling on the PO Receive Screen fixed #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Changed field to 6x6x6 in the Appraisal screen, to match previous change of SKU stone field to 6x6x6 from 4x4x4 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Tested on 08.01.02 instead, already had next FE |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#190 - Email Appraisals, Invoices - attaches w/ Snapshot file, recipient must download viewer from Microsoft #193 - Auto Reconcile Clear All button is password protected, default is 'password' #199 - Special Order Reminder - Reminds if a customer has the item on a SO - Works with multiple items, finishes SO when last item is sold. #201 - Supplier Code Change Exporting - Exporting from main store now tracks their Supplier Code SKU changes, all stores are the same now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.03 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#196 - Half Copy Receipts - Invoice, Account Payment, Account Payment Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.04 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/24/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changes to address a few remaining issues, finished for 08.01.05 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/31/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#208 - Retail Replacement Function of - Added word Certificate #209 - Stock Item JB - Now adds Materials + Labour into Average cost in SKU #210 - Layaways turn into sales on same day |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#185 - JB Lock - Finishing Locking it from all fields - works now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|RB Half Page Invoice - Fixed deposit used on Invoice bug |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Trying to fix Barcode not Scanning, adding SKU to see if that will work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Barcode for WIN tags back to regular one, this stable version was upgraded to Knar today. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|May/20/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fix Job Bag Creation Glitch discovered by JUB |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#217 - Appraisal Description - JB Stones Field - Auto Generator button fixed #218 - Retail Replacement - Appraiser Certification code is now properly included. #220 - JB Lock is now working on the bottom half as well as top when locked. #223 - Customer Job Bag Return Error 3075 fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags were not able to be shifted for alignment because of introduction of new custom tags |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/23/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags alignment changed, works sometimes but not all the time. WIN Tags barcode now works and is scannable. HFJ 1/2 page horizontal tags are finished. Choosable under option HALF 2, and in Receipt Copies. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HFJ 1/2 page service receipt done. Watch repair disclaimer fixed. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.21 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Oct/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Home phone and Cell numbers on Sales and Repair Half Page Receipts Repair Estimate on the Half Page Service Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.22 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Widen SKU field on Memorandum Printout. Widen Style # Field on PO Printout to at least 15 chars. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.23 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Stone tab Appraisal Description Auto Generator. Invoice Description and Confidential Notes areas of the Job Bag screen to be editable via double click when the Job Bag is finished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.24 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Transfers were using ReportsLocation instead of Location in setup file. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.25 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/11/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen2 EXE Code for tag printing |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.26 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Removed TEXT83 from Gift Receipts |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.27 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen 304 EXE and Citizen2 Tag Printing was cutting off some characters in the supplier code of the barcode, so fixed the Citizen 304 and Citizen2 EXE code. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.28 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|'Error #3399. Cannot perform cascading operation. It would result in a duplicate key in table' during imports, modified import process. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|ExecMaintenance |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added code to ExecutiveMaintenance to clear the RecordLock table during compact, to remove JB locks automatically. (Download here: [[File:ExecutiveMaintenance08.exe]]) |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Special Orders checking off PST/GST even though they are inactive. Causing issues when using discount calculator. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29b |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/20/2011 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen306 Custom Tag - Remove 'B' on Line 3 (Download here: [[File:ExecutiveFE-080129b-X.exe]]) |} ===Executive Reports 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#189 - Sales Commission Report - Splits sales correctly when same employee is repeated within sale |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#194 - Stone MM Detail Transfer into Appraisal - Changed to 6x6x6 fields to match SKU fields #198 - Service Report vs Sales Report - Added filters to view regular Depts, Catagories, Groups as well |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - Gift Card/Certificate Payment On Account - Changed Reports for the Gift Cards |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#207 - Inventory filter by cost added at request of SLJ #204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#211 - Days to Sell - Fastest Turnover vs Days to Sell |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#212 - Customer Export - now exports spouse and contact information like Top Customer Export #213 - Customer List Spouse Name - Used to say First, Last |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#215 - Customer Maintenance Date Report created #224 - Inventory Aging Reports have correct time frame headings and calculations now. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13? |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/13/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Split Sales detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/19/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Commissions detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Actual Sales Vs Budget Chart had issues with the leap year, so updated to compensate for leap years. |} ===Executive HST Update Utility Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|1.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jun/28/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HST Updater Initial Release. Updates GST to HST on Products, shows PST/GST Exemptions. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|2.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/17/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added Special Order Update, HST Exemptions on Report |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|3.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/18/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Separated Special Order Update from the Product Update, would have caused Products to be incorrectly updated if entered since HST activated. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|4.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/19/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Removed option to update Products, so that only Special Orders can be done. Interface was a bit confusing so did this to avoid user errors with the Product Update Apply button. |} ==2007 Version== 2007 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#137&148 - Remove Errors when Deleting Inventory Used in JB #136 - Layaway Exchanges O/L levels fixed #135 - Special Order Find Filter Added #132 - Don't Allow transfers from Guelph to Guelph to be entered #123 - Margins in Retail Replacement fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| 07.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/04/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#149 - Stock Items now create Inventory Item Details properly #138 - Insurance Quote no longer Deletes when you leave |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#157 - Universal Product Changer - Added filters for In Stock and O/H #158 - Change misspelled word in Job Bag Error Message #153 - Service Printout in the Job Bag Section now includes Materials and Findings costs, and Supplier Price and Cost #151 - Postal Code Mask #145 - Find Inventory - Added Location Filter #143 - Made Citizen WIN 306 Font Bigger |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#167 - Customer Type cannot be blank #170 - Cannot receive null values on PO #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Field requires data change but for time being we trap error and give the user a nicer error message. Plus it is now able to complete attaching images and stone details where as before it would stop. #176 - Autoreconcile margins are now all .5 #183 - Phone Find on Customer Find screen now searches Spouse Work and Mobile number as well. It has also been altered to allow partial phone numbers to be entered. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Password Protect Product Location Field, works for multiple locations now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#202 - Job Bag Finishing Error Fixed - Will not add 1 to Inventory Used when Finished/Unfinished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changed WIN Driver Printer Font from Arial to Times New Roman - to Fix 5's and 6's looking the same |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fine Tuning the Citizen 304 WIN Printer Driver - Top Right tag vertical alignment issues |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.17.2 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/6/2012 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|PD - Change TLP2844 EXE darkness from D7 to D15 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/10/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|EXE 306 Tag - SKU enlarged, moved up barcode. Scans properly |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 - DB |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/17/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Instructions now shows disclaimers and has an extra row for Item Description |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.19 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added 08 Tag Printing Code to 07 version to fix WIN print issue. |} ===Executive Reports 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#131 - Service Reports - added filters for Cancelled? and No Charge? |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#160 - Top Customer Report Export All Phone/Mail info #140 - Customer Spouse Gender added in Reports |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#159 - Spouse Information added to Sales Export #162 - Price Point update process improved and now mandatory when form closes as well as when AVG OH is generated #166 - Filter service reports by Finished Date #172 - GMROI - added option to display or hide items without departments #174 - Inventory used report opened too large...now opens to maximized state. #178 - Ordered the Customer Event report by LastName, FirstName |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/12/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#172 - GMROI - New 'display items without depts filter works properly' now. #174 - Inventory Used Report now has Header and Footer. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Customer Sales Summary Report is now Exportable |} [[Category:Versions]] 461 457 2012-05-15T13:28:50Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Updates are traditionally done as required throughout the year, with a major release yearly. See the release notes for details on what was changed. See Front End Updates for notes on how to perform updates. ==2008 Version== 2008 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#188 - Sale Slowness - Sped up the populating of the top left corner fields in the Sales Screen #200 - Wrong Labelling on the PO Receive Screen fixed #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Changed field to 6x6x6 in the Appraisal screen, to match previous change of SKU stone field to 6x6x6 from 4x4x4 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Tested on 08.01.02 instead, already had next FE |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#190 - Email Appraisals, Invoices - attaches w/ Snapshot file, recipient must download viewer from Microsoft #193 - Auto Reconcile Clear All button is password protected, default is 'password' #199 - Special Order Reminder - Reminds if a customer has the item on a SO - Works with multiple items, finishes SO when last item is sold. #201 - Supplier Code Change Exporting - Exporting from main store now tracks their Supplier Code SKU changes, all stores are the same now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.03 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#196 - Half Copy Receipts - Invoice, Account Payment, Account Payment Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.04 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/24/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changes to address a few remaining issues, finished for 08.01.05 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/31/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#208 - Retail Replacement Function of - Added word Certificate #209 - Stock Item JB - Now adds Materials + Labour into Average cost in SKU #210 - Layaways turn into sales on same day |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#185 - JB Lock - Finishing Locking it from all fields - works now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|RB Half Page Invoice - Fixed deposit used on Invoice bug |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Trying to fix Barcode not Scanning, adding SKU to see if that will work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Barcode for WIN tags back to regular one, this stable version was upgraded to Knar today. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|May/20/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fix Job Bag Creation Glitch discovered by JUB |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#217 - Appraisal Description - JB Stones Field - Auto Generator button fixed #218 - Retail Replacement - Appraiser Certification code is now properly included. #220 - JB Lock is now working on the bottom half as well as top when locked. #223 - Customer Job Bag Return Error 3075 fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags were not able to be shifted for alignment because of introduction of new custom tags |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/23/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags alignment changed, works sometimes but not all the time. WIN Tags barcode now works and is scannable. HFJ 1/2 page horizontal tags are finished. Choosable under option HALF 2, and in Receipt Copies. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HFJ 1/2 page service receipt done. Watch repair disclaimer fixed. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.21 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Oct/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Home phone and Cell numbers on Sales and Repair Half Page Receipts Repair Estimate on the Half Page Service Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.22 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Widen SKU field on Memorandum Printout. Widen Style # Field on PO Printout to at least 15 chars. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.23 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Stone tab Appraisal Description Auto Generator. Invoice Description and Confidential Notes areas of the Job Bag screen to be editable via double click when the Job Bag is finished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.24 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Transfers were using ReportsLocation instead of Location in setup file. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.25 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/11/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen2 EXE Code for tag printing |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.26 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Removed TEXT83 from Gift Receipts |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.27 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen 304 EXE and Citizen2 Tag Printing was cutting off some characters in the supplier code of the barcode, so fixed the Citizen 304 and Citizen2 EXE code. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.28 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|'Error #3399. Cannot perform cascading operation. It would result in a duplicate key in table' during imports, modified import process. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|ExecMaintenance |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added code to ExecutiveMaintenance to clear the RecordLock table during compact, to remove JB locks automatically. (Download here: [[File:ExecutiveMaintenance08.exe]]) |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Special Orders checking off PST/GST even though they are inactive. Causing issues when using discount calculator. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29b |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/20/2011 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen306 Custom Tag - Remove 'B' on Line 3 (Download here: [[File:ExecutiveFE-080129b-X.exe]]) |} 2008 ToLocation Files are available for download here: [[File:2008ToLocationFiles.rar]]) ===Executive Reports 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#189 - Sales Commission Report - Splits sales correctly when same employee is repeated within sale |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#194 - Stone MM Detail Transfer into Appraisal - Changed to 6x6x6 fields to match SKU fields #198 - Service Report vs Sales Report - Added filters to view regular Depts, Catagories, Groups as well |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - Gift Card/Certificate Payment On Account - Changed Reports for the Gift Cards |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#207 - Inventory filter by cost added at request of SLJ #204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#211 - Days to Sell - Fastest Turnover vs Days to Sell |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#212 - Customer Export - now exports spouse and contact information like Top Customer Export #213 - Customer List Spouse Name - Used to say First, Last |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#215 - Customer Maintenance Date Report created #224 - Inventory Aging Reports have correct time frame headings and calculations now. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13? |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/13/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Split Sales detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/19/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Commissions detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Actual Sales Vs Budget Chart had issues with the leap year, so updated to compensate for leap years. |} ===Executive HST Update Utility Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|1.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jun/28/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HST Updater Initial Release. Updates GST to HST on Products, shows PST/GST Exemptions. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|2.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/17/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added Special Order Update, HST Exemptions on Report |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|3.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/18/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Separated Special Order Update from the Product Update, would have caused Products to be incorrectly updated if entered since HST activated. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|4.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/19/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Removed option to update Products, so that only Special Orders can be done. Interface was a bit confusing so did this to avoid user errors with the Product Update Apply button. |} ==2007 Version== 2007 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#137&148 - Remove Errors when Deleting Inventory Used in JB #136 - Layaway Exchanges O/L levels fixed #135 - Special Order Find Filter Added #132 - Don't Allow transfers from Guelph to Guelph to be entered #123 - Margins in Retail Replacement fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| 07.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/04/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#149 - Stock Items now create Inventory Item Details properly #138 - Insurance Quote no longer Deletes when you leave |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#157 - Universal Product Changer - Added filters for In Stock and O/H #158 - Change misspelled word in Job Bag Error Message #153 - Service Printout in the Job Bag Section now includes Materials and Findings costs, and Supplier Price and Cost #151 - Postal Code Mask #145 - Find Inventory - Added Location Filter #143 - Made Citizen WIN 306 Font Bigger |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#167 - Customer Type cannot be blank #170 - Cannot receive null values on PO #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Field requires data change but for time being we trap error and give the user a nicer error message. Plus it is now able to complete attaching images and stone details where as before it would stop. #176 - Autoreconcile margins are now all .5 #183 - Phone Find on Customer Find screen now searches Spouse Work and Mobile number as well. It has also been altered to allow partial phone numbers to be entered. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Password Protect Product Location Field, works for multiple locations now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#202 - Job Bag Finishing Error Fixed - Will not add 1 to Inventory Used when Finished/Unfinished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changed WIN Driver Printer Font from Arial to Times New Roman - to Fix 5's and 6's looking the same |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fine Tuning the Citizen 304 WIN Printer Driver - Top Right tag vertical alignment issues |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.17.2 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/6/2012 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|PD - Change TLP2844 EXE darkness from D7 to D15 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/10/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|EXE 306 Tag - SKU enlarged, moved up barcode. Scans properly |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 - DB |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/17/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Instructions now shows disclaimers and has an extra row for Item Description |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.19 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added 08 Tag Printing Code to 07 version to fix WIN print issue. |} ===Executive Reports 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#131 - Service Reports - added filters for Cancelled? and No Charge? |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#160 - Top Customer Report Export All Phone/Mail info #140 - Customer Spouse Gender added in Reports |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#159 - Spouse Information added to Sales Export #162 - Price Point update process improved and now mandatory when form closes as well as when AVG OH is generated #166 - Filter service reports by Finished Date #172 - GMROI - added option to display or hide items without departments #174 - Inventory used report opened too large...now opens to maximized state. #178 - Ordered the Customer Event report by LastName, FirstName |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/12/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#172 - GMROI - New 'display items without depts filter works properly' now. #174 - Inventory Used Report now has Header and Footer. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Customer Sales Summary Report is now Exportable |} [[Category:Versions]] 6 164 456 2012-04-10T18:48:37Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 0 135 458 375 2012-04-13T18:22:02Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki The main database file for Executive is named ExecutiveData.mdb, and is generally stored on a server and shared out to each workstation. To find the location of your ExecutiveData.mdb file, you can go to Maintenance-System-Link Data and find the ExecutiveData.mdb file path. [[File:Link Data.png]] Once you have found the file through My Computer, it is recommended to make a backup copy to work with, to ensure nothing happens to your live data file. This can be as simple as copying and pasting the ExecutiveData.mdb file and opening the copy. To access the tables in the ExecutiveData file, a full version of Microsoft Access is required, and must be a version capable of opening Access 2003 files. Once the file has been opened, you will be prompted to enter the database password. The ExecutiveData file is protected, and cannot be viewed without this password. {{note|This password is being provided for the purposes of Executive Jeweller clients to access their data and facilitate data extraction when moving to new systems. Anyone accessing the ExecutiveData.mdb file must agree to the following disclaimer and non disclosure agreement: I acknowledge that by opening and accessing the Executivedata.mdb file, I will not hold Executive Jeweller or it's licensors responsible for any potential damage to the data file or Executive Jeweller software, and absolve them from any liability issues relating to accessing the database using the password. I will only be accessing backup copies of the data, and fully understand the risks involved. I take full responsibility to protect this password and agree to not disclose it. I have requested the password to run queries on a backup copy of the data, and will not make changes to the data itself. I also declare that I will not disclose any details of the Executive Jeweller software, including the database schema and structure, and will not attempt to reverse engineer the software or use this knowledge in a competing product.}} 6 165 460 2012-05-15T13:28:02Z Executive 1 2008 Version ToLocation Files wikitext text/x-wiki 2008 Version ToLocation Files 6 47 462 341 2012-07-18T19:03:43Z Executive 1 uploaded a new version of &quot;[[File:Grphflt.exe]]&quot; wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Downloads]] 0 41 463 371 2012-07-18T19:13:44Z Executive 1 /* Graphic Filters */ wikitext text/x-wiki The following items are available for download. If you have questions, please consult the accompanying documentation. ==ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb== [[:File:ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb]] is used to compact the data file. Save it to the desktop of the compacting workstation (preferably the server as it will be faster). For more instructions on [[Compacting Data#Linking to the Data File|linking the data files]] and [[Compacting Data#Compacting the Data File|compacting]], see [[Compacting Data]]. ==Memcpy.dll== [[:File:MemCpy.dll]] is required on each workstation to allow browsing for files (such as image browser). It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/System32/ folder to enable file browsing. It resolves [[Errors#Error 53|Error 53 - File Not Found]]. ==WIN Barcode Font== [[:File:Code128bWin.ttf]] is required when using WIN tags. It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/Fonts/ folder to install the WIN tag barcode font. ==Graphic Filters== [[:File:Grphflt.exe]] is required to view product images on workstations that do not have MS Office installed. To install the graphic filters, save [[File:Grphflt.exe]] to C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/. When it is downloaded, double click Grphflt.exe, then click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/Grphflt folder, then open the enclosed Graphics Key folder and run the registry tool inside by double clicking it. For 32 bit machines, use the Graphics.reg file, for 64 bit machines use the Graphics64.reg file. Try viewing an image to verify that it now works. This will need to be on all computers without MS Office Graphic Filters installed in order to view images. ==Desktop Shortcut Icon== [[:File:Executive.lnk]] is a sample desktop shortcut. [[File:Executive.ico]] is the icon file that can be used for Executive desktop shortcuts. ==MS Access 2003 Runtime== [[:File:2003Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless otherwise noted''. To Install, download [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2003Runtime.exe and click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created 2003Runtime folder, double click ACCESSRT.MSI and follow the installation wizard. ==MS Access 2007 Runtime== [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2007 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless advised otherwise''. To Install, download [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2007Runtime.exe and follow the installation wizard. ==Installation Packages== [[File:2005-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2005 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[File:2007-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2007 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[Category:Downloads]] 464 463 2012-07-18T19:29:48Z Executive 1 /* Graphic Filters */ wikitext text/x-wiki The following items are available for download. If you have questions, please consult the accompanying documentation. ==ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb== [[:File:ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb]] is used to compact the data file. Save it to the desktop of the compacting workstation (preferably the server as it will be faster). For more instructions on [[Compacting Data#Linking to the Data File|linking the data files]] and [[Compacting Data#Compacting the Data File|compacting]], see [[Compacting Data]]. ==Memcpy.dll== [[:File:MemCpy.dll]] is required on each workstation to allow browsing for files (such as image browser). It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/System32/ folder to enable file browsing. It resolves [[Errors#Error 53|Error 53 - File Not Found]]. ==WIN Barcode Font== [[:File:Code128bWin.ttf]] is required when using WIN tags. It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/Fonts/ folder to install the WIN tag barcode font. ==Graphic Filters== [[:File:Grphflt.exe]] is required to view product images on workstations that do not have MS Office installed. To install the graphic filters, save [[File:Grphflt.exe]] to C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/. When it is downloaded, double click Grphflt.exe, then click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/Grphflt folder, then open the enclosed Graphics Key folder and run the registry tool inside by double clicking it. For 32 bit machines, use the Graphics.reg file, for [http://support.microsoft.com/kb/2479871 64 bit machines] use the Graphics64.reg file. Try viewing an image to verify that it now works. This will need to be on all computers without MS Office Graphic Filters installed in order to view images. ==Desktop Shortcut Icon== [[:File:Executive.lnk]] is a sample desktop shortcut. [[File:Executive.ico]] is the icon file that can be used for Executive desktop shortcuts. ==MS Access 2003 Runtime== [[:File:2003Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless otherwise noted''. To Install, download [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2003Runtime.exe and click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created 2003Runtime folder, double click ACCESSRT.MSI and follow the installation wizard. ==MS Access 2007 Runtime== [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2007 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless advised otherwise''. To Install, download [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2007Runtime.exe and follow the installation wizard. ==Installation Packages== [[File:2005-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2005 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[File:2007-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2007 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[Category:Downloads]] 465 464 2012-08-10T13:47:51Z Executive 1 /* Graphic Filters */ wikitext text/x-wiki The following items are available for download. If you have questions, please consult the accompanying documentation. ==ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb== [[:File:ExecutiveMaintenance.mdb]] is used to compact the data file. Save it to the desktop of the compacting workstation (preferably the server as it will be faster). For more instructions on [[Compacting Data#Linking to the Data File|linking the data files]] and [[Compacting Data#Compacting the Data File|compacting]], see [[Compacting Data]]. ==Memcpy.dll== [[:File:MemCpy.dll]] is required on each workstation to allow browsing for files (such as image browser). It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/System32/ folder to enable file browsing. It resolves [[Errors#Error 53|Error 53 - File Not Found]]. ==WIN Barcode Font== [[:File:Code128bWin.ttf]] is required when using WIN tags. It can be downloaded to the desktop and copy/pasted to the C:/Windows/Fonts/ folder to install the WIN tag barcode font. ==Graphic Filters== [[:File:Grphflt.exe]] is required to view product images on workstations that do not have MS Office installed. To install the graphic filters, save [[File:Grphflt.exe]] to C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/ (for 64 bit machines, use C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/ instead of the x64 folder). When it is downloaded, double click Grphflt.exe, then click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created C:/Program Files/Common Files/Microsoft Shared/Grphflt folder, then open the enclosed Graphics Key folder and run the registry tool inside by double clicking it. For 32 bit machines, use the Graphics.reg file, for [http://support.microsoft.com/kb/2479871 64 bit machines] use the Graphics64.reg file. Try viewing an image to verify that it now works. This will need to be on all computers without MS Office Graphic Filters installed in order to view images. ==Desktop Shortcut Icon== [[:File:Executive.lnk]] is a sample desktop shortcut. [[File:Executive.ico]] is the icon file that can be used for Executive desktop shortcuts. ==MS Access 2003 Runtime== [[:File:2003Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless otherwise noted''. To Install, download [[File:2003Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2003Runtime.exe and click Install to extract the files. Open the newly created 2003Runtime folder, double click ACCESSRT.MSI and follow the installation wizard. ==MS Access 2007 Runtime== [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] is the Installer for Microsoft Access 2007 Runtime. Microsoft Access must be installed on a workstation for Executive to function, please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. ''The 2003 Runtime is recommended over the 2007 Runtime, unless advised otherwise''. To Install, download [[File:2007Runtime.exe]] and save it to the desktop. When it is downloaded, double click 2007Runtime.exe and follow the installation wizard. ==Installation Packages== [[File:2005-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2005 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[File:2007-Executive-Installer.exe]] is used to install Executive 2007 and Microsoft Access 2003 Runtime. Please see [[Versions]] for more information on this release. ''This is no longer the recommended method of installation'', please see [[Adding Workstations]] for more information. [[Category:Downloads]] 0 1 466 459 2012-11-15T20:18:55Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Welcome to the Executive Jeweller Knowledge Base. Documentation, required files, and troubleshooting help has been gathered here as a resource for users of the Executive Jeweller software. <br> {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 0px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000; width:700px" !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Documentation]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:80px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Downloads]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Manuals, adding new workstations, and other instructional documentation !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Files that were formerly on the FTP site, as well as a few new downloads. See [[Upload]] to upload your files for repair. |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Getting Started]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Glossary]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Basic information for initial setup of software, peripherals, and beginning to use the software !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Defining various terms that are used throughout the software and accompanying documentation |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Hardware]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Known Issues]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Recommended hardware, as well as resources for specific peripherals !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Listing of known issues with the software |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; height:20px"| |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Troubleshooting]] !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|[[Versions]] |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; width:40px"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|[[Errors|Error]] messages and possible resolutions !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0px;"| |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Release notes, [[Updates]] and change logs for various versions |} 0 62 467 264 2012-11-15T20:42:45Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==General Errors== ===Error 52=== Error 52 - Bad file name or number Similar to Error 53, it generally occurs when using EXE tags as the print job is sent directly to the LPT1 port. If using a printer on a different port such as USB, the printer needs to be shared and mapped to the LPT1 port. Once mapped, it will now accept traffic from the LPT1 port. This error is caused by trying to send the print file directly to LPT1 when it is not available or disconnected. See [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 53=== Error 53 - File not found. ====Tag Printing==== When using EXE tags, the print job is sent directly to the LPT1 port. If using a printer on a different port such as USB, the printer needs to be shared and mapped to the LPT1 port. Once mapped, it will now accept traffic from the LPT1 port. See [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ====File Browser==== When trying to use the file browser to add images or link data paths, the workstation needs to have MemCpy.dll installed to use the file browse buttons. To fix this, copy [[File:MemCpy.dll]] and paste it in your C:/Windows/System32 folder. This will need to be done on all computers experiencing the issue. For 64 bit machines, put it in the C:/Windows/SysWOW64 folder as well. ===Error 75=== Error 75 - Path/File Access Error Tag Printing Path Issue, see [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 76=== Error 76 - Path Not Found ====Opening Reports==== The reports startup is incorrect. Go to Maintenance->System->Store Setup and check the Reports Startup field. Refer to the following examples to correct the path. For custom installations, other paths may be required. =====2008 Version, 32 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" =====2008 Version, 64 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" =====2007 Version, 32 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" =====2007 Version, 64 Bit Computer===== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\ExecutiveReports.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" ====Tag Printing==== Tag Printer Path Issue, see [[Tags#Printer Mapping to USB|Printer Mapping to USB]] for more details. ===Error 94=== Error 94 - Invalid Use of Null A required field has been left blank. If printing something customer related, check the customer profile and ensure that the Customer Type is not blank. If it is blank, set it to Retail and try printing again. ===Error 429=== Error 429: ActiveX component can't create object This error can occur if one of the components needed by the program is not registered correctly or is missing. It may point to a component of Access that has been modified, such as by installing Office 2007 over top of Access 2003 Runtime. Try the code below if it's believe to be a registry issue, if not, try using the [[Downloads#MS Access 2007 Runtime|Access 2007 Runtime]] instead as it may not have the same registry issues. {{code|regsvr32 scrrun.dll <br>regsvr32 "C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\DAO\DAO350.dll" <br>regsvr32 "C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\DAO\DAO360.dll"}} ===Error 2001=== Error 2001 - The previous operation was cancelled The ReportsExportPath column is missing in the setup file. This error generally comes up when trying to open reports. Find a correct setup file on a workstation that doesn't have this error, and then replace problematic setup file to resolve the issue. ===Error 2046=== Error 2046 - The command or action 'save record' isn't available now. This is generally given after a message that a Job Bag is locked by a user/computer. To unlock the Job Bag, reopen and close it from that user/computer, then retry from the initial workstation. ===Error 2114=== Error 2114 - Error 2114: Microsoft Access doesn't support the format of the file "filename", so it can't load the picture. The Microsoft Graphic Filters are required to view images in MS Access. If the workstation doesn't have Microsoft Office installed, the Graphic Filters need to be installed manually, see [[Downloads#Graphic Filters|Downloads]] for more information. ===Error 3027=== Error 3027 - Cannot update. Database or object is read only. The file in use is being restricted to Read Only, but requires Read/Write permissions. Grant 'Everyone' Read/Write Access on this file (for example, ExecutiveReports.mdb), and reopen the file to ensure permissions are now correct. ===Error 3031=== Error 3031 - Not a Valid Password This error means that a file is not linked properly, a permissions issue may be preventing access, or a setup/data file being of the wrong version so the password is unable to open it. ===Error 3043=== Error 3043 - Disk or Network Error The network connection or drive mapping is not finding the data file on startup. Try going to Computer (My Computer in XP), locating the mapped network drive, and double clicking it. * If it connects without issue, try opening Executive again, as the connection should be restored * If it fails, the server may not be turned on or something may be preventing connection such as a permissions issue * If the mapped network drive isn't showing up, it will need to be remapped. See [[Mapping Network Drives]] for more information. Go to Maintenance->System->Link Data and ensure that the paths are all correct, as they must be pointing at valid files. ===Error 3044=== Error 3044 - Item isn't a valid path The network path is not finding the desired file. Refer to [[Errors#Error 3043|Error 3043]]. ===Error 3051=== Error 3051 - The Microsoft Jet database engine cannot open the file (name). It is already opened exclusively by another user, or you need permission to view its data. ====Compacting Data==== During data compacting, this means that the file is open on another workstation. Since compacting the data requires everyone to be out of the database, the other workstation must exit Executive before compacting the data. Log everyone off and try again. ====On Startup==== On startup, this error warns that permissions are not set up correctly. * Try logging onto Windows as Administrator. If the error doesn't appear, it is due to a user permissions issue. * Ensure that the local Executive folder allows full read/write access to Everyone. * Ensure that the server's shared folder allows full read/write access to Everyone for Executive files. For more information, see [[Mapping Network Drives#Sharing Server Folder|Mapping Network Drives]] ===Error 3075=== Error 3075 - Syntax error (name) in query expression ===Error 3086=== Error 3086 - Could not delete from specified tables When encountered during startup, it generally points to a permissions issue, refer to [[Downloads#Error 3043|Error 3043]]. Once everything is set up properly, relink the data and restart Executive. ===Error 3343=== Error 3343 - Unrecognized Database Format When opening Executive, this error warns that the database may be badly corrupted. Backup your file and compact it, to confirm the corruption. Restore from your latest clean backup, as the file likely cannot be repaired. This is typically caused when the Jet database engine was improperly shut down during the process of writing to disk, such as the program being shut down unexpectedly, power loss, or network loss. ==Other Issues== ===Desktop Shortcut not working=== If the desktop shortcut to open Executive isn't working, Right Click it and Click Properties. Find the Target field. May need to scroll left and right to read the entire thing. Compare it to the following paths and verify that the existing path is correct based on your setup. ====2008 Version, 32 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" ====2008 Version, 64 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Executive\system.mdw" ====2007 Version, 32 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" ====2007 Version, 64 Bit Computer==== "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft office\Office11\MSACCESS.EXE" /Runtime "C:\Program Files\Executive\Executive.mdb" /WrkGrp "C:\Program Files\Executive\system.mdw" If you are unable to find the error on this page, you may want to refer to http://www.iasonline.com/john/pcsa/fixes.html for similar Access Error explanations. [[Category:Troubleshooting]] 0 68 468 260 2013-01-23T23:26:05Z Executive 1 added Citizen CLS621 troubleshooting for Datamax Emulation settings in hardware wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download]] VuePrint Utility [[File:Vue Print Utility Installer.exe|Download]] ===CLS621=== The CLP621 has been replaced by the CLS621. The new model is capable of emulating various Datamax and Zebra languages, so is compatible with the Citzen tag printing in Executive provided it is properly configured to print the right language. Factory defaults appear to set it to Zebra, so new CLS621 models may need to go through the following procedure: 1 Turn Power Off 2 Press Mode/Repeat key and Power On 3 Do you want to reset this printer to factory settings? Yes (Pause) 4 Do you want to print current menu settings? No (Stop) 5 Do you want to change the menu settings? Yes (Pause) 6 Do you want to change Global Config Menu? No (Stop) 7 Do you want to change Page Setup Menu Items? No (Stop) 8 Do you want to change System Setup Menu Items? Yes (Pause) 9 For this section of questions, select Pause for the first 9 or so, until you come to Emulation Select (after Control Code). Choose Change Value (Stop) 10 First should be DMI, choose Next Item (Stop) 11 Next should be DM4, choose Select (Pause) 12 It should now restart the printer in Datamax DM4 emulation mode. This should reinstall the driver on Win7 computers (especially if you've already installed the main Citizen CLS621 driver (not the C or Z variation) 13 Test printing and ensure it does not put on the warning light when sending print jobs anymore. Contact support if troubles persist. ====Installation==== 1 Download the drivers here [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe]] and Save them to your desktop 2 Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard 3 Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png]] 4 Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png]] 5 Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference 6 In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png]] 7 Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png]] 8 Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png]] 9 Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png]] 10 Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png]] 11 When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png]] ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual]] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. [[Category:Hardware]] 470 468 2013-01-23T23:30:30Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. CLS621 User Manual is available here: [[File:Cls621-631uman.pdf]] ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download]] VuePrint Utility [[File:Vue Print Utility Installer.exe|Download]] ====Installation==== 1 Download the drivers here [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe]] and Save them to your desktop 2 Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard 3 Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png]] 4 Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png]] 5 Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference 6 In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png]] 7 Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png]] 8 Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png]] 9 Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png]] 10 Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png]] 11 When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png]] ===CLS621=== The CLP621 has been replaced by the CLS621. The new model is capable of emulating various Datamax and Zebra languages, so is compatible with the Citzen tag printing in Executive provided it is properly configured to print the right language. Factory defaults appear to set it to Zebra, so new CLS621 models may need to go through the following procedure: 1 Turn Power Off 2 Press Mode/Repeat key and Power On 3 Do you want to reset this printer to factory settings? Yes (Pause) 4 Do you want to print current menu settings? No (Stop) 5 Do you want to change the menu settings? Yes (Pause) 6 Do you want to change Global Config Menu? No (Stop) 7 Do you want to change Page Setup Menu Items? No (Stop) 8 Do you want to change System Setup Menu Items? Yes (Pause) 9 For this section of questions, select Pause for the first 9 or so, until you come to Emulation Select (after Control Code). Choose Change Value (Stop) 10 First should be DMI, choose Next Item (Stop) 11 Next should be DM4, choose Select (Pause) 12 It should now restart the printer in Datamax DM4 emulation mode. This should reinstall the driver on Win7 computers (especially if you've already installed the main Citizen CLS621 driver (not the C or Z variation) 13 Test printing and ensure it does not put on the warning light when sending print jobs anymore. Contact support if troubles persist. ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual]] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. [[Category:Hardware]] 476 470 2017-09-27T10:17:59Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. CLS621 User Manual is available here: [[File:Cls621-631uman.pdf]] ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download]] VuePrint Utility [[File:Vue Print Utility Installer.exe|Download]] ===Print Code=== Print code for the printer is generated using the language described by the [[http://www.citizen-systems.com/sites/default/files/CL-S%20Command%20Reference%202.01.pdf|Citizen Command Reference Manual]] Printing origin is at the bottom left of label, all measurements are made from here. Units are 0.01 inch or 0.1 mm. Can set n for inch or m for millimeter positioning, but looks as though neither are specified here. L ---Specifying printing contents setting start - D11 ---Set Pixel Size PI --set print speed SI --set paper feed speed H20 --set print density (thermal transfer amount) 1 2 1 1 000 0026 0010 STYLENUM ---system font 2 set in characters 2/5/6/7 (this font is 18 dots high by 10 dots wide by 2 dots space at 203 DPI and 27 dots high by 14 dots wide by 4 dots space for 300 DPI 1 e 3 1 015 0013 0010 BEXC00014 ---code 128 barcode font set in characters 2/5/6/7 ---digit 1 is printing angle (set to 1 for horizontal) ---digit 2 is bar code selection (E for code128 B) ---digit 3 is wide bar width (set to 3) ---digit 4 is narrow bar width (set to 1) ---digit 5/6/7 is bar code height (set to 015) ---digit 8/9/10/11 is row address, distance upward from origin (set to 0013) ---digit 12/13/14/15 is column address, distance rightward from origin (set to 0010) 1 2 1 1 000 0003 0010EXC00014 1 2 1 1 000 0031 0096DESCRIPTION1 ---digit 1 is printing angle (set to 1 for horizontal) ---digit 2 is font selection (set to font 2) ---digit 3 is horizontal direction expansion rate (set to 1) ---digit 4 is vertical direction expansion rate (set to 1) ---digit 5/6/7 is expansion font selection (set to 000) ---digit 8/9/10/11 is distance upward from (set to 0031) --digit 12/13/14/15 is distance rightward from (set to 0096) 1 2 1 1 000 0021 0096 DESCRIPTION2 1 2 1 1 000 0011 0096 DESCRIPTION3 1 2 1 1 000 0001 0096 $10,000.00 Q0001 E ---End label format mode and print label ====Installation==== 1 Download the drivers here [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe]] and Save them to your desktop 2 Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard 3 Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png]] 4 Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png]] 5 Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference 6 In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png]] 7 Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png]] 8 Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png]] 9 Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png]] 10 Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png]] 11 When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png]] ===CLS621=== The CLP621 has been replaced by the CLS621. The new model is capable of emulating various Datamax and Zebra languages, so is compatible with the Citzen tag printing in Executive provided it is properly configured to print the right language. Factory defaults appear to set it to Zebra, so new CLS621 models may need to go through the following procedure: 1 Turn Power Off 2 Press Mode/Repeat key and Power On 3 Do you want to reset this printer to factory settings? Yes (Pause) 4 Do you want to print current menu settings? No (Stop) 5 Do you want to change the menu settings? Yes (Pause) 6 Do you want to change Global Config Menu? No (Stop) 7 Do you want to change Page Setup Menu Items? No (Stop) 8 Do you want to change System Setup Menu Items? Yes (Pause) 9 For this section of questions, select Pause for the first 9 or so, until you come to Emulation Select (after Control Code). Choose Change Value (Stop) 10 First should be DMI, choose Next Item (Stop) 11 Next should be DM4, choose Select (Pause) 12 It should now restart the printer in Datamax DM4 emulation mode. This should reinstall the driver on Win7 computers (especially if you've already installed the main Citizen CLS621 driver (not the C or Z variation) 13 Test printing and ensure it does not put on the warning light when sending print jobs anymore. Contact support if troubles persist. ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual]] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. [[Category:Hardware]] e8efe4faa7c0c8b8dcf158f17aa21bd04902c0aa 477 476 2017-09-27T10:19:21Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:clp621.jpg|right]] ==Product Manual== The product manual outlines printer specific issues, and can be viewed [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|here]] in PDF format. CLS621 User Manual is available here: [[File:Cls621-631uman.pdf]] ===Drivers and Utilities=== Up to date Drivers and Utilities can be found at the [http://www.citizen-systems.com/support/index.aspx Citizen Support Site] CLP Series Windows Driver Citizen_7.1.5_M-2 [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe|Download]] VuePrint Utility [[File:Vue Print Utility Installer.exe|Download]] ===Print Code=== Print code for the printer is generated using the language described by the [[http://www.citizen-systems.com/sites/default/files/CL-S%20Command%20Reference%202.01.pdf|Citizen Command Reference Manual]] Printing origin is at the bottom left of label, all measurements are made from here. Units are 0.01 inch or 0.1 mm. Can set n for inch or m for millimeter positioning, but looks as though neither are specified here. L ---Specifying printing contents setting start D11 ---Set Pixel Size PI --set print speed SI --set paper feed speed H20 --set print density (thermal transfer amount) 1 2 1 1 000 0026 0010 STYLENUM ---system font 2 set in characters 2/5/6/7 (this font is 18 dots high by 10 dots wide by 2 dots space at 203 DPI and 27 dots high by 14 dots wide by 4 dots space for 300 DPI 1 e 3 1 015 0013 0010 BEXC00014 ---code 128 barcode font set in characters 2/5/6/7 ---digit 1 is printing angle (set to 1 for horizontal) ---digit 2 is bar code selection (E for code128 B) ---digit 3 is wide bar width (set to 3) ---digit 4 is narrow bar width (set to 1) ---digit 5/6/7 is bar code height (set to 015) ---digit 8/9/10/11 is row address, distance upward from origin (set to 0013) ---digit 12/13/14/15 is column address, distance rightward from origin (set to 0010) 1 2 1 1 000 0003 0010EXC00014 1 2 1 1 000 0031 0096DESCRIPTION1 ---digit 1 is printing angle (set to 1 for horizontal) ---digit 2 is font selection (set to font 2) ---digit 3 is horizontal direction expansion rate (set to 1) ---digit 4 is vertical direction expansion rate (set to 1) ---digit 5/6/7 is expansion font selection (set to 000) ---digit 8/9/10/11 is distance upward from (set to 0031) --digit 12/13/14/15 is distance rightward from (set to 0096) 1 2 1 1 000 0021 0096 DESCRIPTION2 1 2 1 1 000 0011 0096 DESCRIPTION3 1 2 1 1 000 0001 0096 $10,000.00 Q0001 E ---End label format mode and print label ====Installation==== 1 Download the drivers here [[File:Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe]] and Save them to your desktop 2 Double click Citizen_7.1.5_M-2.exe and run the Installation Wizard 3 Accept the License Agreement and click Next [[Image:Citizen1.png]] 4 Accept the Installation Directory (C:\Seagull by default) and click Next [[Image:Citizen2.png]] 5 Click Finish to unpack the driver and launch the Setup Wizard [[Image:Citizen3.png]] ** Installation Instructions are displayed, use these as further reference 6 In the Setup Wizard, choose to Install a New Printer [[Image:Citizen4.png]] 7 Choose your printer model (CLP621 in this case) [[Image:Citizen5.png]] 8 Choose the port you are installing on [[Image:Citizen6.png]] 9 Choose to share the printer as ''CitizenCLP621'' [[Image:Citizen7.png]] 10 Review the settings and click Finish to install [[Image:Citizen8.png]] 11 When the installation is complete, close the wizard [[Image:Citizen9.png]] ===CLS621=== The CLP621 has been replaced by the CLS621. The new model is capable of emulating various Datamax and Zebra languages, so is compatible with the Citzen tag printing in Executive provided it is properly configured to print the right language. Factory defaults appear to set it to Zebra, so new CLS621 models may need to go through the following procedure: 1 Turn Power Off 2 Press Mode/Repeat key and Power On 3 Do you want to reset this printer to factory settings? Yes (Pause) 4 Do you want to print current menu settings? No (Stop) 5 Do you want to change the menu settings? Yes (Pause) 6 Do you want to change Global Config Menu? No (Stop) 7 Do you want to change Page Setup Menu Items? No (Stop) 8 Do you want to change System Setup Menu Items? Yes (Pause) 9 For this section of questions, select Pause for the first 9 or so, until you come to Emulation Select (after Control Code). Choose Change Value (Stop) 10 First should be DMI, choose Next Item (Stop) 11 Next should be DM4, choose Select (Pause) 12 It should now restart the printer in Datamax DM4 emulation mode. This should reinstall the driver on Win7 computers (especially if you've already installed the main Citizen CLS621 driver (not the C or Z variation) 13 Test printing and ensure it does not put on the warning light when sending print jobs anymore. Contact support if troubles persist. ==Troubleshooting== ===Alignment Problems=== ====Label Gap Sensor==== The Label Gap Sensor is used to determine the length of each tag, and controls the advancement of tags. If printing or using the Form Feed button causes many tags to advance and an error signal is given, there may be an issue with the Label Gap Sensor alignment. To align the gap sensor, see page 40 of the [[File:CLP621 Manual.pdf|CLP621 Manual]] or the [http://www.citizen.co.uk/support/info/bc_faq_jm-calibrate.htm#callabel Citizen FAQ Site]. [[Category:Hardware]] 4f77a31abc56ae780c37fff73e8bbdba101b0d42 6 166 469 2013-01-23T23:27:57Z Executive 1 Citizen CLS621 User Manual wikitext text/x-wiki Citizen CLS621 User Manual 0 157 471 442 2013-02-01T20:27:41Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Use the following form to upload files to Executive Support. See [[Data Upload Instructions]] for details on finding and compressing your ExecutiveData.mdb file. Please see [http://executivejeweller.info/fileuploader.php] to upload files. Once upload is complete, please send an email notification to ensure it has been received. <addhtml><form action="customers/doupload.php" method="post" enctype="multipart/form-data"> <label for="company">Company Name:</label> <input type="text" name="company" id="company" /><br> <label for="file">Filename:</label> <input type="file" name="file" id="file" /> <br /> <input type="submit" name="submit" value="Submit" /> </form></addhtml> 472 471 2013-02-01T20:28:21Z Executive 1 temp file uploader block wikitext text/x-wiki Use the following form to upload files to Executive Support. See [[Data Upload Instructions]] for details on finding and compressing your ExecutiveData.mdb file. Please see [http://executivejeweller.info/fileuploader.php File Uploader] to upload data files. Once upload is complete, please send an email notification to ensure it has been received. <addhtml><form action="customers/doupload.php" method="post" enctype="multipart/form-data"> <label for="company">Company Name:</label> <input type="text" name="company" id="company" /><br> <label for="file">Filename:</label> <input type="file" name="file" id="file" /> <br /> <input type="submit" name="submit" value="Submit" /> </form></addhtml> 473 472 2013-02-06T03:02:42Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Use the following form to upload files to Executive Support. See [[Data Upload Instructions]] for details on finding and compressing your ExecutiveData.mdb file. Please see [http://executivejeweller.info/fileuploader.php File Uploader] to upload data files. Once upload is complete, please send an email notification to ensure it has been received. 756be2cb809a9e834ca3e3831902cd36846acc58 475 473 2017-08-18T09:48:23Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Use the following form to upload files to Executive Support. See [[Data Upload Instructions]] for details on finding and compressing your ExecutiveData.mdb file. Please see [http://executivejeweller.info/customers/fileuploader.php File Uploader] to upload data files. Once upload is complete, please send an email notification to ensure it has been received. f828b0023ddaf114e3025a23aecc6c7c50358f34 0 102 474 461 2013-02-26T20:24:12Z Executive 1 /* Executive Reports 2008 Changelog */ wikitext text/x-wiki Updates are traditionally done as required throughout the year, with a major release yearly. See the release notes for details on what was changed. See Front End Updates for notes on how to perform updates. ==2008 Version== 2008 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#188 - Sale Slowness - Sped up the populating of the top left corner fields in the Sales Screen #200 - Wrong Labelling on the PO Receive Screen fixed #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Changed field to 6x6x6 in the Appraisal screen, to match previous change of SKU stone field to 6x6x6 from 4x4x4 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Tested on 08.01.02 instead, already had next FE |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#190 - Email Appraisals, Invoices - attaches w/ Snapshot file, recipient must download viewer from Microsoft #193 - Auto Reconcile Clear All button is password protected, default is 'password' #199 - Special Order Reminder - Reminds if a customer has the item on a SO - Works with multiple items, finishes SO when last item is sold. #201 - Supplier Code Change Exporting - Exporting from main store now tracks their Supplier Code SKU changes, all stores are the same now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.03 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#196 - Half Copy Receipts - Invoice, Account Payment, Account Payment Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.04 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/24/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changes to address a few remaining issues, finished for 08.01.05 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/31/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#208 - Retail Replacement Function of - Added word Certificate #209 - Stock Item JB - Now adds Materials + Labour into Average cost in SKU #210 - Layaways turn into sales on same day |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#185 - JB Lock - Finishing Locking it from all fields - works now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|RB Half Page Invoice - Fixed deposit used on Invoice bug |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Trying to fix Barcode not Scanning, adding SKU to see if that will work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Barcode for WIN tags back to regular one, this stable version was upgraded to Knar today. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|May/20/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fix Job Bag Creation Glitch discovered by JUB |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#217 - Appraisal Description - JB Stones Field - Auto Generator button fixed #218 - Retail Replacement - Appraiser Certification code is now properly included. #220 - JB Lock is now working on the bottom half as well as top when locked. #223 - Customer Job Bag Return Error 3075 fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags were not able to be shifted for alignment because of introduction of new custom tags |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/23/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Zebra tags alignment changed, works sometimes but not all the time. WIN Tags barcode now works and is scannable. HFJ 1/2 page horizontal tags are finished. Choosable under option HALF 2, and in Receipt Copies. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HFJ 1/2 page service receipt done. Watch repair disclaimer fixed. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.21 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Oct/27/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Home phone and Cell numbers on Sales and Repair Half Page Receipts Repair Estimate on the Half Page Service Receipt |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.22 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/03/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Widen SKU field on Memorandum Printout. Widen Style # Field on PO Printout to at least 15 chars. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.23 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/01/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Stone tab Appraisal Description Auto Generator. Invoice Description and Confidential Notes areas of the Job Bag screen to be editable via double click when the Job Bag is finished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.24 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Transfers were using ReportsLocation instead of Location in setup file. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.25 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/11/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen2 EXE Code for tag printing |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.26 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| Removed TEXT83 from Gift Receipts |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.27 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen 304 EXE and Citizen2 Tag Printing was cutting off some characters in the supplier code of the barcode, so fixed the Citizen 304 and Citizen2 EXE code. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.28 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|'Error #3399. Cannot perform cascading operation. It would result in a duplicate key in table' during imports, modified import process. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|ExecMaintenance |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added code to ExecutiveMaintenance to clear the RecordLock table during compact, to remove JB locks automatically. (Download here: [[File:ExecutiveMaintenance08.exe]]) |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Aug/06/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Special Orders checking off PST/GST even though they are inactive. Causing issues when using discount calculator. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.29b |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/20/2011 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Citizen306 Custom Tag - Remove 'B' on Line 3 (Download here: [[File:ExecutiveFE-080129b-X.exe]]) |} 2008 ToLocation Files are available for download here: [[File:2008ToLocationFiles.rar]]) ===Executive Reports 2008 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/29/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#189 - Sales Commission Report - Splits sales correctly when same employee is repeated within sale |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.01 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#194 - Stone MM Detail Transfer into Appraisal - Changed to 6x6x6 fields to match SKU fields #198 - Service Report vs Sales Report - Added filters to view regular Depts, Catagories, Groups as well |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.02 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/18/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#204 - Gift Card/Certificate Payment On Account - Changed Reports for the Gift Cards |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.05 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/25/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Moved image path to C:/Executive, addressed last 08 CEIS issues. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#207 - Inventory filter by cost added at request of SLJ #204 - GC on Account - Statements and Interest Invoices now work. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/16/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#211 - Days to Sell - Fastest Turnover vs Days to Sell |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#212 - Customer Export - now exports spouse and contact information like Top Customer Export #213 - Customer List Spouse Name - Used to say First, Last |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/02/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#215 - Customer Maintenance Date Report created #224 - Inventory Aging Reports have correct time frame headings and calculations now. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.13? |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/13/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Split Sales detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/19/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Commissions detail report with discount ranges |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/28/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Actual Sales Vs Budget Chart had issues with the leap year, so updated to compensate for leap years. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|08.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/26/2013 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|GMROI Reports were all miscalculating Turns/Year where ItemCount was not 1. Fixed Calculations plus 'Marign' Misspelling. |} ===Executive HST Update Utility Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|1.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jun/28/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|HST Updater Initial Release. Updates GST to HST on Products, shows PST/GST Exemptions. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|2.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/17/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added Special Order Update, HST Exemptions on Report |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|3.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/18/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Separated Special Order Update from the Product Update, would have caused Products to be incorrectly updated if entered since HST activated. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|4.0 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jul/19/2010 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Removed option to update Products, so that only Special Orders can be done. Interface was a bit confusing so did this to avoid user errors with the Product Update Apply button. |} ==2007 Version== 2007 Release Notes has a listing of new features at the time of release, but is less complete than the changelog. ===Executive 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#137&148 - Remove Errors when Deleting Inventory Used in JB #136 - Layaway Exchanges O/L levels fixed #135 - Special Order Find Filter Added #132 - Don't Allow transfers from Guelph to Guelph to be entered #123 - Margins in Retail Replacement fixed |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"| 07.01.08 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/04/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#149 - Stock Items now create Inventory Item Details properly #138 - Insurance Quote no longer Deletes when you leave |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#157 - Universal Product Changer - Added filters for In Stock and O/H #158 - Change misspelled word in Job Bag Error Message #153 - Service Printout in the Job Bag Section now includes Materials and Findings costs, and Supplier Price and Cost #151 - Postal Code Mask #145 - Find Inventory - Added Location Filter #143 - Made Citizen WIN 306 Font Bigger |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.13 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#167 - Customer Type cannot be blank #170 - Cannot receive null values on PO #173 - ServiceDetailStone MM field - Field requires data change but for time being we trap error and give the user a nicer error message. Plus it is now able to complete attaching images and stone details where as before it would stop. #176 - Autoreconcile margins are now all .5 #183 - Phone Find on Customer Find screen now searches Spouse Work and Mobile number as well. It has also been altered to allow partial phone numbers to be entered. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.14 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/22/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Password Protect Product Location Field, works for multiple locations now |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.15 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/28/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#202 - Job Bag Finishing Error Fixed - Will not add 1 to Inventory Used when Finished/Unfinished |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.16 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Changed WIN Driver Printer Font from Arial to Times New Roman - to Fix 5's and 6's looking the same |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.17 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/14/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Fine Tuning the Citizen 304 WIN Printer Driver - Top Right tag vertical alignment issues |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.17.2 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/6/2012 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|PD - Change TLP2844 EXE darkness from D7 to D15 |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Apr/10/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|EXE 306 Tag - SKU enlarged, moved up barcode. Scans properly |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.18 - DB |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/17/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Job Bag Instructions now shows disclaimers and has an extra row for Item Description |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.19 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/20/2009 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Added 08 Tag Printing Code to 07 version to fix WIN print issue. |} ===Executive Reports 2007 Changelog=== {|style="border-collapse: collapse; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: #000" |- !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Date !style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; background-color:#eaefff"|Release Notes |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.00 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Jan/01/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Initial Release of 2007 Version |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.07 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Nov/14/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#131 - Service Reports - added filters for Cancelled? and No Charge? |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.09 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Dec/18/2007 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#160 - Top Customer Report Export All Phone/Mail info #140 - Customer Spouse Gender added in Reports |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.10 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/07/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#159 - Spouse Information added to Sales Export #162 - Price Point update process improved and now mandatory when form closes as well as when AVG OH is generated #166 - Filter service reports by Finished Date #172 - GMROI - added option to display or hide items without departments #174 - Inventory used report opened too large...now opens to maximized state. #178 - Ordered the Customer Event report by LastName, FirstName |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.11 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Feb/12/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|#172 - GMROI - New 'display items without depts filter works properly' now. #174 - Inventory Used Report now has Header and Footer. |- |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|07.01.12 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Mar/06/2008 |style="border-style: solid; border-width: 1px"|Customer Sales Summary Report is now Exportable |} [[Category:Versions]] 2c4b919390bf452457045830d240ba0233f07fc6 0 143 478 409 2017-10-31T22:55:48Z Executive 1 wikitext text/x-wiki If you do not already have a [[Backups|backup]] system in place, it is recommend to prepare a basic rolling backup script. The minimum requirements for this are simply your server's hard drive, but it's recommended to have an external hard drive so that files can be redundantly backed up in case of failure in the main hard drive. The scripts below are all batch files, which can then be triggered by Windows Task Scheduler. To create a batch file, simply open Notepad, enter the script text, and when saving it, choose file type 'All' and then name the file with a .bat extension (such as ''dailybackup-execdata.bat''). These scripts can be extended to include image folders in monthly backups, front end and setup installations, or many other combinations, but just the basics are outlined below. For more examples of creating backup scripts and automating them with Task Scheduler, see this [http://teamtutorials.com/windows-tutorials/create-a-windows-daily-backup-script online tutorial]. == Daily Script == {{code|@for /F "tokens=1 delims=, " %%i In ('powershell date') do set dow=%%i xcopy c:\executive\server\executivedata.mdb c:\executive\server\backups\%dow:~0,3%\* /Y}} The above script will copy your ExecutiveData.mdb file and place it in a folder based on the day of the week. So if it's ran on a Friday, it would backup the file to 'backups\fri\executivedata.mdb'. == Monthly Script == {{code|xcopy c:\executive\server\executivedata.mdb c:\executive\server\backups\Monthly\%date:~10,4%-%date:~4,2%\* /Y}} The above script will copy your ExecutiveData.mdb file and place it in a folder based on the current year and month. So if it's ran on Oct 28, 2012, it would backup the file to 'backups\Monthly\2012-10\executivedata.mdb'. == Copy to External Drive == {{code|xcopy c:\executive\server\backups\* x:\backups\executive\server\backups\* /Y /Q /S}} The above script will copy the contents of your local backups folder, and create a backup structure on a different drive. In this example the drive is X:, which represents an external hard drive. == Task Scheduler == To run Windows Task Scheduler, go to Control Panel-Administrative Tools-Task Scheduler. From here, choose 'Create Basic Task' <br> [[File:task0.png]] Enter the name of your task, and a brief description. <br> [[File:task1.png]] Choose the frequency of the task execution. Daily and Monthly are common backup schedules, and each allow selection of various criteria. <br> [[File:task2.png]] Generally it's advised to schedule these tasks to run overnight, so that it doesn't interfere with daily usage of the workstation and files. For monthly jobs, choosing either the first or last day of the month is common. Daily Criteria <br> [[File:task3.png]] Monthly Criteria <br> [[File:task7.png]] Choose to start a program as the main task to perform <br> [[File:task4.png]] Browse and select the script that you want to schedule <br> [[File:task5.png]] View the final summary and ensure everything is correct. Go back and make changes if necessary, or hit Finish to complete this task. You can then add more tasks as necessary for additional scripts. <br> [[File:task6.png]] When you are finished and backups have been running for some time, your backup folder will look similar to this (it may have an 'externaldrivebackup.bat' file if you use that script as well). <br> [[File:backups folder.png]] ccd3893908a2abd611ed1dadc1480043186f1487 479 478 2017-10-31T22:56:21Z Executive 1 /* Daily Script */ wikitext text/x-wiki If you do not already have a [[Backups|backup]] system in place, it is recommend to prepare a basic rolling backup script. The minimum requirements for this are simply your server's hard drive, but it's recommended to have an external hard drive so that files can be redundantly backed up in case of failure in the main hard drive. The scripts below are all batch files, which can then be triggered by Windows Task Scheduler. To create a batch file, simply open Notepad, enter the script text, and when saving it, choose file type 'All' and then name the file with a .bat extension (such as ''dailybackup-execdata.bat''). These scripts can be extended to include image folders in monthly backups, front end and setup installations, or many other combinations, but just the basics are outlined below. For more examples of creating backup scripts and automating them with Task Scheduler, see this [http://teamtutorials.com/windows-tutorials/create-a-windows-daily-backup-script online tutorial]. == Daily Script == {{code|@for /F "tokens=1 delims=, " %%i In ('powershell date') do set dow=%%i xcopy c:\executive\server\executivedata.mdb c:\executive\server\backups\%dow:~0,3%\* /Y}} The above script will copy your ExecutiveData.mdb file and place it in a folder based on the day of the week. So if it's ran on a Friday, it would backup the file to 'backups\fri\executivedata.mdb'. == Monthly Script == {{code|xcopy c:\executive\server\executivedata.mdb c:\executive\server\backups\Monthly\%date:~10,4%-%date:~4,2%\* /Y}} The above script will copy your ExecutiveData.mdb file and place it in a folder based on the current year and month. So if it's ran on Oct 28, 2012, it would backup the file to 'backups\Monthly\2012-10\executivedata.mdb'. == Copy to External Drive == {{code|xcopy c:\executive\server\backups\* x:\backups\executive\server\backups\* /Y /Q /S}} The above script will copy the contents of your local backups folder, and create a backup structure on a different drive. In this example the drive is X:, which represents an external hard drive. == Task Scheduler == To run Windows Task Scheduler, go to Control Panel-Administrative Tools-Task Scheduler. From here, choose 'Create Basic Task' <br> [[File:task0.png]] Enter the name of your task, and a brief description. <br> [[File:task1.png]] Choose the frequency of the task execution. Daily and Monthly are common backup schedules, and each allow selection of various criteria. <br> [[File:task2.png]] Generally it's advised to schedule these tasks to run overnight, so that it doesn't interfere with daily usage of the workstation and files. For monthly jobs, choosing either the first or last day of the month is common. Daily Criteria <br> [[File:task3.png]] Monthly Criteria <br> [[File:task7.png]] Choose to start a program as the main task to perform <br> [[File:task4.png]] Browse and select the script that you want to schedule <br> [[File:task5.png]] View the final summary and ensure everything is correct. Go back and make changes if necessary, or hit Finish to complete this task. You can then add more tasks as necessary for additional scripts. <br> [[File:task6.png]] When you are finished and backups have been running for some time, your backup folder will look similar to this (it may have an 'externaldrivebackup.bat' file if you use that script as well). <br> [[File:backups folder.png]] 00e9dc501d0ef3ff34af47fdcfbd50cb68da6500 480 479 2017-11-01T09:57:45Z Executive 1 /* Daily Script */ wikitext text/x-wiki If you do not already have a [[Backups|backup]] system in place, it is recommend to prepare a basic rolling backup script. The minimum requirements for this are simply your server's hard drive, but it's recommended to have an external hard drive so that files can be redundantly backed up in case of failure in the main hard drive. The scripts below are all batch files, which can then be triggered by Windows Task Scheduler. To create a batch file, simply open Notepad, enter the script text, and when saving it, choose file type 'All' and then name the file with a .bat extension (such as ''dailybackup-execdata.bat''). These scripts can be extended to include image folders in monthly backups, front end and setup installations, or many other combinations, but just the basics are outlined below. For more examples of creating backup scripts and automating them with Task Scheduler, see this [http://teamtutorials.com/windows-tutorials/create-a-windows-daily-backup-script online tutorial]. == Daily Script == {{code|@for /F "tokens=1 delims=, " %%i In ('powershell date') do set dow=%%i xcopy c:\executive\server\executivedata.mdb c:\executive\server\backups\%dow:~0,3%\* /Y}} @for /F "tokens=1 delims=, " %%i In ('powershell date') do set dow=%%i xcopy c:\executive\server\executivedata.mdb c:\executive\server\backups\%dow:~0,3%\* /Y The above script will copy your ExecutiveData.mdb file and place it in a folder based on the day of the week. So if it's ran on a Friday, it would backup the file to 'backups\fri\executivedata.mdb'. == Monthly Script == {{code|xcopy c:\executive\server\executivedata.mdb c:\executive\server\backups\Monthly\%date:~10,4%-%date:~4,2%\* /Y}} The above script will copy your ExecutiveData.mdb file and place it in a folder based on the current year and month. So if it's ran on Oct 28, 2012, it would backup the file to 'backups\Monthly\2012-10\executivedata.mdb'. == Copy to External Drive == {{code|xcopy c:\executive\server\backups\* x:\backups\executive\server\backups\* /Y /Q /S}} The above script will copy the contents of your local backups folder, and create a backup structure on a different drive. In this example the drive is X:, which represents an external hard drive. == Task Scheduler == To run Windows Task Scheduler, go to Control Panel-Administrative Tools-Task Scheduler. From here, choose 'Create Basic Task' <br> [[File:task0.png]] Enter the name of your task, and a brief description. <br> [[File:task1.png]] Choose the frequency of the task execution. Daily and Monthly are common backup schedules, and each allow selection of various criteria. <br> [[File:task2.png]] Generally it's advised to schedule these tasks to run overnight, so that it doesn't interfere with daily usage of the workstation and files. For monthly jobs, choosing either the first or last day of the month is common. Daily Criteria <br> [[File:task3.png]] Monthly Criteria <br> [[File:task7.png]] Choose to start a program as the main task to perform <br> [[File:task4.png]] Browse and select the script that you want to schedule <br> [[File:task5.png]] View the final summary and ensure everything is correct. Go back and make changes if necessary, or hit Finish to complete this task. You can then add more tasks as necessary for additional scripts. <br> [[File:task6.png]] When you are finished and backups have been running for some time, your backup folder will look similar to this (it may have an 'externaldrivebackup.bat' file if you use that script as well). <br> [[File:backups folder.png]] 7fb4e3c1e8430c3822bf1db2f13f7cca9fcbf3f8